*** empty log message ***

.gitignore

@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+# CVS default ignores begin
+tags
+TAGS
+.make.state
+.nse_depinfo
+*~
+#*
+.#*
+,*
+_$*
+*$
+*.old
+*.bak
+*.BAK
+*.orig
+*.rej
+.del-*
+*.a
+*.olb
+*.o
+*.obj
+*.so
+*.exe
+*.Z
+*.elc
+*.ln
+core
+# CVS default ignores end

BUGS

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+* Permissions of some directories are weird using mkdir().
+* ftp()/qftp() doesn't handle timeout problems very well, if alarm()
+  and SIG{ALRM} are used program quits with stdout "Alarm Bell".
+* Debian md5sum program has different output than non-Debian md5sum
+  programs, will probably switch to MD5 module.
+* --ftp, swimz.list, for non-US using the dists/arch/ notation doesn't 
+  work on all sites, normal notation works if the site is set-up
+  this way.

COPYING

@@ -0,0 +1,340 @@
+		    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+		       Version 2, June 1991
+
+ Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+     59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+			    Preamble
+
+  The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
+freedom to share and change it.  By contrast, the GNU General Public
+License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
+software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.  This
+General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
+Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
+using it.  (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
+the GNU Library General Public License instead.)  You can apply it to
+your programs, too.
+
+  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
+price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
+this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
+if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
+in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
+
+  To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
+anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
+These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
+distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
+
+  For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
+gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
+you have.  You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
+source code.  And you must show them these terms so they know their
+rights.
+
+  We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
+(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
+distribute and/or modify the software.
+
+  Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
+that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
+software.  If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
+want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
+that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
+authors' reputations.
+
+  Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
+patents.  We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
+program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
+program proprietary.  To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
+patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
+
+  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.
+
+		    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+   TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+
+  0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
+a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
+under the terms of this General Public License.  The "Program", below,
+refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
+means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
+that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
+either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
+language.  (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
+the term "modification".)  Each licensee is addressed as "you".
+
+Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
+covered by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act of
+running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
+is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
+Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
+Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
+
+  1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
+source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
+conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
+copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
+notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
+and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
+along with the Program.
+
+You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
+you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
+
+  2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
+of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
+distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
+above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+    a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
+    stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
+
+    b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
+    whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
+    part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
+    parties under the terms of this License.
+
+    c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
+    when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
+    interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
+    announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
+    notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
+    a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
+    these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
+    License.  (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
+    does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
+    the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
+
+These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If
+identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
+and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
+themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
+sections when you distribute them as separate works.  But when you
+distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
+on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
+this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
+entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
+
+Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
+your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
+exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
+collective works based on the Program.
+
+In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
+with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
+a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
+the scope of this License.
+
+  3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
+under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
+Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
+
+    a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
+    source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
+    1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
+
+    b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
+    years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
+    cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
+    machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
+    distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
+    customarily used for software interchange; or,
+
+    c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
+    to distribute corresponding source code.  (This alternative is
+    allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
+    received the program in object code or executable form with such
+    an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
+
+The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
+making modifications to it.  For an executable work, complete source
+code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
+associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
+control compilation and installation of the executable.  However, as a
+special exception, the source code distributed need not include
+anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
+form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
+operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
+itself accompanies the executable.
+
+If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
+access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
+access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
+distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
+compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
+
+  4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
+except as expressly provided under this License.  Any attempt
+otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
+void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
+However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
+this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+parties remain in full compliance.
+
+  5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
+signed it.  However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
+distribute the Program or its derivative works.  These actions are
+prohibited by law if you do not accept this License.  Therefore, by
+modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
+Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
+all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
+the Program or works based on it.
+
+  6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
+Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
+original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
+these terms and conditions.  You may not impose any further
+restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
+You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
+this License.
+
+  7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
+infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
+conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot
+distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
+may not distribute the Program at all.  For example, if a patent
+license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
+all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
+the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
+refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
+
+If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
+any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
+apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
+circumstances.
+
+It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
+patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
+such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
+integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
+implemented by public license practices.  Many people have made
+generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
+through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
+system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
+to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
+impose that choice.
+
+This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
+be a consequence of the rest of this License.
+
+  8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
+certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
+original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
+may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
+those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
+countries not thus excluded.  In such case, this License incorporates
+the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
+
+  9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
+of the General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
+be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
+address new problems or concerns.
+
+Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Program
+specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
+later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
+either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
+Software Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of
+this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
+Foundation.
+
+  10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
+programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
+to ask for permission.  For software which is copyrighted by the Free
+Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
+make exceptions for this.  Our decision will be guided by the two goals
+of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
+of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
+
+			    NO WARRANTY
+
+  11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
+FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN
+OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
+PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
+OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS
+TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE
+PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
+REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+  12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
+WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
+REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
+INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
+OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
+TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
+YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
+PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+		     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+	    How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+
+  If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
+free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
+
+  To do so, attach the following notices to the program.  It is safest
+to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
+the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+    <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
+    Copyright (C) 19yy  <name of author>
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
+when it starts in an interactive mode:
+
+    Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19yy name of author
+    Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
+    This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
+    under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
+
+The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
+parts of the General Public License.  Of course, the commands you use may
+be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
+mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
+
+You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
+school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
+necessary.  Here is a sample; alter the names:
+
+  Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
+  `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
+
+  <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
+  Ty Coon, President of Vice
+
+This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
+proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you may
+consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
+library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
+Public License instead of this License.

Conf.pm

@@ -0,0 +1,672 @@
+#    Package administration and research tool for Debian
+#    Copyright (C) 1999-2000 Jonathan D. Rosenbaum
+
+#    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+#    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+#    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+#    (at your option) any later version.
+
+#    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+#    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+#    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+#    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+
+package SWIM::Conf;
+use vars qw(@ISA @EXPORT %EXPORT_TAGS);
+use Exporter;
+@ISA = qw(Exporter);
+
+@EXPORT = qw($my_number $tmp $architecture $distribution @user_defined_section
+             $default_directory  $default_root_directory $permission $dpkg
+             $dpkg_deb $ar $gcc $apt_get $apt_cache $sources @FTP $spl $cat
+             $sort $md5sum $zcat $tar $grep $gzip $fastswim $slowswim $longswim
+             $mount $umount $mke2fs $copy $pager $base $pwd $parent $library
+             $splt $mv $imswim $swim_conf $debug $port $timeout
+             $firewall $passive $apt_sources $HISTORY $alt);
+%EXPORT_TAGS = (
+               Path => [ qw($tmp $parent $base $library) ],
+               Deb => [ qw($pwd $dpkg_deb $ar $tar $grep $tmp $md5sum $cat $mv) ],
+               Qftp => [ qw($default_root_directory $permission @FTP 
+                            $default_directory $swim_conf) ],
+               Info => [ qw($parent $base $zcat) ]
+               );
+
+
+         
+#############################
+# DEFAULT PROGRAM VARIABLES #
+#############################
+
+# You can change this to how many lines you would like "swim -qf <>" to
+# print out, before asking for -t or --total, it will automatically ask
+# though, if there is more than one package and you used the option -i.
+# Remember -t can be used with --scripts family members to view the
+# title of the script file regardless of this setting, and if -t has to be
+# used, the titles will be displayed, which makes sense.
+$my_number = 23;
+
+# Just like a shell, you can keep a history of whatever length you want.  
+$HISTORY = 10;
+
+# For not-installed:
+# This part supplies the default value for --arch.
+#
+# You can determine the default architecture used when -n is 
+# called or a not-installed database is made.  Architectures are always
+# being added so check with Debian to find a list.  There is alpha, arm,
+# hurd (alternative kernel to linux), i386, m68k, powerpc, sparc.  Just use
+# the arch found after the hyphen in the Contents-(arch) file.
+$architecture = "i386";
+
+# For not-installed:
+# This part supplies the default value for --dists.
+#
+# The default distribution can be either stable, unstable, frozen, or
+# experimental (rare).  These represent the state of development that the
+# packages are under.  The unstable distribution can have lot's of changes
+# within a very short time period, and frozen may or may not be available.
+$distribution = "unstable";
+
+
+#For not-installed:
+#This part supplies the default value for --main, --contrib, --non-free,
+#and --non-us.
+
+# Distributions are divided into the sections.  These sections are called
+# distributions in the version 2.4.1.0 packaging manual, because they were at
+# one time separate distributions, but this has since changed.  You can
+# determine which of these sections (main, non-free, contrib or non-US) to
+# pull out of the Contents file if you don't want to use --main, --contrib,
+# --non-free, and --non-us to selectively pick sections.  Basically, whatever
+# you pull out should match the Package(s) file(s) you are targetting, this
+# program is friendly if you make a mistake, but it's more effecient to pull
+# out just what you want.  If the same package happens to exist in two
+# different sections, main and non-us for example (which is really a
+# situation that shouldn't exist, yet it does), you will still be able to
+# find this package in the non-us group, but its section and locations will be
+# the one which main recognizes assuming that you use the order in the example
+# below.
+
+# Setting it up:
+# Example: You just want to pull out main and contrib every time you run
+# --initndb, --rebuildndb, or --ndb.  
+# @user_defined_section = qw(main contrib non-US);  
+# remember "non-US" not "non-us". 
+
+# untill non-US is fixed the second is better
+#@user_defined_section = qw(main contrib non-free non-US); 
+@user_defined_section = qw(main contrib non-free);
+
+# Usually, this is 
+$alt = "debian";
+
+################
+# DF LOCATION  #
+################
+
+# A little philosophy:
+# swim was developed for maximum versatility, so whether you are just
+# interested in researching, and keeping tabs on the newest packages,
+# or maintaining a Debian virtual distribution on a non-Debian real
+# distribution, or you are a using swim for distribution development, swim
+# provides a way.  The default directory (DF - which can also mean
+# directory/file) keeps track of Contents and Packages files downloaded
+# using --ftp, and gives the files names specific to the distribution and
+# architectures they represent.  But, you also have the freedom not to use
+# the default directory in this case swim will still do the renaming and
+# keeping track of the mtime, but you will have to remember where you put
+# the files. On the other hand, if you use apt, you won't even have to use
+# the DF directory for Packages files because you can get the ones specific
+# to your own systems architecture from apt, but if you want to look at
+# other architectures you will need to use the DF directory or one of your
+# own choice. 
+# Naming Convention: Contents = Contents-dist.gz 
+# Packages = Packages-arch-dist-section.gz 
+$default_directory = '/root/.swim';
+
+
+# The default root directory is the key to easy management of packages
+# downloaded through --ftp and --file, and provides an easy way to put together
+# a personalized distribution.  Future implementations of swim will provide
+# a distribution called personal..Packages and Contents files specific to
+# this distribution will automatically be made.  This directory can be a
+# real ftp site on your computer, or put where ever else you are allowed
+# to have directories.  dists/distribution/section/architecture/subject will be
+# placed above this directory.  No matter what, debian must be the final
+# directory before dists.  Other distributions are placed alongside debian,
+# like debian-non-US or personal. 
+# Feel free to change the permissions.  This directory is above your default_
+# directory.
+$default_root_directory = '/pub/debian';
+
+# Because you may be using a real ftp site, this configuration allows you
+# to determine what permissions swim will set for directories it creates
+# above the default root directory.
+$permission = '0755';
+
+
+###############
+# AR or DPKG? #
+###############
+
+# NOTE: users set these next two with the $package_tool variable.
+
+# packaging friends dpkg and dpkg-deb come from the essential and
+# required dpkg package.  ar from the package binutils can also be used (below).
+# This is the archival program used for deb packages, but binutils is just
+# a standard non-essential package, and the ar capabilities are built into
+# dpkg-deb, and it's better not to assume that the standard packages are
+# even established, yet.
+$dpkg = ();
+$dpkg_deb = ();
+
+
+# If you don't have the dpkg package on your system then you can use ar
+# from the package binutils.  This would be a standard, but not an essential
+# package in Debian, but this package is also fairly standard amongst all
+# distributions, and can even be found in the free djgpp for M$ Oses.
+# Since people who have both dpkg and ar may want to try the ar method,
+# rather than creating an automatic check, just assign a value to either
+# ($dpkg & $dpkg_deb) or just $ar.
+#my $ar = '/usr/bin/ar';  # same for RH
+$ar = '/usr/bin/ar';
+
+
+#######
+# APT #
+#######
+
+# NOTE: users set apt-get and apt-cache with the $apt variable
+
+# If you have apt you are in luck.
+$apt_get = ();
+$apt_cache = ();
+$sources = '/etc/apt/sources.list';
+$apt_sources = '/var/state/apt/lists';
+
+#########
+# PAGER #
+#########
+
+# less is a nice pager, unless you like more!  There is an option 
+# --nopager or -n.   Pager is used for --help and swim called without any
+# options.  more comes from the required package util-linux, whereas
+# less comes from a standard package called less.  In the future there is
+# a possiblity that a large percentage of swim may use an internal pager.
+# less, more, or most or...
+#$ENV{PAGER} = "/usr/bin/less"; # same RH
+$ENV{PAGER} = "less";
+$pager = $ENV{PAGER};
+
+
+
+#################
+# SWIM PROGRAMS #
+#################
+
+# This is replaced by the Makefile.
+$pre="/usr";
+
+# This is the hash making program fastswim.
+$fastswim = "$pre/lib/SWIM/fastswim";
+
+# imswim in an alternative to fastswim for --lowmem
+$imswim = "$pre/lib/SWIM/imswim";
+
+#  This is the low memory program slowswim.
+$slowswim = "$pre/lib/SWIM/slowswim";
+
+# This is the dir/file making program longswim.
+$longswim = "$pre/lib/SWIM/longswim";
+
+############
+# TEMP DIR #
+############
+
+# If you want to set an alternative directory for the temporary files
+# created when the databases are made, change here.  You may want to make
+# $tmp a RAM disk.  See package loadlin for initrd documentation and an
+# explanation for making such a disk.  There is also
+# /usr/src/kernel-source.version/Documentation.  Whether this will speed
+# things up is a subject of experimentation.
+$tmp = '/tmp';
+
+##################
+# MAIN CONFFILES #
+##################
+
+# if configuration files are not kept in /etc change this
+# and set up the directories by hand.
+
+$swim_conf = '/etc/swim';
+
+
+#############
+# UTILITIES #
+#############
+
+
+# This probably never will have to be changed.
+$pwd = `pwd`;
+chomp $pwd;
+
+# If the command split is somewhere else besides /usr/bin change this.
+# The required package textutils provides this.
+#my $splt = '/usr/bin/split'; # same RH
+$splt = 'split';
+
+# cat comes from the essential and required package textutils.
+#my $cat = '/bin/cat'; # same RH
+$cat = 'cat';
+
+# This command also omes from the required and essential package textutils.
+#my $sort = '/usr/bin/sort'; # same RH
+$sort = 'sort';
+
+# This program uses md5sum from the dpkg package, it can also use md5sum
+# from the RH package.
+#my $md5sum = '/usr/bin/md5sum'; # same RH
+$md5sum = 'md5sum';
+
+# If you want to view compressed files make sure this is correct.
+# The required package gzip provides this.
+#my $zcat = '/bin/zcat'; # same RH
+$zcat = 'zcat';
+
+# tar comes from the essential and required package tar.
+#my $tar = '/bin/tar'; # same RH
+$tar = 'tar';
+
+# grep comes from the essential and required package grep.  This seems
+# to require a path.
+$grep = '/bin/grep'; # same RH
+
+# gzip comes from the essential and required package gzip.
+#my $gzip = "/bin/gzip"; # same RH
+$gzip = "gzip";
+
+# mount comes from the essential and required package mount.
+#my $mount = '/bin/mount'; # same RH
+#my $umount = '/bin/umount';  # same RH
+$mount = 'mount';
+$umount = 'umount';
+
+# If your file system isn't an ext2 filesystem, you may want to change
+# this.  mke2fs comes from the essential and required package e2fsprogs.
+#my $mke2fs = '/sbin/mke2fs'; # same RH
+$mke2fs = 'mke2fs';
+
+# cp and mv from the essential and required package fileutils
+#my $copy = '/bin/cp'; # same RH
+$copy = 'cp';
+$mv = 'mv';
+
+# Your system definitely has gcc if you have ar.  gcc is a standard package
+# in debian.
+$gcc = 'gcc';
+
+
+######
+# FTP #
+#######
+
+# Major mode --ftp and --file automates the download of Contents and Packages
+# files. Even if you have apt installed, you may still want to download Packages
+# from alternative architectures, and the Contents file for your own architecture
+# or other architectures.  If you want virtual and/or -ld capabilities you need
+# the Contents file.  You specify a list of ftp or file sites using urls (like
+# apt). For your system's architecture specify the type deb, for other
+# architectures specify deb(hyphen)architecture (ex: deb-alpha).  Regardless of
+# whether or not you specify an architecture, deb implies /dist* found under the
+# base directory specified by the ftp url, except in the case of experimental,
+# and to a degree non-us. minor mode --ftp, and --file will use the sites in this
+# configuration as well, on a fifo (first in first out) basis, so choose the
+# order of sites based on which are closest, most current, as well as fast.
+
+# IMPORTANT:  It is a BIG MISTAKE to use the distributions name (slink,po,etc) 
+# anywhere in the sources list, or in swim's configuration file..in fact swim
+# won't work properly, not to mention the fact that someday your favorite name
+# will suddenly disappear. This is because swim thinks in terms of the real
+# distribution name (stable,unstable,frozen, experimental).  The problem goes
+# like this - slink remains slink, but goes from unstable to frozen to stable. 
+# At first, using the distributions alias may seem appropriate, but the
+# purpose of swim is to keep tabs on the dists, and not to ignore changes in
+# the states, this also makes managing swim's databases much easier and
+# intuitive...more about this later. 
+
+# Fun experiments:  Swim uses the naming conventions of apt, but leaves the
+# Package files compressed in the DF directory.  So you can always decompress
+# the databases and move them to /var/state/apt/lists.  This ofcourse assumes
+# that the  appropriate changes to the sources.list reflecting these Packages
+# (need to be the same architecture as your system) existed before you 
+# update. (author needs to do this experiment :*) 
+
+$ftp1 = "deb ftp://localhost/pub/debian unstable main contrib non-free non-US";
+$ftp2 = "deb ftp://localhost/pub/debian unstable main contrib non-free"; 
+$ftp3 = "deb ftp://localhost/pub/debian  project/experimental/";
+@FTP = ($ftp1,$ftp2,$ftp3); 
+
+# These next variables allow some characteristics of the ftp client
+# to be altered.  See Net::FTP for ways of altering some of these
+# variables through the environment.
+
+$firewall = 0;
+$port = 0;
+$timeout =  120;
+$debug = 0;
+$passive = 0;
+
+
+########################################
+# STUFF THAT NEVER NEEDS TO BE CHANGED #
+########################################
+
+# You will never need to change this unless for some weird reason all the
+# files under dpkg are somewhere else (including /info*) , see --dbpath as
+# an alternative if you decide to access or make the databases somewhere
+# else.
+$base = '/var/lib/dpkg';
+
+# --dbpath takes care of this so don't touch.
+$parent = '/';
+$library = '/var/lib/dpkg';
+
+
+#############################
+# LOAD CUSTOM CONFIGURATION #
+#############################
+
+
+# Here we load in the customized configuration which override the defaults
+# Might as well use do, let the world learn Perl ... compare this to apt's 
+# configuation file with scopes.  Swim's sources.list file (/etc/swim/swimz.list), 
+# will be grabbed at SWIM::Apt and SWIM::Qftp if it exists.
+
+do "$swim_conf/swimrc";
+do "$ENV{HOME}/.swim/swimrc";
+if ((defined $dpkg && !defined $dpkg_deb) || 
+   (!defined $dpkg && defined $dpkg_deb)) {
+  print "swim: need to give both \$dpkg and \$dpkg_deb a value if you want dpkg\n";
+  exit;
+}
+if (defined $package_tool) {
+ if ($package_tool =~ /ar/) {
+   $ar = $ar;
+ }
+ else {
+   $dpkg = 'dpkg';
+   $dpkg_deb = 'dpkg-deb';
+   undef $ar;
+ }
+}
+if (defined $apt) {
+  $apt_get = 'apt-get';
+  $apt_cache = 'apt-cache';
+}
+
+
+###############################
+# MAKE ANY NEEDED DIRECTORIES #
+###############################
+
+# make sure all the appropriate directories are made
+if (!-d $default_directory) {  
+ if (-e $default_directory) {
+   print "swim: can not create default directory because a file exists\n";
+   exit;
+ }
+    my @DRD = split(m,/,,$default_directory);
+    my $placement = "/";
+    for (1 .. $#DRD) {  
+     $_ == 1 ? ($placement = "/$DRD[$_]") 
+             : ($placement = $placement . "/" . $DRD[$_]);
+     -d $placement or mkdir("$placement",0755);
+    }
+}
+
+if (!-d "$default_directory$default_root_directory") {
+    my @DRD = split(m,/,,$default_root_directory);
+    print "swim: debian must be the final directory before dists\n"
+    if $DRD[$#DRD] ne "debian";
+    exit if $DRD[$#DRD] ne "debian";
+    my $placement = "/";
+    for (1 .. $#DRD) {  
+     $_ == 1 ? ($placement = "/$DRD[$_]") 
+             : ($placement = $placement . "/" . $DRD[$_]);
+     unless (-d "$default_directory$placement") { 
+       mkdir("$default_directory$placement",0755) 
+       or die "swim: could not create root default directory\n";
+     }
+    }
+}
+
+# Makefile will make sure these directories exist, unless for some strange
+# reason you have to change them.
+
+if (!-d $library) {
+    mkdir($library,0755) or die "Couldn't create default directory\n";
+}
+
+if (!-d $base) {
+    mkdir($base,0755) or die "Couldn't create default directory\n";
+}
+
+if (!-d $swim_conf) {
+    mkdir($swim_conf,0666) or die "Couldn't create configuration file directory,
+                                   please make the directories which are needed.\n";
+}
+
+1;
+
+__END__
+
+=head1 NAME
+
+swimrc - swim configuration file
+
+=head1 DESCRIPTION
+
+B<swimrc> is the configuartion file for swim allowing many default values
+to be set so that they do not have to be mentioned on the command line. 
+Swimrc interacts directly with Perl allowing a wide variety of variables
+found in B<SWIW::Conf> to be altered.
+
+=cut
+
+=head1 USAGE
+
+Values for variable can be altered for B<swim> by assigning different
+values enclosed in quotes or quoted whitespace (qw()), and ended with a
+semi-colon.
+
+ $variable = "value";
+ $variable = "qw(value1 value2 ..)";
+
+=head1 VARIABLES
+
+This is a list of variables with explanations.  The default values for
+B<swim> are shown.
+
+=head2 OUTPUT VARIABLE 
+
+$my_number can be changed to how many lines you would like "swim -qf <>" 
+to print out, before the program asks for C<-t> or C<--total>.  Exception: 
+If C<-i> is used in the query and there is more than one package then the
+total will be presented. 
+
+Hint:  C<-t> can be used with all the various C<--scripts> family members
+to view the title of the script file regardless of this variable setting,
+and if C<-t> has to be used, the titles will be displayed, which makes
+sense. 
+
+B<$my_number = 23;>
+
+=head2 HISTORY
+
+This is a shell-like history kept in relation to searches and the most
+recent edit when C<--stdin> is used. 
+
+B<$HISTORY = 10;>
+
+=head2 AR or DPKG?
+
+Debian packages are ar archives.  If you are using a Debian Distribution
+assign "dpkg" to $package_tool, otherwise assign "ar" to $package_tool.
+
+B<$package_tool = "/usr/bin/ar";>
+
+=head2 APT
+
+B<Swim> does not assign a value for apt.  To use C<--apt> and C<-xyz>
+assign $apt the value "yes". 
+
+Example: B<$apt = "yes";>
+
+=head2 PAGER
+
+less is a nice pager, unless you like more!  Pager is used for C<--help>
+and B<swim> called without any options. There is an option C<--nopager> or
+C<-n>.  more comes from the required package util-linux, whereas less
+comes from a standard package called less.  Values: "less", "more", or
+"most" or... 
+
+B<$ENV{PAGER} = "less";>
+
+=head2 NOT-INSTALLED VARIABLES 
+
+Assign values for $architecture and/or $distribution to avoid having to
+use C<--arch> and C<--dists> everytime the not-installed databases are
+accessed with C<-n> or made or altered.
+
+Architectures are always being added so check with Debian to find a list. 
+There is I<alpha, arm, hurd-i386 (alternative kernel to linux), i386,
+m68k, powerpc, sparc>.  Just use the arch found after the hyphen in the
+Contents-(arch) file.
+
+B<$architecture = "i386";>
+
+The distribution can be either I<stable, unstable, frozen, or experimental
+(rare)>.  These represent the state of development that the packages are
+under.  The unstable distribution can have lot's of changes within a very
+short time period, and frozen may or may not be available.
+
+B<$distribution = "unstable";>
+
+Distributions are divided into sections.  These sections were called
+distributions in the version 2.4.1.0 packaging manual, because they were
+at one time separate distributions, but this has since changed.  
+
+You can determine which of the sections I<main, non-free, contrib or
+non-US> to pull out of the Contents file if you don't want to use
+C<--main>, C<--contrib>, C<--non-free>, and C<--non-us> to selectively
+pick the sections. 
+
+For efficiency, you should choose the sections which you will be pulling
+out of the Packages file(s) being targetted.  
+
+Rule: Use "non-US" not "non-us".
+
+B<@user_defined_section = qw(main contrib non-free non-US);>
+
+=head2 DF LOCATION
+
+A little philosophy:  B<swim> was developed for maximum versatility, so
+whether you are just interested in researching, and keeping tabs on the
+newest packages, or maintaining a Debian virtual distribution on a
+non-Debian distribution, or you are a using B<swim> for distribution
+development, B<swim> provides a way.  
+
+The next two variables determine the location of the DF (default
+directory/file system)
+
+The default directory keeps track of Contents and/or Packages databases
+retrieved with --ftp.  The Contents and Packages databases and Release
+file are give names specific to the distribution and architectures they
+represent using the naming convention found in apt's sources directory. 
+You also have the freedom not to use the default directory, in which case
+swim will still do the renaming and keeping track of the mtime, but you
+will have to remember where you put the files.
+
+B<$default_directory = '/root/.swim';>
+
+The default root directory (DRD) is the key to easy management of binary
+packages, source, dsc, and diff files received from --ftp, and provides an
+easy way to put together a personalized distribution. This directory can
+be a real ftp site on your computer, or put wherever else you are
+allowed to have directories.  The DRD is always placed below the value
+assigned to $default_directory.  According to the previous assignment to 
+$default_directory, if the DRD is "/pub/a/debian" then the full path
+would be "/root/.swim/pub/a/debian". 
+
+Example: When a package is downloaded it will be placed in
+dists/distribution/section/architecture/subject below the DRD. 
+
+Rule: debian must be the final directory before dists, this is because
+other distributions are placed alongside debian, like debian-non-US or
+personal (specialized distribution).
+
+B<$default_root_directory = '/pub/debian';>
+
+Because you may be using a real ftp site, this variable allows you to
+determine what permissions B<swim> will assign for directories it creates
+below the DRD. 
+
+B<$permission = '0755';>
+
+=head2 TEMPORARY DIRECTORY
+
+If you want to set an alternative directory for the temporary files
+created when the databases are made, change here.  You may want to make
+$tmp a RAM disk.  See package loadlin for initrd documentation and an
+explanation for making such a disk.  There is also documentation in
+/usr/src/kernel-source.version/Documentation.  Whether this will speed
+things up is a subject of experimentation. 
+
+B<$tmp = "/tmp";>
+
+=head2 FTP
+
+You can alter the Firewall, Port, Timeout, Debug and Passive
+characteristics of the ftp client as defined in Net::FTP(3pm) by providing
+arguments to these variables. All variables but $timeout are set to untrue
+by default.  
+
+ $firewall = 0; (FTP firewall machine name)
+ $port = 0;  (defaults to 23)
+ $timeout = 120;  (120 seconds)
+ $debug = 0;  (1 will turn on STDERR)
+ $passive = 0; (1 will enable)
+
+=head1 OTHER VARIABLES
+
+see SWIM::Conf
+
+=head1 FILES
+
+ /etc/swim/swimrc
+ ~/.swim/swimrc
+
+=head1 SEE ALSO
+
+swim(8), Net::FTP(3pm)
+
+=head1 BUGS
+
+Send directly to mttrader@access.mountain.net.
+
+=head1 AUTHOR
+
+Jonathan D. Rosenbaum <mttrader@access.mountain.net> 
+
+=head1 COPYRIGHT
+
+
+Copyright (c) 1999 Jonathan Rosenbaum. All rights reserved. This program
+is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the GPL. 
+
+=cut

Conf.pm.alternative

@@ -0,0 +1,672 @@
+#    Package administration and research tool for Debian
+#    Copyright (C) 1999-2000 Jonathan D. Rosenbaum
+
+#    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+#    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+#    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+#    (at your option) any later version.
+
+#    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+#    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+#    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+#    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+
+package SWIM::Conf;
+use vars qw(@ISA @EXPORT %EXPORT_TAGS);
+use Exporter;
+@ISA = qw(Exporter);
+
+@EXPORT = qw($my_number $tmp $architecture $distribution @user_defined_section
+             $default_directory  $default_root_directory $permission $dpkg
+             $dpkg_deb $ar $gcc $apt_get $apt_cache $sources @FTP $spl $cat
+             $sort $md5sum $zcat $tar $grep $gzip $fastswim $slowswim $longswim
+             $mount $umount $mke2fs $copy $pager $base $pwd $parent $library
+             $splt $mv $imswim $swim_conf $debug $port $timeout
+             $firewall $passive $apt_sources $HISTORY $alt);
+%EXPORT_TAGS = (
+               Path => [ qw($tmp $parent $base $library) ],
+               Deb => [ qw($pwd $dpkg_deb $ar $tar $grep $tmp $md5sum $cat $mv) ],
+               Qftp => [ qw($default_root_directory $permission @FTP 
+                            $default_directory $swim_conf) ],
+               Info => [ qw($parent $base $zcat) ]
+               );
+
+
+         
+#############################
+# DEFAULT PROGRAM VARIABLES #
+#############################
+
+# You can change this to how many lines you would like "swim -qf <>" to
+# print out, before asking for -t or --total, it will automatically ask
+# though, if there is more than one package and you used the option -i.
+# Remember -t can be used with --scripts family members to view the
+# title of the script file regardless of this setting, and if -t has to be
+# used, the titles will be displayed, which makes sense.
+$my_number = 23;
+
+# Just like a shell, you can keep a history of whatever length you want.
+$HISTORY = 10;
+
+# For not-installed:
+# This part supplies the default value for --arch.
+#
+# You can determine the default architecture used when -n is 
+# called or a not-installed database is made.  Architectures are always
+# being added so check with Debian to find a list.  There is alpha, arm,
+# hurd (alternative kernel to linux), i386, m68k, powerpc, sparc.  Just use
+# the arch found after the hyphen in the Contents-(arch) file.
+$architecture = "i386";
+
+# For not-installed:
+# This part supplies the default value for --dists.
+#
+# The default distribution can be either stable, unstable, frozen, or
+# experimental (rare).  These represent the state of development that the
+# packages are under.  The unstable distribution can have lot's of changes
+# within a very short time period, and frozen may or may not be available.
+$distribution = "unstable";
+
+
+#For not-installed:
+#This part supplies the default value for --main, --contrib, --non-free,
+#and --non-us.
+
+# Distributions are divided into the sections.  These sections are called
+# distributions in the version 2.4.1.0 packaging manual, because they were at
+# one time separate distributions, but this has since changed.  You can
+# determine which of these sections (main, non-free, contrib or non-US) to
+# pull out of the Contents file if you don't want to use --main, --contrib,
+# --non-free, and --non-us to selectively pick sections.  Basically, whatever
+# you pull out should match the Package(s) file(s) you are targetting, this
+# program is friendly if you make a mistake, but it's more effecient to pull
+# out just what you want.  If the same package happens to exist in two
+# different sections, main and non-us for example (which is really a
+# situation that shouldn't exist, yet it does), you will still be able to
+# find this package in the non-us group, but its section and locations will be
+# the one which main recognizes assuming that you use the order in the example
+# below.
+
+# Setting it up:
+# Example: You just want to pull out main and contrib every time you run
+# --initndb, --rebuildndb, or --ndb.  
+# @user_defined_section = qw(main contrib non-US);  
+# remember "non-US" not "non-us". 
+
+#untill non-US is fixed the second is better
+#@user_defined_section = qw(main contrib non-free non-US); 
+@user_defined_section = qw(main contrib non-free);
+
+# Usually, this is                                                      
+$alt = "debian";
+
+################
+# DF LOCATION  #
+################
+
+# A little philosophy:
+# swim was developed for maximum versatility, so whether you are just
+# interested in researching, and keeping tabs on the newest packages,
+# or maintaining a Debian virtual distribution on a non-Debian real
+# distribution, or you are a using swim for distribution development, swim
+# provides a way.  The default directory (DF - which can also mean
+# directory/file) keeps track of Contents and Packages files downloaded
+# using --ftp, and gives the files names specific to the distribution and
+# architectures they represent.  But, you also have the freedom not to use
+# the default directory in this case swim will still do the renaming and
+# keeping track of the mtime, but you will have to remember where you put
+# the files. On the other hand, if you use apt, you won't even have to use
+# the DF directory for Packages files because you can get the ones specific
+# to your own systems architecture from apt, but if you want to look at
+# other architectures you will need to use the DF directory or one of your
+# own choice. 
+# Naming Convention: Contents = Contents-dist.gz 
+# Packages = Packages-arch-dist-section.gz 
+$default_directory = '/root/.swim';
+
+
+# The default root directory is the key to easy management of packages
+# downloaded through --ftp and --file, and provides an easy way to put together
+# a personalized distribution.  Future implementations of swim will provide
+# a distribution called personal..Packages and Contents files specific to
+# this distribution will automatically be made.  This directory can be a
+# real ftp site on your computer, or put where ever else you are allowed
+# to have directories.  dists/distribution/section/architecture/subject will be
+# placed above this directory.  No matter what, debian must be the final
+# directory before dists.  Other distributions are placed alongside debian,
+# like debian-non-US or personal. 
+# Feel free to change the permissions.  This directory is above your default_
+# directory.
+$default_root_directory = '/pub/debian';
+
+# Because you may be using a real ftp site, this configuration allows you
+# to determine what permissions swim will set for directories it creates
+# above the default root directory.
+$permission = '0755';
+
+
+###############
+# AR or DPKG? #
+###############
+
+# NOTE: users set these next two with the $package_tool variable.
+
+# packaging friends dpkg and dpkg-deb come from the essential and
+# required dpkg package.  ar from the package binutils can also be used (below).
+# This is the archival program used for deb packages, but binutils is just
+# a standard non-essential package, and the ar capabilities are built into
+# dpkg-deb, and it's better not to assume that the standard packages are
+# even established, yet.
+$dpkg = ();
+$dpkg_deb = ();
+
+
+# If you don't have the dpkg package on your system then you can use ar
+# from the package binutils.  This would be a standard, but not an essential
+# package in Debian, but this package is also fairly standard amongst all
+# distributions, and can even be found in the free djgpp for M$ Oses.
+# Since people who have both dpkg and ar may want to try the ar method,
+# rather than creating an automatic check, just assign a value to either
+# ($dpkg & $dpkg_deb) or just $ar.
+#my $ar = '/usr/bin/ar';  # same for RH
+$ar = '/usr/bin/ar';
+
+
+#######
+# APT #
+#######
+
+# NOTE: users set apt-get and apt-cache with the $apt variable
+
+# If you have apt you are in luck.
+$apt_get = ();
+$apt_cache = ();
+$sources = '/etc/apt/sources.list';
+$apt_sources = '/var/state/apt/lists';
+
+#########
+# PAGER #
+#########
+
+# less is a nice pager, unless you like more!  There is an option 
+# --nopager or -n.   Pager is used for --help and swim called without any
+# options.  more comes from the required package util-linux, whereas
+# less comes from a standard package called less.  In the future there is
+# a possiblity that a large percentage of swim may use an internal pager.
+# less, more, or most or...
+#$ENV{PAGER} = "/usr/bin/less"; # same RH
+$ENV{PAGER} = "less";
+$pager = $ENV{PAGER};
+
+
+
+#################
+# SWIM PROGRAMS #
+#################
+
+# This is replaced by the Makefile.
+$pre="/usr"; # AUTOREPLACE done by Makefile, do not edit.
+
+# This is the hash making program fastswim.
+$fastswim = "$pre/lib/SWIM/bin/fastswim";
+
+# imswim in an alternative to fastswim for --lowmem
+$imswim = "$pre/lib/SWIM/bin/imswim";
+
+#  This is the low memory program slowswim.
+$slowswim = "$pre/lib/SWIM/bin/slowswim";
+
+# This is the dir/file making program longswim.
+$longswim = "$pre/lib/SWIM/bin/longswim";
+
+############
+# TEMP DIR #
+############
+
+# If you want to set an alternative directory for the temporary files
+# created when the databases are made, change here.  You may want to make
+# $tmp a RAM disk.  See package loadlin for initrd documentation and an
+# explanation for making such a disk.  There is also
+# /usr/src/kernel-source.version/Documentation.  Whether this will speed
+# things up is a subject of experimentation.
+$tmp = '/tmp';
+
+##################
+# MAIN CONFFILES #
+##################
+
+# if configuration files are not kept in /etc change this
+# and set up the directories by hand.
+
+$swim_conf = '/etc/swim';
+
+
+#############
+# UTILITIES #
+#############
+
+
+# This probably never will have to be changed.
+$pwd = `pwd`;
+chomp $pwd;
+
+# If the command split is somewhere else besides /usr/bin change this.
+# The required package textutils provides this.
+#my $splt = '/usr/bin/split'; # same RH
+$splt = 'split';
+
+# cat comes from the essential and required package textutils.
+#my $cat = '/bin/cat'; # same RH
+$cat = 'cat';
+
+# This command also omes from the required and essential package textutils.
+#my $sort = '/usr/bin/sort'; # same RH
+$sort = 'sort';
+
+# This program uses md5sum from the dpkg package, it can also use md5sum
+# from the RH package.
+#my $md5sum = '/usr/bin/md5sum'; # same RH
+$md5sum = 'md5sum';
+
+# If you want to view compressed files make sure this is correct.
+# The required package gzip provides this.
+#my $zcat = '/bin/zcat'; # same RH
+$zcat = 'zcat';
+
+# tar comes from the essential and required package tar.
+#my $tar = '/bin/tar'; # same RH
+$tar = 'tar';
+
+# grep comes from the essential and required package grep.  This seems
+# to require a path.
+$grep = '/bin/grep'; # same RH
+
+# gzip comes from the essential and required package gzip.
+#my $gzip = "/bin/gzip"; # same RH
+$gzip = "gzip";
+
+# mount comes from the essential and required package mount.
+#my $mount = '/bin/mount'; # same RH
+#my $umount = '/bin/umount';  # same RH
+$mount = 'mount';
+$umount = 'umount';
+
+# If your file system isn't an ext2 filesystem, you may want to change
+# this.  mke2fs comes from the essential and required package e2fsprogs.
+#my $mke2fs = '/sbin/mke2fs'; # same RH
+$mke2fs = 'mke2fs';
+
+# cp and mv from the essential and required package fileutils
+#my $copy = '/bin/cp'; # same RH
+$copy = 'cp';
+$mv = 'mv';
+
+# Your system definitely has gcc if you have ar.  gcc is a standard package
+# in debian.
+$gcc = 'gcc';
+
+
+######
+# FTP #
+#######
+
+# Major mode --ftp and --file automates the download of Contents and Packages
+# files. Even if you have apt installed, you may still want to download Packages
+# from alternative architectures, and the Contents file for your own architecture
+# or other architectures.  If you want virtual and/or -ld capabilities you need
+# the Contents file.  You specify a list of ftp or file sites using urls (like
+# apt). For your system's architecture specify the type deb, for other
+# architectures specify deb(hyphen)architecture (ex: deb-alpha).  Regardless of
+# whether or not you specify an architecture, deb implies /dist* found under the
+# base directory specified by the ftp url, except in the case of experimental,
+# and to a degree non-us. minor mode --ftp, and --file will use the sites in this
+# configuration as well, on a fifo (first in first out) basis, so choose the
+# order of sites based on which are closest, most current, as well as fast.
+
+# IMPORTANT:  It is a BIG MISTAKE to use the distributions name (slink,po,etc) 
+# anywhere in the sources list, or in swim's configuration file..in fact swim
+# won't work properly, not to mention the fact that someday your favorite name
+# will suddenly disappear. This is because swim thinks in terms of the real
+# distribution name (stable,unstable,frozen, experimental).  The problem goes
+# like this - slink remains slink, but goes from unstable to frozen to stable. 
+# At first, using the distributions alias may seem appropriate, but the
+# purpose of swim is to keep tabs on the dists, and not to ignore changes in
+# the states, this also makes managing swim's databases much easier and
+# intuitive...more about this later. 
+
+# Fun experiments:  Swim uses the naming conventions of apt, but leaves the
+# Package files compressed in the DF directory.  So you can always decompress
+# the databases and move them to /var/state/apt/lists.  This ofcourse assumes
+# that the  appropriate changes to the sources.list reflecting these Packages
+# (need to be the same architecture as your system) existed before you 
+# update. (author needs to do this experiment :*) 
+
+$ftp1 = "deb ftp://localhost/pub/debian unstable main contrib non-free non-US";
+$ftp2 = "deb ftp://localhost/pub/debian unstable main contrib non-free"; 
+$ftp3 = "deb ftp://localhost/pub/debian  project/experimental/";
+@FTP = ($ftp1,$ftp2,$ftp3); 
+
+# These next variables allow some characteristics of the ftp client
+# to be altered.  See Net::FTP for ways of altering some of these
+# variables through the environment.
+
+$firewall = 0;
+$port = 0;
+$timeout =  120;
+$debug = 0;
+$passive = 0;
+
+
+########################################
+# STUFF THAT NEVER NEEDS TO BE CHANGED #
+########################################
+
+# You will never need to change this unless for some weird reason all the
+# files under dpkg are somewhere else (including /info*) , see --dbpath as
+# an alternative if you decide to access or make the databases somewhere
+# else.
+$base = '/var/lib/dpkg';
+
+# --dbpath takes care of this so don't touch.
+$parent = '/';
+$library = '/var/lib/dpkg';
+
+
+#############################
+# LOAD CUSTOM CONFIGURATION #
+#############################
+
+
+# Here we load in the customized configuration which override the defaults
+# Might as well use do, let the world learn Perl ... compare this to apt's 
+# configuation file with scopes.  Swim's sources.list file (/etc/swim/swimz.list), 
+# will be grabbed at SWIM::Apt and SWIM::Qftp if it exists.
+
+do "$swim_conf/swimrc";
+do "$ENV{HOME}/.swim/swimrc";
+if ((defined $dpkg && !defined $dpkg_deb) || 
+   (!defined $dpkg && defined $dpkg_deb)) {
+  print "swim: need to give both \$dpkg and \$dpkg_deb a value if you want dpkg\n";
+  exit;
+}
+if (defined $package_tool) {
+ if ($package_tool =~ /ar/) {
+   $ar = $ar;
+ }
+ else {
+   $dpkg = 'dpkg';
+   $dpkg_deb = 'dpkg-deb';
+   undef $ar;
+ }
+}
+if (defined $apt) {
+  $apt_get = 'apt-get';
+  $apt_cache = 'apt-cache';
+}
+
+
+###############################
+# MAKE ANY NEEDED DIRECTORIES #
+###############################
+
+# make sure all the appropriate directories are made
+if (!-d $default_directory) {  
+ if (-e $default_directory) {
+   print "swim: can not create default directory because a file exists\n";
+   exit;
+ }
+    my @DRD = split(m,/,,$default_directory);
+    my $placement = "/";
+    for (1 .. $#DRD) {  
+     $_ == 1 ? ($placement = "/$DRD[$_]") 
+             : ($placement = $placement . "/" . $DRD[$_]);
+     -d $placement or mkdir("$placement",0755);
+    }
+}
+
+if (!-d "$default_directory$default_root_directory") {
+    my @DRD = split(m,/,,$default_root_directory);
+    print "swim: debian must be the final directory before dists\n"
+    if $DRD[$#DRD] ne "debian";
+    exit if $DRD[$#DRD] ne "debian";
+    my $placement = "/";
+    for (1 .. $#DRD) {  
+     $_ == 1 ? ($placement = "/$DRD[$_]") 
+             : ($placement = $placement . "/" . $DRD[$_]);
+     unless (-d "$default_directory$placement") { 
+       mkdir("$default_directory$placement",0755) 
+       or die "swim: could not create root default directory\n";
+     }
+    }
+}
+
+# Makefile will make sure these directories exist, unless for some strange
+# reason you have to change them.
+
+if (!-d $library) {
+    mkdir($library,0755) or die "Couldn't create default directory\n";
+}
+
+if (!-d $base) {
+    mkdir($base,0755) or die "Couldn't create default directory\n";
+}
+
+if (!-d $swim_conf) {
+    mkdir($swim_conf,0666) or die "Couldn't create configuration file directory,
+                                   please make the directories which are needed.\n";
+}
+
+1;
+
+__END__
+
+=head1 NAME
+
+swimrc - swim configuration file
+
+=head1 DESCRIPTION
+
+B<swimrc> is the configuartion file for swim allowing many default values
+to be set so that they do not have to be mentioned on the command line. 
+Swimrc interacts directly with Perl allowing a wide variety of variables
+found in B<SWIW::Conf> to be altered.
+
+=cut
+
+=head1 USAGE
+
+Values for variable can be altered for B<swim> by assigning different
+values enclosed in quotes or quoted whitespace (qw()), and ended with a
+semi-colon.
+
+ $variable = "value";
+ $variable = "qw(value1 value2 ..)";
+
+=head1 VARIABLES
+
+This is a list of variables with explanations.  The default values for
+B<swim> are shown.
+
+=head2 OUTPUT VARIABLE 
+
+$my_number can be changed to how many lines you would like "swim -qf <>" 
+to print out, before the program asks for C<-t> or C<--total>.  Exception: 
+If C<-i> is used in the query and there is more than one package then the
+total will be presented. 
+
+Hint:  C<-t> can be used with all the various C<--scripts> family members
+to view the title of the script file regardless of this variable setting,
+and if C<-t> has to be used, the titles will be displayed, which makes
+sense. 
+
+B<$my_number = 23;>
+
+=head2 HISTORY        
+
+This is a shell-like history kept in relation to searches and the most
+recent edit when C<--stdin> is used.
+
+B<$HISTORY = 10;>
+
+=head2 AR or DPKG?
+
+Debian packages are ar archives.  If you are using a Debian Distribution
+assign "dpkg" to $package_tool, otherwise assign "ar" to $package_tool.
+
+B<$package_tool = "/usr/bin/ar";>
+
+=head2 APT
+
+B<Swim> does not assign a value for apt.  To use C<--apt> and C<-xyz>
+assign $apt the value "yes". 
+
+Example: B<$apt = "yes";>
+
+=head2 PAGER
+
+less is a nice pager, unless you like more!  Pager is used for C<--help>
+and B<swim> called without any options. There is an option C<--nopager> or
+C<-n>.  more comes from the required package util-linux, whereas less
+comes from a standard package called less.  Values: "less", "more", or
+"most" or... 
+
+B<$ENV{PAGER} = "less";>
+
+=head2 NOT-INSTALLED VARIABLES 
+
+Assign values for $architecture and/or $distribution to avoid having to
+use C<--arch> and C<--dists> everytime the not-installed databases are
+accessed with C<-n> or made or altered.
+
+Architectures are always being added so check with Debian to find a list. 
+There is I<alpha, arm, hurd-i386 (alternative kernel to linux), i386,
+m68k, powerpc, sparc>.  Just use the arch found after the hyphen in the
+Contents-(arch) file.
+
+B<$architecture = "i386";>
+
+The distribution can be either I<stable, unstable, frozen, or experimental
+(rare)>.  These represent the state of development that the packages are
+under.  The unstable distribution can have lot's of changes within a very
+short time period, and frozen may or may not be available.
+
+B<$distribution = "unstable";>
+
+Distributions are divided into sections.  These sections were called
+distributions in the version 2.4.1.0 packaging manual, because they were
+at one time separate distributions, but this has since changed.  
+
+You can determine which of the sections I<main, non-free, contrib or
+non-US> to pull out of the Contents file if you don't want to use
+C<--main>, C<--contrib>, C<--non-free>, and C<--non-us> to selectively
+pick the sections. 
+
+For efficiency, you should choose the sections which you will be pulling
+out of the Packages file(s) being targetted.  
+
+Rule: Use "non-US" not "non-us".
+
+B<@user_defined_section = qw(main contrib non-free non-US);>
+
+=head2 DF LOCATION
+
+A little philosophy:  B<swim> was developed for maximum versatility, so
+whether you are just interested in researching, and keeping tabs on the
+newest packages, or maintaining a Debian virtual distribution on a
+non-Debian distribution, or you are a using B<swim> for distribution
+development, B<swim> provides a way.  
+
+The next two variables determine the location of the DF (default
+directory/file system)
+
+The default directory keeps track of Contents and/or Packages databases
+retrieved with --ftp.  The Contents and Packages databases and Release
+file are give names specific to the distribution and architectures they
+represent using the naming convention found in apt's sources directory. 
+You also have the freedom not to use the default directory, in which case
+swim will still do the renaming and keeping track of the mtime, but you
+will have to remember where you put the files.
+
+B<$default_directory = '/root/.swim';>
+
+The default root directory (DRD) is the key to easy management of binary
+packages, source, dsc, and diff files received from --ftp, and provides an
+easy way to put together a personalized distribution. This directory can
+be a real ftp site on your computer, or put wherever else you are
+allowed to have directories.  The DRD is always placed below the value
+assigned to $default_directory.  According to the previous assignment to 
+$default_directory, if the DRD is "/pub/a/debian" then the full path
+would be "/root/.swim/pub/a/debian". 
+
+Example: When a package is downloaded it will be placed in
+dists/distribution/section/architecture/subject below the DRD. 
+
+Rule: debian must be the final directory before dists, this is because
+other distributions are placed alongside debian, like debian-non-US or
+personal (specialized distribution).
+
+B<$default_root_directory = '/pub/debian';>
+
+Because you may be using a real ftp site, this variable allows you to
+determine what permissions B<swim> will assign for directories it creates
+below the DRD. 
+
+B<$permission = '0755';>
+
+=head2 TEMPORARY DIRECTORY
+
+If you want to set an alternative directory for the temporary files
+created when the databases are made, change here.  You may want to make
+$tmp a RAM disk.  See package loadlin for initrd documentation and an
+explanation for making such a disk.  There is also documentation in
+/usr/src/kernel-source.version/Documentation.  Whether this will speed
+things up is a subject of experimentation. 
+
+B<$tmp = "/tmp";>
+
+=head2 FTP
+
+You can alter the Firewall, Port, Timeout, Debug and Passive
+characteristics of the ftp client as defined in Net::FTP(3pm) by providing
+arguments to these variables. All variables but $timeout are set to untrue
+by default.  
+
+ $firewall = 0; (FTP firewall machine name)
+ $port = 0;  (defaults to 23)
+ $timeout = 120;  (120 seconds)
+ $debug = 0;  (1 will turn on STDERR)
+ $passive = 0; (1 will enable)
+
+=head1 OTHER VARIABLES
+
+see SWIM::Conf
+
+=head1 FILES
+
+ /etc/swim/swimrc
+ ~/.swim/swimrc
+
+=head1 SEE ALSO
+
+swim(8), Net::FTP(3pm)
+
+=head1 BUGS
+ 
+Send directly to mttrader@access.mountain.net.
+
+=head1 AUTHOR
+
+Jonathan D. Rosenbaum <mttrader@access.mountain.net> 
+
+=head1 COPYRIGHT
+
+
+Copyright (c) 1999 Jonathan Rosenbaum. All rights reserved. This program
+is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the GPL. 
+
+=cut

INSTALL

@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+To install swim, become root and type "make install".  
+
+To install extra and important documentation, type "make installdoc".
+
+To remove, type "make remove".
+
+Pod documentation is found in Conf.pm and swim.pod if you want to make
+different types of documention using pod translators.  There are SGML
+documents conforming to the debiandoc DTD for swimrc and swim which can be
+converted using tools from the debiandoc-sgml package.
+
+(The modules mentioned below can be located at CPAN at www.perl.com.) 
+
+Some distributions may require this module for ftp capabilities. 
+
+Net::FTP from libnet-perl
+
+This module provides readline libraries.  There are other similiar modules
+which also work with Perl's Term::ReadLine(3pm).
+
+Term::ReadLine::Gnu from libterm-readline-gnu-perl or
+Term::ReadLine::Perl from libterm-readline-perl-perl
+
+Also read QUICKSTART.text or QUICKSTART.html for additional information.
+_________________________________________________________________
+
+Alternative Installation
+
+The modules are put into /usr/lib/perl5/SWIM because this is in Perl's
+@INC path, and does not violate Debian's Policy, on the other hand the
+modules are rather specific to swim, although they definitely could be
+used for other things. To put it in /usr/lib meant either using 'use lib
+"/usr/lib"' or pushing the alternative directory into @INC doing a
+'BEGIN{}', or setting the Environment variable PERL5LIB. The first method
+slowed swim down, the second method caused a bad bug in SWIM::Deb, and the
+third method involved trying to make a universe of shells happy, but this
+is the best approach for an alternative @INC path. 
+
+That's why there is Makefile.alternative.  If you already did a 'make
+install', now do a 'make remove'.  Change the name of Makefile, and change
+Makefile.alternative's name to Makefile.  You can change PREFIX in this
+Makefile to /usr/local if you want to.  Follow the same steps as for the
+original Makefile, but add one more step, set the Environment vaiable
+PERL5LIB to the directory where the modules are.  If the PREFIX was not
+changed, and you are using a bash shell then 'export PERL5LIB=/usr/lib'.
+
+This alternative Makefile uses the tradition /usr/doc, /usr/man 
+directories whereas the other Makefile uses /usr/share/doc and
+/usr/share/man, this is because of Debian's adherence to the next
+generation fsstnd.
+

Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+# Use Makefile.alternative if you want the modules in /usr or /usr/local,
+# not in /usr/lib/perl5, see INSTALL.
+
+PREFIX=/usr
+
+all:
+
+clean:
+	-rm build
+	-rm *.bak
+
+install:	
+	install -d $(DESTDIR)/var/lib/dpkg
+	install -d $(DESTDIR)/$(PREFIX)/sbin
+	cp -a swim $(DESTDIR)/$(PREFIX)/sbin/swim
+	install -d $(DESTDIR)/$(PREFIX)/lib/perl5/SWIM
+	cp -f Conf.pm $(DESTDIR)/$(PREFIX)/lib/perl5/SWIM/Conf.pm
+	cp -fa lib/* $(DESTDIR)/$(PREFIX)/lib/perl5/SWIM
+	install -d $(DESTDIR)/$(PREFIX)/lib/SWIM 
+	cp -fa bin/* $(DESTDIR)/$(PREFIX)/lib/SWIM
+	install -d $(DESTDIR)/$(PREFIX)/share/man/man8
+	cp -f swim.8 $(DESTDIR)/$(PREFIX)/share/man/man8
+	install -d $(DESTDIR)/$(PREFIX)/share/man/man5
+	cp -f swimrc.5 $(DESTDIR)/$(PREFIX)/share/man/man5	
+	install -d $(DESTDIR)/usr/share/doc/swim/swim.html
+	cp -fa swim.html/* $(DESTDIR)/usr/share/doc/swim/swim.html
+	install -d $(DESTDIR)/usr/share/doc/swim/swimrc.html
+	cp -fa swimrc.html/* $(DESTDIR)/usr/share/doc/swim/swimrc.html
+	cp -f QUICKSTART.html $(DESTDIR)/usr/share/doc/swim
+	cp -f REQUIREMENTS.html $(DESTDIR)/usr/share/doc/swim
+	cp -f swim_by_example.html $(DESTDIR)/usr/share/doc/swim
+	install -d $(DESTDIR)/usr/share/doc/swim/examples
+	cp -fa examples/*  $(DESTDIR)/usr/share/doc/swim/examples
+	install -d $(DESTDIR)/etc/swim
+	cp -f swimz.list $(DESTDIR)/etc/swim
+	cp -f swimrc $(DESTDIR)/etc/swim
+
+installdoc:
+	install -d $(DESTDIR)/$(PREFIX)/share/doc/swim
+	cp -a QUICKSTART.text $(DESTDIR)/$(PREFIX)/share/doc/swim
+	cp -a REQUIREMENTS.text $(DESTDIR)/$(PREFIX)/share/doc/swim
+	cp -a swim_by_example.html $(DESTDIR)/$(PREFIX)/share/doc/swim
+	cp -a THEMES $(DESTDIR)/$(PREFIX)/share/doc/swim
+	cp -a TODO $(DESTDIR)/$(PREFIX)/share/doc/swim 
+	cp -a BUGS $(DESTDIR)/$(PREFIX)/share/doc/swim
+	cp -a TODO $(DESTDIR)/$(PREFIX)/share/doc/swim
+	cp -a COPYING $(DESTDIR)/$(PREFIX)/share/doc/swim
+	cp -a contact_and_website $(DESTDIR)/$(PREFIX)/share/doc/swim
+	cp -a changelog $(DESTDIR)/$(PREFIX)/share/doc/swim
+	cp -a swim.text $(DESTDIR)/$(PREFIX)/share/doc/swim
+	cp -a swimrc.text $(DESTDIR)/$(PREFIX)/share/doc/swim
+
+remove:
+	rm $(PREFIX)/lib/perl5/SWIM/*
+	rmdir $(PREFIX)/lib/perl5/SWIM
+	rm $(PREFIX)/sbin/swim
+	rm /usr/share/doc/swim/swim.html/*
+	rmdir /usr/share/doc/swim/swim.html
+	rm /usr/share/doc/swim/swimrc.html/*
+	rmdir /usr/share/doc/swim/swimrc.html
+	rm /usr/share/doc/swim/examples/*
+	rmdir /usr/share/doc/swim/examples
+	rm /usr/share/doc/swim/*
+	rmdir /usr/share/doc/swim
+	rm $(PREFIX)/share/man/man5/swimrc.5
+	rm $(PREFIX)/share/man/man8/swim.8
+	rm $(PREFIX)/lib/SWIM/*
+	rmdir $(PREFIX)/lib/SWIM
+
+debian:
+	dpkg-buildpackage -tc -rfakeroot
+
+
+dist: debian localdist stampede rpm
+
+.PHONY: debian

Makefile.alternative

@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+# Set this to wherever you want swim to install. Eg, /usr/local or /usr
+PREFIX=/usr
+
+all:
+
+clean:
+	-rm build
+	-rm *.bak
+
+install:	
+	install -d $(DESTDIR)/var/lib/dpkg
+	install -d $(DESTDIR)/$(PREFIX)/sbin
+	cp -a swim $(DESTDIR)/$(PREFIX)/sbin/swim
+	install -d $(DESTDIR)/$(PREFIX)/lib/SWIM/bin 
+	perl -pe '$$_="\$$pre=\"$(PREFIX)\";\n" \
+        if /AUTOREPLACE/' Conf.pm.alternative \
+		> $(DESTDIR)/$(PREFIX)/lib/SWIM/Conf.pm
+	chmod 644 $(DESTDIR)/$(PREFIX)/lib/SWIM/Conf.pm
+	cp -fa lib/* $(DESTDIR)/$(PREFIX)/lib/SWIM
+	cp -fa bin/* $(DESTDIR)/$(PREFIX)/lib/SWIM/bin
+	install -d $(DESTDIR)/$(PREFIX)/man/man8
+	cp -f swim.8 $(DESTDIR)/$(PREFIX)/man/man8
+	install -d $(DESTDIR)/$(PREFIX)/man/man5
+	cp -f swimrc.5 $(DESTDIR)/$(PREFIX)/man/man5	
+	install -d $(DESTDIR)/usr/doc/swim/swim.html
+	cp -fa swim.html/* $(DESTDIR)/usr/doc/swim/swim.html
+	install -d $(DESTDIR)/usr/doc/swim/swimrc.html
+	cp -fa swimrc.html/* $(DESTDIR)/usr/doc/swim/swimrc.html
+	cp -f QUICKSTART.html $(DESTDIR)/usr/doc/swim
+	cp -f REQUIREMENTS.html $(DESTDIR)/usr/doc/swim
+ 	cp -f swim_by_example.html $(DESTDIR)/usr/doc/swim
+	install -d $(DESTDIR)/usr/doc/swim/examples
+	cp -fa examples/*  $(DESTDIR)/usr/doc/swim/examples
+	install -d $(DESTDIR)/etc/swim
+	cp -f swimz.list $(DESTDIR)/etc/swim
+	cp -f swimrc $(DESTDIR)/etc/swim
+
+installdoc:
+	install -d $(DESTDIR)/$(PREFIX)/doc/swim
+	cp -a QUICKSTART.text $(DESTDIR)/$(PREFIX)/doc/swim
+	cp -a REQUIREMENTS.text $(DESTDIR)/$(PREFIX)/doc/swim
+	cp -a swim_by_example.html $(DESTDIR)/$(PREFIX)/doc/swim
+	cp -a THEMES $(DESTDIR)/$(PREFIX)/doc/swim
+	cp -a TODO $(DESTDIR)/$(PREFIX)/doc/swim 
+	cp -a BUGS $(DESTDIR)/$(PREFIX)/doc/swim
+	cp -a TODO $(DESTDIR)/$(PREFIX)/doc/swim
+	cp -a COPYING $(DESTDIR)/$(PREFIX)/doc/swim
+	cp -a contact_and_website $(DESTDIR)/$(PREFIX)/doc/swim
+	cp -a changelog $(DESTDIR)/$(PREFIX)/doc/swim
+	cp -a swim.text $(DESTDIR)/$(PREFIX)/doc/swim
+	cp -a swimrc.text $(DESTDIR)/$(PREFIX)/doc/swim
+remove:
+	rm -rf $(PREFIX)/lib/SWIM/*
+	rmdir $(PREFIX)/lib/SWIM
+	rm $(PREFIX)/sbin/swim
+	rm /usr/doc/swim/swim.html/*
+	rmdir /usr/doc/swim/swim.html
+	rm /usr/doc/swim/swimrc.html/*
+	rmdir /usr/doc/swim/swimrc.html
+	rm /usr/doc/swim/examples/*
+	rmdir /usr/doc/swim/examples
+	rm /usr/doc/swim/*
+	rmdir /usr/doc/swim
+	rm $(PREFIX)/man/man5/swimrc.5
+	rm $(PREFIX)/man/man8/swim.8
+
+debian:
+	dpkg-buildpackage -tc -rfakeroot
+
+
+dist: debian localdist stampede rpm
+
+.PHONY: debian

Programming_swim

@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+Database Structure 
+
+note: what's below was written for readability, not to
+indicate complex structures, all databases are normal hashes.  stripped
+implies that the control field was removed, but the data afterwards kept.
+
+Structure of statusindex.deb
+
+1). Initially made in SWIM::DB_Init::database
+2). Updated in SWIM::DB::db
+3). $sb(packagename) = qw(packagename_version group priority
+                          status(separated with :));
+    All fields stripped
+
+Structure of nstatusindex-arch-dists.deb
+
+1).  Initally made in SWIM::NDB_Init::not_installed
+2).  Updated in SWIM::NDB::update_packages_ndb
+3).  $nsb(packagename) = qw(packagename_version group priority);
+     $nsb{"/."} = qw(packagename_version ...);
+     All fields stripped
+
+
+Structure of packages.deb
+
+1). Initally made in SWIM::DB_Init::database
+2). Updated in SWIM::DB::db
+3). %db = [ @name => (packagename packagename_version ...),
+            @Tdescriptions => (packagename_version format_info ...),
+            @conf => (packagename_versionCONF
+                      every_indented_line_after_Conffiles ...),
+            @REPLACE => (packagename_version(with PRE, DEP, REC, SUG,
+                         CON, PRO, or REP appended)
+                         package_relationship_field (unstripped) ...)
+          ]
+
+Structure of npackages-arch-dists.deb
+
+1). Initially made in SWIM::NDB_Init::not_installed
+2). Updated in SWIM::NDB::update_packages_ndb
+3). %ndb = [ @name => (packagename packagename_version ...),
+             @Tdescriptions => (packagename_version format_info ...),
+             @conf => (empty),
+             @REPLACE => (packagename_version(with PRE, DEP, REC, SUG,
+                          CON, PRO, REP, MD, and FN appended)
+                          package_relationship_field (unstripped) ...),
+             @FILENAME => (packagename_versionFN Filename_field(stripped) ...),
+             @MD5SUM => (packagename_versionMD
+                         package_MD5_checksum(stripped) ...),
+             @revision => (packagename_versionMD(this comes from the
+                           Filename field) "packagename_versionMD REVISION"
+                           (this time the version comes from the Version
+                            field) ...)
+          ]
+
+The revision field is unusual and occurs in the experimental distribution.
+The hash is used by -p so that the version can be figured out. (check
+"revision: situation" in SWIM::Deb).
+
+Structure of groupindex.deb
+
+1). Initally made in SWIM::DB_Init::database
+2). Updated in SWIM::DB::db
+3). $gb(group) = qw(packagenames ......) group stripped from Section:
+ 
+Structure of ngroupindex-arch-dists.deb
+
+1). Initially made in SWIM::NDB_Init::not_installed
+2). Updated in SWIM::NDB::update_packages_ndb
+3). $ngb = qw(packagenames ......) group stripped from Section: 
+
+Structure of searchindex.deb and dirindex.deb
+
+1). When SWIM::DB_Init::database finishes  SWIM::DB_Init::md begins.
+    This writes @dpackage to transfer.deb, which is processed by either
+    fastswim (filedir -> big and long) or imswim (which is like longswim,
+    which produces one large file - filedir.deb), and slowswim (big and
+    long) into the two files big.debian and long.debian and then the
+    databases are finished by SWIM::MD::process_md().
+2). Rebuilt by SWIM::DB::rebuildflatdb
+3). searchindex.deb = /path/filename\n ...... (1 package)
+    dirindex.deb    = /path/dir\n ...... (> 1 package)
+   
+Structure of nsearchindex-arch-dists.deb and ndirindex-arch-dists.deb
+
+1). After SWIM::NDB_Init::initndb runs SWIM::NDB_Init::not_installed,
+    SWIM::NDB_Init::nmd runs longswim which produces
+    filedir.deb, then initndb runs slowswim producing big.debian and
+    long.debian.  Then the database(s) are finished by
+    SWIM::MD::prcess_md.  
+2).
+3). nsearchindex-arch-dists.deb = /path/filename\n ...... (1 package)
+    ndirindex-arch-dists.deb    = /path/dir\n ...... (> 1 package)
+    Note:  nsearch* includes elements which pertain to only one
+           package, this generally implies files, not directories, however
+           the ni often has more than one package sharing a file, so its
+           placed into ndir* (this would be rare with an i system). 
+           SWIM::Search::search processes these two files differently,
+           which is more effecient for the much larger nsearch*, for this
+           reason you can't merge the two databases together.
+                   
+Structure of ncontentsindex-arch-dists.deb.
+
+1). A compressed Contents database, no alterations (originally the headers
+    were removed, but this is a waste of time.) If the FDB (flat database
+    option if given) SWIM::Library::compress_contents is called from
+    initndb(), otherwise longswim called from SWIM::NDB_Init::nmd 
+    copies and compresses.  The longswim method compresses, but 
+    compress_contents does a cp (not -a).  In both cases the header
+    removal has been depreciated.  The important thing is that the utime
+    remains the same.
+2). The new Contents database is copied (utime) and renamed via
+    compress_contents called from SWIM::NDB. 
+3). Contents format

QUICKSTART.html

@@ -0,0 +1,206 @@
+<html>
+<head><title>Quickstart</title></head>
+<body  text="#000000" bgcolor="#FFFFFF" link="#0000EF" vlink="#51188E"
+alink="#FF0000">
+
+<br><br><br>
+
+<h1 align=center>QUICKSTART</h1>
+
+<br><br>
+
+<h5>READ THE <A HREF="REQUIREMENTS.html">REQUIREMENTS</A></h5>
+
+Now you can skip the next three steps if you have an installed Debian
+distribution and you are in a hurry for a demonstration, but you will miss
+out on swim's more awesome capabilities. With that said..... 
+
+<p>
+<b>FIRST GET SWIMRC PREPARED</b>
+
+<p> Edit the swimrc configution file, you should read <A
+HREF="swimrc.html/index.html">swimrc(5)</A>, but I'll ask you some
+question right now.  You can find swimrc in /etc/swim, and swimrc can be
+placed in your home directory in the subdirectory .swim. Entries in the
+home directory swimrc override ones in /etc/swim. 
+
+<p>
+Are you using an installed Debian system?  If so, you almost definitely
+have dpkg installed.  So uncomment this line in /etc/swim/swimrc by
+removing the pound sign. 
+
+<p>
+<code>$package_tool = "/usr/bin/dpkg";</code>
+
+<p>otherwise
+
+<p>
+<code>$package_tool = "/usr/bin/ar";</code>
+
+<p>
+Do you have the apt package installed?  Configure this, or -xyz will not
+work.
+
+<p>
+<code>$apt = "yes";</code>
+
+<p>
+Now you need to decide what architecture you would like to be swim's
+default value when you download, build, and query the not-installed
+databases.
+
+<p>
+What flavor, do you want alpha, arm, hurd-i386, i386, m68k, powerpc,
+or sparc? (more coming :*)  I decided on .....
+
+<p>
+<code>$architecture = "i386";</code>
+
+<p>
+What kind of distribution do you want to be your default? stable,
+unstable, frozen, or experimental (rare)  I like the ever changing ...
+
+<p>
+<code>$distribution = "unstable";</code>
+
+<p>
+Decide which sections you want?  You can have this
+
+<p>
+<code>@user_defined_section = qw(main contrib non-free);</code>
+
+<p>
+or this.
+
+<p>
+<code>@user_defined_section = qw(main);</code>
+
+<p>
+or .....
+   
+<p>
+<b>SECOND GET SWIMZ.LIST PREPARED</b>
+
+<p> Now grab a copy of the <A
+HREF="http://www.debian.org/misc/README.mirrors">README.mirrors</A> from
+http://www.debian.org/misc/README.mirrors", 
+you will need this to set-up the configuration file /etc/swim/swimz.list. 
+
+<p> If your using apt make sure to read <A
+HREF="swim.html/index.html">swim(8)</A> to get the nitty gritty on how you
+can synchronize swim along with apt :*} using <A
+HREF="swim.html/ch-important.html#s5.6">swimz.list</A>. 
+
+<p>
+Humm, you found a site which has the distribution you want, and you know
+which section you want, and you are happy knowing about packages which can
+install on the architecture you computer happens to have.
+
+<p>
+So what site is that?
+
+<p>
+<code>deb ftp://ftp.swimz.org</code>
+
+<p>
+What was the directory you happened to notice in the README.mirrors page?  
+
+<p>
+<code>deb ftp://ftp.swimz.org/pub/debian</code>
+
+<p>
+What distribution did you want?  Note: You won't want to use the Release
+code name for the distribution, see
+<A HREF="swim.html/ch-important.html#s5.6">swimz.list</A>.
+
+<p>
+<code>deb ftp://ftp.swimz.org/pub/debian unstable</code>
+
+<p>
+What sections did you want?
+
+<p>
+<code>deb ftp://ftp.swimz.org/pub/debian unstable main contrib
+non-free</code>
+
+<p>
+Now put this line in the swimz.list, exactly like written, and ofcourse
+use the values you want. 
+
+<p>
+<b>THIRD GET THE DEBIAN DATABASE WITH FTP</b>
+
+<p>
+Just issue this command.
+
+<p>
+<kbd>swim --ftp --Contents DF --Packages DF</kbd>
+
+<p>
+and wait a little bit.
+
+<p>
+<b>FOURTH BUILD THE DATABASES</b>
+
+<p>
+This is for a computer system with a Debian distribution installed.
+
+<p>
+<kbd>swim --initdb</kbd>
+
+<p>
+This next part applies to people who followed all the steps to get here,
+and also read the important requirements at the top.  This makes the
+not-installed databases.  Go take a walk, or a swim :*}
+
+<p>
+<kbd>swim --initndb --Contents DF DF</kbd>
+
+<p>
+When either of these commands are complete they will say "<samp>over and
+out</samp>".
+
+<p>
+<b>NOW WHAT?</b>
+
+<p> Now the real fun begins.  If you happen to have some experience with
+rpm you already know some of the options which swim uses, but be prepared
+for surpises.  <A HREF="swim.html/index.html">swim(8)</A> goes into more detail, the
+<A HREF="http://www.rpm.org/maximum-rpm.ps.gz">"<cite>Maximum
+RPM</cite>"</A> book by Edward C. Bailey which is freely available may
+provide help for swim's <kbd>--query</kbd> option, but you will find that
+swim greatly diverges from rpm. 
+
+<p> Try something like this, and do not use the <kbd>-n</kbd> unless you
+made the not-installed databases, on the other hand, <em>REMEMBER</em> to
+use <kbd>-n</kbd> if you do not have an installed Debian system.... 
+
+<p>
+<kbd>swim -n --search swim</kbd>
+
+<p>
+now do this..
+
+<p>
+<kbd>swim -qnSi</kbd> or <kbd>swim -hn</kbd>
+
+<p>
+go to the directory /usr/bin and do
+
+<p>
+<kbd>swim -qnf</kbd> <b>.</b>
+
+<p>
+you probably will have to do
+
+<p>
+<kbd>swim -qnft</kbd> <b>.</b>
+
+<p>
+<b>...the fun is just beginning...</b>
+
+<p>
+<em>Where are you swimming to today?</em>
+
+</body>                                                                         
+</html>  

QUICKSTART.text

@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+READ THE REQUIREMENTS
+
+Now you can skip the next three steps if you have an installed Debian
+distribution and you are in a hurry for a demonstration, but you will miss
+out on swim's more awesome capabilities. With that said..... 
+
+FIRST GET SWIMRC PREPARED
+
+Edit the swimrc configution file, you should read swimrc(5), but I'll ask
+you some question right now.  You can find swimrc in /etc/swim, and in
+your home directory in the subdirectory .swim.  Entries in the home
+directory swimrc override ones in /etc/swim.
+
+Are you using an installed Debian system?  If so, you almost definitely
+have dpkg installed.  So uncomment this line in /etc/swim/swimrc by
+removing the pound sign. 
+
+$package_tool = "/usr/bin/dpkg";
+
+otherwise
+
+$package_tool = "/usr/bin/ar";
+
+Do you have the apt package installed?  Configure this, or -xyz will not
+work.
+
+$apt = "yes";
+
+Now you need to decide what architecture you would like to be swim's
+default value when you download, build, and query the not-installed
+databases.
+
+What flavor, do you want alpha, arm, hurd-i386, i386, m68k, powerpc,
+or sparc? (more coming :*)  I decided on .....
+
+$architecture = "i386";
+
+What kind of distribution do you want to be your default? stable,
+unstable, frozen, or experimental (rare)  I like the ever changing ...
+
+$distribution = "unstable";
+
+Decide which sections you want?  You can have this
+
+@user_defined_section = qw(main contrib non-free);
+
+or this.
+
+@user_defined_section = qw(main);
+
+or .....
+   
+
+SECOND GET SWIMZ.LIST PREPARED
+
+Now grab a copy of the README.mirrors from
+http://www.debian.org/misc/README.mirrors, you will need this to set-up 
+the configuration file /etc/swim/swimz.list.
+
+If your using apt make sure to read swim(8) to get the nitty gritty on how
+you can synchronize swim along with apt :*} using swimz.list.
+
+Humm, you found a site which has the distribution you want, and you know
+which section you want, and you are happy knowing about packages which can
+install on the architecture you computer happens to have.
+
+So what site is that?
+
+deb ftp://ftp.swimz.org
+
+What was the directory you happened to notice in the README.mirrors page?  
+
+deb ftp://ftp.swimz.org/pub/debian
+
+What distribution did you want?  Note: You won't want to use the Release
+code name for the distribution, see swimz.list.
+
+deb ftp://ftp.swimz.org/pub/debian unstable
+
+What sections did you want?
+
+deb ftp://ftp.swimz.org/pub/debian unstable main contrib non-free
+
+Now put this line in the swimz.list, exactly like written, and ofcourse
+use the values you want. 
+
+THIRD GET THE DEBIAN DATABASE WITH FTP
+
+Just issue this command.
+
+swim --ftp --Contents DF --Packages DF
+
+and wait a little bit.
+
+
+FOURTH BUILD THE DATABASES
+
+This is for a computer system with a Debian distribution installed.
+
+swim --initdb
+
+This next part applies to people who followed all the steps to get here,
+and also read the important requirements at the top.  This makes the
+not-installed databases.  Go take a walk, or a swim :*}
+
+swim --initndb --Contents DF DF
+
+When either of these commands are complete they will say "over and out".
+
+NOW WHAT?
+
+Now the real fun begins.  If you happen to have some experience with rpm
+you already know some of the options which swim uses, but be prepared for
+surpises.  swim(8) goes into more detail, the "Maximum RPM" book by
+Edward C. Bailey which is freely available may provide help for swim's
+--query option, but you will find that swim greatly diverges from rpm.
+
+Try something like this, and do not use the -n unless you made the
+not-installed databases, on the other hand, REMEMBER to use -n if you
+do not have an installed system....
+
+swim -n --search swim
+
+now do this..
+
+swim -qnSi or swim -hn
+
+go to the directory /usr/bin and do
+
+swim -qnf .
+
+you probably will have to do
+
+swim -qnft .
+
+...the fun is just beginning...
+
+Where are you swimming to today?
+
+

REQUIREMENTS.html

@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+<html>
+<head><title>Requirements</title></head>
+<body  text="#000000" bgcolor="#FFFFFF" link="#0000EF" vlink="#51188E"
+alink="#FF0000">
+
+<br><br><br>
+
+
+<h2>REQUIRMENTS:</h2>  
+
+<p>
+Don't get intimidated, this is just to cover all bases, most computer
+systems meet the requirements.<p>
+
+<b>PERL</b>:  Yes, preferably Perl 5.004.04 or greater.
+
+<p> <b>FTP CAPABILITIES (optional)</b>: You may need to get <A
+HREF="ftp://www.perl.com/pub/perl/CPAN/modules/by-category/05_Networking_Devices_IPC/Net/libnet-1.0606.tar.gz">Net::FTP</A>
+(Debian libnet-perl package) which depends on Data::Dumper (Debian
+data-dumper package).  You also need <b>gcc</b> if you do not have a
+Debian system so that <em>swim</em> can figure out what architecture your
+machine is. You can also find these modules at the <A
+HREF="http://www.perl.com">CPAN mirrors</A> or the PACKAGES below.
+
+<p> <b>READLINE CAPABILITIES (optional)</b>:  For nice readline
+cpabilities get <A
+HREF="ftp://www.perl.com/pub/perl/CPAN/modules/by-module/Term/Term-ReadLine-Gnu-1.03.tar.gz">Term::ReadLine::Gnu</A>
+or alternatively <A
+HREF="ftp://www.perl.com/pub/perl/CPAN/modules/by-module/Term/Term-ReadLine-Perl-0.990
+6.tar.gz">Term::ReadLine::Perl</A> which depends on <A
+HREF="ftp://www.perl.com/pub/perl/CPAN/modules/by-module/Term/TermReadKey-2.12.tar.gz">Term::ReadKey</A>
+. <em>Term::ReadLine::Gnu</em> may be tricky to set-up on non Debian
+systems because it depends on <em>ncurses3.4</em> and the <em>GNU Readline
+Library version 2.1 or later</em>, but <em>Term::ReadLine::Perl</em> is
+much easier to set-up and allows a huge amount of package names to be
+present on the command line without a segmentation fault. You could get
+swim's ftp capabilities working first, and then just fetch the Debian
+ReadLine package(s) and then use swim's --extract option to set the
+package(s) up, but, it is sure fun doing a 'make test' when setting up the
+ReadLine modules! You can also find these modules at the <A
+HREF="http://www.perl.com">CPAN mirrors</A> or the PACKAGES below. <p>
+
+<b>DATABASE CAPABILITIES</b>:  DB_File comes standard with Perl. But,
+this doesn't mean it is compiled for the newer Berkeley Database
+Libraries. DB 1.85 has
+known  <A
+HREF="http://www.sleepycat.com/historic.html"> 
+bugs</A> which effect SWIM. SWIM can work with
+1.85, but <kbd>--rebuildflatdb</kbd> and <kbd>--rebuildflatndb</kbd> will
+not work properly. You can run a test to find out whether or not you need
+to make the change if you have db_dump available on your system (which
+db_dump). Enter this: 
+
+<P>
+<code>perl -e 'use DB_File; tie %testdb,'DB_File',"testdb";';<br>
+db_dump testdb</code>
+
+<P>If 'db_dump testdb' produces an error you need to make the change by
+installing the newest DB_File.  If you have a version of libc6 less than 
+2.1, first, install a new version ( 2.3.4  or greater) of the <A
+HREF="http://www.sleepycat.com">Berkeley DB</A> if you don't already
+have it installed.   If you get
+<A
+HREF="ftp://www.perl.com/pub/perl/CPAN/modules/by-module/DB_File/DB_File-1.65.tar.gz"> 
+ DB_File</A>
+from CPAN you will need to edit  
+config.in to point to the location of where libdb2 installed db.h, where 
+libdb2 is installed on your system, and the name of the library.  For
+Debian this would be:
+
+<P><code>INCLUDE = /usr/include/db2<br>
+LIB = /usr/lib<br>
+DBNAME = -ldb2</code>
+
+<p><b>PACKAGES</b>: You can get the CPAN modules in some package formats. 
+Debian 2.1 and Red Hat 5.0 have been tested with these packages: 
+
+<p>
+<u><em>Debian</em></u><br> 
+<A
+HREF="http://www.debian.org/Packages/unstable/base/libnet-perl.html">libnet-perl</A>
+and<br>
+<A
+HREF="http://www.debian.org/Packages/unstable/base/data-dumper.html">data-dumper</A>
+and<br>
+<A
+HREF="http://www.debian.org/Packages/unstable/interpreters/libterm-readline-gnu-perl.html">libterm-readline-gnu-perl</A>
+ (plus a lot more) or<br>
+<A
+HREF="http://www.debian.org/Packages/unstable/interpreters/libterm-readline-perl-perl.html">libterm-readline-perl-perl</A>
+and<br>
+<A
+HREF="http://www.debian.org/Packages/unstable/libs/libterm-readkey-perl.html">libterm-readkey-perl</A><br>
+<A HREF="http://www.debian.org/Packages/unstable/libs/libdb2.html">libdb2</A>
+ (dump_db utility is now part of libc6 2.1)<br>
+
+<p>
+<u><em>Red Hat</em></u><br>
+<A
+HREF="http://filewatcher.org/filename-search/?q=perl-libnet">perl-libnet</A>
+and<br>
+<A
+HREF="http://filewatcher.org/filename-search/?q=perl-Data-Dumper">perl-Data-Dumper</A><br>
+<A HREF="http://filewatcher.org/description-search/?q=libdb">db-?</a>
+
+<p>
+<b>USER</b>: root.  Some of swim's most important functions will not work
+properly unless you are running the program as root. 
+
+<p><b>HARD DRIVE SPACE</b>: Make sure you have enough hard drive space.
+1500
+installed packages produces a 10MB fileindex.deb, and the virtual
+not-installed filesystem database for the unstable distribution is now
+over 40MB.  100MB of free space on your hard drive is probably a good
+safety margin, if you run out of hard drive space the program will just
+hang or quit.
+
+<p>
+
+<b>MEMORY</b>: Databases made for an installed Debian system require
+memory in proportion to the amount of packages actually installed; the
+<kbd>--lowmem</kbd> option is an excellent alternative for making the
+databases if the computer system is either overloaded or low on memory. 
+If you get "out of memory" warnings try to free up some memory first then
+make the databases.  You can also avoid making the virtual filesystem by
+not using the <kbd>--Contents</kbd> option or using the FDB argument for
+that option.  Updating the databases uses very little memory. 
+
+<p> <b>OTHER SWIM FUNCTIONS</b>:  Most free operating systems have these
+packages installed:  On a non Debian system, <b>ar</b> from
+<em>binutils</em> is used to query Debian binary packages. These next
+packages are essential in a free operating system (Linux) -
+<em>textutils</em>, <em>fileutils</em>, <em>grep</em>, <em>tar</em>,
+<em>gzip</em>, and <em>mount</em>. 
+
+<p>
+
+</body>                                                                         
+</html>

REQUIREMENTS.text

@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+REQUIRMENTS:  
+
+Don't get intimidated, this is just to cover all bases, most computer
+systems meet the requirements.
+
+PERL:  Yes, preferably Perl 5.004.04 or greater.   
+
+FTP CAPABILITIES: (optional) You may need to get Net::FTP (Debian
+libnet-perl package) which depends on Data::Dumper (Debian data-dumper
+package). Also check the CPAN mirrors or the PACKAGES below.  You also
+need gcc if you do not have a Debian system so that swim can figure out
+what architecture your machine is. You can also find these modules at the
+CPAN mirrors or the PACKAGES below. 
+
+READLINE CAPABILITIES: (optional) For nice readline cpabilities get
+Term::ReadLine::Gnu or alternatively Term::ReadLine::Perl which depends on
+Term::ReadKey.  Term::ReadLine::Gnu may be tricky to set-up on non Debian
+systems because it depends on ncurses3.4 and the GNU Readline Library
+version 2.1 or later, but Term::ReadLine::Perl is much easier to set-up
+and allows a huge amount of package names to be present on the command
+line without a segmentation fault. You could get swim's ftp capabilities
+working first, and then just fetch the Debian ReadLine package(s) and then
+use swim's --extract option to set the package(s) up, but, it is sure fun
+doing a 'make test' when setting up the ReadLine modules! You can also
+find these modules at the CPAN mirrors or the PACKAGES below. 
+
+DATABASE CAPABILITIES:  DB_File comes standard with Perl.  But, this
+doesn't mean it is compiled for the newer Berkeley Database Libraries. DB
+1.85 has known bugs which effect SWIM.  SWIM can work with 1.85, but
+--rebuildflatdb and --rebuildflatndb will not work properly.  You can run
+a test to find out whether or not you need to make the change if you have
+db_dump available on your system (which db_dump). Enter this: 
+
+perl -e 'use DB_File; tie %testdb,'DB_File',"testdb";';
+db_dump testdb
+
+If 'db_dump testdb' produces an error you need to make the change by
+installing the newest DB_File.  If you have a version of libc6 less than
+2.1, first, install a new version (2.3.4 or greater) of the Berkeley DB if
+you don't already have it installed.  If you get DB_File from CPAN you
+will need to edit config.in to point to the location of where libdb2
+installed db.h, where libdb2 is installed on your system, and the name of
+the library.  For Debian this would be: 
+
+INCLUDE = /usr/include/db2
+LIB = /usr/lib 
+DBNAME = -ldb2 
+
+PACKAGES - You can get the CPAN modules in some package formats.  Debian
+2.1 and Red Hat 5.0 have been tested with these packages: 
+
+Debian -
+
+libnet-perl and
+data-dumper and
+libterm-readline-gnu-perl (plus a lot more) or
+libterm-readline-perl-perl and
+libterm-readkey-perl
+libdb2    
+  
+Red Hat -
+
+perl-libnet and
+perl-Data-Dumper
+db-?
+
+USER: root.  Some of swim's most important functions will not work
+properly unless you are running the program as root.   
+
+HARD DRIVE SPACE: Make sure you have enough hard drive space.  1500
+installed packages produces a 10MB fileindex.deb, and the virtual
+not-installed filesystem database for the unstable distribution is now
+over 40MB.  100MB of free space on your hard drive is probably a good
+safety margin, if you run out of hard drive space the program will just
+hang or quit. 
+
+MEMORY: Databases made for an installed Debian system require memory in
+proportion to the amount of packages actually installed; the --lowmem
+option is an excellent alternative for making the databases if the
+computer system is either overloaded or low on memory.  If you get "out of
+memory" warnings try to free up some memory first then make the databases. 
+You can also avoid making the virtual filesystem by not using the
+--Contents option or using the FDB argument for that option.  Updating the
+databases uses very little memory. 
+
+OTHER SWIM FUNCTIONS:  Most free operating systems have these packages
+installed:  On a non Debian system, ar from binutils is used to query
+Debian binary packages. These next packages are essential in a free
+operating system (Linux) - textutils, fileutils, grep, tar, gzip, and
+mount. 

THEMES

@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+Swim's design gives it the ability to implement features which were once
+just fiction.  
+
+Most people involved with WM (Window Managers) have heard of themes.
+Themes have become very popular.  You can design a real cool look for your
+WM and then pass it on to other people to recreate what you have.  But,
+who ever thought that themes could also apply to distributions?  The only
+requirement to develop a theme from the Debian distributions is to create
+a customized Packages database.  Apt can take it from there, by simply
+clearing the old cache, making a new cache from this Package, and
+installing everything.  This theme can even be installed along with an
+existing installation because apt will figure out what needs to be done.
+
+Themes can easily be made using swim.  Here's a list of ideas.
+
+* A module with the capability of taking the output from apt, and creating
+a database which would correlate to a successful installation without ever
+installing one package.  This would essentially be a not-installed
+database with one major difference, this database would represent the real
+state of a successful installation.  This would allow a developer to test
+a hypothetical installation, and look at it's structure.  Then a Packages
+file could be made from this database and tested on a real installation. 
+
+Although this module doesn't exist, yet, it could easily be made with a
+special designated database interacting with the other functions offered
+by swim's existing modules.
+
+* Swim already allows Packages files to be made from *debs placed in the
+DF - including creating a place for a personalized distribution (coming). 
+A person can make there own real personalized distribution in this
+manner, and then share their unique Packages file with the rest of the
+world, allowing other people to recreate the state of your own
+distribution on their machines.
+

TODO

@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+* Configuration for --dbpath, --root, --main, --contrib, --non-free,
+  --non-us, --arch, --dists could be automated so that a state could be
+  established on the command line, without needing to enter any of these
+  options again, untill a new state was desired, --default would  bring
+  everything back to the default directory /var/lib/dpkg.
+
+* Non-root users could run all functions if permissions were changed,
+  probably this should be left up to the system administrator.
+
+* Add --todo --bugs to -q.
+
+* Looks like --source and --source_only is kind of deprecated now that apt_0.3.6
+  is out, and there are Sources.gz in the appropriate places.  But, now
+  there exists three unique ways to get sources, debget which doesn't use
+  databases, apt which uses databases, and swim which combines the
+  approaches of both apt and debget, all three ways have their advantages. 
+  Swim isn't dependent on the existence of an up to date Sources.gz.
+
+* --ftp automatically removes packages with changed upstream-revisions..
+  perhaps move them to a storage location.
+	
+* base-files package has changed it's file/dir listing, eventually
+  SWIM::File can be modified in the future.
+
+* SWIM::Apt needs to be modified so that when it reads the Packages names
+  in the default directory it will look at the basename to take into
+  account non-Debian distributions.  Non-Debian distributions should 
+  be presented separately when DF is used as an argument.  Probably a new
+  option will be added.  This adheres to the swim philosophy of allowing
+  independent distributions with the exact directory structure of a normal
+  Debian distribution to exist.  
+
+* mention netselect to help people find the best mirror site, and maybe
+  automatically use netselect on swimz.list to find which sites are up,
+  and are best to use first, overridding the default sequential order!
+
+* Yes, you can 'cp -a' and 'gzip -d' sources from swim to sources for
+  apt, then just do a swim --apt --check or vica versa.
+
+* Make sure this doesn't happen for proposed-updates - "swim:
+  dists/proposed-updates/single/binary-i386/Release does not exist on the
+  server", and make a note of proposed-updates in the manual, no Contents.
+  Incoming can be grabbed by doing something like this, "deb url
+  debian/Incoming" vs experimental "deb url/debian project/experimental/".
+  Packages are available here, too, no Release or Contents.  swim is too
+  hardwired and this needs to be changed.
+
+* For now, a trade-off will be made in respect to updating the n* virtual
+  filesystem, even if Contents hasn't been updated, the versions of C,CR
+  will still be updated with the old Contents, on the other hand if
+  nfile* was version-less this wouldn't be necessary, then the behavior
+  mentioned next could be implemented anyways. If Contents are ever
+  updated on a more consistent basis, this behavior will be changed to
+  wait for these packages untill the next Contents, but basically this
+  should be done anyways, it will mean, quick updates during the week, and
+  one long one when the new Contents becomes available, the lack of
+  versioning would make this viable.  Basically, a database will be kept
+  for .packagesdiff-arch-dist.deb, nfile* will remain versioned because
+  this means faster lookups.
+
+* Implement the "on the fly" distribution creation system. 
+
+* Add the DF virtual system which will allow --apt2df and --df2apt to
+  work.
+
+* a search for everything found in -T
+
+* -o DPkg::Options::=--purge once --remove isn't a standard option to dpkg
+ for "remove", and possible --admindir (like --dbpath) --root (like
+ --root) and --instdir (where packages should be installed).
+
+* add --force-* at least for --purge and depends.
+
+* an option which would show all packages relationships for a package
+  being --ftp or -xyrz on the --stdin line
+
+* Complete menuindex() which allows a search of the debian menu system.
+
+* add the pid (personal information database) editing, and data storage.
+
+* Use the MD5 module from libmd5-perl for --md5sum?
+
+* gnupg, pgp, and md5sum checking for source probably using dscverify from
+  package devscripts, this uses the MD5 module
+
+* Need to add the capability to deal with weird non-standard Filename: .*
+  situations, both in retrieval, and archiving.  In situations like this,
+  the distribution may not be apparent, but the package could still be
+  found and placed in a special area, and a special database could store
+  the information.  This database could be transparent, and available for
+  quering regardless of the distribution default, or command line
+  specification.
+
+* Add the --file and --http capabilities or at least the capability to
+  look at Packages from strange directories grabbed by apt using these
+  methods. Meanwhile, swim's ftp capabilities make slow modems happy, and
+  allow for precise downloading versus downloading every package related
+  to -T.
+
+* Add a hash option so that swim can know that po -> unstable, this would 
+  work fine, because swim shows the Release version, but the author is
+  against implementing this ability.
+
+* Instead of PWD!full_path, allow multiple filenames to be quoted without
+  pathnames for --extract.
+
+* .., ../, ../../, ../../file-or-dir (not ../../file-or-dir/) ability for 
+  -qf|p works, but more complex ../ is not implemented, yet.  ../ will
+  also follow a symbolic link, this is a feature.
+
+* --search by dirs when in place using -f.
+
+* Add the retro full spectrum of dpkg options, it's nice sometimes to just
+  do a simple install.
+
+* Gather together all the build children into a giant family including the
+  teacher and the checker.
+
+* Do the Perl for Non Free OSes thing.
+
+* Remove a large percentage of the bold and underlining from the
+  documentation.
+
+* Make needed changes and improvements to the Manual - a constant TODO.
+
+* swim faster and faster!

bin/fastswim

@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+#use diagnostics;
+require 5.004;
+use strict;
+
+################################################################################
+#    Package administration and research tool for Debian                       #
+#    Copyright (C) 1999-2000 Jonathan D. Rosenbaum                             #
+#                                                                              #
+#    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify      #
+#    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by      #
+#    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or         #
+#    (at your option) any later version.                                       #
+#                                                                              #
+#    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,           #
+#    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of            #
+#    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the             #
+#    GNU General Public License for more details.                              #
+#                                                                              #
+#    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License         #
+#    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software               #
+#    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.#
+################################################################################
+
+
+# Because it is a better to write to disk, rather than trying to do
+# everthing in memory, and then it's good to close the process which
+# accomplished this.  I am sure there are better ways.
+
+# Anyways if you want to test fastswim do something like this:                  
+# fastswim --transfer /var/lib/dpkg/info /tmp /var/lib/dpkg and create a        
+# transfer.deb file beforehand in /tmp which has the packagename_version        
+# one to a line. 
+
+my @ppackage;
+my %repeaters;
+my $thingy;
+my $tingy;
+my $temp;
+my %HL;
+my @name;
+my %version;
+
+#$| = 1;
+#$#name = 2000;
+#$#ppackage = 2000;
+
+   # This way has been de-pre-c-whatever-ated because it lacks version 
+   # rememberance, and is just kept for testing purposes
+   if ($#ARGV == -1) {
+         print "swim: fastswim requires option/arguments, see program for instructions\n";
+         exit;
+         chdir("$ARGV[1]");         
+         #consider readdir 
+         @ppackage = <*.list>;
+    }
+    # This does the work
+    elsif ($ARGV[0] eq "--transfer") {
+       open(TRANSFER, "$ARGV[2]/transfer.deb");
+         while (<TRANSFER>) {
+           chomp $_;
+           if (defined $_) {
+             my @the = split(/_/, $_);
+             push(@ppackage, "$the[0].list");
+             # remember the version.
+             chomp $the[1]; 
+             $version{$the[0]} = $the[1];
+           }
+         }        
+        close(TRANSFER);
+    }
+    
+
+     # Make a nice md.  I decided on a Hash of Lists, giving all
+     # files/dirs unique name, and then a list of packages which
+     # correspond..because this should be faster than a Hash of Hash
+     # where you'd have to loop through all packages names..find the
+     # files/dir in all packages names which are the same..I'd assume a HL
+     # would be a quicker query, even though the Hash would be enormous.   
+     # Possible things: a tree for faster query.
+
+     # Put everything into an array..every other is package name
+     # Better check for packages which don't have /. in their *.list...
+     # which is rare, but does happen.  Sometimes *.list(s) don't have
+     # all the parent directories, but we won't worry about that.
+     print "  Making the massive hash\n";
+     $| = 1; my $x = 1;
+     foreach $thingy (sort @ppackage) {
+       open(LIST, "$ARGV[1]/$thingy") or die "Humm, strange";
+        # Because of the version..there are sometimes dots
+        $thingy =~ m,(.*)\.list,;
+        my $count = 0;
+        my @count = <LIST>;
+        close(LIST);
+        foreach (@count) {         
+          $x = 1 if $x == 6;
+          print "|\r" if $x == 1 || $x == 4; print "/\r" if $x == 2;
+          print "-\r" if $x == 3 || $x == 6; print "\\\r" if $x == 5;
+          $x++;     
+          chomp $_;
+          # does /. exist?  it should be first.
+          if ($count == 0) {
+            if ($_ !~ m,\/\.,) {
+             my $shifter = $_;
+             my @redolist = @count;
+             push(@count,$shifter);
+             # humm let's rebuild the offending backup list, this
+             # is important for --db.
+             unshift(@redolist,"/."); 
+             open(REDOLIST, ">$ARGV[1]/backup/$thingy.bk.bk")
+             or warn "needed to edit $thingy because it lacked /.,
+                      but could not open up a backup file\n";
+               my $rd;
+               foreach $rd (@redolist) {
+                 chomp $rd;
+                 print REDOLIST "$rd\n";
+               }
+             close(REDOLIST);
+             rename
+             ("$ARGV[1]/backup/$thingy.bk.bk","$ARGV[1]/backup/$thingy.bk");
+             $_ =  "/.";             
+            }
+          }
+           $count = 1;
+           $repeaters{$_}++;
+             if ($repeaters{$_} == 1) {  
+               $temp = 0;
+             }
+             else {
+               $temp = $repeaters{$_} - 1;
+             }              
+             if (defined $version{$1}) {
+              $HL{$_}[$temp] = "$1_$version{$1}";
+             }
+        } 
+     }
+     undef @ppackage;
+    
+      # We will create one file with the 1..and another with >1..
+      # than split..reverse..and order.accordingly..this makes
+      # things much faster.  Remember clean-up routines for kill.
+      print "  Starting ... writing to $ARGV[2]!\n";
+      # Create the database 
+      open(BIG, ">$ARGV[2]/big.debian") or die;
+      open(LONG, ">$ARGV[2]/long.debian") or die;
+      foreach $thingy (sort keys %HL ) {
+          $x = 1 if $x == 6;
+          print "|\r" if $x == 1 || $x == 4; print "/\r" if $x == 2;
+          print "-\r" if $x == 3 || $x == 6; print "\\\r" if $x == 5;
+          $x++;
+           # Humm, will split or grep be faster?
+            #my $tingy  = "@{ $HL{$thingy} }" . " " .  @{ $HL{$thingy} };
+            my $tingy  = "@{ $HL{$thingy} }";
+           if (@{ $HL{$thingy} } > 1 || @{ $HL{$thingy} } eq "") {    
+             print LONG "$thingy -> $tingy\n";
+           } 
+           elsif (@{ $HL{$thingy} } == 1) {
+              print BIG "$thingy -> $tingy\n";
+           }
+         }
+        #print "Finished\n";
+        close(BIG);
+        close(LONG);
+        #undef %HL;
+        print "  Cleaning up\n"; 
+
+__END__

bin/imswim

@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+#use diagnostics;
+require 5.004;
+use strict;
+
+################################################################################
+#    Package administration and research tool for Debian                       #
+#    Copyright (C) 1999-2000 Jonathan D. Rosenbaum                             #
+#                                                                              #
+#    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify      #
+#    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by      #
+#    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or         #
+#    (at your option) any later version.                                       #
+#                                                                              #
+#    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,           #
+#    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of            #
+#    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the             #
+#    GNU General Public License for more details.                              #
+#                                                                              #
+#    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License         #
+#    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software               #
+#    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.#
+################################################################################
+
+
+=pod
+
+This allows computers with a small amount of memory or overloaded system
+to succeed in making the databases for SWIM::DB_Init.  Instead of using
+transfer.deb to grab everything into memory and then creating the
+long.debian and big.debian files right out of memory for processing by
+SWIM::MD, it works like longswim by creating one large file to the disk
+(this can use lots of memory, but can swap easily)  then it uses slowswim
+to create long.debian and big.debian using a minimal memory method, then
+it finishes using SWIM::MD. 
+
+To test supply these arguments - info dir, temporary dir "imswim
+/var/lib/dpkg/info /tmp" and create a transfer.deb file
+beforehand in the temporary dir which has the packagename_version one to a
+line. 
+
+=cut
+
+
+   if ($#ARGV == -1) {                                                          
+     print "swim: imswim requires arguments, see program for instructions\n";                                                                      
+         exit;                                                                  
+   }                                                                           
+   else {
+     $| = 1; my $x = 1;
+     open(FILEDIR, ">$ARGV[1]/filedir.deb") 
+     or warn "could not create filedir.deb\n";
+     open(TRANSFER, "$ARGV[1]/transfer.deb") or warn "needs transfer.deb"; 
+      while (<TRANSFER>) {
+       chomp;
+       my @the = split(/_/, $_);
+       open (LIST, "$ARGV[0]/$the[0].list") 
+       or warn "could not file *list";
+        chomp;
+        # better check if /. is missing in any of the *list
+        my $count = 0;                                                          
+        my @count = <LIST>;  
+        close(LIST);                                                            
+        foreach (@count) {                                                      
+          $x = 1 if $x == 6;
+          print "|\r" if $x == 1 || $x == 4; print "/\r" if $x == 2;
+          print "-\r" if $x == 3 || $x == 6; print "\\\r" if $x == 5;
+          $x++;
+          chomp $_;                                                             
+          # does /. exist?  it should be first.                                 
+          if ($count == 0) {                                                    
+            if ($_ !~ m,\/\.,) {                                                
+             my $shifter = $_;                                                  
+             my @redolist = @count;                                             
+             push(@count,$shifter);                                             
+             # humm let's rebuild the offending backup list, this               
+             # is important for --db.                                           
+             unshift(@redolist,"/.");                                           
+             open(REDOLIST, ">$ARGV[0]/backup/$the[0].list.bk.bk")        
+             or warn "needed to edit $the[0].list because it lacked /.,              
+                      but could not open up a backup file\n";                   
+               my $rd;                                                          
+               foreach $rd (@redolist) {                                        
+                 chomp $rd;                                                     
+                 print REDOLIST "$rd\n";                                        
+               }                                                                
+             close(REDOLIST);                                                   
+             rename("$ARGV[0]/backup/$the[0].list.bk.bk",
+                    "$ARGV[0]/backup/$the[0].list.bk");    
+             $_ =  "/.";                                                        
+            }                                                                   
+          }                                                                     
+         $count = 1;      
+         print FILEDIR "$_ -> $the[0]_$the[1]\n";
+        } # foreach @count
+      } # while TRANSFER
+     close(TRANSFER);
+     close(FILEDIR); 
+  } # else

bin/longswim

@@ -0,0 +1,591 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+
+#use diagnostics;
+use strict;
+use DB_File;
+
+################################################################################
+#    Package administration and research tool for Debian                       #
+#    Copyright (C) 1999-2000 Jonathan D. Rosenbaum                             #
+#                                                                              #
+#    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify      #
+#    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by      #
+#    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or         #
+#    (at your option) any later version.                                       #
+#                                                                              #
+#    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,           #
+#    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of            #
+#    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the             #
+#    GNU General Public License for more details.                              #
+#                                                                              #
+#    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License         #
+#    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software               #
+#    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.#
+################################################################################
+
+
+=pod
+
+This program creates the file filedir.deb using choice() and
+comma_choice()  (which both use timing() in case Contents is newer than
+Packages). It establishes the file based on --main, --contrib, --non-free,
+--non-us or the default.  This program is quite time consuming and uses
+more and more memory as it runs.  Afterwared, the output can be processed
+by fastswim (high memory approach) or slowswim (low memory approach),
+whether either is faster is still subject to experimentation.  swim packs
+everything into the databases.  It also produces the report
+.contentsdiff-arch-dists.deb which shows which packages exist in Contents
+which don't exist in Packages. 
+
+This program takes a large amount of arguments.  Look at nmd() in
+SWIM::NDB_Init.
+
+=cut
+
+
+ if ($#ARGV == -1) {
+  print "swim: longswim requires many arguments, see program for instructions\n";
+  exit;
+ }
+
+my $Contents;
+my $contentsindex;
+my ($main,$contrib,$non_free,$non_us);
+my $tmp;
+my (%watch,%ndb);
+my $npackages;
+my $gzip;
+my $place;
+
+# process @ARGV
+$Contents = $ARGV[0]; $contentsindex = $ARGV[1];
+$main = $ARGV[2]; $contrib = $ARGV[3]; 
+$non_free = $ARGV[4]; $non_us = $ARGV[5];
+$tmp = $ARGV[6];
+$npackages = $ARGV[7];
+$gzip = $ARGV[8];
+$place = $ARGV[9];
+my $Contents_mtime = $ARGV[10];
+
+# tie it once not a quarter million times
+tie %ndb, 'DB_File', "$npackages" or die "DB_File: $!";
+
+# Let's find the arch and dists
+my @archdist = split(m,/,,$contentsindex);
+my($arch,$dist) = (split(m,-,,$archdist[$#archdist]))[1,2]; 
+$dist =~ s,\.deb,,;
+
+unlink("$place/.contentsdiff-$arch-$dist.deb") 
+ if -e "$place/.contentsdiff-$arch-$dist.deb";
+
+nmd();
+
+# main processing program
+sub nmd {
+
+  my %again;
+  my %all;
+
+    $| = 1; my $x = 1;
+    open(CONTENTS, "$Contents") or die "where is it?\n";
+    open(FILEDIR,">$tmp/filedir.deb");
+    open(CONTENTSDB,">$contentsindex");
+    while (<CONTENTS>) {
+      print CONTENTSDB $_;
+      if (/^FILE\s*LOCATION$/) {
+         while (<CONTENTS>) {
+             s,^(\./)+,,;  # filter for Debians altered dir structure 
+             print CONTENTSDB $_;
+          $x = 1 if $x == 6;
+          print "|\r" if $x == 1 || $x == 4; print "/\r" if $x == 2;
+          print "-\r" if $x == 3 || $x == 6; print "\\\r" if $x == 5;
+          $x++;             
+             chomp $_;
+             # find all directories
+              # split is the way to go. 
+              # If it ends with / its a directory
+              my($dirfile,$package,@packs,@dirfile,@package,@comma);
+
+
+              ######################
+              #    ENDS WITH /     #
+              ######################
+              if (m,.*/\s+\w*,) {
+                ($dirfile,$package) = split(/\s+/,$_,2);
+                if ($package !~ m,^[a-z0-9-]*/.*$|^[a-z0-9-]*/.*/.*$,) {
+                 my @more_things = split(/\s+/,$package);
+                 $package = $more_things[$#more_things];
+                 (my $backpackage = $package) =~ s,\+,\\+,g;
+                 my @dirfile = split(/\s+$backpackage/,$_);
+                 $dirfile = $dirfile[0];
+                }
+                @dirfile = split(/\//,$dirfile); $dirfile =~ s,/$,,;
+                @comma = split(/,/,$package);
+
+                #################
+                # HAS A COMMA   #
+                ################# 
+                if (scalar(@comma) >= 2) {
+                # humm many packages share this file/dir
+                  my @choice_package;
+                    ##########
+                    ## MAIN ##
+                    ##########
+                    if ($main eq "yes") {
+                       foreach (@comma) {
+                        if (defined $_) { 
+                         if ($_ !~ m,^non-free/|^contrib/|^non-us/,) {
+                           push(@choice_package,$_);                      
+                         }
+                        }
+                       }    
+                       @packs = comma_choice(@choice_package);                                           
+                    }   # choice in main
+                    ############ 
+                    ##NON-FREE##
+                    ############
+                    if ($non_free eq "yes") {
+                      foreach (@comma) {
+                        if (m,^non-free/,) {
+                          push(@choice_package,$_);                      
+                        }
+                      }
+                      @packs = comma_choice(@choice_package);
+                    }  # choice non-free
+                    ###########
+                    ##CONTRIB##
+                    ###########
+                    if ($contrib eq "yes") {
+                      foreach (@comma) {
+                        if (m,^contrib/,) {
+                          push(@choice_package,$_);                      
+                        }
+                      }
+                      @packs = comma_choice(@choice_package);
+                    } # choice contrib
+                    #########
+                    #NON-US##
+                    #########
+                    if ($non_us eq "yes") {
+                      foreach (@comma) {
+                        if (m,^non-us/,) {
+                           push(@choice_package,$_);                      
+                        }
+                      }
+                      @packs = comma_choice(@choice_package);
+                    }  # choice non-us
+
+                } # scalar @comma >= 2
+
+                # When only one package exists for dir
+                #############                  
+                ##############
+                # NO COMMA   #
+                ##############
+                elsif (scalar(@comma) == 1) {
+                    my $choice_package;
+                    ##########
+                    ## MAIN ##
+                    ##########
+                    if ($main eq "yes") {
+                       # only one package found related to choice section
+                        if (defined $package) { 
+                         if ($package !~ m,^non-free/|^contrib/|^non-us/,) {
+                           $choice_package = $package;                      
+                           @package = split(/\//,$choice_package);
+                         }
+                        }
+                        @packs = choice(@package);
+                    } # end choice main
+
+                    ############ 
+                    ##NON-FREE##
+                    ############
+                    if ($non_free eq "yes") {
+                        if (defined $package) { 
+                         if ($package =~ m,^non-free/,) {
+                           $choice_package = $package;                      
+                           @package = split(/\//,$choice_package);
+                         }
+                        }
+                        @packs = choice(@package);
+                    } # end choice main
+
+                    ###########
+                    ##CONTRIB##
+                    ###########
+                    if ($contrib eq "yes") {
+                        if (defined $package) { 
+                         if ($package =~ m,^contrib/,) {
+                           $choice_package = $package;                      
+                           @package = split(/\//,$choice_package);
+                         }
+                        }
+                        @packs = choice(@package);
+                    } # end choice main
+
+                    #########
+                    #NON-US##
+                    #########
+                    if ($non_us eq "yes") {
+                        if (defined $package) { 
+                         if ($package =~ m,^non-us/,) {
+                           $choice_package = $package;                      
+                           @package = split(/\//,$choice_package);
+                         }
+                        }
+                        @packs = choice(@package);
+                    } # end choice main
+
+
+                } # @comma = 1
+
+               #################
+               # WRITE TO FILE #
+               #################
+              foreach $package (@packs) {
+               my ($count,$holder);
+               for ($count = 0; $count <= $#dirfile; $count++) {
+                    if ($count == 0) {
+                      $holder = "/$dirfile[$count]";
+                      my $again = "$dirfile[$count] -> $package"; 
+                      my $all = "/. -> $package"; 
+                      $again{$again}++;
+                      $all{$all}++;
+                      if ($all{$all} == 1) {
+                       print FILEDIR "/. -> $package\n";
+                       ##repeaters("/.",$package);
+                      }
+                      if ($again{$again} == 1) {
+                       print FILEDIR "/$dirfile[$count] -> $package\n"; 
+                       ##repeaters("/$dirfile[$count]",$package);
+                      }
+                    }
+                    else {
+                      $holder =  $holder . "/$dirfile[$count]";
+                      #print "$holder -> $package\n";
+                      #repeaters($holder,$package);
+                      my $again = "$holder -> $package"; 
+                      $again{$again}++;
+                      if ($again{$again} == 1) {
+                       print FILEDIR "$holder -> $package\n";
+                       ##repeaters($holder,$package);
+                      }
+                    }
+               } # end for
+              }
+              } # does end with /
+
+              ######################
+              # DOESN'T END WITH / #
+              ######################
+              # find all files and directories
+              else {
+              ($dirfile,$package) = split(/\s+/,$_,2);
+                if ($package !~ m,^[a-z0-9-]*/.*$|^[a-z0-9-]*/.*/.*$,) {
+                 my @more_things = split(/\s+/,$package);
+                 $package = $more_things[$#more_things];
+                 (my $backpackage = $package) =~ s,\+,\\+,g;
+                 # watch this
+                 my @dirfile = split(/\s+$backpackage/,$_);
+                 $dirfile = $dirfile[0];
+                }
+                @dirfile = split(/\//,$dirfile);
+                @comma = split(/,/,$package);
+
+                #################
+                # HAS A COMMA   #
+                ################# 
+                if (scalar(@comma) >= 2) {
+                # humm many packages share this file/dir
+                  my @choice_package;
+                    ##########
+                    ## MAIN ##
+                    ##########
+                    if ($main eq "yes") {
+                       foreach (@comma) {
+                        if (defined $_) { 
+                         if ($_ !~ m,^non-free/|^contrib/|^non-us/,) {
+                           push(@choice_package,$_);                      
+                         }
+                        }
+                       }    
+                        @packs = comma_choice(@choice_package);                                           
+                    }   # choice in main
+                    ############ 
+                    ##NON-FREE##
+                    ############
+                    if ($non_free eq "yes") {
+                      foreach (@comma) {
+                        if (m,^non-free/,) {
+                          push(@choice_package,$_);                      
+                        }
+                      }
+                      @packs = comma_choice(@choice_package);
+                    }  # choice non-free
+                    ###########
+                    ##CONTRIB##
+                    ###########
+                    if ($contrib eq "yes") {
+                      foreach (@comma) {
+                        if (m,^contrib/,) {
+                          push(@choice_package,$_);                      
+                        }
+                      }
+                      @packs = comma_choice(@choice_package);
+                    } # choice contrib
+                    #########
+                    #NON-US##
+                    #########
+                    if ($non_us eq "yes") {
+                      foreach (@comma) {
+                        if (m,^non-us/,) {
+                           push(@choice_package,$_);                      
+                        }
+                      }
+                      @packs = comma_choice(@choice_package);
+                    }  # choice non-us
+
+                } # scalar @comma == 2
+
+                # When only one package exists for file
+                #############                  
+                ##############
+                # NO COMMA   #
+                ##############
+                elsif (scalar(@comma) == 1) {
+                    my $choice_package;
+                    ##########
+                    ## MAIN ##
+                    ##########
+                    if ($main eq "yes") {             
+                       # only one package found related to choice section
+                        if (defined $package) { 
+                         if ($package !~ m,^non-free/|^contrib/|^non-us/,) {
+                           $choice_package = $package;                      
+                           @package = split(/\//,$choice_package);
+                         }
+                        }
+                        @packs = choice(@package);
+                    } # end choice main
+
+                    ############ 
+                    ##NON-FREE##
+                    ############
+                    if ($non_free eq "yes") {
+                        if (defined $package) { 
+                         if ($package =~ m,^non-free/,) {
+                           $choice_package = $package;                      
+                           @package = split(/\//,$choice_package);
+                         }
+                        }
+                        @packs = choice(@package);
+                    } # end choice main
+
+                    ###########
+                    ##CONTRIB##
+                    ###########
+                    if ($contrib eq "yes") {
+                        if (defined $package) { 
+                         if ($package =~ m,^contrib/,) {
+                           $choice_package = $package;                      
+                           @package = split(/\//,$choice_package);
+                         }
+                        }
+                        @packs = choice(@package);
+                    } # end choice main
+
+                    #########
+                    #NON-US##
+                    #########
+                    if ($non_us eq "yes") {
+                        if (defined $package) { 
+                         if ($package =~ m,^non-us/,) {
+                           $choice_package = $package;                      
+                           @package = split(/\//,$choice_package);
+                         }
+                        }
+                        @packs = choice(@package);
+                    } # end choice main
+
+
+                } # @comma = 1
+
+              #################
+              # WRITE TO FILE #
+              #################
+              foreach $package (@packs) {
+               my ($count,$holder);
+               for ($count = 0; $count <= $#dirfile; $count++) {
+                    if ($count == 0) {
+                      $holder = "/$dirfile[$count]";
+                      my $again = "$dirfile[$count] -> $package"; 
+                      my $all = "/. -> $package"; 
+                      $again{$again}++;
+                      $all{$all}++;
+                      if ($all{$all} == 1) {
+                       print FILEDIR "/. -> $package\n";
+                      }
+                      if ($again{$again} == 1) {
+                       print FILEDIR "/$dirfile[$count] -> $package\n";
+                      }
+                    }
+                    # Here's where things really start to turn ugly.
+                    else {
+                      $holder =  $holder . "/$dirfile[$count]";
+                      my $again = "$holder -> $package"; 
+                      $again{$again}++;
+                     if ($again{$again} == 1) {
+                       print FILEDIR "$holder -> $package\n";
+                      }
+                    }
+               } # end for
+              } # @packs - more than one package for this file
+              } # end else not dir
+          }
+        }
+    }
+    close(FILEDIR);
+    close(CONTENTS);
+
+    print "Compress contents\n";
+    system "$gzip", "-9", "$contentsindex";
+    utime(time,$Contents_mtime,$contentsindex); 
+    print "Cleaning up\n";
+    # this will add a newline, but better to do a Ctrl-C than to have the
+    # process hang and respawn itself - something which sometimes happens
+    kill INT => $$;
+    print "swim: please press Ctrl-c\n"; # just in case :)
+
+    # probably don't need to do this ends the program 
+    #undef %all;
+    #undef %again;
+
+} # end sub nmd
+
+# this finds the package or none which equal choice section when a
+# file/dir is found with one package
+sub choice {
+
+   my (@package) = @_;
+   my @packs;
+                        if ($#package == 1) {
+                          my $what = timing($package[1]); 
+                          if (defined $what) {
+                           #$package[1] = version($package[1]);
+                           @packs = $what;
+                          }
+                        }
+                        elsif ($#package == 2) {
+                          my $what = timing($package[2]); 
+                          if (defined $what) {                          
+                           #$package[2] = version($package[2]);
+                           @packs = $what;
+                          }
+                        } 
+
+                return @packs;
+
+} # end sub choice
+
+
+# this finds the package(s) or none which equal choice section when a
+# file/dir is found with more than one package
+sub comma_choice {
+
+   my (@choice_package) = @_;
+   my (@package,@packs);
+
+                      if (@choice_package) {
+                       if ($#choice_package == 0) {
+                          @package = split(/\//,$choice_package[0]);
+                          if ($#package == 1) {
+                             my $what = timing($package[1]); 
+                             if (defined $what) {
+                              #$package[1] = version($package[1]);
+                              push(@packs,$what);
+                             }
+                           }
+                           elsif ($#package == 2) {
+                             my $what = timing($package[2]); 
+                             if (defined $what) {
+                              #$package[2] = version($package[2]);
+                              push(@packs,$what);
+                             }
+                           }  
+                       }
+                       elsif ($#choice_package > 0) {
+                        # Basically, we will keep all conflicting dirs/files
+                        # because often they are related
+                        foreach (@choice_package) {   
+                          @package = split(/\//,$_);
+                          if ($#package == 1) {
+                             my $what = timing($package[1]);                        
+                             if (defined $what) {
+                              push(@packs,$what);
+                             }
+                           }
+                           elsif ($#package == 2) {
+                             my $what = timing($package[2]);   
+                             if (defined $what) {
+                              push(@packs,$what);
+                             }
+                           }  
+                        }                     
+                       } # else more than 1 for choice
+                      } # defined choice
+                      return @packs;
+
+} # end sub comma_choice
+
+
+# this sub produces a report file..in case Packages is older than Contents
+# there will be other reports, ofcourse, like if Packages is newer than
+# Contents.  Uses version();
+sub timing {
+
+  my ($lookup) = @_;
+
+      my $afterlookup = nversion($lookup);
+       if ($afterlookup eq 1) {
+         $watch{$lookup}++;
+         if ($watch{$lookup} == 1) {
+          open(REPORT,">>$place/.contentsdiff-$arch-$dist.deb") 
+           or die "can't create a file\n";
+            print REPORT "Found in Contents, not in Packages:  $lookup\n";
+          close(REPORT);
+         } 
+       return;
+       }
+       else {
+         return $afterlookup;
+       }
+
+} # end my timing
+
+# checks npackage.deb to find version for package found in Contents
+sub nversion {
+         
+  my ($argument) = @_;
+  #ndb();        
+           
+  if (defined $argument) {
+     # We will check for more than two..just in case
+     if ($argument !~ /_/) {
+       if (defined $ndb{$argument}) {
+         $argument = $ndb{$argument};
+         return $argument;
+       }
+       # fixed the space packages
+       else {
+         return 1;
+       }
+     }
+  }
+  #untie %ndb;
+
+} # end sub nversion
+
+sub ndb {
+     #tie %ndb, 'DB_File', "$npackages" or die "DB_File: $!";
+} # end sub ndb

bin/slowswim

@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+
+#use diagnostics;
+use strict;
+
+################################################################################
+#    Package administration and research tool for Debian                       #
+#    Copyright (C) 1999-2000 Jonathan D. Rosenbaum                             #
+#                                                                              #
+#    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify      #
+#    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by      #
+#    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or         #
+#    (at your option) any later version.                                       #
+#                                                                              #
+#    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,           #
+#    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of            #
+#    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the             #
+#    GNU General Public License for more details.                              #
+#                                                                              #
+#    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License         #
+#    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software               #
+#    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.#
+################################################################################
+
+
+=pod
+
+This program only takes two argument, a temp directory and the name of the
+binary sort..sort.  You can test a filedir.deb file. 
+
+
+=cut
+
+ if ($#ARGV == -1) {
+  print "swim: slowswim requires arguments, see program for instructions\n";
+  exit;
+ }
+
+my $tmp = $ARGV[0];
+my $sort = $ARGV[1];
+
+pre_md();
+
+# This is nmd()'s version of fastswim..also a lowmem method, after making
+# long.debian and big.debian, process_md() finishes the job.
+sub pre_md {
+
+  my %HL;
+  my $temp;
+  my %repeaters;
+  my $fcount = 0;
+  my @tempholder;
+
+  print "Sorting everything\n";
+  system ("$sort $tmp/filedir.deb > $tmp/sortfiledir.deb");
+  unlink("$tmp/filedir.deb");
+
+    # grab the keys from the sorted file
+     print "Making the massive hash using lowmem\n";
+     $| = 1; my $x = 1;
+     open(FILEDIR, "$tmp/sortfiledir.deb") or die "where is sortfiledir.deb?\n";
+         while (<FILEDIR>) {
+          $x = 1 if $x == 6;
+          print "|\r" if $x == 1 || $x == 4; print "/\r" if $x == 2;
+          print "-\r" if $x == 3 || $x == 6; print "\\\r" if $x == 5;
+          $x++;
+             my ($place, $packname) = split(/ -> /,$_,2);
+             push(@tempholder,"$place -> $packname");
+              if ($fcount != 0) {
+              my($tplace,$tpackname) = split(/ -> /,$tempholder[$fcount - 1],2);
+              chomp $tpackname;
+                # As long as they aren't different add to HL because they
+                # belong to a group.
+                if ($tplace eq $place) {
+                    #print "$tplace and $place\n";
+                    $repeaters{$tplace}++;
+                    if ($repeaters{$tplace} == 1) {  
+                       $temp = 0;
+                    }
+                    else {
+                      $temp = $repeaters{$tplace} - 1;
+                    }              
+                    $HL{$tplace}[$temp] = $tpackname;
+                } 
+                # they new guy is different, but the old guy belongs to the
+                # previous group or not, so finish adding to %HL and then
+                # print out, and undef %HL
+                else {
+                   #print "I AM DIFF $tplace\n";
+                    # finish adding
+                    $repeaters{$tplace}++;
+                    if ($repeaters{$tplace} == 1) {  
+                       $temp = 0;
+                    }
+                    else {
+                      $temp = $repeaters{$tplace} - 1;
+                    }              
+                    $HL{$tplace}[$temp] = $tpackname;
+                 
+                   # print out
+                   open(BIG, ">>$tmp/big.debian") or die;
+                   open(LONG, ">>$tmp/long.debian") or die;
+                   my $thingo;
+                   foreach $thingo (sort keys %HL ) {
+                    my $tingy  = "@{ $HL{$thingo} }";
+                    if (@{ $HL{$thingo} } > 1 || @{ $HL{$thingo} } eq "") {
+                      print LONG "$thingo -> $tingy\n";
+                    }
+                    elsif (@{ $HL{$thingo} } == 1) {
+                      print BIG "$thingo -> $tingy\n"; 
+                    }
+                  }
+                 close(BIG);
+                 close(LONG);
+
+                 # The whole key for lowmem systems
+                 undef %repeaters; 
+                 undef %HL; 
+                 undef $tempholder[$fcount - 1];
+
+               }              
+              } # if fcount ne 0
+                               
+         $fcount++;
+         }
+
+         # also do this in db() & ndb()
+         unlink("$tmp/sortfiledir.deb");
+         
+
+} # end sub pre_md

changelog

@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+swim (0.3.6) -  October 20 2000
+
+-- Made swim perl-5.6 happy.  Thanks to Douglas du Boulay 
+   <ddb@crystal.uwa.edu.au> for pointing this out.
+
+swim (0.3.5) - January 28 2000
+
+-- Fixed a minor bug pertaining to the mtime of Contents which occured
+   during initial building of the uninstalled filesystem using FDBDF or
+   DF.  This bug arose as a result of a bug fix in 0.3.4.
+
+swim (0.3.4) - January 23 2000
+
+-- Made the changelog and copyright option work properly in relation to
+   the fsstnd Debian has adopted with backwards compatibility.  Fixed a
+   regexp in Qftp to properly deal with packages which match one another,
+   but aren't the same.  Fixed xyzr to work properly with ps.  Fixed share
+   -d/l output for p option.  Added an indication when extraction
+   succeeds.  Now Contents is properly filtered for ndb. Removed extra
+   output from menu for package option.  Added example documentation,
+   thanks to John Lapeyre for the suggestion.  Also, thanks to Joel Soete
+   for reporting corrupt sources from a faulty upload, and to tucows.com
+   for adding swim to their archive and awarding swim 5 Penguins. 
+
+swim (0.3.3) - January 15 2000
+
+-- Repaired a bug in longswim causing the uninstalled filesystem to be
+   made with packages which looked like spaces due to a return code error,
+   which caused some trouble for the virtual directories.  ncontents is 
+   now filtered of ./, though it was cool to look at.
+
+swim (0.3.2) - January 05 2000
+
+-- Fixed to properly find documentation in the not-installed new Debian 
+   share directories, perl5 in Depends for the new Debian perl policy, and 
+   year 2000 in help.   
+
+swim (0.3.1) - January 04 2000                                                  
+                                                                                
+-- Because of change in Debian's directory structure in Contents, added a       
+   filter so that not-installed database is properly made without repeats.      
+   Fixed a documentation error in QUICKSTART.  Made swim@the.netpedia.net       
+   default anonymous login.  Minor documentation improvements. 
+
+swim (0.3.0) - June 15 1999
+
+-- The cleaned up version of 0.2.9.  Rebuild databases if you were using
+   version 0.2.8 or less.
+
+swim (0.2.9) - May 14 1999
+
+-- This is an interim release until 0.3.0 is released.  Major bug fixes,
+   and some new features, including a history, and updating for
+   not-installed db. Rebuild databases if you were using an older version. 
+
+swim (0.2.8) - Mar 13 1999
+
+-- Fixed a minor bug which was preventing virtual options --xyz and --ftp
+   from working with searches.
+-- Set the $swim_version variable to the right version number, and
+   automated the release process to avoid problems like the failure to
+   change this variable in the 0.2.7 release from occurring again.
+
+swim (0.2.7) -  Mar 12 1999
+
+-- Fixed a file test in SWIM::Conf which kept the initial directories from
+   being created on startup, making the program fail.  Three names deserve
+   recognition:  John Lapeyre, Jonathan P. Tomer, and Cale Epstein who all
+   provided their own perspective to the problem, I combined all three
+   approaches.  Shaleh pointed out a packaging error.
+
+swim (0.2.6)
+
+-- First initial public offering around the beginning of March, 1999,
+   includes the main swim program, four exercise programs to help with
+   database creation, important swim manuals and twenty-five module 
+   members.
+-- swimmers ... take your mark ... go!

contact_and_website

@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+email:
+
+Jonathan D. Rosenbaum <mttrader@access.mountain.net>
+
+http:
+
+the.netpedia.net

examples/Cron

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+
+# This is a simple approach.  You could have a monthly Cron for stable and
+# then update if any changes were observed, a weekly Cron for frozen, and
+# a daily Cron for unstable.
+
+# For this example a default of unstable is assumed.
+# This downloads only one Contents-arch for the unstable distribution.
+# Updates the Packages using apt, and grabs the Contents-arch and Packages
+# for the stable distribution if there are any changes.
+# Update the sources:
+swim --ftp --Contents DF --onec >> /var/log/swim.log 2>&1;
+swim --apt --update >> /var/log/swim.log 2>&1;
+swim --ftp --dists stable --onec  >> /var/log/swim.log 2>&1;
+
+# This will update the database for the default distribution/architecture
+# using 'cron' to automatically pick the newest packages.
+# Update the databases:
+swim --db >> /var/log/swim.log 2>&1;
+swim --ndb APT --cron --Contents DF >> /var/log/swim.log 2>&1;

lib/Ag.pm

@@ -0,0 +1,263 @@
+#    Package administration and research tool for Debian
+#    Copyright (C) 1999-2000 Jonathan D. Rosenbaum 
+
+#    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+#    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+#    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+#    (at your option) any later version.
+
+#    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+#    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+#    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+#    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+
+package SWIM::Ag;
+use strict;
+use SWIM::Global qw(:Info $file_now);   
+use SWIM::DB_Library qw(:Xyz);
+use SWIM::Info;
+use SWIM::Pn_print;
+use SWIM::Deps;
+use vars qw(@ISA @EXPORT);
+use Exporter;
+@ISA = qw(Exporter);
+@EXPORT = qw(description q_description);
+
+
+# stuff to query package names, -a, and groups
+
+# -qi <packages name>  Anotherwards that big thing of info...also
+# -c, -l
+sub description {
+
+  my ($commands) = @_;
+  my %commands = %$commands;
+
+  if ($commands->{"scripts"} || $commands->{"preinst"} ||
+      $commands->{"postinst"} || $commands->{"prerm"} ||
+      $commands->{"postrm"}) {
+       scripts(\%commands);
+  }
+  menu(\%commands) if $commands->{"menu"} || $commands->{"m"};
+  copyright(\%commands) if $commands->{"copyright"}; 
+  changelog(\%commands) if $commands->{"changelog"}; 
+ 
+  if (!$commands->{"n"}) {
+   dbi(\%commands);
+  }
+  else {
+   ndb(\%commands);
+  }
+
+
+  if (defined $argument) {
+     # We will check for more than two..just in case
+     if ($argument !~ /_/) {
+       if (defined $db{$argument}) {
+         $argument = $db{$argument};
+       }
+     }
+    if ($db{"$argument"}){
+       my $package = $db{"$argument"};
+       print $package;
+    }
+      else { 
+        print "package $argument is not installed\n"; 
+        exit;
+      }
+  }
+  untie %db;
+
+
+    character(\%commands);
+    shlibs(\%commands) if $commands->{"shlibs"};
+  
+    if ($commands->{"c"} && !($commands->{"l"} || $commands->{"d"})) {
+        if (conf(\%commands) ne 0) {
+         print conf(\%commands) if !$commands->{"md5sum"};
+         # here for a reason
+         # if -i because calls from qindexer.
+         if ($commands->{"i"}) {
+           require SWIM::File;
+           SWIM::File->import(qw(file));
+           file(\%commands) 
+         }
+        }
+    } 
+    if (($commands->{"c"} && ($commands->{"l"} || $commands->{"d"})) ||
+        ($commands->{"l"} || $commands->{"d"})) {
+         if ($commands->{"c"} && conf(\%commands) ne 0) {
+           print conf(\%commands) if !$commands->{"md5sum"};
+         }
+         require SWIM::File;
+         SWIM::File->import(qw(file));
+         file(\%commands);
+    }
+
+    if (!($commands->{"z"} || $commands->{"ftp"} ||
+                   $commands->{"remove"} || $commands->{"r"} ||
+                   $commands->{"purge"})) {
+     if ($commands->{"x"} || $commands->{"ftp"} || $commands->{"source"} ||
+       $commands->{"source_only"} || $commands->{"remove"} || 
+       $commands->{"r"} || $commands->{"purge"}) {
+           require SWIM::Safex;
+           SWIM::Safex->import(qw(safex));
+           safex(\%commands);
+     }
+    }
+
+} # end sub description
+
+# Access Descriptions, and other stuff for known <packages>.
+# This includes -ql(d)c, -qc or plain -q (just the package name and
+# version).  Anotherwards if -i isn't used this sub is called.  And
+# -ql is handled by file.  Mostly, this was designed for calling a single
+# package name on the command line without a known package title except
+# when -q is called by itself, but using -T is an exception since this is
+# useful.
+sub q_description {
+
+  my ($commands) = @_;
+  my %commands = %$commands;
+
+  if ($commands->{"scripts"} || $commands->{"preinst"} ||
+      $commands->{"postinst"} || $commands->{"prerm"} ||
+      $commands->{"postrm"}) {
+      scripts(\%commands);
+  }
+  menu(\%commands) if $commands->{"menu"} || $commands->{"m"};
+  copyright(\%commands) if $commands->{"copyright"}; 
+  changelog(\%commands) if $commands->{"changelog"}; 
+
+
+  if (!$commands->{"n"}) {
+   dbi(\%commands);
+  }
+  else {
+   ndb(\%commands);
+  }
+
+
+  if (defined $argument) {
+     if ($argument !~ /_/) {
+       if (defined $db{$argument}) {
+         $argument = $db{$argument};
+       }
+       if ($commands->{"c"} && $commands->{"d"}) {
+           require SWIM::File;
+           SWIM::File->import(qw(file));
+           print "$argument\n" if $commands->{"g"};
+           character(\%commands);
+           shlibs(\%commands) if $commands->{"shlibs"};
+          if (conf(\%commands) ne 0) {
+            print conf(\%commands) if !$commands->{"md5sum"};
+          } 
+          # it's nice to print out -d with -c, so this was added.
+          file(\%commands);
+        } 
+        elsif ($commands->{"c"}) {
+          # this produces annoying spaces
+          print "$argument\n" if $commands->{"g"} && conf(\%commands) ne 0;
+          character(\%commands);
+          shlibs(\%commands) if $commands->{"shlibs"};
+          if (conf(\%commands) ne 0) {
+            print conf(\%commands) if !$commands->{"md5sum"};
+            if ($commands->{"md5sum"}) {
+             require SWIM::File;
+             SWIM::File->import(qw(file));
+             file(\%commands);
+            }
+          } 
+        }
+        elsif ($db{$argument} && !$commands->{"c"}) { 
+           print "$argument\n" if $commands->{"T"} ||
+            $commands->{"depends"} || $commands->{"pre_depends"} ||
+            $commands->{"recommends"} || $commands->{"suggests"} ||
+            $commands->{"conflicts"} || $commands->{"replaces"} ||
+            $commands->{"provides"}; 
+           singular(\%commands);
+           character(\%commands);
+           shlibs(\%commands) if $commands->{"shlibs"};
+           print "\n" if $commands->{"T"} ||
+            $commands->{"depends"} || $commands->{"pre_depends"} ||
+            $commands->{"recommends"} || $commands->{"suggests"} ||
+            $commands->{"conflicts"} || $commands->{"replaces"} ||
+            $commands->{"provides"}; 
+        }  
+        else { print "package $argument is not installed\n"; }
+     }
+     elsif ($argument =~ /_/) {
+       if ($commands->{"c"} && $commands->{"d"}) {
+           print "$argument\n" if $commands->{"g"};
+           character(\%commands);
+           shlibs(\%commands) if $commands->{"shlibs"};
+           print conf(\%commands) if conf(\%commands) ne 0 && !$commands->{"md5sum"};
+           require SWIM::File;
+           SWIM::File->import(qw(file));
+           file(\%commands);
+        } 
+        elsif ($commands->{"c"}) {
+         my $check = conf(\%commands);
+         print "$argument\n" if $commands->{"g"} && $check ne 0 ||
+                                $commands->{"l"};
+         character(\%commands);
+         shlibs(\%commands) if $commands->{"shlibs"};
+         if (conf(\%commands) ne 0) {
+           print conf(\%commands) if !$commands->{"md5sum"};
+           require SWIM::File;
+           SWIM::File->import(qw(file));
+           file(\%commands);
+         }
+         elsif (conf(\%commands) == 0) {
+           require SWIM::File;
+           SWIM::File->import(qw(file));
+           file(\%commands);
+         }
+        }
+        elsif ($db{$argument} && !$commands->{"c"}) { 
+           # watch this
+           ##print "$argument\n" if $commands->{"g"};
+           print "$argument\n" if $commands->{"T"} || 
+            $commands->{"depends"} || $commands->{"pre_depends"} ||
+            $commands->{"recommends"} || $commands->{"suggests"} ||
+            $commands->{"conflicts"} || $commands->{"replaces"} ||
+            $commands->{"provides"}; 
+           singular(\%commands);
+           character(\%commands);
+           shlibs(\%commands) if $commands->{"shlibs"};
+           print "\n" if $commands->{"T"} ||
+            $commands->{"depends"} || $commands->{"pre_depends"} ||
+            $commands->{"recommends"} || $commands->{"suggests"} ||
+            $commands->{"conflicts"} || $commands->{"replaces"} ||
+            $commands->{"provides"}; 
+        }  
+        else { print "package $argument is not installed\n"; }
+     }
+
+  }
+  untie %db;
+
+  if (!defined $file_now && 
+              !($commands->{"z"} || $commands->{"ftp"} ||
+                   $commands->{"remove"} || $commands->{"r"} ||
+                   $commands->{"purge"})) {
+    if ($commands->{"x"} || $commands->{"ftp"} || $commands->{"source"} ||
+       $commands->{"source_only"} || $commands->{"remove"} || 
+       $commands->{"r"} || $commands->{"purge"}) {
+           require SWIM::Safex;
+           SWIM::Safex->import(qw(safex));
+           safex(\%commands);
+    }
+  } 
+} # end sub q_description
+
+
+
+
+
+1;

lib/Compare.pm

@@ -0,0 +1,358 @@
+#    Package administration and research tool for Debian
+#    Copyright (C) 1999-2000 Jonathan D. Rosenbaum
+
+#    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+#    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+#    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+#    (at your option) any later version.
+
+#    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+#    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+#    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+#    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+
+package SWIM::Compare;
+use strict; 
+use SWIM::Conf qw($dpkg);
+use SWIM::Library;
+use vars qw(@ISA @EXPORT %EXPORT_TAGS);
+use Exporter;
+@ISA = qw(Exporter);
+@EXPORT = qw(comparison compare_versions);
+
+# comparison function and checking function (-v) for not-installed databases
+
+=pod
+
+DEVELOPMENTAL
+
+This uses the comparison method mentioned in the packaging manual.  It
+will look for an epoch *: or the absence, and a revision -* or the
+absence.  First the epoch is compared, then the upstream-version, than
+the debian-revision.  The sub will stop and return a value as soon as
+a difference is found.  A look in the dpkg attic helped out (compare_vnumbers)
+here, but lib.pl used separate subs, and doesn't appear to check for
+an epoch separately, ofcourse there may have not been an epoch.  This
+uses the special variable $&, but apparently this isn't as big a waste
+of resources in later versions of Perl, but there will be some
+experiments and benchmarks for alternatives in the future for this sub.
+There some rules built into comparison() to deal with patch to non-patch,
+more than one hyphen (-).  This involves a little transformation.
+You can verify that this sub is working by doing perl -e '$five =\
+system "dpkg --compare-versions 10 gt 1.0.17";  print "nop\n" if $five\
+== 256; print "yes\n" if $five == 0', take a look at the scripts, too.
+Also, use -v (compare_versions()) when using --initndb or --rebuildndb
+for a report. 
+
+=cut
+
+sub comparison {
+
+  # $pversion = version from Packages.gz   
+  # $eversion = version from nstatusindex-arch-dist.deb 
+
+  my($pversion,$eversion) = @_;  
+  my($epoch, $upstream, $revision);
+  my($eepoch, $eupstream, $erevision);
+  my($revisiond,$erevisiond);
+  my $result;
+
+ # If the two versions "eq" one another no reason to go on
+ if ($pversion ne $eversion) {
+
+ # check epoch first, go on if the same
+ #########
+ # EPOCH #
+ #########
+ if ($pversion =~ /:/ || $eversion =~ /:/) {
+    if ($pversion =~ /:/) {
+     ($epoch,$upstream) = split(/:/,$pversion,2);
+    }
+    else {
+      $epoch = 0; $upstream = $pversion;
+    }
+    if ($eversion =~ /:/) {
+     ($eepoch,$eupstream) = split(/:/,$eversion,2);
+    }
+    else {
+      $eepoch = 0; $eupstream = $eversion;
+    }      
+  do {
+
+   $epoch =~ s/^\d*//; my $epochd = $&;
+   $eepoch =~ s/^\d*//; my $eepochd = $&;
+   $result = $epochd <=> $eepochd; 
+   return "<" if $result == -1;
+   return ">" if $result == 1;
+
+  } while (length ($epoch) && length ($eepoch));
+    #return length ($a) cmp length ($b);
+ } # end if epoch
+ else {
+      $epoch = 0; $upstream = $pversion;
+      $eepoch = 0; $eupstream = $eversion;
+ }
+
+ # Check the upstream-revision next
+ #####################
+ # UPSTREAM-REVISION #
+ #####################
+ if ($upstream || $eupstream) {
+    # we need to run a little test in case hyphens exists more than once
+    if ($upstream =~ /-/) {
+      my $hyphen = ($upstream =~ tr/-//);
+      if ($hyphen > 1) {
+        $upstream =~ m,(^.*)-(.*$),;
+        $upstream = $1;
+        $revision = $2;
+      }
+      else  {  
+        ($upstream,$revision) = split(/-/,$upstream,2); 
+      }
+    }
+    else {
+      # because the absence is considered earlier, and the convention
+      # is to use -1.
+      $revision = 0;
+    }
+    # we need to run a little test in case hyphens exists more than once
+    if ($eupstream =~ /-/) {
+      my $hyphen = ($eupstream =~ tr/-//);
+      if ($hyphen > 1) {
+        $eupstream =~ m,(^.*)-(.*$),;
+        $eupstream = $1;
+        $erevision = $2;
+      }
+      else {  
+      ($eupstream,$erevision) = split(/-/,$eupstream,2); 
+      }
+    }
+    else {
+      # because the absence is considered earlier, and the convention
+      # is to use -1.
+      $erevision = 0;
+    }
+  do {
+   # letters
+   $upstream =~ s/^\D*//; my $upstreamd = $&;
+   $eupstream =~ s/^\D*//; my $eupstreamd = $&; 
+
+   # hopefully this handles nasty beta situations
+   if ($upstreamd eq "b" and $eupstreamd eq "." ) {
+    return "<";
+   }
+   elsif ($upstreamd eq "." and $eupstreamd eq "b" ) {
+    return ">";
+   }
+   elsif ($upstreamd eq "beta" and $eupstreamd eq "." ) {                       
+    return "<";                                                                 
+   }                                                                            
+   elsif ($upstreamd eq "." and $eupstreamd eq "beta" ) {                       
+    return ">";                                                                 
+   } 
+   elsif ($upstreamd eq "." and $eupstreamd eq "-pre-") {
+    return ">";
+   }
+   elsif ($eupstreamd eq "." and $upstreamd eq "-pre-") {
+    return "<";
+   }
+
+   # solves problems when "." is compared to letters, and also a weird
+   #  case involving a patched version changing to a non-patched version.
+   if ($upstreamd =~  /\./) {
+     if ($eupstreamd =~ /\w/) {
+       if ($eupstreamd =~ /pl/ && $upstreamd !~ /pl/) {
+          $eupstreamd = "";          
+       }
+       elsif ($upstreamd !~ /\.\w{2,10}/) {
+          $eupstreamd = ".";
+       }
+     }
+     elsif ($eupstreamd eq "") {
+       $eupstreamd = ".";
+     }
+   } 
+  # the weird -pre situation
+  elsif ($upstreamd =~ /-pre/ || $eupstreamd =~ /-pre/) {
+      $upstreamd = ""; $eupstreamd = "";
+  }
+
+   if ( $eupstreamd =~ /\./) {
+     if ($upstreamd =~ /\w/) {
+       if ($upstreamd =~ /pl/ && $eupstreamd !~ /pl/) {
+          $upstreamd = "";          
+       }
+       elsif ($upstreamd !~ /\.\w{2,10}/) {
+          $upstreamd = ".";
+       }  
+     }
+     elsif ($upstreamd eq "") {
+       $upstreamd = ".";
+     }
+   } 
+   # the weird -pre situation
+   elsif ($upstreamd =~ /-pre/ || $eupstreamd =~ /-pre/) {
+      $upstreamd = ""; $eupstreamd = "";
+   }
+
+   $result = $upstreamd cmp $eupstreamd; 
+   return "<" if $result == -1;
+   return ">" if $result == 1;
+   # it's importantant to realize that . & + are being checked for
+   # above. : and - have already been dealt with. cmp seems to deal with
+   # these characters with no problems.
+
+
+   # numbers
+ 
+   # found a little problem with <=> when number's eq "",
+   # but this doesn't effect cmp.  
+   if ($upstream eq "") {
+     if ($eupstream eq ".") {
+       $upstream = ".";
+     }
+     else {
+       $upstream = 0;
+     } 
+   } 
+   if ( $eupstream eq "") {
+     if ($upstream eq ".") {
+       $eupstream = ".";
+     }
+     else {
+       $eupstream = 0;
+     } 
+   } 
+
+   $upstream =~ s/^\d*//; $upstreamd = $&;
+   $eupstream =~ s/^\d*//; $eupstreamd = $&;
+   $result = $upstreamd <=> $eupstreamd; 
+   return "<" if $result == -1;
+   return ">" if $result == 1;
+  } while (length ($upstream) || length ($eupstream))
+ } # end if upstream
+ else {
+      $revision = 0;
+      $erevision = 0;
+ }
+
+ # Finally, check the revision
+ ############
+ # REVISION #
+ ############
+ if ($revision || $erevision) {
+  do {
+   # letters
+   $revision =~ s/^\D*//;  $revisiond = $&; #$revisiond =~ s/\W/ /g;
+   $erevision =~ s/^\D*//; $erevisiond = $&; #$erevisiond =~ s/\W/ /g;
+
+   # pre in the revision
+   if ($revisiond eq "." and $erevisiond eq "pre") {
+    return "r>";
+   }
+   elsif ($erevisiond eq "." and $revisiond eq "pre") {
+    return "r<";
+   }
+   $result = $revisiond cmp $erevisiond; 
+   return "r<" if $result == -1;
+   return "r>" if $result == 1;
+   # it's importantant to realize that . & + are being checked for
+   # above. : and - have already been dealt with. cmp seems to deal with
+   # these characters with no problems.
+
+   # numbers
+   # found a little problem with <=> when number's eq "",
+   # but this doesn't effect cmp.  
+   if ($revision eq "") {
+     if ($erevision eq ".") {
+       $revision = ".";
+     }
+     else {
+       $revision = 0;
+     } 
+   } 
+   if ( $erevision eq "") {
+     if ($revision eq ".") {
+       $erevision = ".";
+     }
+     else {
+       $erevision = 0;
+     } 
+   }
+
+   $revision =~ s/^\d*//; $revisiond = $&;
+   $erevision =~ s/^\d*//; $erevisiond = $&;
+   $result = $revisiond <=> $erevisiond; 
+   return "r<" if $result == -1;
+   return "r>" if $result == 1;
+  } while (length ($revision) && length ($erevision));
+ } # end if revision
+
+  # still 0? check the remainder..this is just for letters which may have
+  # been mulled over because they looked like words \w.
+ if ($result == 0) {
+    $result = $epoch cmp $eepoch || $upstream cmp $eupstream || 
+              $revision cmp $erevision; 
+    return "<" if $result == -1;
+    return ">" if $result == 1;
+ }
+ }
+
+} # end sub comparison
+
+
+# This produces a report to make sure that comparison() is up to par, and
+# is called with -v.  It uses dpkg's --compare-versions.  The advantage of
+# not normally running --compare-versions is portability.  People using
+# other distribution's don't need dpkg installed, and people using weird
+# Oses who can't use dpkg can still explore a virtual installation.
+sub compare_versions {
+
+  # The test result is put in .version_compare
+
+  # $result = operand (result from comparison)
+  # $virtual = version from Packages.gz   
+  # $installed = version from nstatusindex-arch-dist.deb 
+  # $name = packagename
+  # $commands = options
+  
+   my ($result, $virtual, $installed, $name, $commands) = @_;
+   my %commands = %$commands;
+   my ($cv, $cv_result, $cresult);
+   my $place = finddb(\%commands);
+
+   # usually it will be greater
+   if (defined $dpkg) {
+   $cv = system "$dpkg", "--compare-versions", "$virtual", "gt", "$installed"; 
+
+   $cv_result = "no" if $cv == 256;
+   $cv_result = "yes" if $cv == 0;
+   #$cresult = "no" if $result =~ m,[r]?<,;
+   #$cresult = "yes" if $result =~ m,[r]?>,;
+   $cresult = "no" if $result eq "<" || $result eq "r<";
+   $cresult = "yes" if $result eq ">" || $result eq "r>";
+
+  open(CV,">>$place/.version_compare") 
+  or warn "couldn't create version compare report\n";
+      if ($cresult eq "yes" && $cv_result eq "no") {
+  print CV "$name:\ndpkg - $virtual < $installed\nswim - $virtual > $installed\n\n";
+      }  
+      elsif ($cresult eq "no" && $cv_result eq "yes") {
+  print CV "$name:\ndpkg - $virtual > $installed\nswim - $virtual < $installed\n\n";
+      }
+      else {
+       return;
+      }
+  close(CV);
+  }
+
+} # end sub compare_versions
+
+
+
+1;

lib/Conf.pm

@@ -0,0 +1,672 @@
+#    Package administration and research tool for Debian
+#    Copyright (C) 1999-2000 Jonathan D. Rosenbaum
+
+#    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+#    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+#    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+#    (at your option) any later version.
+
+#    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+#    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+#    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+#    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+
+package SWIM::Conf;
+use vars qw(@ISA @EXPORT %EXPORT_TAGS);
+use Exporter;
+@ISA = qw(Exporter);
+
+@EXPORT = qw($my_number $tmp $architecture $distribution @user_defined_section
+             $default_directory  $default_root_directory $permission $dpkg
+             $dpkg_deb $ar $gcc $apt_get $apt_cache $sources @FTP $spl $cat
+             $sort $md5sum $zcat $tar $grep $gzip $fastswim $slowswim $longswim
+             $mount $umount $mke2fs $copy $pager $base $pwd $parent $library
+             $splt $mv $imswim $swim_conf $debug $port $timeout
+             $firewall $passive $apt_sources $HISTORY $alt);
+%EXPORT_TAGS = (
+               Path => [ qw($tmp $parent $base $library) ],
+               Deb => [ qw($pwd $dpkg_deb $ar $tar $grep $tmp $md5sum $cat $mv) ],
+               Qftp => [ qw($default_root_directory $permission @FTP 
+                            $default_directory $swim_conf) ],
+               Info => [ qw($parent $base $zcat) ]
+               );
+
+
+         
+#############################
+# DEFAULT PROGRAM VARIABLES #
+#############################
+
+# You can change this to how many lines you would like "swim -qf <>" to
+# print out, before asking for -t or --total, it will automatically ask
+# though, if there is more than one package and you used the option -i.
+# Remember -t can be used with --scripts family members to view the
+# title of the script file regardless of this setting, and if -t has to be
+# used, the titles will be displayed, which makes sense.
+$my_number = 23;
+
+# Just like a shell, you can keep a history of whatever length you want.  
+$HISTORY = 10;
+
+# For not-installed:
+# This part supplies the default value for --arch.
+#
+# You can determine the default architecture used when -n is 
+# called or a not-installed database is made.  Architectures are always
+# being added so check with Debian to find a list.  There is alpha, arm,
+# hurd (alternative kernel to linux), i386, m68k, powerpc, sparc.  Just use
+# the arch found after the hyphen in the Contents-(arch) file.
+$architecture = "i386";
+
+# For not-installed:
+# This part supplies the default value for --dists.
+#
+# The default distribution can be either stable, unstable, frozen, or
+# experimental (rare).  These represent the state of development that the
+# packages are under.  The unstable distribution can have lot's of changes
+# within a very short time period, and frozen may or may not be available.
+$distribution = "unstable";
+
+
+#For not-installed:
+#This part supplies the default value for --main, --contrib, --non-free,
+#and --non-us.
+
+# Distributions are divided into the sections.  These sections are called
+# distributions in the version 2.4.1.0 packaging manual, because they were at
+# one time separate distributions, but this has since changed.  You can
+# determine which of these sections (main, non-free, contrib or non-US) to
+# pull out of the Contents file if you don't want to use --main, --contrib,
+# --non-free, and --non-us to selectively pick sections.  Basically, whatever
+# you pull out should match the Package(s) file(s) you are targetting, this
+# program is friendly if you make a mistake, but it's more effecient to pull
+# out just what you want.  If the same package happens to exist in two
+# different sections, main and non-us for example (which is really a
+# situation that shouldn't exist, yet it does), you will still be able to
+# find this package in the non-us group, but its section and locations will be
+# the one which main recognizes assuming that you use the order in the example
+# below.
+
+# Setting it up:
+# Example: You just want to pull out main and contrib every time you run
+# --initndb, --rebuildndb, or --ndb.  
+# @user_defined_section = qw(main contrib non-US);  
+# remember "non-US" not "non-us". 
+
+# untill non-US is fixed the second is better
+#@user_defined_section = qw(main contrib non-free non-US); 
+@user_defined_section = qw(main contrib non-free);
+
+# Usually, this is 
+$alt = "debian";
+
+################
+# DF LOCATION  #
+################
+
+# A little philosophy:
+# swim was developed for maximum versatility, so whether you are just
+# interested in researching, and keeping tabs on the newest packages,
+# or maintaining a Debian virtual distribution on a non-Debian real
+# distribution, or you are a using swim for distribution development, swim
+# provides a way.  The default directory (DF - which can also mean
+# directory/file) keeps track of Contents and Packages files downloaded
+# using --ftp, and gives the files names specific to the distribution and
+# architectures they represent.  But, you also have the freedom not to use
+# the default directory in this case swim will still do the renaming and
+# keeping track of the mtime, but you will have to remember where you put
+# the files. On the other hand, if you use apt, you won't even have to use
+# the DF directory for Packages files because you can get the ones specific
+# to your own systems architecture from apt, but if you want to look at
+# other architectures you will need to use the DF directory or one of your
+# own choice. 
+# Naming Convention: Contents = Contents-dist.gz 
+# Packages = Packages-arch-dist-section.gz 
+$default_directory = '/root/.swim';
+
+
+# The default root directory is the key to easy management of packages
+# downloaded through --ftp and --file, and provides an easy way to put together
+# a personalized distribution.  Future implementations of swim will provide
+# a distribution called personal..Packages and Contents files specific to
+# this distribution will automatically be made.  This directory can be a
+# real ftp site on your computer, or put where ever else you are allowed
+# to have directories.  dists/distribution/section/architecture/subject will be
+# placed above this directory.  No matter what, debian must be the final
+# directory before dists.  Other distributions are placed alongside debian,
+# like debian-non-US or personal. 
+# Feel free to change the permissions.  This directory is above your default_
+# directory.
+$default_root_directory = '/pub/debian';
+
+# Because you may be using a real ftp site, this configuration allows you
+# to determine what permissions swim will set for directories it creates
+# above the default root directory.
+$permission = '0755';
+
+
+###############
+# AR or DPKG? #
+###############
+
+# NOTE: users set these next two with the $package_tool variable.
+
+# packaging friends dpkg and dpkg-deb come from the essential and
+# required dpkg package.  ar from the package binutils can also be used (below).
+# This is the archival program used for deb packages, but binutils is just
+# a standard non-essential package, and the ar capabilities are built into
+# dpkg-deb, and it's better not to assume that the standard packages are
+# even established, yet.
+$dpkg = ();
+$dpkg_deb = ();
+
+
+# If you don't have the dpkg package on your system then you can use ar
+# from the package binutils.  This would be a standard, but not an essential
+# package in Debian, but this package is also fairly standard amongst all
+# distributions, and can even be found in the free djgpp for M$ Oses.
+# Since people who have both dpkg and ar may want to try the ar method,
+# rather than creating an automatic check, just assign a value to either
+# ($dpkg & $dpkg_deb) or just $ar.
+#my $ar = '/usr/bin/ar';  # same for RH
+$ar = '/usr/bin/ar';
+
+
+#######
+# APT #
+#######
+
+# NOTE: users set apt-get and apt-cache with the $apt variable
+
+# If you have apt you are in luck.
+$apt_get = ();
+$apt_cache = ();
+$sources = '/etc/apt/sources.list';
+$apt_sources = '/var/state/apt/lists';
+
+#########
+# PAGER #
+#########
+
+# less is a nice pager, unless you like more!  There is an option 
+# --nopager or -n.   Pager is used for --help and swim called without any
+# options.  more comes from the required package util-linux, whereas
+# less comes from a standard package called less.  In the future there is
+# a possiblity that a large percentage of swim may use an internal pager.
+# less, more, or most or...
+#$ENV{PAGER} = "/usr/bin/less"; # same RH
+$ENV{PAGER} = "less";
+$pager = $ENV{PAGER};
+
+
+
+#################
+# SWIM PROGRAMS #
+#################
+
+# This is replaced by the Makefile.
+$pre="/usr";
+
+# This is the hash making program fastswim.
+$fastswim = "$pre/lib/SWIM/fastswim";
+
+# imswim in an alternative to fastswim for --lowmem
+$imswim = "$pre/lib/SWIM/imswim";
+
+#  This is the low memory program slowswim.
+$slowswim = "$pre/lib/SWIM/slowswim";
+
+# This is the dir/file making program longswim.
+$longswim = "$pre/lib/SWIM/longswim";
+
+############
+# TEMP DIR #
+############
+
+# If you want to set an alternative directory for the temporary files
+# created when the databases are made, change here.  You may want to make
+# $tmp a RAM disk.  See package loadlin for initrd documentation and an
+# explanation for making such a disk.  There is also
+# /usr/src/kernel-source.version/Documentation.  Whether this will speed
+# things up is a subject of experimentation.
+$tmp = '/tmp';
+
+##################
+# MAIN CONFFILES #
+##################
+
+# if configuration files are not kept in /etc change this
+# and set up the directories by hand.
+
+$swim_conf = '/etc/swim';
+
+
+#############
+# UTILITIES #
+#############
+
+
+# This probably never will have to be changed.
+$pwd = `pwd`;
+chomp $pwd;
+
+# If the command split is somewhere else besides /usr/bin change this.
+# The required package textutils provides this.
+#my $splt = '/usr/bin/split'; # same RH
+$splt = 'split';
+
+# cat comes from the essential and required package textutils.
+#my $cat = '/bin/cat'; # same RH
+$cat = 'cat';
+
+# This command also omes from the required and essential package textutils.
+#my $sort = '/usr/bin/sort'; # same RH
+$sort = 'sort';
+
+# This program uses md5sum from the dpkg package, it can also use md5sum
+# from the RH package.
+#my $md5sum = '/usr/bin/md5sum'; # same RH
+$md5sum = 'md5sum';
+
+# If you want to view compressed files make sure this is correct.
+# The required package gzip provides this.
+#my $zcat = '/bin/zcat'; # same RH
+$zcat = 'zcat';
+
+# tar comes from the essential and required package tar.
+#my $tar = '/bin/tar'; # same RH
+$tar = 'tar';
+
+# grep comes from the essential and required package grep.  This seems
+# to require a path.
+$grep = '/bin/grep'; # same RH
+
+# gzip comes from the essential and required package gzip.
+#my $gzip = "/bin/gzip"; # same RH
+$gzip = "gzip";
+
+# mount comes from the essential and required package mount.
+#my $mount = '/bin/mount'; # same RH
+#my $umount = '/bin/umount';  # same RH
+$mount = 'mount';
+$umount = 'umount';
+
+# If your file system isn't an ext2 filesystem, you may want to change
+# this.  mke2fs comes from the essential and required package e2fsprogs.
+#my $mke2fs = '/sbin/mke2fs'; # same RH
+$mke2fs = 'mke2fs';
+
+# cp and mv from the essential and required package fileutils
+#my $copy = '/bin/cp'; # same RH
+$copy = 'cp';
+$mv = 'mv';
+
+# Your system definitely has gcc if you have ar.  gcc is a standard package
+# in debian.
+$gcc = 'gcc';
+
+
+######
+# FTP #
+#######
+
+# Major mode --ftp and --file automates the download of Contents and Packages
+# files. Even if you have apt installed, you may still want to download Packages
+# from alternative architectures, and the Contents file for your own architecture
+# or other architectures.  If you want virtual and/or -ld capabilities you need
+# the Contents file.  You specify a list of ftp or file sites using urls (like
+# apt). For your system's architecture specify the type deb, for other
+# architectures specify deb(hyphen)architecture (ex: deb-alpha).  Regardless of
+# whether or not you specify an architecture, deb implies /dist* found under the
+# base directory specified by the ftp url, except in the case of experimental,
+# and to a degree non-us. minor mode --ftp, and --file will use the sites in this
+# configuration as well, on a fifo (first in first out) basis, so choose the
+# order of sites based on which are closest, most current, as well as fast.
+
+# IMPORTANT:  It is a BIG MISTAKE to use the distributions name (slink,po,etc) 
+# anywhere in the sources list, or in swim's configuration file..in fact swim
+# won't work properly, not to mention the fact that someday your favorite name
+# will suddenly disappear. This is because swim thinks in terms of the real
+# distribution name (stable,unstable,frozen, experimental).  The problem goes
+# like this - slink remains slink, but goes from unstable to frozen to stable. 
+# At first, using the distributions alias may seem appropriate, but the
+# purpose of swim is to keep tabs on the dists, and not to ignore changes in
+# the states, this also makes managing swim's databases much easier and
+# intuitive...more about this later. 
+
+# Fun experiments:  Swim uses the naming conventions of apt, but leaves the
+# Package files compressed in the DF directory.  So you can always decompress
+# the databases and move them to /var/state/apt/lists.  This ofcourse assumes
+# that the  appropriate changes to the sources.list reflecting these Packages
+# (need to be the same architecture as your system) existed before you 
+# update. (author needs to do this experiment :*) 
+
+$ftp1 = "deb ftp://localhost/pub/debian unstable main contrib non-free non-US";
+$ftp2 = "deb ftp://localhost/pub/debian unstable main contrib non-free"; 
+$ftp3 = "deb ftp://localhost/pub/debian  project/experimental/";
+@FTP = ($ftp1,$ftp2,$ftp3); 
+
+# These next variables allow some characteristics of the ftp client
+# to be altered.  See Net::FTP for ways of altering some of these
+# variables through the environment.
+
+$firewall = 0;
+$port = 0;
+$timeout =  120;
+$debug = 0;
+$passive = 0;
+
+
+########################################
+# STUFF THAT NEVER NEEDS TO BE CHANGED #
+########################################
+
+# You will never need to change this unless for some weird reason all the
+# files under dpkg are somewhere else (including /info*) , see --dbpath as
+# an alternative if you decide to access or make the databases somewhere
+# else.
+$base = '/var/lib/dpkg';
+
+# --dbpath takes care of this so don't touch.
+$parent = '/';
+$library = '/var/lib/dpkg';
+
+
+#############################
+# LOAD CUSTOM CONFIGURATION #
+#############################
+
+
+# Here we load in the customized configuration which override the defaults
+# Might as well use do, let the world learn Perl ... compare this to apt's 
+# configuation file with scopes.  Swim's sources.list file (/etc/swim/swimz.list), 
+# will be grabbed at SWIM::Apt and SWIM::Qftp if it exists.
+
+do "$swim_conf/swimrc";
+do "$ENV{HOME}/.swim/swimrc";
+if ((defined $dpkg && !defined $dpkg_deb) || 
+   (!defined $dpkg && defined $dpkg_deb)) {
+  print "swim: need to give both \$dpkg and \$dpkg_deb a value if you want dpkg\n";
+  exit;
+}
+if (defined $package_tool) {
+ if ($package_tool =~ /ar/) {
+   $ar = $ar;
+ }
+ else {
+   $dpkg = 'dpkg';
+   $dpkg_deb = 'dpkg-deb';
+   undef $ar;
+ }
+}
+if (defined $apt) {
+  $apt_get = 'apt-get';
+  $apt_cache = 'apt-cache';
+}
+
+
+###############################
+# MAKE ANY NEEDED DIRECTORIES #
+###############################
+
+# make sure all the appropriate directories are made
+if (!-d $default_directory) {  
+ if (-e $default_directory) {
+   print "swim: can not create default directory because a file exists\n";
+   exit;
+ }
+    my @DRD = split(m,/,,$default_directory);
+    my $placement = "/";
+    for (1 .. $#DRD) {  
+     $_ == 1 ? ($placement = "/$DRD[$_]") 
+             : ($placement = $placement . "/" . $DRD[$_]);
+     -d $placement or mkdir("$placement",0755);
+    }
+}
+
+if (!-d "$default_directory$default_root_directory") {
+    my @DRD = split(m,/,,$default_root_directory);
+    print "swim: debian must be the final directory before dists\n"
+    if $DRD[$#DRD] ne "debian";
+    exit if $DRD[$#DRD] ne "debian";
+    my $placement = "/";
+    for (1 .. $#DRD) {  
+     $_ == 1 ? ($placement = "/$DRD[$_]") 
+             : ($placement = $placement . "/" . $DRD[$_]);
+     unless (-d "$default_directory$placement") { 
+       mkdir("$default_directory$placement",0755) 
+       or die "swim: could not create root default directory\n";
+     }
+    }
+}
+
+# Makefile will make sure these directories exist, unless for some strange
+# reason you have to change them.
+
+if (!-d $library) {
+    mkdir($library,0755) or die "Couldn't create default directory\n";
+}
+
+if (!-d $base) {
+    mkdir($base,0755) or die "Couldn't create default directory\n";
+}
+
+if (!-d $swim_conf) {
+    mkdir($swim_conf,0666) or die "Couldn't create configuration file directory,
+                                   please make the directories which are needed.\n";
+}
+
+1;
+
+__END__
+
+=head1 NAME
+
+swimrc - swim configuration file
+
+=head1 DESCRIPTION
+
+B<swimrc> is the configuartion file for swim allowing many default values
+to be set so that they do not have to be mentioned on the command line. 
+Swimrc interacts directly with Perl allowing a wide variety of variables
+found in B<SWIW::Conf> to be altered.
+
+=cut
+
+=head1 USAGE
+
+Values for variable can be altered for B<swim> by assigning different
+values enclosed in quotes or quoted whitespace (qw()), and ended with a
+semi-colon.
+
+ $variable = "value";
+ $variable = "qw(value1 value2 ..)";
+
+=head1 VARIABLES
+
+This is a list of variables with explanations.  The default values for
+B<swim> are shown.
+
+=head2 OUTPUT VARIABLE 
+
+$my_number can be changed to how many lines you would like "swim -qf <>" 
+to print out, before the program asks for C<-t> or C<--total>.  Exception: 
+If C<-i> is used in the query and there is more than one package then the
+total will be presented. 
+
+Hint:  C<-t> can be used with all the various C<--scripts> family members
+to view the title of the script file regardless of this variable setting,
+and if C<-t> has to be used, the titles will be displayed, which makes
+sense. 
+
+B<$my_number = 23;>
+
+=head2 HISTORY
+
+This is a shell-like history kept in relation to searches and the most
+recent edit when C<--stdin> is used. 
+
+B<$HISTORY = 10;>
+
+=head2 AR or DPKG?
+
+Debian packages are ar archives.  If you are using a Debian Distribution
+assign "dpkg" to $package_tool, otherwise assign "ar" to $package_tool.
+
+B<$package_tool = "/usr/bin/ar";>
+
+=head2 APT
+
+B<Swim> does not assign a value for apt.  To use C<--apt> and C<-xyz>
+assign $apt the value "yes". 
+
+Example: B<$apt = "yes";>
+
+=head2 PAGER
+
+less is a nice pager, unless you like more!  Pager is used for C<--help>
+and B<swim> called without any options. There is an option C<--nopager> or
+C<-n>.  more comes from the required package util-linux, whereas less
+comes from a standard package called less.  Values: "less", "more", or
+"most" or... 
+
+B<$ENV{PAGER} = "less";>
+
+=head2 NOT-INSTALLED VARIABLES 
+
+Assign values for $architecture and/or $distribution to avoid having to
+use C<--arch> and C<--dists> everytime the not-installed databases are
+accessed with C<-n> or made or altered.
+
+Architectures are always being added so check with Debian to find a list. 
+There is I<alpha, arm, hurd-i386 (alternative kernel to linux), i386,
+m68k, powerpc, sparc>.  Just use the arch found after the hyphen in the
+Contents-(arch) file.
+
+B<$architecture = "i386";>
+
+The distribution can be either I<stable, unstable, frozen, or experimental
+(rare)>.  These represent the state of development that the packages are
+under.  The unstable distribution can have lot's of changes within a very
+short time period, and frozen may or may not be available.
+
+B<$distribution = "unstable";>
+
+Distributions are divided into sections.  These sections were called
+distributions in the version 2.4.1.0 packaging manual, because they were
+at one time separate distributions, but this has since changed.  
+
+You can determine which of the sections I<main, non-free, contrib or
+non-US> to pull out of the Contents file if you don't want to use
+C<--main>, C<--contrib>, C<--non-free>, and C<--non-us> to selectively
+pick the sections. 
+
+For efficiency, you should choose the sections which you will be pulling
+out of the Packages file(s) being targetted.  
+
+Rule: Use "non-US" not "non-us".
+
+B<@user_defined_section = qw(main contrib non-free non-US);>
+
+=head2 DF LOCATION
+
+A little philosophy:  B<swim> was developed for maximum versatility, so
+whether you are just interested in researching, and keeping tabs on the
+newest packages, or maintaining a Debian virtual distribution on a
+non-Debian distribution, or you are a using B<swim> for distribution
+development, B<swim> provides a way.  
+
+The next two variables determine the location of the DF (default
+directory/file system)
+
+The default directory keeps track of Contents and/or Packages databases
+retrieved with --ftp.  The Contents and Packages databases and Release
+file are give names specific to the distribution and architectures they
+represent using the naming convention found in apt's sources directory. 
+You also have the freedom not to use the default directory, in which case
+swim will still do the renaming and keeping track of the mtime, but you
+will have to remember where you put the files.
+
+B<$default_directory = '/root/.swim';>
+
+The default root directory (DRD) is the key to easy management of binary
+packages, source, dsc, and diff files received from --ftp, and provides an
+easy way to put together a personalized distribution. This directory can
+be a real ftp site on your computer, or put wherever else you are
+allowed to have directories.  The DRD is always placed below the value
+assigned to $default_directory.  According to the previous assignment to 
+$default_directory, if the DRD is "/pub/a/debian" then the full path
+would be "/root/.swim/pub/a/debian". 
+
+Example: When a package is downloaded it will be placed in
+dists/distribution/section/architecture/subject below the DRD. 
+
+Rule: debian must be the final directory before dists, this is because
+other distributions are placed alongside debian, like debian-non-US or
+personal (specialized distribution).
+
+B<$default_root_directory = '/pub/debian';>
+
+Because you may be using a real ftp site, this variable allows you to
+determine what permissions B<swim> will assign for directories it creates
+below the DRD. 
+
+B<$permission = '0755';>
+
+=head2 TEMPORARY DIRECTORY
+
+If you want to set an alternative directory for the temporary files
+created when the databases are made, change here.  You may want to make
+$tmp a RAM disk.  See package loadlin for initrd documentation and an
+explanation for making such a disk.  There is also documentation in
+/usr/src/kernel-source.version/Documentation.  Whether this will speed
+things up is a subject of experimentation. 
+
+B<$tmp = "/tmp";>
+
+=head2 FTP
+
+You can alter the Firewall, Port, Timeout, Debug and Passive
+characteristics of the ftp client as defined in Net::FTP(3pm) by providing
+arguments to these variables. All variables but $timeout are set to untrue
+by default.  
+
+ $firewall = 0; (FTP firewall machine name)
+ $port = 0;  (defaults to 23)
+ $timeout = 120;  (120 seconds)
+ $debug = 0;  (1 will turn on STDERR)
+ $passive = 0; (1 will enable)
+
+=head1 OTHER VARIABLES
+
+see SWIM::Conf
+
+=head1 FILES
+
+ /etc/swim/swimrc
+ ~/.swim/swimrc
+
+=head1 SEE ALSO
+
+swim(8), Net::FTP(3pm)
+
+=head1 BUGS
+
+Send directly to mttrader@access.mountain.net.
+
+=head1 AUTHOR
+
+Jonathan D. Rosenbaum <mttrader@access.mountain.net> 
+
+=head1 COPYRIGHT
+
+
+Copyright (c) 1999 Jonathan Rosenbaum. All rights reserved. This program
+is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the GPL. 
+
+=cut

lib/DB.pm

@@ -0,0 +1,947 @@
+#    Package administration and research tool for Debian
+#    Copyright (C) 1999-2000 Jonathan D. Rosenbaum
+
+#    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+#    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+#    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+#    (at your option) any later version.
+
+#    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+#    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+#    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+#    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+
+package SWIM::DB;
+use strict;
+use SWIM::DB_Library qw(:Db);
+use SWIM::Format;
+use SWIM::Conf qw(:Path);
+use SWIM::Global;
+use vars qw(@ISA @EXPORT_OK);
+   
+use Exporter;
+@ISA = qw(Exporter);
+@EXPORT_OK = qw(db rebuildflatdb);
+
+
+# --db --rebuildflatdb  db() rebuildflatdb()
+
+# The goal here is to save some time by just updating the database rather
+# than rebuilding it.  Generally, though, swim -i <package> would be the
+# favorable way of doing this, and ultimately may become the primary way of
+# setting up the databases after the required packages for this program are 
+# set-up.  This is because --db has to check the status file, whereas -i
+# uses statusindex.db, and grabs package information right from the
+# package, there are exceptions to this, certain things like the status
+# will have to be found from the status file or some other method.
+sub db {
+
+  # Well, we better check for any changes in the status file, before we
+  # attempt anything. This is made easy by the version reference hash created
+  # when --initdb or --rebuilddb is run, and then comparing this to the new
+  # results when --db is run.  Only then will we process, add, and remove
+  # packages when we know what is gone, and what is new (whether its a 
+  # new package name, or a package with a new version or older version).
+  # The statusindex.deb could be used for version checking, instead the
+  # important status field is compared, so if we have situations like 
+  # "deinstall ok config-file" this will be recognized as a CHANGE.  The
+  # update takes place so that the status field remain proper.
+
+  my ($commands) = @_;
+  my %commands = %$commands;
+
+  # description stuff
+  my (@description, @ldescription);
+  # my @dpackage; # not needed here
+  
+  # does status exist
+  my $the_status; 
+
+  # Keep track of changes to the status file
+  my $rootsky = "/.";
+  my @package;
+  my @name;
+  my $status;
+  my @changed_packages;
+  my @gone;
+  my (@GONE, @CHANGED, @NEW);
+  my @before;
+  my %compare;
+
+  # The mys for NEW
+  my $count = 0;
+  # a special one to deal with package[1] version change.
+  my $packv; 
+  my (@essential,$priority,$section,$installed_size,$maintainer,$source);
+  my (%group, $group);
+
+  # Keeps a package->version database 
+  # to save time over using status
+  my @status;
+  my ($replaces, $provides, $depends, $pre_depends, $recommends, $suggests, 
+      $conflicts);
+  my (@conffiles,$line_before,@conf,@complete,@form,@formly);
+  my $format_deb = "$tmp/format.deb";
+
+  dbi(\%commands); ib(\%commands); sb(\%commands);
+  # Check differences now.
+  print "checking for new, changed, and removed packages\n";
+  if (($commands->{"dbpath"} && $commands->{"root"}) ||
+     ($commands->{"dbpath"} && !$commands->{"root"}) ||
+     (!$commands->{"dbpath"} && !$commands->{"root"})) {
+      open(DIFFERENCE,"$parent$library/status");
+  }
+  elsif  (!$commands->{"dbpath"} && $commands->{"root"}) {
+      open(DIFFERENCE,"$parent$base/status");
+  }
+      while (<DIFFERENCE>) {
+       # Package name
+        if (/^Package:/i) {             
+          @package = split(/: /,$_);                                   
+          chomp $package[1];
+        } 
+        elsif (/^Status:/) {
+            chomp;
+            $status = substr($_,8);
+            # a test
+            #if ($status eq "purge ok not-installed") {
+            #  if (defined $db{$package[1]}) {
+            #   print "$db{$package[1]}\n";
+            #  }
+            #}
+        }
+        # hold ok not-installed - may want to change this just to
+        # non-installed.
+        ###########
+        # VERSION #
+        ###########
+        elsif (/^Version:/ && $status !~ /not-installed/) {
+             my $version = $_; chomp $version;
+             my $ver = m,Version:\s(.*),; my $statusname;
+             if (defined $sb{$package[1]}) { 
+              $statusname = (split(/\s/,$sb{$package[1]}))[3];
+              $statusname =~ s/:/ /g;
+             }
+              ########
+              # GONE #
+              ######## 
+              if (defined $db{$package[1]}) {
+                 push(@gone,"$package[1]_$1");
+               if ("$package[1]_$1" ne $db{$package[1]}) {
+                  $compare{$package[1]} = "$package[1]_$1";
+               }
+              # Version remained the same, but status changed
+              # even though $statusname may be undefined..this
+              # routine is only done when it does exist. 
+              ######
+              # CR #
+              ######
+              elsif ("$package[1]_$1" eq $db{$package[1]} &&
+                     $statusname ne $status) {
+                 push(@changed_packages, "$package[1]");
+                 $compare{$package[1]} = "$package[1]_$1";
+              }
+             }
+             #######
+             # NEW #
+             #######
+             elsif (!defined $db{$package[1]}) {
+                 push(@NEW,$package[1]);
+                 $compare{$package[1]} = "$package[1]_$1";
+                 push(@gone,"$package[1]_$1");
+             }
+        }
+      }
+      close(DIFFERENCE);
+      
+    # lets find what existed before, ofcourse mistakes in /. better be
+    # taken care of beforehand, because this ignores those here.  Some time
+    # may have been saved by using a separate database rather than /., but,
+    # this keeps things clean.
+    if ($ib{$rootsky}){
+      @before  = split(/\s/,$ib{$rootsky});
+      my %tracker;
+      grep($tracker{$_}++,@gone);
+      my @goners = grep(!$tracker{$_},@before);
+      foreach (@goners) {
+         m,(^.*)_.*$,;
+         if (!defined $compare{$1}) {
+            push(@GONE,$1);
+         }
+         else {            
+            # these will be process like @GONE for original, and @NEW for
+            # new
+           push(@CHANGED,$1);
+         }
+      }      
+     }
+     else {
+       print "swim: missing important database\n"; exit;
+     }
+    
+     foreach (@GONE) {
+        print "GONE $_\n";
+     }
+     foreach (@CHANGED) {
+       print "CHANGED $_\n";
+     }
+     foreach (@changed_packages) {
+       push(@CHANGED,$_);
+       print "CHANGED STATUS $_\n";
+     }
+     foreach (@NEW) {
+      print "NEW $_\n";
+     }
+
+      my $new=$#NEW + 1; my $cr=$#changed_packages + 1;
+      my $ch=($#CHANGED + 1) - $cr; my $gon= $#GONE + 1;
+    if ($commands->{"check"}) {
+      print "\n       TOTAL\n       -----\n";
+      print "NEW $new\n"; print "GONE $gon\n";
+      print "CHANGED $ch\n"; print "CHANGED STATUS $cr\n"; exit;
+    }
+      print "\n       TOTAL\n       -----\n";
+      print "NEW $new\n"; print "GONE $gon\n";
+      print "CHANGED $ch\n"; print "CHANGED STATUS $cr\n";
+
+
+    @GONE = (@GONE,@CHANGED);
+    @NEW = (@NEW,@CHANGED);
+
+    undef @before; # can use below.
+    untie %db;
+    undef %db;
+    untie %ib;
+    undef %ib;
+
+    # Going to be adding some stuff to nsearchindex.deb and ndirindex.deb
+    # so better remove any compressed versions if they exist
+    if (defined @GONE || defined @NEW) {
+     if (($commands->{"dbpath"} && $commands->{"root"}) ||
+      ($commands->{"dbpath"} && !$commands->{"root"}) ||
+      (!$commands->{"dbpath"} && !$commands->{"root"})) {
+         if (-e "$parent$library/searchindex.deb") {
+             unlink("$parent$library/searchindex.deb.gz");
+             unlink("$parent$library/dirindex.deb.gz");
+         } 
+     }
+     elsif  (!$commands->{"dbpath"} && $commands->{"root"}) {
+         if (-e "$parent$base/searchindex.deb") {
+             unlink("$parent$base/searchindex.deb.gz");
+             unlink("$parent$base/dirindex.deb.gz");
+          }
+     }
+    }
+
+
+    # Time for some fun stuff
+    # There are three states:  GONE - all information about this package
+    # needs to be removed from the databases.  NEW - all information about
+    # this package needs to be put in the databases.  CHANGED - a 
+    # combination of the two previous, information could be cross
+    # referenced and checked for changes, but it's probably no saving of
+    # time, so first remove information from the same package of a
+    # different version, then add the information about the package of the
+    # new version (older or newer) 
+
+    #############
+    #           #
+    #   GONE    #
+    #           #
+    #############
+    # GONE.  (reverse applies to NEW)
+    #  For package.deb - Delete description 
+    # (packagename_version), packagenameREP, packagenamePRO, 
+    # packagenameDEP, packagenamePRE, packagenameREC,
+    # packagenameSUG, packagenameCON, packagenameCONF. delete package ->
+    # version.  
+    #
+    # for fileindex.deb - 
+    # Find all files and directories associated with the package. Delete
+    # these files (keys). Find all directories where the file
+    # exists..delete package name from value, delete whole key if it is the
+    # only package name. 
+    #
+    # for groupindex - delete package name (value) from Section
+    # it belonged to..humm, find section package belongs to in
+    # statusuindex.deb, and delete whole Section key if only one.  
+    #
+    # for statusindex.deb -
+    # delete package -> version group. 
+    #
+    # for flat files dirindex and searchindex -
+    # the removal of files and/or directories can be put on hold, and
+    # done with an option at a later time, since fileindex.deb remembers
+    # current state, at a later time the old state of the flat files can be
+    # compared to the new state of fileindex, and these files can be
+    # rewritten.  This is all o.k. because these extra files or directories 
+    # will return undef in search() if the packages don't exist.  
+ 
+    ping(\%commands); # uses $ping for package.deb
+    zing(\%commands); # uses $zing for fileindex.deb
+    ging(\%commands); # uses $ging for groupindex.deb
+    sing(\%commands); # uses $sing for statusindex.deb
+
+   $| = 1; my $x = 1;
+   foreach (@GONE) {
+     print "G|C|CS $x $_.list\r";
+     $x++;
+     #first delete keys from package.deb
+      # If I kept this the name_version would be remembered.
+      $ping->del($_);
+      my $orig_argument = $_;
+      my $packname_version = (split(/\s/,$sb{$orig_argument}))[0];      
+      $packname_version =~ s,\+,\\\+,g;
+      $argument = "$_";
+      ver(\%commands);
+       $ping->del($argument);
+      my $conf = $argument . "CONF";
+       $ping->del($conf);
+      $conf = $argument . "REP";
+       $ping->del($conf);
+      $conf = $argument . "PRO";
+       $ping->del($conf);
+      $conf = $argument . "DEP";
+       $ping->del($conf);
+      $conf = $argument . "PRE";
+       $ping->del($conf);
+      $conf = $argument . "REC";
+       $ping->del($conf);
+      $conf = $argument . "SUG";
+       $ping->del($conf);
+      $conf = $argument . "CON";
+       $ping->del($conf);
+     untie $ping;
+
+    # next let's go into fileindex.deb and hunt down all directories and
+    # files associated with this package.  It would be kind of nice to use
+    # package_name.list, but it's probably more realistic not to depend on
+    # the existence of these file..unless a backup is made.  Now if -i is used
+    # this would be a simple matter, but in this case things are different.
+    # A database to accomplish this wasn't realistic, so the backup
+    # files for *.list are in ./info/backup/*.list.bk.  We will also have to
+    # deal with those rare cases that forget /. (smail 2.0v).  We should remove
+    # this file as well as the packagename-conf.md5sums file below.
+    my $file = "$parent$base/info/backup/$_.list.bk";
+    my $md5sum_file = "$parent$base/info/$_-conf.md5sums";
+     open(LIST,"$file");
+     while (<LIST>) {
+       chomp;
+       if (defined $ib{$_}) {
+          my $status = ($ib{$_} =~ s,$packname_version ,,);
+          if ($status eq "") {
+            $status = ($ib{$_} =~ s, $packname_version,,);
+            if ($status eq "") {
+              $ib{$_} =~ s,$packname_version,,;
+            }
+          }
+          if ($ib{$_} eq "") {
+            $zing->del($_);
+          }
+       } # if defined        
+     }
+    close(LIST);  
+    unlink("$file");
+
+       #######################  
+       # deinstall situation #
+       #######################
+       my $yit = (split(/\s/,$sb{$orig_argument}))[3];
+       if ($yit eq "deinstall:ok:config-files" || 
+           $yit eq "purge:ok:config-files") {
+        if (defined $ib{"/."}) {
+          my $status = ($ib{"/."} =~ s,$packname_version ,,);
+          if ($status eq "") {
+            $status = ($ib{"/."} =~ s, $packname_version,,);
+            if ($status eq "") {
+              $ib{"/."} =~ s,$packname_version,,;
+            }
+          }
+          if ($ib{"/."} eq "") {
+            $zing->del($_);
+          }
+        } # if defined        
+       } # deinstall situation
+
+    if (-e $md5sum_file) {
+     unlink("$md5sum_file");
+    }
+
+     # remove from the group, and if only one remove the group.  
+     # Let's first find out which group this monster belongs to.
+     if (defined $sb{$orig_argument}) {
+        (my $oa = $orig_argument) =~ s,\+,\\\+,g;
+        my($section) = (split(/\s/,$sb{$orig_argument}))[1];
+        if (defined $gb{$section}) {
+          my $status = ($gb{$section} =~ s,$oa ,,);
+          if ($status eq "") {
+            $status = ($gb{$section} =~ s, $oa,,);
+            if ($status eq "") {
+              $gb{$section} =~ s,$oa,,;
+            }
+          }
+          if ($gb{$section} eq "") {
+            $ging->del($section);
+          }
+        }
+     } 
+    
+     # Now ditch the package->version group in statusindex.deb
+     $sing->del($orig_argument);
+     untie $sing;
+
+   } # end foreach OLD   
+
+   print "\n" if $#GONE != -1 && $#NEW == -1;
+
+   #############
+   #           #
+   #   NEW     #
+   #           #
+   #############
+   if (-e "$parent$base/status" && -e "$parent$base/info") {
+       $the_status = "$parent$base/status";
+   }
+   else {
+       print "swim: crucial file(s)/directories are missing in $parent\n";
+       exit;
+   }
+   my %exacts;
+   my $goon;
+   print "\n" if $#NEW != -1; $x = 1;
+   foreach (@NEW) {
+     $exacts{$_} = "yes";
+   } 
+     # first let's find the fields to put into packages.deb
+     # We'll have to go through the status file again, something we
+     # wouldn't have had to do with swim -i.  As it turns out, a good
+     # percentage of the information can be processed into the database
+     # while going through status.
+    open(PRETTY, ">$format_deb");
+    open(AVAIL, "$the_status");
+      while (<AVAIL>) {
+      # here's the difference with database(), we just find the packages
+      # which belong to the hash %exacts
+       # Package name
+        if (/^Package:|^PACKAGE:/) {                                              
+          @package = split(/: /,$_);                                                  
+          chomp $package[1];
+          if (defined $exacts{$package[1]}) {
+             print "N|C|CS $x\r"; $x++;
+             $goon = "yes";
+          }
+          else {
+             $goon = "no";
+             undef @package;
+             next;
+          }
+        } 
+       elsif ($goon eq "no") {
+         next;
+       }
+       elsif (/^Status:/) {
+            $status = $_;
+        }
+        elsif (/^Essential/) {
+           @essential = split(/: /,$_);                                                  
+        }
+        # missing priority and section will be dealt with below
+        elsif (/^Priority:/) {
+            $priority = $_;
+        }
+        elsif (/^Section:/) {
+            $section = $_;
+            # make the hash for the groupindex.deb
+            $group = substr($section,9);
+            chomp $group;
+            # we will put not-installed in their own group for reference
+            if ($status !~ /not-installed/) {
+              if (!defined $gb{$group}) {
+                   $ging->put($group,$package[1]);
+              }
+              else {
+                  my $change_group = "$gb{$group} $package[1]";
+                  $ging->del($group);
+                  $ging->put($group,"$change_group");
+              } 
+            }
+        }
+        elsif (/^Installed-Size:/) {
+            $installed_size = $_;
+        }
+        elsif (/^Maintainer:/) {
+            $maintainer = $_;
+        }
+        elsif (/^Source:/) {
+            $source = $_;
+        }
+        # hold ok not-installed - may want to change this just to
+        # non-installed.
+        elsif (/^Version:/ && $status !~ /not-installed/) {
+            my $version = $_;
+            chomp $version;
+            ###########
+            # SECTION #
+            ###########
+            if (defined $section) {
+              chomp $section;
+            }
+            else {
+              nsb(\%commands);
+              if (defined $nsb{$package[1]}) {
+                my ($nvname,$ngname,$npriorname) =
+                split(/\s/,"$nsb{$package[1]}",3);
+                $group = $ngname;
+              } 
+              else {
+                $group = "unavailable";
+              }
+            }
+            $col1 = "Package: $package[1]";
+            $col2 = $status;
+            write PRETTY;
+            $col1 = $version;
+            my $ver = m,Version:\s(.*),;         
+             # This creates a name -> version index in package.deb,
+             # and the statusindex.deb database which will serve to
+             #  determine if the status has changed when  --db or -i is
+             # run.
+             $packv = "$package[1]_$1";
+             $ping->put($package[1],$packv);
+             my ($priory,$statusy);
+             ############
+             # PRIORITY #
+             ############
+             if (defined $priority) {       
+              $priory = substr($priority,10);
+             }
+             else {
+              nsb(\%commands);
+              if (defined $nsb{$package[1]}) {
+                my ($nvname,$ngname,$npriorname) =
+                split(/\s/,"$nsb{$package[1]}",3);
+                $priory = $npriorname;
+              }
+              else {
+                $priory = "unavailable";
+              }
+             }
+             chomp $priory;
+             $statusy = substr($status,8);
+             chomp $statusy;
+             $statusy =~ s/\s/:/g;
+             my $thimk = "$packv $group $priory $statusy";
+             $sing->put($package[1],$thimk);
+             $package[1] = "$packv";
+            if(defined($essential[1])) {              
+             $col2 = "Essential: $essential[1]";
+             @essential = ();
+            }
+            else {
+              $col2 = "Essential: no\n";
+            }
+            write PRETTY;
+            ######################
+            # SECTION & PRIORITY #
+            ######################
+            if (defined $section) {
+              $col1 = $section;
+            }
+            else {
+              nsb(\%commands);
+              $package[1] =~ m,(.*)_.*,;
+              my $packthing = $1;
+              if (defined $nsb{$packthing}) {
+                my ($nvname,$ngname,$npriorname) =
+                split(/\s/,"$nsb{$packthing}",3);
+                $col1 = "Section: $ngname";
+                # we can put it in now, no deletion needed
+                if (!defined $gb{$group}) {
+                   $ging->put($group,$packthing);
+                }
+                else {
+                  my $change_group = "$gb{$group} $packthing";
+                  $ging->del($group);
+                  $ging->put($group,"$change_group");
+                } 
+              }
+              else {
+                $col1 = "Section: unavailable";
+              }
+            }
+            if (defined $priority) {
+              $col2 = $priority;
+            }
+            else {
+              nsb(\%commands);
+              $package[1] =~ m,(.*)_.*,;
+              my $packthing = $1;
+              if (defined $nsb{$packthing}) {          
+                my ($nvname,$ngname,$npriorname) =
+                split(/\s/,"$nsb{$packthing}",3);
+                $col2 = "Section: $npriorname";
+              }
+              else {
+                 $col2 = "Priority: unavailable\n";
+              }
+            }
+            write PRETTY;
+            #my $cool = $installed_size . $maintainer;
+            #print PRETTY $cool;
+            $col1 = $installed_size;
+            if (defined $source) {
+              $col2 = $source;
+            }
+            else {
+              $col2 = "";
+            } 
+            write PRETTY;
+            undef $source;
+            print PRETTY $maintainer
+        }
+
+        # This stuff will be available with seperate query flags or All
+        elsif (/^Replaces:/) {
+            $replaces = $_;
+              if (defined($replaces)) {
+                 $ping->put("$package[1]REP",$replaces);
+              }
+         }
+        elsif (/^Provides:/) {
+            $provides = $_;
+              if (defined($provides)) {
+                 $ping->put("$package[1]PRO",$provides);
+              }
+        }         
+        elsif (/^Depends:/) {
+            $depends = $_;
+              if (defined($depends)) {
+                 $ping->put("$package[1]DEP",$depends);
+              }
+        }
+        elsif (/^Pre-Depends:/) {
+            $pre_depends = $_;
+              if (defined($pre_depends)) {
+                 $ping->put("$package[1]PRE",$pre_depends);
+              }
+        }
+        elsif (/^Recommends:/) {
+            $recommends = $_;
+              if (defined($recommends)) {
+                 $ping->put("$package[1]REC",$recommends);
+              }
+        }
+        elsif (/^Suggests:/) {
+            $suggests = $_;
+              if (defined($suggests)) {
+                 $ping->put("$package[1]SUG",$suggests);
+              }
+        }
+        elsif (/^Conflicts:/) {
+            $conflicts = $_;
+              if (defined($conflicts)) {
+                 $ping->put("$package[1]CON",$conflicts);
+              }
+        }        
+       # Gather the Configuration Files, Description comes after.
+       # Available with a single flag.
+        elsif (/^Conffiles:/) {
+             my $line = <AVAIL>;
+             while ($line !~ /^Description:/) {
+                 push(@conffiles,$line);
+                 $line = <AVAIL>;
+                   if ($line =~ /^Description/) {
+                         $line_before = $line;
+                   # put conffiles into one variable
+                     if (defined $package[1]) {
+                     }
+                       my ($c, $cool);
+                         if ($#conffiles != 0) { 
+                            for ($c = $#conffiles; $c >= 0; $c--) {
+                              if ($c > 0) {
+                                $cool = $conffiles[$c-1] .= $conffiles[$c];   
+                              }             
+                             } #end for
+                          }
+                          else {
+                            $cool = $conffiles[0];
+                          }
+                          @conffiles = ();
+                          $ping->put("$package[1]CONF",$cool);
+                   } #if ($line =~ /^Desc 
+              }  # while ($line ! /^Desc          
+        } # elsif (/^Conffiles 
+        untie %nsb;
+
+        # Only interested in available packages..so this is fine.
+        # To be combined with first fields.
+        if (/Description:|^\s\w*|^\s\.\w*/ || 
+            defined($line_before) =~ /^Description/){ 
+           my $many_lines;
+            if (defined($line_before)) {
+                push(@ldescription, $line_before);
+                push(@ldescription, $_);
+                $line_before = ();
+            }
+            else {
+                 $many_lines = $_;
+            } 
+           if ($_ !~ /^\n$/) {
+             $count++;
+             if ($count == 1) {
+               if (defined $package[1]) {
+                 #chomp $package[1];
+                 #push(@dpackage,$package[1]);
+                 push(@description,$package[1]);
+               }
+              } 
+               if (defined($many_lines)) {
+               push(@ldescription,$many_lines);
+               }
+           } # end if ($_ !~ /^\n$/
+           else {
+             $count = 0;
+             # let's put each description into one scalar
+             my ($c, $cool);
+              if ($#ldescription != 0) { 
+                for ($c = $#ldescription; $c >= 0; $c--) {
+                  if ($c > 0) {
+                    $cool = $ldescription[$c-1] .= $ldescription[$c];   
+                  }             
+               } #end for
+              }  # end if ($#ld
+              else {
+                $cool = $ldescription[0];
+              }
+              if (defined $cool) {
+                 push(@description,$cool);
+              } 
+                 @ldescription = ();
+           } # end else        
+           $line_before = ();
+        } 
+      untie $ping;
+      untie $ging;
+      untie $sing;
+      } # end while (<AVAIL>)
+      close(PRETTY);
+
+
+  # Let's put together the description with the rest of its fields.
+  open(FIELDS,"$format_deb");
+  while (<FIELDS>) {
+     push(@form,$_);
+  }
+  close(FIELDS);  
+
+  foreach (@form) {
+    push(@formly,$_);    
+    my ($cool);
+    $count++;  
+    if ($count == 5) {
+             my ($c, $cool);
+              if ($#formly != 0) { 
+                for ($c = $#formly; $c >= 0; $c--) {
+                  if ($c > 0) {
+                    $cool = $formly[$c-1] .= $formly[$c];   
+                  }             
+               } #end for
+              }  # end if ($#ld
+              else {
+                $cool = $formly[0];
+              }
+    push(@complete,$cool);
+    @formly = ();
+    $count = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  my $name_version;
+  foreach (@description) {
+   if ($count == 1) {
+     # -i
+     my $lingo = shift(@complete);
+     $lingo = $lingo . $_;
+     #push(@Tdescription, $lingo); 
+     $ping->put($name_version,$lingo);
+     $lingo = ();
+     $count = 1;
+   }
+   else {
+     # packagename_version
+     #push(@Tdescription, $_); 
+     $name_version = $_;
+     $count = 0;
+   }
+   $count++;
+   untie $ping;
+ }
+ undef $ping;
+ 
+   unlink($format_deb);
+
+   # Now time to do some file/dir stuff.  A backup of *list needs to be
+   # made, might as well use this.  There is a possibility this can be
+   # used instead of fastswim for initial fileindex.deb.
+     my $package_name;
+     if (!-d "$parent$base/info/backup") {
+        mkdir("$parent$base/info/backup",0666);
+     }
+     print "\n" if $#NEW != -1; $x = 1;
+
+  foreach $package_name (@NEW) {
+     open(FILENAME,"$parent$base/info/$package_name.list");
+     open(CP,">$parent$base/info/backup/$package_name.list.bk");
+       while (<FILENAME>) {
+         print CP $_;
+       }
+     close(FILENAME);
+     close(CP);
+
+     my $file = "$parent$base/info/backup/$package_name.list.bk";
+     print "#$x"; print " N|C $package_name.list             \r";
+     $x++;
+     open(LIST,"$file");
+     while (<LIST>) {
+       chomp;
+
+       # Better add the new stuff to the flat files first
+       if (!defined $ib{$_}) {
+         if (($commands->{"dbpath"} && $commands->{"root"}) ||
+             ($commands->{"dbpath"} && !$commands->{"root"}) ||
+             (!$commands->{"dbpath"} && !$commands->{"root"})) {
+               open(SEARCHINDEX,">>$parent$library/searchindex.deb");
+         }
+         elsif  (!$commands->{"dbpath"} && $commands->{"root"}) {
+               open(SEARCHINDEX,">>$parent$base/searchindex.deb");
+         }
+         if (!-d) {
+            print SEARCHINDEX "$_\n";
+         }
+         if (($commands->{"dbpath"} && $commands->{"root"}) ||
+             ($commands->{"dbpath"} && !$commands->{"root"}) ||
+             (!$commands->{"dbpath"} && !$commands->{"root"})) {
+               open(DIRINDEX,">>$parent$library/dirindex.deb");
+         }
+         elsif  (!$commands->{"dbpath"} && $commands->{"root"}) {
+               open(DIRINDEX,">>$parent$base/dirindex.deb");
+         }
+         if (-d) {
+           print DIRINDEX "$_\n";  
+         }
+       } # !defined
+
+       # If the directory already exists we can just append 
+       # to the end of the value
+       if (defined $ib{$_}) {
+           dbi(\%commands);
+           my $cvalue = $ib{$_} . " $db{$package_name}";
+           # put overwrites by default!
+           $zing->put($_,$cvalue);   
+       } # if defined        
+       else {
+           dbi(\%commands);
+           $zing->put($_,$db{$package_name});    
+       }
+     untie %db;
+     untie $zing;
+     }
+    close(LIST);  
+    close(SEARCHINDEX);
+    close(DIRINDEX);
+
+     my $zit; my ($nit,$yit) = (split(/\s/,$sb{$package_name}))[0,3];
+     if ($yit eq "deinstall:ok:config-files" ||
+         $yit eq "purge:ok:config-files") {
+      ($zit = $nit) =~ s,\+,\\\+,;
+      if ($ib{"/."} !~ m,$zit,) {
+       $ib{"/."} = $ib{"/."} . " $zit"; 
+      }
+    }
+
+  }  # end foreach NEW   
+  print "\n" if $#NEW != -1;
+
+} # end sub db
+
+# Generally, it's unecessary to rebuild the flat databases unless major
+# changes have occurred to a person's installation, and the database has
+# become very repetitive, or a file has changed into a directory.  This
+# function has also been tried by tieing the flat file to an array, but
+# there doesn't seem to be that much of a speed advantage unless ib()
+# happens to be in memory, but more experimentation will be tried in the
+# future.
+sub rebuildflatdb {
+
+  my($commands) = @_;
+  my %commands = %$commands;
+  ib(\%commands);
+
+  print scalar(localtime), "\n";
+ 
+  my $file;
+  my $dir;
+
+  if (($commands->{"dbpath"} && $commands->{"root"}) ||
+     ($commands->{"dbpath"} && !$commands->{"root"}) ||
+     !($commands->{"dbpath"} && $commands->{"root"})) {
+        if (-e "$parent$library/searchindex.deb") {
+            $dir = "$parent$library/dirindex.deb";
+            $file = "$parent$library/searchindex.deb";
+            unlink($file);
+            unlink("$file.gz") if -e "$file.gz";
+            unlink($dir);
+            unlink("$dir.gz") if -e "$dir.gz";
+        } 
+        else {
+	    print "swim: operation only implemented for installed system\n";
+	    exit;
+       	}
+  }
+  elsif  (!$commands->{"dbpath"} && $commands->{"root"}) {
+        if (-e "$parent$base/searchindex.deb") {
+            $file = "$parent$base/searchindex.deb";
+            $dir = "$parent$base/dirindex.deb";
+            unlink($file);
+            unlink("$file.gz") if -e "$file.gz";
+            unlink($dir);
+            unlink("$dir.gz") if -e "$dir.gz";
+         }
+        else {
+	    print "swim: operation only implemented for installed system\n";
+	    exit;
+        }
+  }
+
+
+  open(DIR,">$dir");
+  open(FILE,">$file");
+  # We need to reconstruct long.debian & DEBIAN*, but can't take into account
+  # weirdisms with the database - NEW packages which aren't NEW.
+  foreach (keys %ib) {
+   if (defined $ib{$_}) { 
+       my $filedir = $_;
+       my $package = $ib{$_};
+       #$package =~ s/\s/\n/g;
+       my @the_amount  = split(/\s/, $package);
+     if ($#the_amount > 0) {
+       print DIR "$filedir\n";
+     }
+     elsif ($#the_amount == 0) {
+       print FILE "$filedir\n";
+    }
+   }
+  }
+  untie %ib;
+  print scalar(localtime), "\n";
+
+} # end sub rebuildflatdb
+
+
+
+1;

lib/DB_Init.pm

@@ -0,0 +1,648 @@
+#    Package administration and research tool for Debian
+#    Copyright (C) 1999-2000 Jonathan D. Rosenbaum
+
+#    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+#    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+#    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+#    (at your option) any later version.
+
+#    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+#    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+#    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+#    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+
+package SWIM::DB_Init;
+use strict;
+use SWIM::Conf qw(:Path $fastswim $imswim $slowswim $sort);
+#use SWIM::Global;
+use SWIM::Format;
+use SWIM::MD;
+use DB_File;
+use vars qw(@ISA @EXPORT);
+use Exporter;
+@ISA = qw(Exporter);
+@EXPORT = qw(database);
+
+
+# database() md()  --initdb --rebuilddb 
+
+# Time to get serious and make a database 
+sub database {
+
+
+  my ($commands) = @_;
+  my %commands = %$commands;
+  print scalar(localtime), "\n";
+
+  #my whatever that is
+  my @dpackage; # passes name_version to md()
+  my @Tdescription;
+  my @description; 
+  my @ldescription;
+  my @package;
+  my %db;
+  my @name;
+  my $count = 0;
+
+  my $the_status; 
+
+  my $status; 
+  my @essential;
+  my $priority; 
+  my $section; 
+  my $installed_size; 
+  my $maintainer; 
+  my $source;
+  my $version;
+  my $ver;
+
+  my %gb;
+  my %group;
+  my $group;
+
+  # Keeps a package->version database 
+  # to save time over using status
+  my %sb;
+  my @status;
+
+  my ($replaces, @REPLACE, $provides, $depends, $pre_depends,
+      $recommends, $suggests, $conflicts);
+
+  my @conffiles;
+  my $line_before;
+  my @conf;
+  my @complete;
+  my @form;
+  my @formly;
+  my $format_deb = "$tmp/format.deb";
+
+# Let's decide whether we should even go on.  If it is --initdb, and
+# the databases already exist, nothing should be touched, but if it is
+# --rebuilddb and they exist, then they are removed and remade from
+# scratch. 
+
+   # But first, better clean up any files in $tmp in case of an aborted
+   # database formation
+    unlink(<$tmp/DEBIAN*>) if -e "$tmp/DEBIANaa";
+    unlink("$tmp/transfer.deb") if -e "$tmp/transfer.deb";
+    unlink("$tmp/big.debian") if -e "$tmp/big.debian";
+    unlink("$tmp/long.debian") if -e "$tmp/long.debian";
+
+
+  if (-e "$parent$base/status" && -e "$parent$base/info") {
+      $the_status = "$parent$base/status";
+  }
+  else {
+      print "swim: crucial file(s)/directories are missing in $parent\n";
+      exit;
+  }
+
+  if (($commands->{"dbpath"} && $commands->{"root"}) ||
+     ($commands->{"dbpath"} && !$commands->{"root"}) ||
+     (!$commands->{"dbpath"} && !$commands->{"root"})) {
+      if ($commands->{"initdb"}) {  
+        if (-e "$parent$library/packages.deb" &&
+            -e "$parent$library/fileindex.deb") {            
+            print "swim:  use --rebuilddb\n";
+            exit;
+        }
+        else {
+          # if a database happens to be missing 
+          if (-e "$parent$library/packages.deb") {
+             unlink("$parent$library/packages.deb");
+          }
+          if (-e "$parent$library/fileindex.deb") {
+             unlink("$parent$library/fileindex.deb");
+          }
+          if (-e "$parent$library/groupindex.deb") {
+             unlink("$parent$library/groupindex.deb");
+          }
+          if (-e "$parent$library/statusindex.deb") {
+             unlink("$parent$library/statusindex.deb");
+          }
+          if (-e "$parent$library/searchindex.deb") {
+             unlink("$parent$library/searchindex.deb");
+          }
+          if (-e "$parent$library/searchindex.deb.gz") {
+             unlink("$parent$library/searchindex.deb.gz");
+          }
+          if (-e "$parent$library/dirindex.deb") {
+             unlink("$parent$library/dirindex.deb");
+          }
+          if (-e "$parent$library/dirindex.deb.gz") {
+             unlink("$parent$library/dirindex.deb.gz");
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      #  this only works if all databases exist.
+      elsif ($commands->{"rebuilddb"}) {
+        if (-e "$parent$library/packages.deb" &&        
+            -e "$parent$library/fileindex.deb") {            
+          unlink("$parent$library/packages.deb");
+          unlink("$parent$library/fileindex.deb");
+          unlink("$parent$library/groupindex.deb");
+          unlink("$parent$library/statusindex.deb");
+          unlink("$parent$library/searchindex.deb");
+          unlink("$parent$library/searchindex.deb")
+          if -e "$parent$library/searchindex.deb";           
+          unlink("$parent$library/dirindex.deb");
+          unlink("$parent$library/dirindex.deb")
+          if -e "$parent$library/dirindex.deb.gz";           
+        }
+        else {
+          print "swim:  use --initdb to create databases\n";
+          exit;
+        }
+      }  
+  }
+  elsif  (!$commands->{"dbpath"} && $commands->{"root"}) {
+      if ($commands->{"initdb"}) {  
+        if (-e "$parent$base/packages.deb" &&
+            -e "$parent$base/fileindex.deb") {            
+            print "swim:  use --rebuilddb\n";
+            exit;
+        }
+        else {
+          # if a database happens to be missing 
+          if (-e "$parent$base/packages.deb") {
+             unlink("$parent$base/packages.deb");
+          }
+          if (-e "$parent$base/fileindex.deb") {
+             unlink("$parent$base/fileindex.deb");
+          }
+          if (-e "$parent$base/groupindex.deb") {
+             unlink("$parent$base/groupindex.deb");
+          }
+          if (-e "$parent$library/statusindex.deb") {
+             unlink("$parent$library/statusindex.deb");
+          }
+          if (-e "$parent$library/searchindex.deb") {
+             unlink("$parent$library/searchindex.deb");
+          }
+          if (-e "$parent$library/searchindex.deb.gz") {
+             unlink("$parent$library/searchindex.deb.gz");
+          }
+          if (-e "$parent$library/dirindex.deb") {
+             unlink("$parent$library/dirindex.deb");
+          }
+          if (-e "$parent$library/dirindex.deb.gz") {
+             unlink("$parent$library/dirindex.deb.gz");
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      #  this only works if all databases exist.
+      elsif ($commands->{"rebuilddb"}) {
+        if (-e "$parent$base/packages.deb" &&        
+            -e "$parent$base/fileindex.deb") {            
+          unlink("$parent$base/packages.deb");
+          unlink("$parent$base/fileindex.deb");
+          unlink("$parent$base/groupindex.deb");
+          unlink("$parent$base/statusindex.deb");
+          unlink("$parent$library/searchindex.deb");
+          unlink("$parent$library/searchindex.deb")
+          if -e "$parent$library/searchindex.deb";           
+          unlink("$parent$library/dirindex.deb");
+          unlink("$parent$library/dirindex.deb")
+          if -e "$parent$library/dirindex.deb.gz";           
+        }
+        else {
+          print "swim:  use --initdb to create databases\n";
+          exit;
+        }
+      }  
+  }
+
+     # This makes a backup of all the *.list files in ./backup.  When
+     # --initdb/--rebuilddb runs these files should be built or rebuilt,
+     # but if changes have occured and --db(-i wasn't used) wasn't run
+     # this won't cause problems because everything is rebuilt, there may 
+     # just be some lingering small files in backup.
+
+     # Seems like both approaches are about the same speed.
+     #use File::Copy; 
+     print "Making backups of *.list\n";
+     if (!-d "$parent$base/info/backup") {
+        mkdir("$parent$base/info/backup",0666);
+     }
+     opendir(COPY,"$parent$base/info");
+     foreach (sort grep(/\.list$/, readdir(COPY))) {
+       #copy ("$parent$base/info/$_","$parent$base/info/backup/$_.bk");
+       open(FILENAME,"$parent$base/info/$_");
+       open(CP,">$parent$base/info/backup/$_.bk");
+        while (<FILENAME>) {
+         print CP $_;
+        }
+     }
+     closedir(COPY);
+
+ print "Description Database is being made\n";
+
+    $| = 1; my $x = 0;
+    open(PRETTY, ">$format_deb");
+    open(AVAIL, "$the_status");
+      while (<AVAIL>) {
+       # Package name
+        if (/^Package:|^PACKAGE:/) {                                              
+          @package = split(/: /,$_);                                                  
+          chomp	 $package[1];
+          $x = 1 if $x == 6;
+          print "|\r" if $x == 1 || $x == 4; print "/\r" if $x == 2;
+          print "-\r" if $x == 3 || $x == 6; print "\\\r" if $x == 5;
+          $x++;         
+        } 
+  # Some other pertinent fields
+  # All this stuff can be placed together..since it is generally nice
+  # to know these things at one glance, in this order.
+  # Package:                    Status: 
+  # Version:                    Essential: (yes or no)
+  # Section:                    Priority:
+  # Installed-Size:
+  # Maintainer:
+  # Description:
+
+        elsif (/^Status:/) {
+            $status = $_;
+        }
+        elsif (/^Essential/) {
+           @essential = split(/: /,$_);                                                  
+        }
+        elsif (/^Priority:/) {
+            $priority = $_;
+        }
+        elsif (/^Section:/) {
+            $section = $_;
+            # make the hash for the groupindex.deb
+            $group = substr($section,9);
+            chomp $group;
+            # we will put not-installed in their own group for reference
+            if ($status !~ /not-installed/) {
+              if (!defined $group{$group}) {
+                  $group{$group} = $package[1];
+              }
+              else {
+                  $group{$group} = "$group{$group} $package[1]";
+              } 
+            }
+        }
+        elsif (/^Installed-Size:/) {
+            $installed_size = $_;
+        }
+        elsif (/^Maintainer:/) {
+            $maintainer = $_;
+        }
+        elsif (/^Source:/) {
+            $source = $_;
+        }
+        # hold ok not-installed - may want to change this just to
+        # non-installed.
+        elsif (/^Version:/ && $status !~ /not-installed/) {
+            $version = $_;
+            chomp($version, $section);
+            $col1 = "Package: $package[1]";
+            $col2 = $status;
+            write PRETTY;
+            $col1 = $version;
+             $ver = m,Version:\s(.*),;         
+             # This creates a name -> version index in package.deb,
+             # and the statusindex.deb database which will serve to
+             #  determine if the status has changed when  --db or -i is
+             # ran.
+             push(@name, $package[1]);
+             push(@status, $package[1]);
+             $package[1] = "$package[1]_$1";
+             push(@name, $package[1]);
+             my $priory = substr($priority,10);
+             chomp $priory;
+             my $statusy = substr($status,8);
+             chomp $statusy;
+             $statusy =~ s/\s/:/g;
+             my $thimk = "$package[1] $group $priory $statusy";
+             push(@status, $thimk);
+            if(defined($essential[1])) {              
+             $col2 = "Essential: $essential[1]";
+             @essential = ();
+            }
+            else {
+              $col2 = "Essential: no\n";
+            }
+            write PRETTY;
+            if (defined $section) {
+             $col1 = $section;
+            }
+            else {
+             $col1 = "Section: unavailable";
+            }
+            if (defined $priority) {
+             $col2 = $priority;
+            }
+            else {
+             $col2 = "Priority: unavailable\n";
+            }
+            write PRETTY;
+            #my $cool = $installed_size . $maintainer;
+            $col1 = $installed_size;
+            if (defined $source) {
+              $col2 = $source;
+            }
+            else {
+              $col2 = "";
+            } 
+            write PRETTY;
+            undef $source;
+            print PRETTY $maintainer
+        }
+
+        # This stuff will be available with seperate query flags or All
+        elsif (/^Replaces:/) {
+            $replaces = $_;
+              if (defined($replaces)) {
+               push(@REPLACE, "$package[1]REP");
+               push(@REPLACE, $replaces); 
+              }
+         }
+        elsif (/^Provides:/) {
+            $provides = $_;
+              if (defined($provides)) {
+               push(@REPLACE, "$package[1]PRO");
+               push(@REPLACE, $provides); 
+              }
+        }         
+        elsif (/^Depends:/) {
+            $depends = $_;
+              if (defined($depends)) {
+               push(@REPLACE, "$package[1]DEP");
+               push(@REPLACE, $depends); 
+              }
+        }
+        elsif (/^Pre-Depends:/) {
+            $pre_depends = $_;
+              if (defined($pre_depends)) {
+               push(@REPLACE, "$package[1]PRE");
+               push(@REPLACE, $pre_depends); 
+              }
+        }
+        elsif (/^Recommends:/) {
+            $recommends = $_;
+              if (defined($recommends)) {
+               push(@REPLACE, "$package[1]REC");
+               push(@REPLACE, $recommends); 
+              }
+        }
+        elsif (/^Suggests:/) {
+            $suggests = $_;
+              if (defined($suggests)) {
+               push(@REPLACE, "$package[1]SUG");
+               push(@REPLACE, $suggests); 
+              }
+        }
+        elsif (/^Conflicts:/) {
+            $conflicts = $_;
+              if (defined($conflicts)) {
+               push(@REPLACE, "$package[1]CON");
+               push(@REPLACE, $conflicts); 
+              }
+        }        
+       # Gather the Configuration Files, Description comes after.
+       # Available with a single flag.
+        elsif (/^Conffiles:/) {
+             my $line = <AVAIL>;
+             while ($line !~ /^Description:/) {
+                 push(@conffiles,$line);
+                 $line = <AVAIL>;
+                   if ($line =~ /^Description/) {
+                         $line_before = $line;
+                   # put conffiles into one variable
+                     if (defined $package[1]) {
+                       #chomp $package[1];
+                       push(@conf,"$package[1]CONF");
+                     }
+                       my ($c, $cool);
+                         if ($#conffiles != 0) { 
+                            for ($c = $#conffiles; $c >= 0; $c--) {
+                              if ($c > 0) {
+                                $cool = $conffiles[$c-1] .= $conffiles[$c];   
+                              }             
+                             } #end for
+                          }
+                          else {
+                            $cool = $conffiles[0];
+                          }
+                          @conffiles = ();
+                          push(@conf,$cool);
+                   } #if ($line =~ /^Desc 
+              }  # while ($line ! /^Desc          
+        } # elsif (/^Conffiles 
+
+        # Only interested in available packages..so this is fine.
+        # To be combined with first fields.
+        if (/Description:|^\s\w*|^\s\.\w*/ || 
+            defined($line_before) =~ /^Description/){ 
+           my $many_lines;
+            if (defined($line_before)) {
+                push(@ldescription, $line_before);
+                push(@ldescription, $_);
+                $line_before = ();
+            }
+            else {
+                 $many_lines = $_;
+            } 
+           if ($_ !~ /^\n$/) {
+             $count++;
+             if ($count == 1) {
+               if (defined $package[1]) {
+                 #chomp $package[1];
+                 push(@dpackage,$package[1]);
+                 push(@description,$package[1]);
+               }
+              } 
+               if (defined($many_lines)) {
+               push(@ldescription,$many_lines);
+               }
+           } # end if ($_ !~ /^\n$/
+           else {
+             $count = 0;
+             # let's put each description into one scalar
+             my ($c, $cool);
+              if ($#ldescription != 0) { 
+                for ($c = $#ldescription; $c >= 0; $c--) {
+                  if ($c > 0) {
+                    $cool = $ldescription[$c-1] .= $ldescription[$c];   
+                  }             
+               } #end for
+              }  # end if ($#ld
+              else {
+                $cool = $ldescription[0];
+              }
+              if (defined $cool) {
+                 push(@description,$cool);
+              } 
+                 @ldescription = ();
+           } # end else        
+           $line_before = ();
+        } 
+      } # end while (<AVAIL>)
+      close(PRETTY);
+
+  # Let's put together the description with the rest of its fields.
+  open(FIELDS,"$format_deb");
+  while (<FIELDS>) {
+     push(@form,$_);
+  }
+  close(FIELDS);  
+
+  foreach (@form) {
+    push(@formly,$_);    
+    my ($cool);
+    $count++;  
+    if ($count == 5) {
+             my ($c, $cool);
+              if ($#formly != 0) { 
+                for ($c = $#formly; $c >= 0; $c--) {
+                  if ($c > 0) {
+                    $cool = $formly[$c-1] .= $formly[$c];   
+                  }             
+               } #end for
+              }  # end if ($#ld
+              else {
+                $cool = $formly[0];
+              }
+    push(@complete,$cool);
+    @formly = ();
+    $count = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  foreach (@description) {
+   if ($count == 1) {
+     my $lingo = shift(@complete);
+     $lingo = $lingo . $_;
+     push(@Tdescription, $lingo); 
+     $lingo = ();
+     $count = 1;
+   }
+   else {
+     push(@Tdescription, $_); 
+     $count = 0;
+   }
+   $count++;
+
+ }
+     unlink($format_deb);
+
+  # We'll keep databases local so that md() doesn't get confused with
+  # database().
+
+  # Put the groups into the groupindex.deb database.
+  print "Group Database is being made\n";
+  if (($commands->{"dbpath"} && $commands->{"root"}) ||
+     ($commands->{"dbpath"} && !$commands->{"root"}) ||
+     (!$commands->{"dbpath"} && !$commands->{"root"})) {
+     tie %gb, 'DB_File', "$parent$library/groupindex.deb" or die "DB_File: $!";
+  }
+  elsif  (!$commands->{"dbpath"} && $commands->{"root"}) {
+    tie %gb, 'DB_File', "$parent$base/groupindex.deb" or die "DB_File: $!";
+  }
+  
+  %gb = %group;
+
+  untie %gb;
+  undef %gb;
+  undef %group;
+
+  # Create the important status database.
+  print "Status Database is being made\n";
+  if (($commands->{"dbpath"} && $commands->{"root"}) ||
+      ($commands->{"dbpath"} && !$commands->{"root"}) ||
+      (!$commands->{"dbpath"} && !$commands->{"root"})) {
+        tie %sb, 'DB_File', "$parent$library/statusindex.deb" or die "DB_File: $!";
+  }
+  elsif  (!$commands->{"dbpath"} && $commands->{"root"}) {
+        tie %sb, 'DB_File', "$parent$base/statusindex.deb" or die "DB_File: $!";
+  }
+
+  %sb = @status;
+
+  untie %sb;
+  undef %sb;
+  undef @status;
+
+  # Put everything into the package.deb database.
+  if (($commands->{"dbpath"} && $commands->{"root"}) ||
+     ($commands->{"dbpath"} && !$commands->{"root"}) ||
+     (!$commands->{"dbpath"} && !$commands->{"root"})) {
+     tie %db, 'DB_File', "$parent$library/packages.deb" or die "DB_File: $!";
+  }
+  elsif  (!$commands->{"dbpath"} && $commands->{"root"}) {
+    tie %db, 'DB_File', "$parent$base/packages.deb" or die "DB_File: $!";
+  }
+
+  %db = (@name,@Tdescription,@conf,@REPLACE);
+  untie %db;
+  undef @Tdescription;
+  undef @conf; 
+  undef @REPLACE;
+  undef %db;
+
+
+  # To the total db thing.
+  if ($commands->{"initdb"} || $commands->{"rebuilddb"}) {
+     md(\@dpackage,\%commands);
+  }
+
+
+} # end sub database
+
+
+# Basically, this writes @dpackage to transfer.deb, which is processed by
+# either fastswim into two files big.debian and long.debian for further 
+# processing by process_md() or is processed by imswim, then slowswim into 
+# the two files big.debian and long.debian then finished by process_md()
+sub md {
+
+     my($dpackage,$commands) = @_; # creates transfer.deb
+     my %commands = %$commands; 
+
+
+     unless (-e "$parent$base/info") {    
+      die 'This program requires the /var/lib/dpkg/info directory set-up by dpkg';                                  
+     }    
+    
+     # Put all file/dir(*.list)->package_name(s) into an massive array.
+     # fastswim runs this process separately.
+     
+      # This enables info files to be used from a different root system
+      my $argument2 = "$parent$base/info";
+
+     # This is just for testing purposes, and serves no real purpose.
+     if (!defined(@$dpackage)) {
+        system("$fastswim");
+      }
+     # This is what is used.
+      else {
+        open(TRANSFER, ">$tmp/transfer.deb");
+         foreach (@$dpackage) {
+          print TRANSFER "$_\n";
+         }							
+         close(TRANSFER);
+         if (!$commands->{"lowmem"}) {
+          system $fastswim, "--transfer", $argument2, $tmp;
+         }
+         else {
+          print "Gathering the file(s)/dir(s)\n";
+          system $imswim, $argument2, $tmp;
+          system $slowswim, $tmp, $sort;
+         }
+     }
+     undef @$dpackage;
+     process_md(\%commands); 
+
+} # end sub md
+
+
+
+1;

lib/DB_Library.pm

@@ -0,0 +1,497 @@
+#    Package administration and research tool for Debian
+#    Copyright (C) 1999-2000 Jonathan D. Rosenbaum
+
+#    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+#    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+#    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+#    (at your option) any later version.
+
+#    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+#    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+#    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+#    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+
+package SWIM::DB_Library;
+use strict;  
+use SWIM::Conf;
+use SWIM::Global;
+use SWIM::Library;
+use DB_File;
+use vars qw(@ISA @EXPORT %EXPORT_TAGS);
+  
+use Exporter;
+@ISA = qw(Exporter);
+@EXPORT = qw(ib nib dbi ndb sb exist_sb nsb ping zing nzing ging gb
+             ngb sing ram_on version ver nver nping nzing nging nsing);
+%EXPORT_TAGS = ( 
+                 Search =>  [ qw(ib dbi nib nsb ndb gb ram_on version ngb) ],
+                 Db => [ qw(sb ib gb nsb ver dbi zing ging ping sing) ],
+                 Md => [ qw(sb ib nsb nzing) ],
+                 Deb => [ qw(sb nsb ndb) ],
+                 NDb => [ qw(ndb nsb ngb nver nping nzing nging nsing
+                          exist_sb sb) ],
+                 Groups => [ qw(gb ngb) ],
+                 Xyz => [ qw(dbi ndb) ]
+               );
+
+
+# functions which use DB_File
+
+
+sub ib {
+
+  my ($commands) = @_;
+
+  if (($commands->{"dbpath"} && $commands->{"root"}) ||
+     ($commands->{"dbpath"} && !$commands->{"root"}) ||
+     (!$commands->{"dbpath"} && !$commands->{"root"})) {
+   if (-e "$parent$library/fileindex.deb") {
+     tie %ib, 'DB_File', "$parent$library/fileindex.deb" or die "DB_File: $!";
+   }
+  }
+  elsif  (!$commands->{"dbpath"} && $commands->{"root"}) {
+   if (-e "$parent$base/fileindex.deb") {
+    tie %ib, 'DB_File', "$parent$base/fileindex.deb" or die "DB_File: $!";
+   }
+  }
+} # end sub ib
+
+sub dbi {
+
+  my ($commands) = @_;
+
+  if (($commands->{"dbpath"} && $commands->{"root"}) ||
+     ($commands->{"dbpath"} && !$commands->{"root"}) ||
+     (!$commands->{"dbpath"} && !$commands->{"root"})) {
+   if (-e "$parent$library/packages.deb" ||
+      ($commands->{"initndb"} || $commands->{"rebuildndb"})) {
+     tie %db, 'DB_File', "$parent$library/packages.deb" or die "DB_File: $!";
+   }
+  }
+  elsif  (!$commands->{"dbpath"} && $commands->{"root"}) {
+   if (-e  "$parent$base/packages.deb" ||
+       ($commands->{"initndb"} || $commands->{"rebuildndb"})) {
+    tie %db, 'DB_File', "$parent$base/packages.deb" or die "DB_File: $!";
+   }
+  }
+} # end sub dbi
+
+
+
+sub nib {
+
+  my ($commands) = @_;
+  my %commands = %$commands;
+  
+  my ($arch,$dist) = which_archdist(\%commands);
+  if (($commands->{"dbpath"} && $commands->{"root"}) ||
+     ($commands->{"dbpath"} && !$commands->{"root"}) ||
+     (!$commands->{"dbpath"} && !$commands->{"root"})) {
+     if (!-e "$parent$library/nfileindex$arch$dist.deb") {
+       return;
+     }
+     tie %ib, 'DB_File', "$parent$library/nfileindex$arch$dist.deb" or die "DB_File: $!";
+  }
+  elsif  (!$commands->{"dbpath"} && $commands->{"root"}) {
+     if (!-e "$parent$base/nfileindex$arch$dist.deb") {
+       return;
+     }
+    tie %ib, 'DB_File', "$parent$base/nfileindex$arch$dist.deb" or die "DB_File: $!";
+  }
+} # end sub nib
+
+
+sub ndb {
+
+  my ($commands) = @_;
+  my %commands = %$commands;
+
+  my ($arch,$dist) = which_archdist(\%commands);
+  if (($commands->{"dbpath"} && $commands->{"root"}) ||
+     ($commands->{"dbpath"} && !$commands->{"root"}) ||
+     (!$commands->{"dbpath"} && !$commands->{"root"})) {
+    if (-e "$parent$library/npackages$arch$dist.deb" ||
+        ($commands->{"initndb"} || $commands->{"rebuildndb"} ||
+         $commands->{"ndb"})) {
+     tie %db, 'DB_File', "$parent$library/npackages$arch$dist.deb" 
+     or die "swim: use pre-existing databases for this option";
+    }
+  }
+  elsif  (!$commands->{"dbpath"} && $commands->{"root"}) {
+   if (-e  "$parent$base/npackages$arch$dist.deb" ||
+      ($commands->{"initndb"} || $commands->{"rebuildndb"} ||
+       $commands->{"ndb"})) {
+     tie %db, 'DB_File', "$parent$base/npackages$arch$dist.deb" 
+     or die "swim: use pre-existing databases for this option";
+   }
+  }
+} # end sub ndb
+
+
+sub sb {
+
+  my ($commands) = @_;
+  my %commands = %$commands;
+
+  if (($commands->{"dbpath"} && $commands->{"root"}) ||
+     ($commands->{"dbpath"} && !$commands->{"root"}) ||
+     (!$commands->{"dbpath"} && !$commands->{"root"})) {
+     if (-e "$parent$library/statusindex.deb") {
+      tie %sb, 'DB_File', "$parent$library/statusindex.deb" 
+      or die "DB_File: $!";
+     }
+     else {
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+  elsif  (!$commands->{"dbpath"} && $commands->{"root"}) {
+    if (-e "$parent$base/statusindex.deb") {
+     tie %sb, 'DB_File', "$parent$base/statusindex.deb" 
+     or die "DB_File: $!";
+    }
+    else {
+     return;
+    } 
+  }
+} # end sub sb
+
+# exist_sb & sb seem to be used primarily in NDB_Init
+
+# This first looks in the immediate directory for statusindex.deb, if it
+# isn't found here, it look in the default directory.  It then returns
+# undef, or initializes the database based on its findings.
+sub exist_sb {
+
+  my ($commands) = @_;
+  my %commands = %$commands;
+
+  my $yep; 
+  if (($commands->{"dbpath"} && $commands->{"root"}) ||
+     ($commands->{"dbpath"} && !$commands->{"root"}) ||
+     (!$commands->{"dbpath"} && !$commands->{"root"})) {
+     if (-e "$parent$library/statusindex.deb") {
+         $yep = "yes";
+     }
+  }
+  elsif  (!$commands->{"dbpath"} && $commands->{"root"}) {
+     if (-e "$parent$base/statusindex.deb") {
+         $yep = "yes";
+     }
+  }
+
+  if (!defined $yep) {
+    if (-e "$parent$base/statusindex.deb") {
+     tie %sb, 'DB_File', "$parent$base/statusindex.deb" 
+      or die "DB_File: $!";
+      return "yes";
+    }
+    else {
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+  elsif (defined $yep) {
+      sb(\%commands);             
+      return "yes";
+  }
+
+} # end sub exist_sb
+
+sub nsb {
+
+  my ($commands) = @_;
+  my %commands = %$commands;
+
+  my($arch,$dist) = which_archdist(\%commands);
+  if (($commands->{"dbpath"} && $commands->{"root"}) ||
+     ($commands->{"dbpath"} && !$commands->{"root"}) ||
+     (!$commands->{"dbpath"} && !$commands->{"root"})) {
+    if (-e "$parent$library/nstatusindex$arch$dist.deb" ||
+        ($commands->{"initndb"} || $commands->{"rebuildndb"} ||
+         $commands->{"ndb"})) {
+     tie %nsb, 'DB_File', "$parent$library/nstatusindex$arch$dist.deb"
+     or die "swim: use pre-existing databases for this option";
+    }
+  }
+  elsif  (!$commands->{"dbpath"} && $commands->{"root"}) {
+   if (-e "$parent$base/nstatusindex$arch$dist.deb" ||
+        ($commands->{"initndb"} || $commands->{"rebuildndb"} ||
+         $commands->{"ndb"})) {
+    tie %nsb, 'DB_File', "$parent$base/nstatusindex$arch$dist.deb" or die
+     or die "swim: use pre-existing databases for this option";
+   }
+  }
+} # end sub nsb
+
+sub ping {
+
+  my ($commands) = @_;
+
+      if (($commands->{"dbpath"} && $commands->{"root"}) ||
+         ($commands->{"dbpath"} && !$commands->{"root"}) ||
+         (!$commands->{"dbpath"} && !$commands->{"root"})) {
+         $ping = tie %db, 'DB_File', "$parent$library/packages.deb" or die "DB_File: $!";
+      }
+      elsif  (!$commands->{"dbpath"} && $commands->{"root"}) {
+         $ping = tie %db, 'DB_File', "$parent$base/packages.deb" or die "DB_File: $!";
+      }
+}
+
+sub nping {
+
+  my ($commands) = @_;
+  my %commands = %$commands;
+
+  my ($arch,$dist) = which_archdist(\%commands);
+  if (($commands->{"dbpath"} && $commands->{"root"}) ||
+     ($commands->{"dbpath"} && !$commands->{"root"}) ||
+     (!$commands->{"dbpath"} && !$commands->{"root"})) {
+     $ping = tie %db, 'DB_File', "$parent$library/npackages$arch$dist.deb"
+               or die "DB_File: $!";
+  }
+  elsif  (!$commands->{"dbpath"} && $commands->{"root"}) {
+    $ping = tie %db, 'DB_File', "$parent$base/npackages$arch$dist.deb" 
+             or die "DB_File: $!";
+  }
+} # end sub nping
+
+
+sub zing {
+
+  my ($commands) = @_;
+
+      if (($commands->{"dbpath"} && $commands->{"root"}) ||
+         ($commands->{"dbpath"} && !$commands->{"root"}) ||
+         (!$commands->{"dbpath"} && !$commands->{"root"})) {
+         $zing = tie %ib, 'DB_File', "$parent$library/fileindex.deb" 
+                 or die "DB_File: $!";
+      }
+      elsif  (!$commands->{"dbpath"} && $commands->{"root"}) {
+         $zing = tie %ib, 'DB_File', "$parent$base/fileindex.deb" 
+                 or die "DB_File: $!";
+      }
+} # end sub zing
+
+sub nzing {
+
+  my ($commands) = @_;
+  my %commands = %$commands;
+
+  my ($arch,$dist) = which_archdist(\%commands);
+  if (($commands->{"dbpath"} && $commands->{"root"}) ||
+     ($commands->{"dbpath"} && !$commands->{"root"}) ||
+     (!$commands->{"dbpath"} && !$commands->{"root"})) {
+     $zing = tie %ib, 'DB_File', "$parent$library/nfileindex$arch$dist.deb"
+               or die "DB_File: $!";
+  }
+  elsif  (!$commands->{"dbpath"} && $commands->{"root"}) {
+    $zing = tie %ib, 'DB_File', "$parent$base/nfileindex$arch$dist.deb" 
+             or die "DB_File: $!";
+  }
+} # end sub nzing
+
+
+sub ging {
+
+  my ($commands) = @_;
+
+  if (($commands->{"dbpath"} && $commands->{"root"}) ||
+     ($commands->{"dbpath"} && !$commands->{"root"}) ||
+     (!$commands->{"dbpath"} && !$commands->{"root"})) {
+     $ging = tie %gb, 'DB_File', "$parent$library/groupindex.deb" or die "DB_File: $!";
+  }
+  elsif  (!$commands->{"dbpath"} && $commands->{"root"}) {
+    $ging = tie %gb, 'DB_File', "$parent$base/groupindex.deb" or die "DB_File: $!";
+  }
+} #end sub ging
+
+
+sub nging {
+
+  my ($commands) = @_;
+  my %commands = %$commands;
+
+  my ($arch,$dist) = which_archdist(\%commands);
+  if (($commands->{"dbpath"} && $commands->{"root"}) ||
+     ($commands->{"dbpath"} && !$commands->{"root"}) ||
+     (!$commands->{"dbpath"} && !$commands->{"root"})) {
+     $ging = tie %gb, 'DB_File',"$parent$library/ngroupindex$arch$dist.deb"
+               or die "DB_File: $!";
+  }
+  elsif  (!$commands->{"dbpath"} && $commands->{"root"}) {
+    $ging = tie %gb, 'DB_File', "$parent$base/ngroupindex$arch$dist.deb" 
+             or die "DB_File: $!";
+  }
+} # end sub nging
+
+
+sub gb {
+
+  my ($commands) = @_;
+
+      if (($commands->{"dbpath"} && $commands->{"root"}) ||
+         ($commands->{"dbpath"} && !$commands->{"root"}) ||
+         (!$commands->{"dbpath"} && !$commands->{"root"})) {
+         if (-e  "$parent$library/groupindex.deb" ||
+            ($commands->{"initndb"} || $commands->{"rebuildndb"})) {
+          tie %gb, 'DB_File', "$parent$library/groupindex.deb" or die "DB_File: $!";
+         }
+      }
+      elsif  (!$commands->{"dbpath"} && $commands->{"root"}) {
+         if (-e "$parent$base/groupindex.deb" ||
+            ($commands->{"initndb"} || $commands->{"rebuildndb"})) {
+          tie %gb, 'DB_File', "$parent$base/groupindex.deb" or die "DB_File: $!";
+         }
+      }
+}
+
+sub ngb {
+
+  my ($commands) = @_;
+  my %commands = %$commands;
+
+    my ($arch,$dist) = which_archdist(\%commands);
+      if (($commands->{"dbpath"} && $commands->{"root"}) ||
+         ($commands->{"dbpath"} && !$commands->{"root"}) ||
+         (!$commands->{"dbpath"} && !$commands->{"root"})) {
+        if (-e "$parent$library/ngroupindex$arch$dist.deb" ||
+           ($commands->{"initndb"} || $commands->{"rebuildndb"})) {
+          tie %gb, 'DB_File', "$parent$library/ngroupindex$arch$dist.deb" 
+          or die "DB_File: $!";
+        }
+      }
+      elsif  (!$commands->{"dbpath"} && $commands->{"root"}) {
+        if (-e "$parent$base/ngroupindex$arch$dist.deb" ||
+           ($commands->{"initndb"} || $commands->{"rebuildndb"})) {
+          tie %gb, 'DB_File', "$parent$base/ngroupindex$arch$dist.deb" 
+          or die "DB_File: $!";
+        }
+      }
+}
+
+sub sing {
+
+  my ($commands) = @_;
+
+  if (($commands->{"dbpath"} && $commands->{"root"}) ||
+      ($commands->{"dbpath"} && !$commands->{"root"}) ||
+      (!$commands->{"dbpath"} && !$commands->{"root"})) {
+       $sing =  tie %sb, 'DB_File', "$parent$library/statusindex.deb" 
+       or die "DB_File: $!";
+  }
+  elsif  (!$commands->{"dbpath"} && $commands->{"root"}) {
+       $sing = tie %sb, 'DB_File', "$parent$base/statusindex.deb" or die "DB_File: $!";
+  }
+} # sub sing
+
+sub nsing {
+
+  my ($commands) = @_;
+  my %commands = %$commands;
+
+  my ($arch,$dist) = which_archdist(\%commands);
+  if (($commands->{"dbpath"} && $commands->{"root"}) ||
+     ($commands->{"dbpath"} && !$commands->{"root"}) ||
+     (!$commands->{"dbpath"} && !$commands->{"root"})) {
+     $sing = tie %nsb, 'DB_File', "$parent$library/nstatusindex$arch$dist.deb"
+               or die "DB_File: $!";
+  }
+  elsif  (!$commands->{"dbpath"} && $commands->{"root"}) {
+    $sing = tie %nsb, 'DB_File', "$parent$base/nstatusindex$arch$dist.deb" 
+             or die "DB_File: $!";
+  }
+} # end sub nsing
+
+
+# This doesn't depend on DB so it can be placed somewhere else if it is used by more
+# than SWIM::Search.
+
+# checks to see if ramdisk is on, searchdf() & nfile()-process_nfile()
+# (used by file()) uses this
+sub ram_on {
+
+   my $ramdisk;
+
+   # this monster runs for every argument
+   my  $rambo =  "$cat /proc/mounts|";
+   open(RAM, "$rambo"); 
+    while (<RAM>) {
+      if (/ram/) {
+        my($device,$mount) = split(/\s/,$_,2);
+          if ($mount =~ /dramdisk/) {
+           $ramdisk = "yes";
+           return $ramdisk;
+          }
+      }
+    }
+    close(RAM);
+} # end sub ram_on
+
+
+
+# finds package name and version
+sub version {
+ 
+  my ($commands) = @_;
+  my %commands = %$commands;
+
+  if (!$commands{"n"}) {
+    dbi(\%commands);
+  }
+  else {
+    ndb(\%commands);
+  }
+
+  if (defined $argument) {
+     # We will check for more than two..just in case
+     if ($argument !~ /_/) {
+       if (defined $db{$argument}) {
+         $argument = $db{$argument};
+       }
+     }
+  }
+
+} # end sub version
+# returns version but and then is untied
+sub ver {
+
+  my ($commands) = @_;
+  my %commands = %$commands;
+  dbi(\%commands);
+
+  if (defined $argument) {
+     # We will check for more than two..just in case
+     if ($argument !~ /_/) {
+       if (defined $db{$argument}) {
+         $argument = $db{$argument};
+       }
+     }
+  }
+
+  untie %db;
+
+} # end sub ver
+
+sub nver {
+
+  my ($commands) = @_;
+  my %commands = %$commands;
+  ndb(\%commands);
+
+  if (defined $argument) {
+     # We will check for more than two..just in case
+     if ($argument !~ /_/) {
+       if (defined $db{$argument}) {
+         $argument = $db{$argument};
+       }
+     }
+  }
+
+  untie %db;
+
+} # end sub nver
+

lib/Deps.pm

@@ -0,0 +1,456 @@
+#    Package administration and research tool for Debian
+#    Copyright (C) 1999-2000 Jonathan D. Rosenbaum
+
+#    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+#    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+#    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+#    (at your option) any later version.
+
+#    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+#    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+#    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+#    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+
+package SWIM::Deps;
+use strict;
+use SWIM::Global qw(:Info);   
+use SWIM::DB_Library qw(:Xyz);
+use vars qw(@ISA @EXPORT);
+@ISA = qw(Exporter);
+@EXPORT = qw(character s_character which_character the_character);
+
+# the -T and siblings
+
+# process the database for replaces
+sub replaces {
+  my ($commands) = @_; 
+  my %commands = %$commands;  
+  !$commands->{"n"} ? dbi(\%commands) : ndb(\%commands);
+  if (defined $argument) {
+    my $conf = $argument . "REP";
+    if (defined $db{$conf}) {
+     return $db{$conf};
+    }
+    else { return ""; }
+  }
+ untie %db;
+} # end sub replaces
+
+# process the database for provides
+sub provides {
+  my ($commands) = @_;
+  my %commands = %$commands;  
+  !$commands->{"n"} ? dbi(\%commands) : ndb(\%commands);
+  if (defined $argument) {
+    my $conf = $argument . "PRO";
+    if (defined $db{$conf}) {      
+     return $db{$conf};
+    }
+    else { return ""; }
+  }
+ untie %db;
+} # end sub provides
+
+# process the database for depends
+sub depends {
+  my ($commands) = @_;
+  my %commands = %$commands;  
+  !$commands->{"n"} ? dbi(\%commands) : ndb(\%commands);
+  if (defined $argument) {
+    my $conf = $argument . "DEP";
+    if (defined $db{$conf}) {      
+     return $db{$conf};
+    }
+    else { return ""; }
+  }
+ untie %db;
+} # end sub depends
+
+# process the database for replaces
+sub pre_depends {
+  my ($commands) = @_;
+  my %commands = %$commands;  
+  !$commands->{"n"} ? dbi(\%commands) : ndb(\%commands);
+  if (defined $argument) {
+    my $conf = $argument . "PRE";
+    if (defined $db{$conf}) {      
+     return $db{$conf};
+    }
+    else { return ""; }
+  }
+ untie %db;
+} # end sub pre_depends
+
+# process the database for replaces
+sub recommends {
+  my ($commands) = @_;
+  my %commands = %$commands;  
+  !$commands->{"n"} ? dbi(\%commands) : ndb(\%commands);
+  if (defined $argument) {
+    my $conf = $argument . "REC";
+    if (defined $db{$conf}) {      
+     return $db{$conf};
+    }
+    else { return ""; }
+  }
+ untie %db;
+} # end sub recommends
+
+# process the database for replaces
+sub suggests {
+  my ($commands) = @_;
+  my %commands = %$commands;  
+  !$commands->{"n"} ? dbi(\%commands) : ndb(\%commands);
+  if (defined $argument) {
+    my $conf = $argument . "SUG";
+    if (defined $db{$conf}) {      
+     return $db{$conf};
+    }
+    else { return ""; }
+  }
+ untie %db;
+} # end sub suggests
+
+# process the database for replaces
+sub conflicts {
+  my ($commands) = @_;
+  my %commands = %$commands;  
+  !$commands->{"n"} ? dbi(\%commands) : ndb(\%commands);
+  if (defined $argument) {
+    my $conf = $argument . "CON";
+    if (defined $db{$conf}) {      
+     return $db{$conf};
+    }
+    else { return ""; }
+  }
+ untie %db;
+} # end sub conflicts
+
+#These subroutines are for cases where only packages related to the
+# characteristics are printed out.
+# process the database for replaces
+sub s_replaces {
+  my ($commands) = @_;
+  my %commands = %$commands;  
+  !$commands->{"n"} ? dbi(\%commands) : ndb(\%commands);
+  if (defined $argument) {
+    my $conf = $argument . "REP";
+    if (defined $db{$conf}) {      
+     return "$argument\n$db{$conf}";
+    }
+    else { return ""; }
+  }
+ untie %db;
+} # end sub s_replaces
+
+# process the database for provides
+sub s_provides {
+  my ($commands) = @_;
+  my %commands = %$commands;  
+  !$commands->{"n"} ? dbi(\%commands) : ndb(\%commands);
+  if (defined $argument) {
+    my $conf = $argument . "PRO";
+    if (defined $db{$conf}) {      
+     return "$argument\n$db{$conf}";
+    }
+    else { return ""; }
+  }
+ untie %db;
+} # end sub s_provides
+
+# process the database for depends
+sub s_depends {
+  my ($commands) = @_;
+  my %commands = %$commands;  
+  !$commands->{"n"} ? dbi(\%commands) : ndb(\%commands);
+  if (defined $argument) {
+    my $conf = $argument . "DEP";
+    if (defined $db{$conf}) {      
+     return "$argument\n$db{$conf}";
+    }
+    else { return ""; }
+  }
+ untie %db;
+} # end sub s_depends
+
+# process the database for replaces
+sub s_pre_depends {
+  my ($commands) = @_;
+  my %commands = %$commands;  
+  !$commands->{"n"} ? dbi(\%commands) : ndb(\%commands);
+  if (defined $argument) {
+    my $conf = $argument . "PRE";
+    if (defined $db{$conf}) {      
+     return "$argument\n$db{$conf}";
+    }
+    else { return ""; }
+  }
+ untie %db;
+} # end sub s_pre_depends
+
+# process the database for replaces
+sub s_recommends {
+  my ($commands) = @_;
+  my %commands = %$commands;  
+  !$commands->{"n"} ? dbi(\%commands) : ndb(\%commands);
+  if (defined $argument) {
+    my $conf = $argument . "REC";
+    if (defined $db{$conf}) {      
+     return "$argument\n$db{$conf}";
+    }
+    else { return ""; }
+  }
+ untie %db;
+} # end sub s_recommends
+
+# process the database for replaces
+sub s_suggests {
+  my ($commands) = @_;
+  my %commands = %$commands;  
+  !$commands->{"n"} ? dbi(\%commands) : ndb(\%commands);
+  if (defined $argument) {
+    my $conf = $argument . "SUG";
+    if (defined $db{$conf}) {      
+     return "$argument\n$db{$conf}";
+    }
+    else { return ""; }
+  }
+ untie %db;
+} # end sub s_suggests
+
+# process the database for replaces
+sub s_conflicts {
+  my ($commands) = @_;
+  my %commands = %$commands;  
+  !$commands->{"n"} ? dbi(\%commands) : ndb(\%commands);
+  if (defined $argument) {
+    my $conf = $argument . "CON";
+    if (defined $db{$conf}) {      
+     return "$argument\n$db{$conf}";
+    }
+    else { return ""; }
+  }
+ untie %db;
+} # end sub s_conflicts
+
+
+# This figures out which characteristics (Replaces, Provides, etc) the
+# options are pointing to.  Isn't choosey, prints all packages
+sub character {
+
+  my ($commands) = @_;
+  my %commands = %$commands;
+
+  # for singular cases
+  if ($commands->{"g"} && ($commands->{"T"} || $commands->{"pre_depends"} ||
+      $commands->{"depends"} || $commands->{"recommends"} ||
+      $commands->{"suggests"} || $commands->{"provides"} ||
+      $commands->{"replaces"} || $commands->{"conflicts"}) && 
+      !($commands->{"c"} || $commands->{"d"} || $commands->{"l"} ||
+      $commands->{"i"})) {
+       print "$argument\n";
+  }       
+ 
+  # all the characteristics
+  if (defined $commands->{"T"}) {
+        print pre_depends(\%commands);
+        print depends(\%commands);
+        print recommends(\%commands);
+        print suggests(\%commands);
+        print provides(\%commands);
+        print replaces(\%commands);
+        print conflicts(\%commands);
+   }
+   else {
+
+    if (defined $commands->{"pre_depends"}) {
+        print pre_depends(\%commands);
+        delete $commands{"pre_depends"} if !($commands->{"S"} || $commands->{"g"});
+     }
+
+    if (defined $commands->{"depends"}) {
+        print depends(\%commands);
+        delete $commands{"depends"} if !($commands->{"S"} || $commands->{"g"});
+     }
+
+    if (defined $commands->{"recommends"}) {
+        print recommends(\%commands);
+        delete $commands{"recommends"} if !($commands->{"S"} || $commands->{"g"});
+     }
+
+    if (defined $commands->{"suggests"}) {
+        print suggests(\%commands);
+        delete $commands{"suggests"} if !($commands->{"S"} || $commands->{"g"});
+     }
+
+    if (defined $commands->{"replaces"}) {
+        print replaces(\%commands);
+        delete $commands{"replaces"} if !($commands->{"S"} || $commands->{"g"});
+     } 
+
+    if (defined $commands->{"provides"}) {
+        print provides(\%commands);
+        delete $commands{"provides"} if !($commands->{"S"} || $commands->{"g"});
+     }
+  
+    if (defined $commands->{"conflicts"}) {
+        print conflicts(\%commands);
+        delete $commands{"conflicts"} if !($commands->{"S"} || $commands->{"g"});
+    } 
+   }
+    
+} # end sub character
+
+# Prints out the characteristics only for the packages which have them.
+sub s_character {
+
+  my ($commands) = @_;
+  my %commands = %$commands;
+
+    if ($commands->{"pre_depends"}) {
+        print s_pre_depends(\%commands);
+        delete $commands{"pre_depends"};
+         if (s_pre_depends(\%commands) ne "") {
+           character(\%commands);
+         }
+#        else { s_character(\%commands) } 
+     }
+    elsif ($commands->{"depends"}) {
+        print s_depends(\%commands);
+        delete $commands{"depends"};
+         if (s_depends(\%commands) ne "") {
+           character(\%commands);
+         }
+#         else { s_character(\%commands) } 
+     }
+    elsif ($commands->{"recommends"}) {
+        print s_recommends(\%commands);
+        delete $commands{"recommends"};
+         if (s_recommends(\%commands) ne "") {
+           character(\%commands);
+         }
+#         else { s_character(\%commands) } 
+     }
+    elsif ($commands->{"suggests"}) {
+        print s_suggests(\%commands);
+        delete $commands{"suggests"};
+         if (s_suggests(\%commands) ne "") {
+           character(\%commands);
+         }
+#         else { s_character(\%commands) } 
+     }
+    elsif ($commands->{"replaces"}) {
+        print s_replaces(\%commands);
+        delete $commands{"replaces"};
+         if (s_replaces(\%commands) ne "") {
+           character(\%commands);
+         }
+#         else { s_character(\%commands) } 
+     } 
+    elsif ($commands->{"provides"}) {
+        print s_provides(\%commands);
+        delete $commands{"provides"};
+         if (s_provides(\%commands) ne "") {
+           character(\%commands);
+         }
+#         else { s_character(\%commands) } 
+     }
+    elsif ($commands->{"conflicts"}) {
+        print s_conflicts(\%commands);
+        delete $commands{"conflicts"};
+         if (s_conflicts(\%commands) ne "") {
+           character(\%commands);
+         }
+#         else { s_character(\%commands) } 
+    } 
+
+    # all the characteristics
+    if ($commands->{"T"}) {
+        print s_pre_depends(\%commands);
+        print s_depends(\%commands);
+        print s_recommends(\%commands);
+        print s_suggests(\%commands);
+        print s_provides(\%commands);
+        print s_replaces(\%commands);
+        print s_conflicts(\%commands);
+     }
+
+    
+} # end sub s_character
+
+
+# helps to determine if character(\%commands) should be used
+sub which_character {
+  my ($commands) = @_;
+      if ($commands->{"pre_depends"} || $commands->{"depends"} || 
+          $commands->{"recommends"} || $commands->{"suggests"} ||
+          $commands->{"replaces"} || $commands->{"provides"} ||
+          $commands->{"conflicts"}) {
+          return 1;
+       }  
+} # end sub which_character
+
+# This runs a test to see whether or not the characters being asked for
+# apply to this package.
+sub the_character {
+
+  my ($commands) = @_; 
+  my %commands = %$commands;  
+
+    if (defined $commands->{"pre_depends"}) {
+        if (pre_depends(\%commands) eq "") {
+          print "";
+        }
+        else { return "ok"; }
+     }
+
+    if (defined $commands->{"depends"}) {
+        if (depends(\%commands) eq "") {
+          print "";
+        }
+        else { return "ok"; }
+     }
+
+    if (defined $commands->{"recommends"}) {
+        if (recommends(\%commands) eq "") {
+          print "";
+        }
+        else { return "ok"; }
+     }
+
+    if (defined $commands->{"suggests"}) {
+        if (suggests(\%commands) eq "") {
+          print "";
+        }
+        else { return "ok"; }
+     }
+
+    if (defined $commands->{"replaces"}) {
+        if (replaces(\%commands) eq "") {
+          print "";
+        }
+        else { return "ok"; }
+     } 
+
+    if (defined $commands->{"provides"}) {
+        if (provides(\%commands) eq "") {
+          print "";
+        }
+        else { return "ok"; }
+     }
+  
+    if (defined $commands->{"conflicts"}) {
+        if (conflicts(\%commands) eq "") {
+          print "";
+        }
+        else { return "ok"; }
+    } 
+
+} # end sub the_character
+
+1;

lib/Dir.pm

@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+#    Package administration and research tool for Debian
+#    Copyright (C) 1999-2000 Jonathan D. Rosenbaum
+
+#    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+#    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+#    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+#    (at your option) any later version.
+
+#    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+#    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+#    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+#    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+
+package SWIM::Dir;
+use strict;
+use SWIM::Global qw($argument);
+use SWIM::Conf qw($pwd);
+use vars qw(@ISA @EXPORT @EXPORT_OK);
+use Exporter;
+@ISA = qw(Exporter);
+@EXPORT = qw(dir fir);
+
+# dir() fir()
+
+# When --dir is used checks argument (when -f is called) and determines dir
+# stuff..is it real or not.
+sub dir {
+
+   my ($commands) = @_;
+
+   if ($commands->{"dir"}) {
+      if (! -d $argument) {
+        if (! -e $argument) {
+          print "$argument is not a directory or file\n";
+        }
+        else {
+          print "$argument is not a directory\n";
+        }
+        exit;
+      }
+    elsif ($argument =~ m,\/$,) {
+      if ($argument !~ m,^\/,) {
+        if ($pwd =~ m,^\/$,) {
+          $argument =~ m,(.*)\/$,;
+          $argument = "$pwd$1";
+        }
+        else {
+          $argument =~ m,(.*)\/$,;
+          $argument = "$pwd/$1";
+        }
+      }
+      else {
+        $argument =~ m,(.*)\/$,;
+        $argument = $1;
+      }
+    }
+    elsif ($argument !~ m,\/$|^\/, && $argument =~ m,\/,) {
+        if ($pwd =~ m,^\/$,) {
+          $argument = "/$argument";
+        }       
+        else {
+          $argument = "$pwd/$argument";
+        }
+    }
+   }
+} # end sub dir
+
+# when --dir isn't called...does the same thing as dir.
+sub fir {
+    
+    my ($commands) = @_;
+
+    if ($argument =~ m,\/$,) {
+      # Let's test to see whether it really is a file or directory.
+           if (! -d $argument) {
+            print "$argument is not a file\n";
+            exit;
+           }
+      if ($argument !~ m,^\/,) {
+        if ($pwd =~ m,^\/$,) {
+          $argument =~ m,(.*)\/$,;
+          $argument = "$pwd$1";          
+        }
+        else {          
+          $argument =~ m,(.*)\/$,;
+          $argument = "$pwd/$1";
+        }
+      }
+      else {
+        $argument =~ m,(.*)\/$,;
+        $argument = $1;
+      }
+    }
+    elsif ($argument !~ m,\/$|^\/, && $argument =~ m,\/,) {
+        if ($pwd =~ m,^\/$,) {
+          $argument = "/$argument";
+        }
+        else { 
+          $argument = "$pwd/$argument";
+       }
+    }
+} # end sub fir
+
+1;
+

lib/F.pm

@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+#    Package administration and research tool for Debian
+#    Copyright (C) 1999-2000 Jonathan D. Rosenbaum
+
+#    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+#    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+#    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+#    (at your option) any later version.
+
+#    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+#    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+#    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+#    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+
+package SWIM::F;
+use Carp;                                                                       
+use strict;
+use vars qw(@ISA @EXPORT);
+use Exporter;
+@ISA = qw(Exporter);
+@EXPORT = qw(get);
+
+
+# This is Net::FTP::get with minor modifications.  Not all the features
+# are used, but are kept, just in case they will be.
+
+sub get                                                                         
+{                                                                               
+ my($ftp,$remote,$local,$where) = @_;                                           
+                                                                                
+ my($loc,$len,$buf,$resp,$localfd,$data);                                       
+ local *FD;                                                                     
+ $| = 1;                                                                               
+ $localfd = ref($local) ? fileno($local)                                        
+                        : undef;                                                
+                                                                                
+ ($local = $remote) =~ s#^.*/##                                                 
+        unless(defined $local);                                                 
+                                                                                
+ ${*$ftp}{'net_ftp_rest'} = $where                                              
+        if ($where);                                                            
+                                                                                
+ delete ${*$ftp}{'net_ftp_port'};                                               
+ delete ${*$ftp}{'net_ftp_pasv'};                                               
+                                                                                
+ $data = $ftp->retr($remote) or                                                 
+        return undef;                                                           
+                                                                                
+ if(defined $localfd)
+  {                                                                             
+   $loc = $local;                                                               
+  }                                                                             
+ else                                                                           
+  {                                                                             
+   $loc = \*FD;                                                                 
+                                                                                
+   unless(($where) ? open($loc,">>$local") : open($loc,">$local"))              
+    {                                                                           
+     carp "Cannot open Local file $local: $!\n";                                
+     $data->abort;                                                              
+     return undef;                                                              
+    }                                                                           
+  }                                                                             
+                                                                                
+ if($ftp->type eq 'I' && !binmode($loc))                                        
+  {                                                                             
+   carp "Cannot binmode Local file $local: $!\n";                               
+   $data->abort;                                                                
+   return undef;                                                                
+  }                                                                             
+                                                                                
+ $buf = '';  my $amt = 0;                                                                     
+ #print "\n";
+ do                                                                             
+  {                                                                             
+   $len = $data->read($buf,1024); 
+   $amt = $len + $amt;
+   print "[$amt]\r";
+  }                                                                             
+ while($len > 0 && syswrite($loc,$buf,$len) == $len);                           
+                                                                                
+ close($loc)                                                                    
+        unless defined $localfd;                                                
+                                                                                
+ $data->close(); # implied $ftp->response                                       
+                                                                                
+ return $local;                                                                 
+}             

lib/File.pm

@@ -0,0 +1,877 @@
+#    Package administration and research tool for Debian
+#    Copyright (C) 1999-2000 Jonathan D. Rosenbaum
+
+#    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+#    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+#    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+#    (at your option) any later version.
+
+#    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+#    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+#    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+#    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+
+package SWIM::File;
+use strict;
+use SWIM::Global;   
+use SWIM::DB_Library qw(:Xyz ram_on nsb);
+use SWIM::Library;
+use SWIM::Conf qw(:Path $md5sum);
+use vars qw(@ISA @EXPORT);
+use Exporter;
+@ISA = qw(Exporter);
+@EXPORT = qw(file);
+
+
+#=pod
+#
+#This provides the list of files belonging to a package.  Although a
+#database could be used..it's probably faster, and cheaper on space
+#accessing from the /var/lib/dpkg/info* files.  And if --md5sum is
+#called, the md5sums are shown for the -d ,-l, or -c files they exist for.
+#md5sums are checked for, and reported back as OK or FAILED. -l or
+#-d(overrides l). -qd(l)  md5sum from RH has a slightly different
+#output.. filepath/filename: file OK before swim's output..this can be
+#altered
+#
+#=end
+
+sub file {
+
+
+  my ($commands) = @_;
+  my %commands = %$commands;
+
+  my $file;
+  my $md5;
+  my @md5;
+  my $path;
+  my @path;
+  my $md5sums;
+  my $md5sums_conf;
+  my %md5sums = ();
+  my $orig_argument;
+  my $count = 0;
+
+
+  if (!$commands->{"n"}) {
+    dbi(\%commands);
+  }
+  # files/dirs will be found from contents.deb (compressed)
+  else {
+    ndb(\%commands);
+  }
+
+  if (defined $argument) {
+    if ($argument =~ /_/) {
+       my $check;
+       if (defined $db{"$argument"}) {
+        $check = $db{"$argument"};
+       }
+       $argument =~ m,(^.*)_(.*$),;
+        if (defined $check) {
+         $argument = $1;
+         }
+         else {}
+    }
+  }
+
+
+
+  if (defined $argument) {
+   if (!$commands->{"n"}) {
+    $file = "$parent$base/info/$argument.list";  
+    if (-e "$parent$base/info/$argument.md5sums") {
+        $md5sums = "$parent$base/info/$argument.md5sums";
+    } 
+    if (-e "$parent$base/info/$argument-conf.md5sums" && $commands->{"c"}) {
+        $md5sums_conf = "$parent$base/info/$argument-conf.md5sums";
+    } 
+
+
+       ##################
+       # MD5SUMS FOR -C #
+       ##################
+       if ($commands->{"md5sum"} && $commands->{"c"} && !($commands->{"d"} ||
+           $commands->{"l"})) {
+       if (!defined $md5sums_conf && $commands->{"c"}) { 
+         $md5sums_conf = make_conf(\%commands);
+       }
+       # now we can process $md5sums and $md5sums_conf assuming one or
+       # both actually exist
+     if (defined $md5sums_conf) {
+       chdir("/"); 
+       my %path;
+       open (MD5SUM, "$md5sums_conf");
+       open (MD5SUMCHECK, "|$md5sum -c 2>$tmp/md5sumcheck");
+       while (<MD5SUM>) {                                           
+          if ($_ =~ /newconffile/) {
+            $path = substr($_, 13);  
+            push(@path,$path);
+            $md5 = substr($_, 0, 11);
+            push(@md5,$md5);
+            chomp $path;
+            chomp $md5;
+            $path{"$path"} = $md5;
+            print MD5SUMCHECK $_;
+            next;
+          } 
+          $path = substr($_, 34);  
+          push(@path,$path);
+          $md5 = substr($_, 0, 32);
+          push(@md5,$md5);
+          chomp $path;
+          chomp $md5;
+          $path{"$path"} = $md5;
+          print MD5SUMCHECK $_;
+        } 
+        close(MD5SUMCHECK);
+        close(MD5SUM);  
+           #now check with md5sum from the dpkg package
+           my $check_md5sum;
+           # won't bother going into this while unless there is a reason
+           if (defined "$tmp/md5sumcheck" && $md5 ne "newconffile") {
+            open(MD5SUMFILE, "$tmp/md5sumcheck");
+            while (<MD5SUMFILE>) {
+             if ($_ !~ /no files checked/) {
+              if (/failed/) {
+               # Humm may be two situations watch or due to coding change
+               #$check_md5sum = substr($_,39);
+               $check_md5sum = substr($_,30);
+               $check_md5sum =~ s/'//;           
+               chomp $check_md5sum;
+               $md5sums{"$check_md5sum"} = "FAILED";
+              }
+              elsif (/can't open/) {
+               # Humm may be two situations watch or due to coding change
+               #$check_md5sum = substr($_,28);
+               $check_md5sum = substr($_,19);
+               chomp $check_md5sum;
+               $md5sums{"$check_md5sum"} = "MISSING";
+              }
+             }
+            }
+           }
+          close(MD5SUMCHECK);
+          unlink("$tmp/md5sumcheck");        
+       # This finishes everything
+       open (LIST,"$md5sums_conf");
+       while (<LIST>) {                                           
+          if ($_ =~ /newconffile/) {
+            $_ = substr($_, 13);  
+            chomp;
+          } 
+          else {
+            $_ = substr($_, 34);  
+            chomp;
+          }
+           if (defined $path{$_}) {
+               # humm  file_now() not necessary here
+               if (defined $md5sums{$_}) {
+                 print " /$_  $path{$_}  $md5sums{$_}\n";
+               }
+               elsif ($path{$_} ne "newconffile") {
+                 print " /$_  $path{$_}  OK";
+                 print "\n"; 
+              }            
+               else {
+                 print " /$_  $path{$_}\n";
+               }
+           }
+       } # last while
+       close(LIST);
+       %md5sums = ();
+       %path = ();
+       @path = ();
+       @md5 = ();
+     } # do the md5sum files even exist?
+     }
+
+     ########################
+     # MD5SUMS FOR -C &| -L #
+     ########################
+     # checking for -e $md5sums is a questionable practice because it
+     # may not exist, but the conf files do.
+     if ($commands->{"md5sum"} && !$commands->{"d"} && 
+         (($commands->{"l"} && $commands->{"c"}) || $commands->{"l"}))  {
+       # I decided on three while loops, because it was the most practical
+       # way to handle STDERR from md5sum, and all types of
+       # experimentation didn't yield a better way of doing it, but there
+       # is probably a better way.  
+       # first do things normally, and no chomping
+       # but, first grab conf info.
+       if (!defined $md5sums_conf && $commands->{"c"}) { 
+         $md5sums_conf = make_conf(\%commands); 
+       }
+       # now we can process $md5sums and $md5sums_conf assuming one or
+       # both actually exist
+     if (defined $md5sums || defined $md5sums_conf) {
+     #if ($md5sums_conf ne 1) {    
+       chdir("/"); 
+       my %path;
+       if ($commands->{"c"} && $md5sums_conf) {
+         open (MD5SUM,"$md5sums_conf");       
+       }
+       else {
+        open (MD5SUM,"$md5sums");
+        $count = 1;
+       }
+      while ($count <= 1) {
+      if (($count == 1 && defined $md5sums) || $count == 0) {
+       open (MD5SUMCHECK, "|$md5sum -c 2>$tmp/md5sumcheck");
+       while (<MD5SUM>) {                                           
+          if ($_ =~ /newconffile/) {
+            $path = substr($_, 13);  
+            push(@path,$path);
+            $md5 = substr($_, 0, 11);
+            push(@md5,$md5);
+            chomp $path;
+            chomp $md5;
+            $path{"/$path"} = $md5;
+            print MD5SUMCHECK $_;
+            next;
+          } 
+          $path = substr($_, 34);  
+          push(@path,$path);
+          $md5 = substr($_, 0, 32);
+          push(@md5,$md5);
+          chomp $path;
+          chomp $md5;
+          $path{"/$path"} = $md5;
+          print MD5SUMCHECK $_;
+        } 
+        close(MD5SUMCHECK);
+        close(MD5SUM);  
+           #now check with md5sum from the dpkg package
+           my $check_md5sum;
+           #my $count = 0;
+           # won't bother going into this while unless there is a reason
+           if (defined "$tmp/md5sumcheck" && $md5 ne "newconffile") {
+            open(MD5SUMFILE, "$tmp/md5sumcheck");
+            while (<MD5SUMFILE>) {        
+             if ($_ !~ /no files checked/) {
+              if (/failed/) {
+               $check_md5sum = substr($_,30);
+               $check_md5sum =~ s/'//;           
+               chomp $check_md5sum;
+               $md5sums{"/$check_md5sum"} = "FAILED";
+              }
+              elsif (/can't open/) {
+               $check_md5sum = substr($_,19);
+               #$check_md5sum =~ s/'//;           
+               chomp $check_md5sum;
+               $md5sums{"/$check_md5sum"} = "MISSING";
+              }
+             }
+            }
+           }
+          close(MD5SUMCHECK);
+          unlink("$tmp/md5sumcheck");        
+      }
+       # This finishes everything
+       # This prunes stuff out and assumes that *.list and *.md5sums
+       # overlap.
+       open (LIST,"$file");
+      ######
+      # -L #
+      ######
+      if ($commands->{"l"}  && !$commands->{"df"}) {
+       while (<LIST>) {                                           
+         chomp;
+         if (!-d $_ && $argument ne "base-files") {       
+          my $line = $_;
+          file_now(\%commands);
+          md5_print(\%path,\%md5sums,$line,$count);
+         } 
+         ##############
+         # BASE-FILES #
+         ##############
+         elsif ($argument eq "base-files") {
+          my $line = $_;
+          md5_print(\%path,\%md5sums,$line,$count);
+         }      
+       } # last while
+      }
+      #############
+      # -L & --DF #
+      #############
+      elsif ($commands->{"l"} && $commands->{"df"}) {
+       while (<LIST>) {                                           
+         chomp;
+          my $line = $_;
+          file_now(\%commands);
+          md5_print(\%path,\%md5sums,$line,$count);
+       } # last while
+      }
+       close(LIST);
+       %md5sums = ();
+       %path = ();
+       @path = ();
+       @md5 = ();
+      $count++;
+       if ($count == 1) {
+        open (MD5SUM,"$md5sums") if $md5sums;
+       }
+      } # loop through -c or not
+     } # do the md5sum files even exist?
+     #}
+     }
+     #@@  got to watch this for -l's called directly, will allow -l to
+     # be seen whether or not --md5sum is used, changed elsif to if.
+     # if already found above don't use below here.
+     # && ||'s tricky here
+     if (-e $file && !$commands->{"d"} && (!defined $md5sums &&
+         !defined $md5sums_conf) || -e $file &&
+         (!$commands->{"md5sum"} && !$commands->{"d"})) {
+       file_now(\%commands) if !$commands->{"f"};
+       open (LIST,"$file");
+       while (<LIST>) {                                           
+        chomp;
+        if ($commands->{"l"} && !$commands->{"df"}) {
+         if (!-d $_ && $argument ne "base-files") {       
+          print "$_\n";             
+         }
+         elsif ($argument eq "base-files") {
+          print "$_\n";
+         }      
+        }
+        elsif ($commands->{"l"} && $commands->{"df"}) {
+         if ($argument ne "base-files") {       
+          print "$_\n";             
+         }
+         elsif ($argument eq "base-files") {
+          print "$_\n";
+         }      
+        }
+     }
+     } 
+       
+     ########################
+     # MD5SUMS FOR -C &| -D #
+     ########################
+     # for Documentation.
+     elsif ($commands->{"md5sum"} && ($commands->{"d"} || ($commands->{"d"} &&
+            $commands->{"c"}))) {
+       if (!defined $md5sums_conf && $commands->{"c"}) { 
+         $md5sums_conf = make_conf(\%commands);
+       }
+       # now we can process $md5sums and $md5sums_conf assuming one or
+       # both actually exist
+     if (defined $md5sums || defined $md5sums_conf) {
+       chdir("/"); 
+       my %path;
+       if ($commands->{"c"} && $md5sums_conf) {
+         open (MD5SUM,"$md5sums_conf");       
+       }
+       else {
+        open (MD5SUM,"$md5sums");
+        $count = 1;
+       }
+      while ($count <= 1) {
+      if (($count == 1 && defined $md5sums) || $count == 0) {
+       open (MD5SUMCHECK, "|$md5sum -c 2>$tmp/md5sumcheck");
+       while (<MD5SUM>) {                                           
+          if ($_ =~ /newconffile/) {
+            $path = substr($_, 13);  
+            push(@path,$path);
+            $md5 = substr($_, 0, 11);
+            push(@md5,$md5);
+            chomp $path;
+            chomp $md5;
+            $path{"/$path"} = $md5;
+            print MD5SUMCHECK $_;
+            next;
+          }
+          $path = substr($_, 34);  
+          push(@path,$path);
+          $md5 = substr($_, 0, 32);
+          push(@md5,$md5);
+          chomp $path;
+          chomp $md5;
+          $path{"/$path"} = $md5;
+          print MD5SUMCHECK $_;
+        } 
+        close(MD5SUMCHECK);
+        close(MD5SUM); 
+           #now check with md5sum from the dpkg package
+           my $check_md5sum;
+           # won't bother going into this while unless there is a reason
+           if (defined "$tmp/md5sumcheck") {
+            open(MD5SUMFILE, "$tmp/md5sumcheck");
+            while (<MD5SUMFILE>) {
+             if ($_ !~ /no files checked/) {
+              if (/failed/) {
+               $check_md5sum = substr($_,30);
+               $check_md5sum =~ s/'//;           
+               chomp $check_md5sum;
+               $md5sums{"/$check_md5sum"} = "FAILED";
+              }
+              elsif (/can't open/) {
+               $check_md5sum = substr($_,19);
+               chomp $check_md5sum;
+               $md5sums{"/$check_md5sum"} = "MISSING";
+              }
+             }
+            }
+           }
+          close(MD5SUMCHECK);
+          unlink("$tmp/md5sumcheck");
+       }
+       # This finishes everything
+       open (LIST,"$file");
+       while (<LIST>) {                                           
+         chomp;
+        # humm, checking for existence?
+        #if (-e $_ && $argument ne "base-files") {       
+        if ($argument ne "base-files") {       
+            #@@
+            ######
+            # -D #
+            ######
+            if (defined $path{$_}) {
+              if (defined $md5sums{$_}) {
+                if ($count == 0) {  
+                  print " $_  $path{$_}  $md5sums{$_}" if $count == 0;
+                  print "$_  $path{$_}  $md5sums{$_}" if $count == 1;
+                  print "\n";
+                }
+                elsif (m,/usr/doc/|/usr/share/doc/|/man[\d]/|/usr/info/|/usr/share/info/, &&
+                      $count == 1) {                      
+                  print " $_  $path{$_}  $md5sums{$_}" if $count == 0;
+                  print "$_  $path{$_}  $md5sums{$_}" if $count == 1;
+                  print "\n";
+                }
+              }
+              elsif ($path{$_} ne "newconffile") {
+                if ($count == 0) {
+                  print " $_  $path{$_}  OK" if $count == 0;
+                  print "$_  $path{$_}  OK" if $count == 1;
+                  print "\n";
+                }
+                elsif (m,/usr/doc/|/usr/share/doc/|/man[\d]/|/usr/info/|/usr/share/info/, &&
+                      $count == 1) {                      
+                  print " $_  $path{$_}  OK" if $count == 0;
+                  print "$_  $path{$_}  OK" if $count == 1;
+                  print "\n";
+                }
+              } 
+              else {
+                if ($count == 0) {
+                  print " $_  $path{$_}\n" if $count == 0;
+                  print "$_  $path{$_}\n" if $count == 1;
+                  print "\n";
+                }
+                elsif (m,/usr/doc/|/usr/share/doc/|/man[\d]/|/usr/info/|/usr/share/info/, &&
+                      $count == 1) {                      
+                  print " $_  $path{$_}  OK" if $count == 0;
+                  print "$_  $path{$_}  OK" if $count == 1;
+                  print "\n";
+                }
+              }
+            }
+          elsif ($count == 1) {
+            if (m,/usr/doc/|/usr/share/doc/|/man[\d]/|/usr/info/|/usr/share/info/, && !-d) {                      
+              file_now(\%commands);
+              print "$_\n";
+            }
+          } 
+        }
+        # humm? treated specially, hopefully.
+        ######################
+        # BASE-FILES PACKAGE #
+        ###################### 
+        elsif ($argument eq "base-files") {
+          my $line = $_;
+          if ($line =~ m,/usr/doc/|/usr/share/doc/|/man[\d]/|/usr/info/|/usr/share/info/, ||
+              defined $path{$line}) {
+            md5_print(\%path,\%md5sums,$line,$count);
+          }
+        }      
+       } # another while
+       close(LIST);
+       %md5sums = ();
+       %path = ();
+       @path = ();
+       @md5 = ();
+      $count++;
+       if ($count == 1) {
+        open (MD5SUM,"$md5sums") if $md5sums;
+       }
+      } # loop through -c or not
+     } # do the md5sum files even exist?
+     }
+     #@@ another important change, print --md5sum and -l together
+     if (-e $file && $commands->{"d"} && (!defined $md5sums &&
+         !defined $md5sums_conf) || -e $file &&
+         (!$commands->{"md5sum"} && $commands->{"d"})) {
+       file_now(\%commands) if !$commands->{"f"};
+     #if (-e $file && $commands->{"d"}) {
+       open (LIST,"$file");
+       while (<LIST>) {
+         chomp;
+          if (m,/usr/doc/|/usr/share/doc/|/man[\d]/|/usr/info/|/usr/share/info/, && !-d) { 
+              print "$_\n";
+          }
+       }
+     }
+     else {
+       #if (!defined $md5sums || !defined $md5sums_conf) {
+        if (!-e $file) {
+         print "package $argument is not installed\n";
+       }
+     }
+   } # if !--n
+   else {
+     # Let's check first if this package actually exists, files are checked
+     # earlier.
+     if (defined $argument) {
+        if (!defined $db{"$argument"}) {
+         print "package $argument is not installed\n";          
+         exit;
+        }
+     }
+     nfile(\%commands);
+   } 
+  } # if defined $argument 
+
+ untie %db;
+ 
+
+         if (defined $file_now && !($commands->{"z"} ||
+                                    $commands->{"ftp"} ||
+                   $commands->{"remove"} || $commands->{"r"} ||
+                   $commands->{"purge"})) {
+          if ($commands{"x"} || $commands{"ftp"} || $commands{"source"} ||
+              $commands{"source_only"} || $commands{"remove"} ||
+              $commands{"r"} || $commands{"purge"}) {
+            require SWIM::Safex;
+            SWIM::Safex->import(qw(safex));
+            safex(\%commands);
+          } 
+         }
+
+
+} # end sub file
+
+# this manages situation involving -qlcx & -qglx
+sub file_now {
+
+       my ($commands) = @_;
+       my %commands = %$commands;
+
+       #if (!$commands->{"g"} && !defined $file_now) {
+       if (!$commands->{"g"}) {
+        if ($arg_count < $#ARGV) {
+           push(@arg_holder,$argument);
+           # humm
+           #@PACKAGES = "DEFINEDONE";
+           #@PACKAGES = "$ARGV[$#ARGV]";
+           $arg_count++;
+        }
+        else { 
+         @PACKAGES = @arg_holder;
+         push(@PACKAGES,$argument);
+        }
+       }
+       else {
+        if ($arg_count < $#stuff) {
+           push(@arg_holder,$argument);
+           #$arg_count++;
+        }
+        else { 
+         @PACKAGES = @arg_holder;
+         push(@PACKAGES,$argument);
+        }
+       }
+
+} # end file_now
+
+# In order to run a md5sum test on configuration files directly recognized
+# by dpkg, a file with package_name-conf.md5sums is created, in addition to
+# any existing package_name.md5sums file.
+sub make_conf {
+
+       my ($commands) = @_;
+       my %commands = %$commands;
+
+        my $md5sums_conf;
+        if (!$commands->{"n"}) {
+         dbi(\%commands);
+        }
+        # humm, just a trap
+        else {
+         ndb(\%commands);
+        }
+
+        if ($argument !~ /_/ ) {
+         # I guess we can stop here here is there are no configuration
+         # files
+         if (defined $db{$argument}) {
+           require SWIM::Info;
+           SWIM::Info->import(qw(conf));
+           my $orig_argument = $argument;
+           $argument = $db{$argument};
+           my ($conf, @conf, %conf);
+           my ($m5, $dir, $thing);
+            if (conf(\%commands) ne 0) {
+              $conf = conf(\%commands);
+              @conf = split(/\n/, $conf);
+              open(PACKCONF,">$parent$base/info/$orig_argument-conf.md5sums");
+              foreach (@conf) {
+               $_ =~ m,( \/)(.*$),;
+               ($dir, $m5)  = split(/ /, $2, 2);
+                $thing = "$m5  $dir\n";
+                print PACKCONF $thing; 
+              }
+              close(PACKCONF);
+              $md5sums_conf =
+              "$parent$base/info/$orig_argument-conf.md5sums";
+              return $md5sums_conf;
+            } 
+            else {
+             return;
+            }
+          }
+        }       
+        untie %db;
+
+}  # end sub make_conf
+
+
+# prints out the results from the md5sum test for -l & -l --df
+sub md5_print {
+
+ my ($path, $md5sums, $line, $count) = @_;
+  
+           if (defined $path->{$line}) {
+               if (defined $md5sums->{$line}) {
+                  print " $line  $path->{$line}  $md5sums->{$line}" if $count == 0;
+                  print "$line  $path->{$line}  $md5sums->{$line}" if $count == 1;
+                  print "\n";
+               }
+               elsif ($path->{$line} ne "newconffile") {
+                 print " $line  $path->{$line}  OK" if $count == 0;
+                 print "$line  $path->{$line}  OK" if $count == 1;
+                 print "\n";
+               }            
+               else {
+                 print " $line  $path->{$line}\n" if $count == 0;
+                 print "$line  $path->{$line}\n" if $count == 1;
+               }
+           }
+           elsif ($count == 1) {
+             print "$line\n";
+           }
+
+} # end md5_print
+
+
+# -n The list of files/dirs belonging to a package.  No md5sum here.
+sub nfile {
+
+   my ($commands) = @_;
+   my %commands = %$commands;  
+   my $ramdisk = ram_on(\%commands);
+
+  # Here's a case where gnu grep is faster than using open. 
+  if ($ramdisk eq "yes") {
+   my $what = "yes";
+   process_nfile($what,\%commands);
+  } # if ramdisk
+
+  elsif ($ramdisk eq 1) {
+    my $what = "no";
+    process_nfile($what,\%commands);
+  }
+
+} # end sub nfile
+
+# -n figure out --df, -d & -l using the contents db 
+sub process_nfile {
+
+   my ($what,$commands) = @_;
+   my %commands = %$commands;
+   my $contentsdb = finddb(\%commands);
+   my ($arch,$dist) = which_archdist(\%commands);
+   my ($Contents,$subject);
+
+
+   # the + solution
+   nsb(\%commands);
+   $subject = (split(/\s/,$nsb{$argument}))[1];
+   $argument =~ s,\+,\\\\+,g if $argument =~ m,\+,;
+   untie %nsb;
+
+   if ($what eq "no") { 
+    if (-e "$contentsdb/ncontentsindex$arch$dist.deb.gz") {
+     $Contents = "zgrep -E $argument\ $contentsdb/ncontentsindex$arch$dist.deb.gz|"; 
+    }
+   else {
+      print "swim: stopping, cannot perform this operation without contents\n";
+      exit;
+   }
+   }
+   elsif ($what eq "yes") {
+    if (-e "$contentsdb/dramdisk/ncontentsindex$arch$dist.deb.gz") {
+     $Contents = "zgrep -E $argument\ $contentsdb/dramdisk/ncontentsindex$arch$dist.deb.gz|";
+    }
+    else {
+      print "swim: stopping, cannot perform this operation without contents\n";
+      exit;
+    }
+   }
+
+
+   my($dirfile,$package,@dirfile,@comma,%all,%again);
+    open(CONTENTSDB, "$Contents"); 
+    while (<CONTENTSDB>) {
+    # changed for >= 0.2.9 - will have to watch for these
+    # guys net/sendfile, x11/xscreensaver, x11/xscreensaver,
+    # graphics/ucbmpeg, admin/cfengine .. there is a space before them
+    #if (/^FILE\s*LOCATION$/) {                                             
+    #while (<CONTENTSDB>) {  
+      if (!$commands->{"df"}) {
+        # this isn't acurate for groups of packages ,,, so will use the
+        # subject section instead of \b and $
+        $argument =~ s,\\\\+,\\\+,g if $argument =~ m,\+,;
+        if (m,$subject/$argument,) {
+         ######################
+         # DOESN'T END WITH / #
+         ######################
+         if ($_ !~ m,.*/\s+\w*,) {
+           ($dirfile,$package) = split(/\s+/,$_,2);  
+           if ($package !~ m,^[a-z0-9-]*/.*$|^[a-z0-9-]*/.*/.*$,) {
+           my @more_things = split(/\s+/,$package);
+           $package = $more_things[$#more_things];
+           (my $backpackage = $package) =~ s,\+,\\+,g;
+           my @dirfile = split(/\s+$backpackage/,$_);
+           $dirfile = $dirfile[0];
+           }
+           $dirfile = "/$dirfile";
+           ######
+           # -L #
+           ######
+           if (!$commands->{"d"} && $commands->{"l"}) { 
+             print "$dirfile\n";
+           }
+           ######
+           # -D #
+           ######
+           elsif ($commands->{"d"}) {
+            if ($dirfile =~ m,/usr/doc/|/usr/share/doc/|/man[\d]/|/usr/info/|/usr/share/info/,) {
+             print "$dirfile\n";
+            } 
+           }
+         }
+        }
+      }
+      ########
+      # --DF #
+      ########
+      elsif ($commands->{"df"} && $commands->{"l"} && !$commands->{"d"}) {
+        $argument =~ s,\\\\+,\\\+,g if $argument =~ m,\+,;
+        if (m,$subject/$argument,) {
+        #if (m,\b$argument\b,) {
+
+         ######################
+         #    ENDS WITH /     #
+         ######################
+         if (m,.*/\s+\w*,) {
+           ($dirfile,$package) = split(/\s+/,$_,2);
+           if ($package !~ m,^[a-z0-9-]*/.*$|^[a-z0-9-]*/.*/.*$,) {
+           my @more_things = split(/\s+/,$package);
+           $package = $more_things[$#more_things];
+           (my $backpackage = $package) =~ s,\+,\\+,g;
+           my @dirfile = split(/\s+$backpackage/,$_);
+           $dirfile = $dirfile[0];
+           }
+           @dirfile = split(/\//,$dirfile); $dirfile =~ s,/$,,;
+         } 
+         ######################
+         # DOESN'T END WITH / #
+         ######################
+         else {
+           ($dirfile,$package) = split(/\s+/,$_,2);  
+           if ($package !~ m,^[a-z0-9-]*/.*$|^[a-z0-9-]*/.*/.*$,) {
+           my @more_things = split(/\s+/,$package);
+           $package = $more_things[$#more_things];
+           (my $backpackage = $package) =~ s,\+,\\+,g;
+           my @dirfile = split(/\s+$backpackage/,$_);
+           $dirfile = $dirfile[0];
+           }
+           @dirfile = split(/\//,$dirfile);
+         }
+         ###########################
+         # PROCESS INTO FILES/DIRS #
+         ###########################
+         my ($count,$holder);
+         for ($count = 0; $count <= $#dirfile; $count++) {
+              if ($count == 0) {
+                $holder = "/$dirfile[$count]";
+                my $again = "$dirfile[$count]";
+                my $all = "/.";
+                $again{$again}++;
+                $all{$all}++;
+                if ($all{$all} == 1) {
+                  print "/.\n";
+                }
+                if ($again{$again} == 1) {
+                  print "/$dirfile[$count]\n";
+                }
+              }
+              else {  
+                $holder =  $holder . "/$dirfile[$count]";
+                my $again = "$holder";
+                $again{$again}++;
+                if ($again{$again} == 1) {
+                   print "$holder\n";
+                }
+              }
+         } # end for
+       }
+      }
+      ###################
+      # -D & --DF &| -L #
+      ###################
+      elsif (($commands->{"d"} && $commands->{"df"}) || 
+              $commands->{"d"} && $commands->{"df"} && $commands->{"l"}) {
+         $argument =~ s,\\\\+,\\\+,g if $argument =~ m,\+,;
+         if (m,$subject/$argument,) {
+         #if (m,\b$argument$,) {
+
+         ######################
+         # DOESN'T END WITH / #
+         ######################
+         if ($_ !~ m,.*/\s+\w*,) {
+           ($dirfile,$package) = split(/\s+/,$_,2);  
+           if ($package !~ m,^[a-z0-9-]*/.*$|^[a-z0-9-]*/.*/.*$,) {
+           my @more_things = split(/\s+/,$package);
+           $package = $more_things[$#more_things];
+           (my $backpackage = $package) =~ s,\+,\\+,g;
+           my @dirfile = split(/\s+$backpackage/,$_);
+           $dirfile = $dirfile[0];
+           }
+           $dirfile = "/$dirfile";
+           ######
+           # -D #
+           ######
+           if ($dirfile =~ m,/usr/doc/|/usr/share/doc/|/man[\d]/|/usr/info/|/usr/share/info/,) {
+            print "$dirfile\n";
+           } 
+         }
+        }
+     }
+    #}
+    #}
+    } # while
+   close(CONTENTSDB);
+
+}
+
+
+1;

lib/Findex.pm

@@ -0,0 +1,358 @@
+#    Package administration and research tool for Debian
+#    Copyright (C) 1999-2000 Jonathan D. Rosenbaum
+
+#    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+#    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+#    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+#    (at your option) any later version.
+
+#    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+#    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+#    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+#    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+
+package SWIM::Findex;
+use strict;
+use SWIM::Global;
+use SWIM::Conf qw($my_number);
+use SWIM::DB_Library qw(:Xyz ib nib nsb);
+use SWIM::Info;
+use SWIM::Deps;
+use SWIM::Dir;
+use vars qw(@ISA @EXPORT_OK);
+use Exporter;
+@ISA = qw(Exporter);
+@EXPORT_OK = qw(findexer qindexer);
+
+
+# findexer(\%commands) and qindexer used for -a -n -f
+
+# query filelist for file name.. -qfl -qal, but not -qfl(d)c ... actually
+# yes... -qlfd under certain conditions, but not with -c.  And -T and 
+# singular capabilities.
+sub findexer {
+
+  my ($commands) = @_;
+  my %commands = %$commands;
+  my @alot;
+  require SWIM::File;
+  SWIM::File->import(qw(file));
+
+     
+  if (!$commands->{"n"}) {
+   ib(\%commands);
+  }
+  else {
+   my $return = nib(\%commands);
+   if (!defined $return && $commands->{"a"}) {
+       untie %ib;
+       nsb(\%commands);
+       $ib{"/."} = $nsb{"/."};
+   }
+  }
+
+  if (defined $argument) {
+   if ($commands->{"dir"}) {
+     dir(\%commands);
+   }
+   elsif ($commands->{"f"}) {
+     fir(\%commands);
+   }
+    if ($ib{"$argument"}){
+       my $package = $ib{"$argument"};
+       @alot = split(/\s/, $package);       
+       @PACKAGES = @alot;
+       if ($commands->{"z"} || $commands->{"ftp"} ||
+                   $commands->{"remove"} || $commands->{"r"} ||
+                   $commands->{"purge"}) {
+           require SWIM::Safex;
+           SWIM::Safex->import(qw(safex));
+           safex(\%commands);
+       }
+       @alot = @PACKAGES;
+       if ($commands->{"total"} || $commands->{"t"}) {
+        if ($commands->{"T"}) { 
+         foreach (@alot) {
+          $argument = $_;
+            if ($commands->{"scripts"} || $commands->{"preinst"} ||
+                $commands->{"postinst"} || $commands->{"prerm"} ||
+                $commands->{"postrm"}) {
+             scripts(\%commands);
+          }
+          menu(\%commands) if $commands->{"menu"} || $commands->{"m"};
+          copyright(\%commands) if $commands->{"copyright"}; 
+          changelog(\%commands) if $commands->{"changelog"}; 
+          # nice to print package names before file listings
+          if (!$commands->{"i"} || !$commands->{"d"} || !$commands->{"c"}) {
+            print "$argument\n";
+          } 
+          character(\%commands);
+          shlibs(\%commands) if $commands->{"shlibs"};       
+          file(\%commands);
+          print "\n";
+         }
+        } # if -T
+          elsif (which_character(\%commands)) {
+           foreach (@alot) {
+             my %store_commands = %commands;
+             $argument = $_;           
+             if ($commands->{"scripts"} || $commands->{"preinst"} ||
+                $commands->{"postinst"} || $commands->{"prerm"} ||
+                $commands->{"postrm"}) {
+                 scripts(\%commands);
+             }
+             menu(\%commands) if $commands->{"menu"} || $commands->{"m"};
+             copyright(\%commands) if $commands->{"copyright"}; 
+             changelog(\%commands) if $commands->{"changelog"}; 
+             if  (the_character(\%commands) ne "ok") {
+               print "$argument\n";
+             }             
+             if (defined s_character(\%commands)) {}   
+             shlibs(\%commands) if $commands->{"shlibs"};
+             file(\%commands);
+             print "\n";          
+             %commands = %store_commands;
+             undef %store_commands;
+           }
+          }
+          # no -Ts.
+          foreach (@alot) {
+             $argument = $_;                     
+             if ($commands->{"scripts"} || $commands->{"preinst"} ||
+                $commands->{"postinst"} || $commands->{"prerm"} ||
+                $commands->{"postrm"}) {
+                 scripts(\%commands);
+             }
+             menu(\%commands) if $commands->{"menu"} || $commands->{"m"};
+             copyright(\%commands) if $commands->{"copyright"}; 
+             changelog(\%commands) if $commands->{"changelog"}; 
+             if (defined $argument) {
+             print "\n" if $commands->{"l"};
+             print "$argument\n";
+             }
+            shlibs(\%commands) if $commands->{"shlibs"};       
+            file(\%commands);
+             if ($commands->{"d"} && !$commands->{"T"} && !which_character(\%commands)) { 
+               print "\n" if !$commands->{"l"};
+             }
+          } # end not's
+       } # if -t 
+
+
+        elsif ($#ARGV > $my_number) {
+          my $total = $#ARGV + 1;
+          print "use --total or -t to see all $total packages\n";       
+          exit;
+        }
+        elsif ($#alot > $my_number) {
+          my $total = $#alot + 1;
+          print "use --total or -t to see all $total packages\n";       
+        }
+
+        else {
+          if ($commands->{"T"}) {
+           foreach (@alot) {                                                    
+             $argument = $_;                                     
+             if ($commands->{"scripts"} || $commands->{"preinst"} ||
+                $commands->{"postinst"} || $commands->{"prerm"} ||
+                $commands->{"postrm"}) {
+                 scripts(\%commands);                                                     
+             }                                                                  
+             menu(\%commands) if $commands->{"menu"} || $commands->{"m"};
+             copyright(\%commands) if $commands->{"copyright"}; 
+             changelog(\%commands) if $commands->{"changelog"}; 
+             print "$argument\n";                                               
+              character(\%commands); 
+              shlibs(\%commands) if $commands->{"shlibs"};       
+              file(\%commands);
+              print "\n";
+           }
+          } # end -T
+          elsif (which_character(\%commands)) {
+           foreach (@alot) {
+             my %store_commands = %commands;
+             $argument = $_;           
+             if ($commands->{"scripts"} || $commands->{"preinst"} ||
+                 $commands->{"postinst"} || $commands->{"prerm"} ||
+                 $commands->{"postrm"}) {
+                 scripts(\%commands);
+             }
+             menu(\%commands) if $commands->{"menu"} || $commands->{"m"};
+             copyright(\%commands) if $commands->{"copyright"}; 
+             changelog(\%commands) if $commands->{"changelog"}; 
+             if  (the_character($argument) ne "ok") {
+               print "$argument\n";
+             }
+             if (defined s_character(\%commands)) {}   
+             shlibs(\%commands) if $commands->{"shlibs"};
+             file(\%commands);
+             print "\n";          
+             %commands = %store_commands;
+             undef %store_commands;
+           }
+          } # which_character
+          foreach (@alot) {
+            $argument = $_;                     
+            if ($commands->{"scripts"} || $commands->{"preinst"} ||
+                $commands->{"postinst"} || $commands->{"prerm"} ||
+                $commands->{"postrm"}) {
+                scripts(\%commands);
+             }
+             menu(\%commands) if $commands->{"menu"} || $commands->{"m"};
+             copyright(\%commands) if $commands->{"copyright"}; 
+             changelog(\%commands) if $commands->{"changelog"}; 
+             if (defined $argument) {
+              print "$argument\n";
+             }
+            file(\%commands);
+             if ($commands->{"d"} && !$commands->{"T"} && !which_character(\%commands)) { 
+               print "\n";
+             }         
+          } # end not's
+       } # else
+    }
+     else {
+        $argument =~ m,.*\/(.*$),;
+         if (defined $1) {
+          my $file = $1; 
+          if (!$commands->{"n"} && -e "/usr/sbin/update-alternatives") {
+           my $it = "update-alternatives --display $1|";
+           open (IT,"$it") or exit;
+           if (<IT> =~ /No alternatives/) {
+            print "file $file is not owned by any package\n";
+           }
+           else {
+            my @LINES = <IT>;
+            print "For $argument ->\n";
+            $LINES[0] =~ m,(/.*$),; $argument = $1;
+            print "@LINES\n"; findexer(\%commands);
+           }
+          } 
+          else {
+           print "file $file is not owned by any package\n"; 
+          }
+         }
+     }
+  }
+  untie %ib;
+
+  if (!($commands->{"z"} || $commands->{"ftp"} ||
+                   $commands->{"remove"} || $commands->{"r"} ||
+                   $commands->{"purge"})) {
+    if ($commands->{"x"} || $commands->{"ftp"} || $commands->{"source"} ||
+         $commands->{"source_only"} || $commands->{"remove"} ||
+         $commands->{"r"} || $commands->{"purge"}) {
+           require SWIM::Safex;
+           SWIM::Safex->import(qw(safex));
+           safex(\%commands);
+    }
+  } 
+
+} # end sub findexer
+
+
+# query description of file name..-i  (-qfi)
+sub qindexer {
+
+   my ($commands) = @_;
+   my %commands = %$commands;
+   require SWIM::Ag;
+   SWIM::Ag->import(qw(description));
+
+   if ($commands->{"scripts"} || $commands->{"preinst"} ||
+       $commands->{"postinst"} || $commands->{"prerm"} ||
+       $commands->{"postrm"}) {
+      scripts(\%commands);
+   }
+   menu(\%commands) if $commands->{"menu"} || $commands->{"m"};
+   copyright(\%commands) if $commands->{"copyright"}; 
+   changelog(\%commands) if $commands->{"changelog"}; 
+
+   my @alot;
+  
+  if (!$commands->{"n"}) {
+   ib(\%commands);
+  }
+  else {
+   my $return = nib(\%commands);
+   if (!defined $return && $commands->{"a"}) {
+       untie %ib;
+       nsb(\%commands);
+       $ib{"/."} = $nsb{"/."};
+   }
+  }
+ 
+  if (defined $argument) {
+    dir(\%commands);
+    fir(\%commands);
+    
+    # this will be moved above for safex(\%commands)
+    if ($ib{"$argument"}){
+       my $package = $ib{"$argument"};
+       @alot = split(/\s/, $package);
+       @PACKAGES = @alot;
+       if ($commands->{"z"} || $commands->{"ftp"} ||
+                   $commands->{"remove"} || $commands->{"r"} ||
+                   $commands->{"purge"}) { 
+           require SWIM::Safex;
+           SWIM::Safex->import(qw(safex));
+           safex(\%commands);
+       } 
+       @alot = @PACKAGES;
+        if ($commands->{"total"} || $commands->{"t"}) {
+         foreach (@alot) {
+          $argument = $_;
+          description(\%commands);
+          print "\n";
+         } 
+        } 
+        elsif ($#ARGV > 0) {
+          my $total = $#ARGV + 1;
+          print "use --total or -t to see all $total packages\n";              
+          exit;
+        }
+        elsif ($#alot > 0) {
+          my $total = $#alot + 1;
+          print "use --total or -t to see all $total packages\n";       
+        }
+        else {
+          $argument = $package;
+          description(\%commands);     
+        }
+    }
+    else { 
+        $argument =~ m,.*\/(.*$),;
+         if (defined $1) {
+          my $file = $1; 
+          if (!$commands->{"n"} && -e "/usr/sbin/update-alternatives") {
+           my $it = "update-alternatives --display $1|";
+           open (IT,"$it") or exit;
+           if (<IT> =~ /No alternatives/) {
+            print "file $file is not owned by any package\n";
+           }
+           else {
+            my @LINES = <IT>;
+            print "For $argument ->\n";
+            $LINES[0] =~ m,(/.*$),; $argument = $1;
+            print "@LINES\n"; qindexer(\%commands);
+           }
+          } 
+          else {
+           print "file $file is not owned by any package\n"; 
+          }
+         }
+    }
+  }
+  untie %ib;
+   
+
+
+} # end sub qindexer
+
+
+1;

lib/Format.pm

@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+#    Package administration and research tool for Debian
+#    Copyright (C) 1999-2000 Jonathan D. Rosenbaum
+
+#    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+#    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+#    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+#    (at your option) any later version.
+
+#    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+#    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+#    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+#    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+
+package SWIM::Format;
+use vars qw(@ISA @EXPORT);             
+
+use Exporter;
+@ISA = qw(Exporter);
+@EXPORT = qw(*PRETTY *ALLGROUPS *SUBJECT *CENTER *SDS $col1 $col2 $ag1
+           $ag2 $ag3 $number $subsite $subdate $subsize $subrelease
+           $center $number $sdsite $sdsdate $sdsize $sdsrelease);
+
+
+# A nice format to make things look prettier, hopefully.
+format PRETTY =
+@<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<< @<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<
+$col1, $col2
+.
+
+# A format for --allgroups, shouldn't run out of room.
+format ALLGROUPS  =
+@<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<< @<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<< @<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<  
+$ag1,                     $ag2,                     $ag3 
+.
+
+# center for DF|APT call
+format SUBJECT =
+@||         @|||                     @|||              @|||||||||||  @||||||
+$number,    $subsite,                $subdate,         $subsize, $subrelease
+
+.
+
+
+format CENTER =
+                             @|||||||||||||||||||||||
+                                 $center
+.
+
+
+format SDS =
+@>> @||||||||||||||||||||| @||||||||||||||||||||||||||| @||||||||    @|||||
+$number,       $sdsite,           $sdsdate,              $sdsize,  $sdsrelease
+.
+
+
+
+1;

lib/Global.pm

@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+#    Package administration and research tool for Debian
+#    Copyright (C) 1999-2000 Jonathan D. Rosenbaum
+
+#    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+#    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+#    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+#    (at your option) any later version.
+
+#    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+#    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+#    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+#    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+
+package SWIM::Global;
+#use strict;
+use vars qw(@ISA @EXPORT %EXPORT_TAGS);
+  
+use Exporter;
+@ISA = qw(Exporter);
+@EXPORT = qw(%db $ping %ndb %ib $zing %gb $ging %sb $sing %nsb %commands
+             $argument $save @stuff @PACKAGES @arg_holder $file_now
+             $arg_count $aptor_count $aptor_group $swim_version);
+%EXPORT_TAGS = (
+                 Info =>  [ qw($argument %db) ]
+               );
+
+=pod
+
+Globals used by all program, which are not related to SWIM::Conf globals.
+Most will probably be placed in SWIM::DB_Library.
+
+=cut
+# Nothing to be done here.
+# these could be put into SWIM::DB_Library
+my (%db,$ping); # package.deb
+my %ndb;        # npackage.deb 
+my (%ib, $zing, %it); # fileindex.deb
+my (%gb, $ging); # groupindex.deb
+my (%sb, $sing); # statusindex.deb
+my %nsb;         # nstatusindex.deb
+my %commands; # standard for Getopt::Long, but should usually 
+              # be passed from ::*, although it can be global to a module
+my $argument; # standard for package name
+my $save; #for pager
+
+# Globals related to -xyz
+my @stuff; # for -g & x
+my @PACKAGES;  # a replacement for @ARGV
+my @arg_holder; # helps in tricky situations -> -qxl|d
+my $file_now;   # defined flag for -qlcx & -qglx for file()  
+$arg_count = 0; # helps in tricky situations
+my $aptor_group; # helps when -z is called for groups
+
+# Swim's version
+$swim_version = "0.3.6";
+
+1;

lib/Groups.pm

@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+#    Package administration and research tool for Debian
+#    Copyright (C) 1999-2000 Jonathan D. Rosenbaum
+
+#    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+#    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+#    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+#    (at your option) any later version.
+
+#    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+#    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+#    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+#    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+
+package SWIM::Groups;
+use strict;
+use SWIM::DB_Library qw(:Groups);
+use SWIM::Format;
+use SWIM::Global qw(%gb);
+use vars qw(@ISA @EXPORT);   
+use Exporter;
+@ISA = qw(Exporter);
+@EXPORT = qw(allgroups);
+
+
+# show all the groups present on this system and exit
+sub allgroups {
+
+    my ($commands) = @_;
+    my %commands = %$commands; 
+
+    if (!($commands->{"q"} || $commands->{"query"}) && $commands->{"allgroups"}) {
+       print "swim: --allgroups may only be used during queries\n";
+       exit;
+    }
+    if ($commands->{"q"} && $commands->{"allgroups"}) {
+      $~ = "ALLGROUPS";
+
+     if (!$commands->{"n"}) {
+        gb(\%commands);
+     }
+     else {
+        ngb(\%commands);
+     }
+ 
+      my @complete = sort keys %gb;
+      my $three = 0;
+      while ($three <= $#complete) {
+        if (defined $complete[$three]) {
+          $ag1 = $complete[$three];
+        }
+        if (defined $complete[$three + 1]) {
+          $ag2 = $complete[$three + 1];
+        }
+        if (defined $complete[$three + 2]) {
+          $ag3 = $complete[$three + 2];
+        }        
+       write STDOUT;
+       $ag1 = "";
+       $ag2 = "";
+       $ag3 = "";
+       $three = $three + 3; 
+      }
+    exit;
+    }
+}
+
+
+1;

lib/Indexer.pm

@@ -0,0 +1,509 @@
+#    Package administration and research tool for Debian
+#    Copyright (C) 1999-2000 Jonathan D. Rosenbaum
+
+#    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+#    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+#    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+#    (at your option) any later version.
+
+#    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+#    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+#    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+#    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+
+package SWIM::Indexer;
+use strict;
+use SWIM::Global;
+use SWIM::Conf qw($my_number);
+use SWIM::DB_Library qw(:Xyz ib nib nsb);
+use SWIM::Info;
+use SWIM::Pn_print;   
+use SWIM::Deps;
+use SWIM::Dir;
+use vars qw(@ISA @EXPORT_OK);
+use Exporter;
+@ISA = qw(Exporter);
+@EXPORT_OK = qw(indexer);
+
+
+# The next few subs are provided to shorten indexer
+# for -d or -l, but not -c when -T
+sub T_indexer {
+
+   my ($alot,$commands) = @_;
+   my %commands = %$commands;
+
+           foreach (@$alot) {
+             $argument = $_;
+             if ($commands->{"scripts"} || $commands->{"preinst"} ||
+                $commands->{"postinst"} || $commands->{"prerm"} ||
+                $commands->{"postrm"}) {
+                 scripts(\%commands);
+             }
+             menu(\%commands) if $commands->{"menu"} || $commands->{"m"};
+             copyright(\%commands) if $commands->{"copyright"};
+             changelog(\%commands) if $commands->{"changelog"};
+             # looks o.k.
+             print "$argument\n";
+             character(\%commands);
+             shlibs(\%commands) if $commands->{"shlibs"};
+             if ($commands->{"d"} && !$commands->{"c"}) {
+              require SWIM::File;
+              SWIM::File->import(qw(file));
+              file(\%commands);
+             }
+             print "\n";
+           }
+} # end sub T_indexer
+
+
+sub which_character_indexer {
+
+          my ($alot,$commands) = @_;
+          my %commands = %$commands;
+
+           foreach (@$alot) {
+             my %store_commands = %commands;
+             $argument = $_;
+             if ($commands->{"scripts"} || $commands->{"preinst"} ||
+                 $commands->{"postinst"} || $commands->{"prerm"} ||
+                 $commands->{"postrm"}) {
+                 scripts(\%commands);
+             }
+             menu(\%commands) if $commands->{"menu"} || $commands->{"m"};
+             copyright(\%commands) if $commands->{"copyright"};
+             changelog(\%commands) if $commands->{"changelog"};
+             if  (the_character(\%commands) ne "ok") {
+               print "$argument\n";
+             }
+             if (defined s_character(\%commands)) {}
+             shlibs(\%commands) if $commands->{"shlibs"};
+             if ($commands->{"d"} && !$commands->{"c"}) {
+              require SWIM::File;
+              SWIM::File->import(qw(file));
+              file(\%commands);
+             }
+             print "\n";
+             %commands = %store_commands;
+             undef %store_commands;
+           }
+
+} # end sub which_character_indexer 
+
+sub noT_indexer {
+
+
+          my ($alot,$commands) = @_;
+          my %commands = %$commands;
+          require SWIM::File;
+          SWIM::File->import(qw(file));
+
+          foreach (@$alot) {
+            $argument = $_;                     
+             if ($commands->{"scripts"} || $commands->{"preinst"} ||
+                $commands->{"postinst"} || $commands->{"prerm"} ||
+                $commands->{"postrm"}) {
+                 scripts(\%commands);
+             }
+             menu(\%commands) if $commands->{"menu"} || $commands->{"m"};
+             copyright(\%commands) if $commands->{"copyright"}; 
+             changelog(\%commands) if $commands->{"changelog"}; 
+             if (defined $argument) {
+              # should be o.k., almost everything has documentation
+              print "$argument\n";
+             }
+            shlibs(\%commands) if $commands->{"shlibs"};       
+            file(\%commands);
+             if ($commands->{"d"} && !$commands->{"T"} && !which_character(\%commands)) { 
+               print "\n";
+             }
+          }
+
+} # end sub noT_indexer
+
+# different enough from noT_indexer, used when -c,-d,-l aren't called.
+sub nonoT_indexer {
+
+          my ($alot,$commands) = @_;
+          my %commands = %$commands;
+
+           foreach (@$alot) {
+              $argument = $_;  
+             if ($commands->{"scripts"} || $commands->{"preinst"} ||
+                $commands->{"postinst"} || $commands->{"prerm"} ||
+                $commands->{"postrm"}) {
+                 scripts(\%commands);
+             }
+             menu(\%commands) if $commands->{"menu"} || $commands->{"m"};
+             copyright(\%commands) if $commands->{"copyright"}; 
+             changelog(\%commands) if $commands->{"changelog"}; 
+             # package name will print out even if there is no script
+             # definitely useful here
+             singular(\%commands);
+             if ($commands->{"scripts"}) {
+                 print "\n";
+             }
+             shlibs(\%commands) if $commands->{"shlibs"}; 
+           }
+          
+
+} # end sub nonoT_indexer
+
+
+# when -c is called with or without -l or -d.  This sub got rather huge. 
+sub c_indexer {
+
+  my ($alot,$commands) = @_;
+  my %commands = %$commands;
+  my $arg_save;
+  require SWIM::File;
+  SWIM::File->import(qw(file));
+
+          foreach (@$alot) {
+           $argument = $_;           
+           if (conf(\%commands) ne 0) {
+             if ($commands->{"T"}) {
+              # covers first argument, but not the rest.
+              if ($commands->{"scripts"} || $commands->{"preinst"} ||
+                $commands->{"postinst"} || $commands->{"prerm"} ||
+                $commands->{"postrm"}) {
+                 scripts(\%commands);
+              }
+              menu(\%commands) if $commands->{"menu"} || $commands->{"m"};
+              copyright(\%commands) if $commands->{"copyright"}; 
+              changelog(\%commands) if $commands->{"changelog"}; 
+                print "$argument\n"; 
+                character(\%commands);   
+                shlibs(\%commands) if $commands->{"shlibs"};               
+                print conf(\%commands) if !$commands->{"md5sum"};
+                file(\%commands);
+                #file(\%commands) if $commands->{"md5sum"};
+                 if (($commands->{"c"} && (!$commands->{"d"} || !$commands->{"l"}))) {
+                     print "\n";
+                 }
+              $arg_save = $argument;
+             } # end "T" 
+ 
+             elsif (which_character(\%commands)) {
+                 my %store_commands = %commands;
+                 $argument = $_;           
+                 if ($commands->{"scripts"} || $commands->{"preinst"} ||
+                     $commands->{"postinst"} || $commands->{"prerm"} ||
+                     $commands->{"postrm"}) {
+                    scripts(\%commands);
+                 }
+                 menu(\%commands) if $commands->{"menu"} || $commands->{"m"};
+                 copyright(\%commands) if $commands->{"copyright"}; 
+                 changelog(\%commands) if $commands->{"changelog"}; 
+                 if  (the_character(\%commands) ne "ok") {
+                   print "$argument\n";
+                 }
+                 if (defined s_character(\%commands)) {}   
+                 shlibs(\%commands) if $commands->{"shlibs"};
+                 print conf(\%commands) if !$commands->{"md5sum"};
+                 file(\%commands);
+                 #file(\%commands) if $commands->{"md5sum"};
+                 if (($commands->{"c"} && (!$commands->{"d"} || !$commands->{"l"}))) {
+                     print "\n";
+                 }
+                 %commands = %store_commands;
+                 undef %store_commands;
+              $arg_save = $argument;
+             }
+
+             # no Ts.
+             else {
+                if ($commands->{"scripts"} || $commands->{"preinst"} ||
+                    $commands->{"postinst"} || $commands->{"prerm"} ||
+                    $commands->{"postrm"}) {
+                    scripts(\%commands);
+                }
+                menu(\%commands) if $commands->{"menu"} || $commands->{"m"};
+                copyright(\%commands) if $commands->{"copyright"}; 
+                changelog(\%commands) if $commands->{"changelog"}; 
+                print "$argument\n";
+                shlibs(\%commands) if $commands->{"shlibs"};
+                print conf(\%commands) if !$commands->{"md5sum"};
+                file(\%commands);
+                print "\n";
+             }
+           $arg_save = $argument;
+           } # end if (conf(\%commands)   
+
+           # this spot here can determine whether or not -c overrides l&d
+           # in packages which don't have conf files.  it's nicer to view
+           # everything.  watch this..these are packages which don't have
+           # conf files 
+           if ($commands->{"d"} || $commands->{"l"}) {
+            if (defined $arg_save) {
+            if ($argument ne $arg_save) { 
+            #if (!defined $arg_save) {
+            if (conf(\%commands) ne 0) {
+               shlibs(\%commands) if $commands->{"shlibs"};
+               file(\%commands);
+               print "\n";
+             } 
+
+             # no conf files
+             elsif (conf(\%commands) eq 0) { 
+              if ($commands->{"T"}) {
+                $argument = $_;           
+              if ($commands->{"scripts"} || $commands->{"preinst"} ||
+                  $commands->{"postinst"} || $commands->{"prerm"} ||
+                  $commands->{"postrm"}) {
+                 scripts(\%commands);
+              }
+              menu(\%commands) if $commands->{"menu"} || $commands->{"m"};
+              copyright(\%commands) if $commands->{"copyright"}; 
+              changelog(\%commands) if $commands->{"changelog"}; 
+                print "$argument\n"; 
+                character(\%commands);   
+                shlibs(\%commands) if $commands->{"shlibs"};
+                file(\%commands) if $commands->{"md5sum"};
+                 print "\n";
+              } # end "T" 
+
+              elsif (which_character(\%commands)) {
+                 my %store_commands = %commands;
+                 $argument = $_;           
+                 if ($commands->{"scripts"} || $commands->{"preinst"} ||
+                     $commands->{"postinst"} || $commands->{"prerm"} ||
+                     $commands->{"postrm"}) {
+                    scripts(\%commands);
+                 }
+                 menu(\%commands) if $commands->{"menu"} || $commands->{"m"};
+                 copyright(\%commands) if $commands->{"copyright"}; 
+                 changelog(\%commands) if $commands->{"changelog"}; 
+                 if  (the_character(\%commands) ne "ok") {
+                   print "$argument\n";
+                 }
+                 if (defined s_character(\%commands)) {}   
+                 shlibs(\%commands) if $commands->{"shlibs"};
+                 %commands = %store_commands;
+                 undef %store_commands;
+                 file(\%commands);
+                 print "\n";
+              }
+
+              # no Ts. 
+              else {
+                 if ($commands->{"scripts"} || $commands->{"preinst"} ||
+                    $commands->{"postinst"} || $commands->{"prerm"} ||
+                    $commands->{"postrm"}) {
+                     scripts(\%commands);
+                 }
+                 menu(\%commands) if $commands->{"menu"} || $commands->{"m"};
+                 copyright(\%commands) if $commands->{"copyright"}; 
+                 changelog(\%commands) if $commands->{"changelog"}; 
+                 singular(\%commands);
+                 if ($commands->{"scripts"}) {
+                     print "\n";
+                 }
+                 shlibs(\%commands) if $commands->{"shlibs"}; 
+                 file(\%commands);
+                 print "\n";
+              }
+             } 
+            }
+            }
+           } # end if ($commands->{"d"} || 
+          } # end foreach
+
+} # end sub c_indexer
+
+
+# handles -qf by itself or with -l(-d)&-c or -d by itself, and -qa by itself
+# or with -c with -d and/or -l ...essentially not -i. <file> is the
+# argument And ofcourse -T or singular capabilities. 
+sub indexer {
+
+  my ($commands) = @_;
+  my %commands = %$commands;
+  my @alot;
+
+
+  if (!$commands->{"n"}) {
+   ib(\%commands);
+  }
+  else {
+   my $return = nib(\%commands);
+   if (!defined $return && $commands->{"a"}) {
+       untie %ib;
+       nsb(\%commands);
+       $ib{"/."} = $nsb{"/."};
+   }
+  }
+
+  if (defined $argument) {
+   dir(\%commands);
+   fir(\%commands);
+    if ($ib{"$argument"}){
+       my $package = $ib{"$argument"};
+       $package =~ s/\s/\n/g;
+        @alot = split(/\s/, $package);
+        if (defined @alot) {
+         @PACKAGES = @alot;
+        }
+        if ($commands->{"z"} || $commands->{"ftp"}||
+                   $commands->{"remove"} || $commands->{"r"} ||
+                   $commands->{"purge"}) {
+           require SWIM::Safex;
+           SWIM::Safex->import(qw(safex));
+           safex(\%commands);          
+        } 
+
+
+        @alot = @PACKAGES;
+        if ($commands->{"total"} || $commands->{"t"}) {
+         # The whole reason for the complicated if/elsif/else routines 
+         # below is to allow simultaneous printing of -c & -d|-l.  Other
+         # options can just be included within.
+          
+          ###########
+          # -D & -t #
+          ###########
+         if ($commands->{"d"} && !$commands->{"c"}) {
+          if ($commands->{"T"}) {
+            T_indexer(\@alot,\%commands);
+          }
+          elsif (which_character(\%commands)) {
+           which_character_indexer(\@alot,\%commands);
+          }
+          # no -Ts.
+           noT_indexer(\@alot,\%commands);
+         }
+
+         #######################
+         # -t BUT NOT -C,-D,-L #
+         #######################
+         elsif (!$commands->{"c"} && (!$commands->{"d"} || !$commands->{"l"})) {     
+          if ($commands->{"T"}) {
+            T_indexer(\@alot,\%commands);
+          }
+          elsif (which_character(\%commands)) {
+            which_character_indexer(\@alot,\%commands);
+          }
+          # humm smail is missing mysteriously, like it never became part
+          # of /.., basically, fastswim isn't placing it in long.debian.
+          # no -Ts.
+          else {
+            nonoT_indexer(\@alot,\%commands);
+          }
+         }
+
+         #####################        
+         # -t -C &| -D || -L #
+         #####################
+         # conf stuf.  Will only show stuff related to -a or -f with conf.
+         elsif (($commands->{"c"} && (!$commands->{"d"} || !$commands->{"l"})) ||
+                ($commands->{"c"} && ($commands->{"d"} || $commands->{"l"}))) {
+           c_indexer(\@alot,\%commands);        
+         } # end elsif         
+        } 
+
+        #########################
+        #  > NUMBER FOR -t #
+        ##########################
+        elsif ($#ARGV > $my_number) {
+          my $total = $#ARGV + 1;
+          print "use --total or -t to see all $total packages\n";              
+          exit;
+        }
+        elsif ($#alot > $my_number) {
+          my $total = $#alot + 1;
+          print "use --total or -t to see all $total packages\n";       
+        }
+
+       # without -t
+        else {
+
+         ######
+         # -D #
+         ######
+         if ($commands->{"d"} && !$commands->{"c"}) {
+          if ($commands->{"T"}) {
+            T_indexer(\@alot,\%commands);
+          }
+          elsif (which_character(\%commands)) {
+           which_character_indexer(\@alot,\%commands);
+          }
+          # the noties
+          noT_indexer(\@alot,\%commands);
+         }
+
+         ################
+         # NOT -C,-D,-L  #
+         ################
+         elsif (!$commands->{"c"} && (!$commands->{"d"} || !$commands->{"l"})) {     
+          if ($commands->{"T"}) {
+             T_indexer(\@alot,\%commands);
+          }
+          elsif (which_character(\%commands)) {
+             which_character_indexer(\@alot,\%commands);
+          }
+          else {
+             nonoT_indexer(\@alot,\%commands); 
+          }
+         }
+
+
+         ##################        
+         # -C &| -D || -L #
+         ##################
+         # conf stuf.  Will only show stuff related to -a or -f with conf.
+         elsif (($commands->{"c"} && (!$commands->{"d"} || !$commands->{"l"})) ||
+                ($commands->{"c"} && ($commands->{"d"} || $commands->{"l"}))) {
+               c_indexer(\@alot,\%commands);
+         }         
+        
+        } # without -t
+    }
+      else { 
+        $argument =~ m,.*\/(.*$),;
+         if (defined $1) {
+          my $file = $1; 
+          if (!$commands->{"n"} && -e "/usr/sbin/update-alternatives") {
+           my $it = "update-alternatives --display $1|";
+           open (IT,"$it") or exit;
+           if (<IT> =~ /No alternatives/) {
+            print "file $file is not owned by any package\n";
+           }
+           else {
+            my @LINES = <IT>;
+            print "For $argument ->\n";
+            $LINES[0] =~ m,(/.*$),; $argument = $1;
+            print "@LINES\n"; indexer(\%commands);
+           }
+          } 
+          else {
+           print "file $file is not owned by any package\n"; 
+          }
+         }
+      }
+  }
+  untie %ib;
+
+  if (defined @alot) {
+   @PACKAGES = @alot;
+  }
+  if (!($commands->{"z"} || $commands->{"ftp"} ||
+                   $commands->{"remove"} || $commands->{"r"} ||
+                   $commands->{"purge"})) {
+    if ($commands->{"x"} || $commands->{"ftp"} || $commands->{"source"} ||
+         $commands->{"source_only"} || $commands->{"remove"} || 
+         $commands->{"r"} || $commands->{"purge"}) {
+           require SWIM::Safex;
+           SWIM::Safex->import(qw(safex));
+           safex(\%commands);          
+    } 
+  }
+ 
+} # end sub indexer
+
+
+1;

lib/Info.pm

@@ -0,0 +1,586 @@
+#    Package administration and research tool for Debian
+#    Copyright (C) 1999-2000 Jonathan D. Rosenbaum
+
+#    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+#    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+#    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+#    (at your option) any later version.
+
+#    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+#    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+#    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+#    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+
+package SWIM::Info;
+use strict;
+use SWIM::Conf qw(:Info);
+use SWIM::Global qw(:Info);   
+use SWIM::DB_Library qw(:Xyz);
+use vars qw(@ISA @EXPORT);
+use Exporter;
+@ISA = qw(Exporter);
+@EXPORT = qw(scripts copyright changelog menu conf shlibs);
+
+# scripts() copyright() changelog() menu() conf() shlibs()
+# the text stuff taken out of info for the installed system, though the
+# not-installed system in checked for, just in case.
+
+# This shows all the scripts identified with a package(s).  In certain
+# cases it is valuable to print a script without the name of the package,
+# so if --scripts, -a, or -t isn't called, the pure script will be
+# presented.
+sub scripts {
+
+  my ($commands) = @_;
+  my %commands = %$commands;
+
+  my ($file, $preinst, $postinst, $prerm,
+      $postrm, $orig_argument);
+      
+
+  if ($commands->{"n"}) {
+    print "swim: no scripts for not-installed, consider --diff\n"; exit;
+  }
+
+  dbi(\%commands);
+
+    if ($argument =~ /_/) {
+       $orig_argument = $argument;
+       my $check = $db{"$argument"};
+       $argument =~ m,(^.*)_(.*$),;
+        if (defined $check) {
+         $argument = $1;
+         }
+        else {};
+    }
+  untie %db;
+      
+
+   # here we will print out whatever we find including the file name.
+   if ($commands->{"scripts"} && !($commands->{"preinst"} ||
+       $commands->{"postinst"} || $commands->{"prerm"} ||
+       $commands->{"postrm"})) {
+     if (defined "$parent$base/info/$argument.preinst") {     
+         $preinst = "$parent$base/info/$argument.preinst";
+     }
+     if (defined "$parent$base/info/$argument.postinst") {     
+        $postinst = "$parent$base/info/$argument.postinst";
+     }
+     if (defined "$parent$base/info/$argument.prerm") {     
+        $prerm = "$parent$base/info/$argument.prerm";
+     }
+     if (defined "$parent$base/info/$argument.postrm") {     
+        $postrm = "$parent$base/info/$argument.postrm";
+     }
+     
+     if (-e $preinst) {
+       print "#####$argument.preinst#####\n\n";
+       open (LIST,"$preinst");
+       while (<LIST>) {                                           
+        print $_;             
+       }      
+     } 
+     if (-e $postinst) {
+       print "#####$argument.postinst#####\n\n";
+       open (LIST,"$postinst");
+       while (<LIST>) {                                           
+        print $_;             
+       }      
+     } 
+     if (-e $prerm) {
+       open (LIST,"$prerm");
+       print "#####$argument.prerm#####\n\n";
+       while (<LIST>) {                                           
+        print $_;             
+       }      
+     } 
+     if (-e $postrm) {
+       open (LIST,"$postrm");
+       print "#####$argument.postrm#####\n\n";
+       while (<LIST>) {                                           
+        print $_;             
+       }      
+     } 
+   } # if scripts
+
+
+   # from here on we just print out the particular script(s) called
+   # literally with no filename, unless -a or -t is called.  This is one
+   # situation in which -t has a use apart from the global default.  A
+
+   # title is printed out for singular scripts in this case.
+   
+   if ($commands->{"preinst"}) {
+     if (defined "$parent$base/info/$argument.preinst") {     
+         $preinst = "$parent$base/info/$argument.preinst";
+     }
+     if (-e $preinst) {
+      if ($commands->{"a"} || $commands->{"t"}) { 
+       print "#####$argument.preinst#####\n\n";
+       open (LIST,"$preinst");
+       while (<LIST>) {                                           
+        print $_;             
+       }      
+      }
+      else {
+       open (LIST,"$preinst");
+       while (<LIST>) {                                           
+        print $_;             
+       }      
+     } 
+     }
+   }
+
+   if ($commands->{"postinst"}) { 
+     if (defined "$parent$base/info/$argument.postinst") {     
+        $postinst = "$parent$base/info/$argument.postinst";
+     }
+     if (-e $postinst) {
+      if ($commands->{"a"} || $commands->{"t"}) { 
+       print "#####$argument.postinst#####\n\n";
+       open (LIST,"$postinst");
+       while (<LIST>) {                                           
+        print $_;             
+       }      
+      }
+      else {
+       open (LIST,"$postinst");
+       while (<LIST>) {                                           
+        print $_;             
+       }      
+      }
+     }
+   }
+
+   if ($commands->{"prerm"}) {
+     if (defined "$parent$base/info/$argument.prerm") {     
+        $prerm = "$parent$base/info/$argument.prerm";
+     }
+     if (-e $prerm) {
+      if ($commands->{"a"} || $commands->{"t"}) { 
+       print "#####$argument.prerm#####\n\n";
+       open (LIST,"$prerm");
+       while (<LIST>) {                                           
+        print $_;             
+       }      
+      }
+      else {
+       open (LIST,"$prerm");
+       while (<LIST>) {                                           
+        print $_;             
+       }      
+      }
+     } 
+   }
+
+   if ($commands->{"postrm"}) {
+     if (defined "$parent$base/info/$argument.postrm") {     
+        $postrm = "$parent$base/info/$argument.postrm";
+     }
+     if (-e $postrm) {
+      if ($commands->{"a"} || $commands->{"t"}) { 
+       print "#####$argument.postrm#####\n\n";
+       open (LIST,"$postrm");
+       while (<LIST>) {                                           
+        print $_;             
+       }      
+      }
+      else {
+       open (LIST,"$postrm");
+       while (<LIST>) {                                           
+        print $_;             
+       }      
+      }
+     } 
+   }
+
+     if (!$commands->{"i"}) {
+      if (defined $orig_argument) {
+       $argument = $orig_argument;
+      }
+     }
+
+} # end sub scripts
+
+# show the scripts for /usr/lib/menu
+sub menu {
+
+  my ($commands) = @_;
+  my %commands = %$commands;
+
+  my $filelist;
+  my $orig_argument = $argument;
+  my %parent;
+
+  if ($commands->{"n"}) {
+    print "swim: no menu for not-installed, consider --diff\n"; exit;
+  }
+
+  dbi(\%commands);
+  
+
+    if ($argument =~ /_/) {
+       $orig_argument = $argument;
+       my $check = $db{"$argument"};
+       $argument =~ m,(^.*)_(.*$),;
+        if (defined $check) {
+         $argument = $1;
+         }
+        else {};
+    }
+  untie %db;
+   
+   if (defined $argument) {
+    if (-e "$parent$base/info/$argument.list") {
+        $filelist = "$parent$base/info/$argument.list";
+    } 
+     if (defined $filelist) { 
+      # basically, re-find file/package passed to previous sub
+      open(FINDMENU,"$filelist");
+       while (<FINDMENU>) {
+         chomp;
+         if (m,^\/usr\/lib\/menu\/(.*[\w-\+\.]),) {
+          if (!-d) { 
+           print "#####menu for $orig_argument($1)#####\n";
+           open(MENU,"$_");
+           while (<MENU>) {
+             print;
+           }
+          print "\n";
+          }
+         }
+       }
+       close(FINDMENU);
+       close(MENU);
+    }
+   } # defined
+
+     if (!$commands->{"i"}) {
+       $argument = $orig_argument;
+     }
+
+} # end sub menu
+
+
+# Show changelog, default zcat.  This will show all the changelogs in
+# the directory /usr/doc/package_name/, there are cases where there is
+# a debian.changelog and one provided by the individual(s) working on the
+# software, as well as a variety of other cases.
+sub changelog {
+
+  my ($commands) = @_;
+  my %commands = %$commands;
+
+  my $file;
+  my $orig_argument = $argument;
+
+  if ($commands->{"n"}) {
+    print "swim: no changelog for not-installed, consider --diff\n"; exit;
+  }
+
+    dbi(\%commands);
+
+    if ($argument =~ /_/) {
+       $orig_argument = $argument;
+       my $check = $db{"$argument"};
+       $argument =~ m,(^.*)_(.*$),;
+        if (defined $check) {
+         $argument = $1;
+         }
+        else {};
+    }
+  untie %db;
+
+   
+     # Using swim -qadt | grep -i change it looks like all the files which
+     # have change in their name are changelogs when in /usr/doc/$argument,
+     # sometimes there are more above, but these are the most significant.
+     my @fsstnd;
+     if (-e "$parent/usr/doc/$argument" &&
+         -d "$parent/usr/doc/$argument") {
+        my $directory = "$parent/usr/doc/$argument";
+        opendir(CHANGE, "$directory") || die "I thought it existed";
+          my @change = sort grep(/change/i, readdir(CHANGE));
+       closedir(CHANGE);
+       foreach (@change) {
+         if (m,\.gz$,i) {
+           push(@fsstnd,$_);
+           print "#####$_ for $argument#####\n\n";
+           open(ZCAT,"|$zcat") || die "swim: this option requires zcat";
+           open(CHANGELOG, "$directory/$_");
+            while (<CHANGELOG>) {
+             print ZCAT $_;
+            }
+           close(ZCAT);
+           close(CHANGELOG);
+           print "\n";
+         } 
+         elsif ($_ !~ m,html$|htm$|ps$|dvi$|sgml$|gs$,) {
+           push(@fsstnd,$_);
+           print "#####$_ for $argument#####\n\n";
+           open(CHANGELOG, "$directory/$_");
+            while (<CHANGELOG>) {
+             print "$_";
+            }
+           close(CHANGELOG);
+           print "\n";
+         }
+       }
+     } 
+
+     if (-e "$parent/usr/share/doc/$argument" &&
+         -d "$parent/usr/share/doc/$argument") {
+        my $directory = "$parent/usr/share/doc/$argument";
+        opendir(CHANGE, "$directory") || die "I thought it existed";
+          my @change = sort grep(/change/i, readdir(CHANGE));
+       closedir(CHANGE);
+       foreach (@change) {
+         if (m,\.gz$,i) {
+          my $cf = grep(m,^$_$,,@fsstnd);
+          if ($cf == 0 ) {
+           print "#####$_ for $argument#####\n\n";
+           open(ZCAT,"|$zcat") || die "swim: this option requires zcat";
+           open(CHANGELOG, "$directory/$_");
+            while (<CHANGELOG>) {
+             print ZCAT $_;
+            }
+           close(ZCAT);
+           close(CHANGELOG);
+           print "\n";
+          }
+         } 
+         elsif ($_ !~ m,html$|htm$|ps$|dvi$|sgml$|gs$,) {
+          my $cf = grep(m,^$_$,,@fsstnd);
+          if ($cf == 0 ) {
+           print "#####$_ for $argument#####\n\n";
+           open(CHANGELOG, "$directory/$_");
+            while (<CHANGELOG>) {
+             print "$_";
+            }
+           close(CHANGELOG);
+           print "\n";
+          }
+         }
+       }
+     } 
+
+
+     if (!$commands->{"i"}) {
+       $argument = $orig_argument;
+     }
+
+} # end sub changelog
+
+# Show copyright, default zcat.  This will show all the copyrights in
+# the directory /usr/doc/package_name/.  Rather than passing the
+# greped argument to changelog(), this subroutine was created instead which
+# keeps things sensible.
+sub copyright {
+
+  my $file;
+  my $orig_argument = $argument;
+
+  my ($commands) = @_;
+  my %commands = %$commands;
+      
+
+  if ($commands->{"n"}) {
+    print "swim: no copyright for not-installed, consider --diff\n"; exit;
+  }
+
+  dbi(\%commands);
+
+
+    if ($argument =~ /_/) {
+       $orig_argument = $argument;
+       my $check = $db{"$argument"};
+       $argument =~ m,(^.*)_(.*$),;
+        if (defined $check) {
+         $argument = $1;
+         }
+        else {};
+    }
+  untie %db;
+
+   
+     # Using swim -qadt | grep -i copy it looks like all the files which
+     # have copy in their name are generally copyrights when in
+     # /usr/doc/$argument, sometimes there are more above, but these are
+     # the most significant.
+     my @fsstnd;
+     if (-e "$parent/usr/doc/$argument" &&
+         -d "$parent/usr/doc/$argument") {
+        my $directory = "$parent/usr/doc/$argument";
+        opendir(CHANGE, "$directory") || die "I thought it existed";
+          my @change = sort grep(/copy|license/i, readdir(CHANGE));
+       closedir(CHANGE);       
+       foreach (@change) {
+        if (defined $_) {
+         if (m,\.gz$,i) {
+           push(@fsstnd,$_);
+           print "#####$_ for $orig_argument#####\n\n";
+           open(ZCAT,"|$zcat") || die "swim: this option requires zcat";
+           open(COPYRIGHT, "$directory/$_");
+            while (<COPYRIGHT>) {
+             print ZCAT $_;
+            }
+           # Sometimes these next two mysteriously open, and don't close
+           # even when no previous gz file was found, causing error output,
+           # but doesn't effect what's trying to be accomplished.  Doesn't
+           # happen with changelog().
+           close(ZCAT);
+           close(COPYRIGHT);
+           print "\n";
+         } 
+         elsif ($_ !~ m,html$|htm$|ps$|dvi$|sgml$|gs$,) {
+           push(@fsstnd,$_);
+           print "#####$_ for $orig_argument#####\n\n";
+           open(COPYRIGHT, "$directory/$_");
+            while (<COPYRIGHT>) {
+             print "$_";
+            }
+           close(COPYRIGHT);
+           print "\n";
+         }
+        } # if defined
+       }
+     } 
+
+     if (-e "$parent/usr/share/doc/$argument" &&
+         -d "$parent/usr/share/doc/$argument") {
+        my $directory = "$parent/usr/share/doc/$argument";
+        opendir(CHANGE, "$directory") || die "I thought it existed";
+          my @change = sort grep(/copy|license/i, readdir(CHANGE));
+       closedir(CHANGE);       
+       foreach (@change) {
+        if (defined $_) {
+         if (m,\.gz$,i) {
+          my $cf = grep(m,^$_$,,@fsstnd);
+          if ($cf == 0 ) {
+           print "#####$_ for $orig_argument#####\n\n";
+           open(ZCAT,"|$zcat") || die "swim: this option requires zcat";
+           open(COPYRIGHT, "$directory/$_");
+            while (<COPYRIGHT>) {
+             print ZCAT $_;
+            }
+           # Sometimes these next two mysteriously open, and don't close
+           # even when no previous gz file was found, causing error output,
+           # but doesn't effect what's trying to be accomplished.  Doesn't
+           # happen with changelog().
+           close(ZCAT);
+           close(COPYRIGHT);
+           print "\n";
+          }
+         } 
+         elsif ($_ !~ m,html$|htm$|ps$|dvi$|sgml$|gs$,) {
+          my $cf = grep(m,^$_$,,@fsstnd);
+          if ($cf == 0 ) {
+           print "#####$_ for $orig_argument#####\n\n";
+           open(COPYRIGHT, "$directory/$_");
+            while (<COPYRIGHT>) {
+             print "$_";
+            }
+           close(COPYRIGHT);
+           print "\n";
+          }
+         }
+        } # if defined
+       }
+     } 
+
+     if (!$commands->{"i"}) {
+       $argument = $orig_argument;
+     }
+
+} # end copyright
+
+# process the database for the configuration files
+sub conf {
+
+  my ($commands) = @_;
+  my %commands = %$commands;
+
+  # added for -xyz, but not necessary
+  if (defined $argument) {
+     if ($argument !~ /_/) {
+       if (defined $db{$argument}) {
+         $argument = $db{$argument};
+       }
+     }
+  }
+  if (!$commands->{"n"}) {
+   dbi(\%commands);
+  }
+  else {}
+  if (defined $argument) {
+    my $conf = $argument . "CONF";
+    if (defined $db{$conf}) {      
+     return $db{$conf};
+    }
+    else { return 0; }
+  }
+ untie %db;
+} # end sub conf
+
+# shared libraries provided by the package
+sub shlibs {
+
+  my ($commands) = @_;
+  my %commands = %$commands;
+
+  my $shlibs;
+  my $orig_argument;
+
+  if ($commands->{"n"}) {
+    print "catswim: no shlibs for not-installed, consider --diff\n"; exit;
+  }
+
+
+  dbi(\%commands);
+
+  if (defined $argument) {
+    if ($argument =~ /_/) {
+       $orig_argument = $argument;
+       my $check;
+       if (defined $db{"$argument"}) {
+        $check = $db{"$argument"};
+       }
+       $argument =~ m,(^.*)_(.*$),;
+        if (defined $check) {
+         $argument = $1;
+         }
+         else {}
+    }
+    else {
+       $orig_argument = $argument;
+    }
+  }
+  untie %db;
+
+  if (defined $argument) {
+    if (-e "$parent$base/info/$argument.shlibs") {
+        $shlibs = "$parent$base/info/$argument.shlibs";
+    } 
+  }
+    
+    if (defined $shlibs) {
+     print "Shlibs:\n"; 
+     open(SHLIBS,"$shlibs");
+      while (<SHLIBS>) {
+        if ($_ !~ m,^\n$,) {
+         print;
+        }
+      }
+     }
+
+   $argument = $orig_argument;
+      
+} # end sub shlibs
+
+
+1;

lib/Library.pm

@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
+#    Package administration and research tool for Debian
+#    Copyright (C) 1999-2000 Jonathan D. Rosenbaum
+
+#    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+#    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+#    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+#    (at your option) any later version.
+
+#    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+#    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+#    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+#    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+
+package SWIM::Library;
+use strict;
+use SWIM::Conf;
+use SWIM::Global;
+use vars qw(@ISA @EXPORT);
+   
+use Exporter;
+@ISA = qw(Exporter);
+@EXPORT = qw(which_archdist finddb root compress_contents);
+
+
+# functions which do not use DB_File  which_archdist() finddb() root()
+
+# which archictecture and distribution does this database involve
+sub which_archdist {
+
+  my ($commands) = @_;
+
+     my ($arch,$dist);
+     #if ($commands->{"initndb"} || $commands->{"rebuildndb"}) {
+      if ($commands->{"arch"}) {
+        $arch = "-" . $commands->{"arch"};
+      }
+      else {
+        $arch = "-$architecture";
+      }
+ 
+      if ($commands->{"dists"}) {
+        $dist = "-" . $commands->{"dists"};
+      }
+      else {
+        $dist = "-$distribution";
+      }
+     return ($arch,$dist);
+    # } 
+
+} # end sub which_archdist
+
+
+# finding any database
+sub finddb {
+
+  my ($commands) = @_;
+
+  my $fileplace;
+ 
+  if (($commands->{"dbpath"} && $commands->{"root"}) ||
+     ($commands->{"dbpath"} && !$commands->{"root"}) ||
+     (!$commands->{"dbpath"} && !$commands->{"root"})) {
+    $fileplace = "$parent$library";
+    return $fileplace;
+  }
+  elsif  (!$commands->{"dbpath"} && $commands->{"root"}) {
+    $fileplace = "$parent$base";
+    return $fileplace;
+  }
+
+} # end sub finddb
+
+# This gives the option to be able to used -d & -l, but not -f, by only
+# copying Contents over to contentsindex*.deb.gz.  This the fast way.
+sub compress_contents {
+ 
+  my ($Contents,$commands) = @_;
+  my %commands = %$commands;
+  my $contentsdb = finddb(\%commands);
+  my($arch,$dist) = which_archdist(\%commands);
+  my $contentsindex = "$contentsdb/ncontentsindex$arch$dist.deb";
+  my ($contentsindexgz, $mtime);
+  if (-e "$contentsdb/ncontentsindex$arch$dist.deb.gz") {
+   $contentsindexgz = "$contentsdb/ncontentsindex$arch$dist.deb.gz";
+   $mtime = (stat("$contentsindexgz"))[9];
+  }
+  else {
+      $contentsindexgz = "$contentsdb/ncontentsindex$arch$dist.deb.gz";
+  }
+
+  my $ex;
+  my $Contents_mtime = (stat("$Contents"))[9];
+  my $BContents = $Contents;
+  $Contents = -B $Contents || $Contents =~ m,\.(gz|Z)$, ? 
+               "$gzip -dc $Contents|" : "cat $Contents|";
+  if (defined $mtime) {  
+   if ($mtime == $Contents_mtime) {
+     print "Same Contents files, won't compress\n";
+     exit if !$commands->{"ndb"};
+     $ex = "stop";
+   }
+   else {
+      unlink($contentsindexgz);
+   }
+  }
+  if (!defined $ex) {
+    print "Copying new Contents\n";
+    #system $copy, $BContents, $contentsindexgz;
+
+    # changed for >= 0.2.9
+    # changed again >= 0.3.4   
+    open(CONTENTS, "$Contents") or die "where is it?\n";
+    open(CONTENTSDB,">$contentsindex");
+    while (<CONTENTS>) {                                                        
+       ##if (/^FILE\s*LOCATION$/) {                                           
+          ##while (<CONTENTS>) {                                               
+             s,^(\./)+,,;  # filter for Debians altered dir structure
+             print CONTENTSDB $_;
+          ##}
+       ##} 
+    }
+   print "Compressing Contents\n";                                            
+   # added -f just in case
+   system "$gzip", "-f", "-9", "$contentsindex";
+   utime(time,$Contents_mtime,$contentsindexgz); 
+  }
+
+} # end sub compress_contents
+
+# for / files 
+sub root {
+
+      if ($argument eq "/") {
+          $argument = "/.";
+       } 
+} # end sub root
+
+
+1;

lib/MD.pm

@@ -0,0 +1,268 @@
+#    Package administration and research tool for Debian
+#    Copyright (C) 1999-2000 Jonathan D. Rosenbaum
+
+#    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+#    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+#    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+#    (at your option) any later version.
+
+#    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+#    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+#    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+#    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+
+package SWIM::MD;
+use strict; 
+use SWIM::Conf qw(:Path $splt);
+use SWIM::DB_Library qw(:Md);
+use SWIM::Library;
+use SWIM::Global;
+use vars qw(@ISA @EXPORT %EXPORT_TAGS);
+use Exporter;
+@ISA = qw(Exporter);
+@EXPORT = qw(process_md);
+
+# process_md used by both SWIM::DB_Init and SWIM::NDB_Init
+
+=pod
+
+Because many files and directories exist more than once, and it would be
+kind of cool to go up to a directory /usr/bin or /usr/bin/ and do a
+swim -qf and see all the packages that populate that directory...
+multi-dimensional is the way to go.
+
+=cut
+
+sub process_md {
+
+     print "File Database is being made\n";
+
+     my ($commands) = @_;
+     my %commands = %$commands;
+     my @ppackage;
+     my %md;
+     my @md;
+     my @mi;
+     my $thingy;
+     my @name;
+     my $count = 0;
+     my $count1 = 1;
+
+     my($place) = finddb(\%commands);
+          
+     # Let's determine what architecture and distribution this person is
+     # interested in.
+     my ($arch, $dist, $not);
+     if ($commands->{"initndb"} || $commands->{"rebuildndb"}) {  
+       ($arch,$dist) = which_archdist(\%commands);
+       $not = "n";
+     }
+     else {
+        $arch = "";
+        $dist = "";
+        $not = "";
+     }
+     my $fileindex = $not . "fileindex";
+
+
+     # Now we process the files made from the massive array, and create
+     # fileindex.deb or nfileindex.deb    
+     # Let's just use split, and will allow for customized line adj.    
+     # 25000 is the default
+     if ($commands->{"split_data"}) {
+      my $split = $commands->{"split_data"};
+      system("$splt -l $split $tmp/big.debian $tmp/DEBIAN");
+     } 
+     else {
+      # Seems like a good default
+      system("$splt -l 25000 $tmp/big.debian $tmp/DEBIAN");
+     }
+     @ppackage = <$tmp/DEBIAN*>;
+     # It's unlikely this file will ever get too massive.
+     push(@ppackage, "$tmp/long.debian");
+     print "  Create the database\n";
+     foreach $thingy (@ppackage) {  
+      open(PARTS, "$thingy"); 
+         while (<PARTS>) {
+             my @c;
+             @md = split(/ -> /,$_); 
+             if (defined($md[1])) { 
+              chomp $md[0];
+              chomp $md[1];
+              @c = split(/\s/, $md[1]); 
+             }
+             push(@mi,$md[0]);
+             push(@mi,$md[1]);
+        } # while        
+       print "    $thingy\n";
+       print "    wait a few seconds\n";
+       my $zing;
+       if (($commands->{"dbpath"} && $commands->{"root"}) ||
+         ($commands->{"dbpath"} && !$commands->{"root"}) ||
+         (!$commands->{"dbpath"} && !$commands->{"root"})) {
+        $zing = tie %md, 'DB_File',"$parent$library/$fileindex$arch$dist.deb" 
+                or die "DB_File: $!";
+       }
+       elsif  (!$commands->{"dbpath"} && $commands->{"root"}) {
+         $zing = tie %md, 'DB_File',"$parent$base/$fileindex$arch$dist.deb" 
+                 or die "DB_File: $!";
+       }
+       while ($count <= $#mi) {
+         $zing->put($mi[$count], $mi[$count1]); 
+         $count = $count + 2;
+         $count1 = $count1 + 2;
+       }     
+      undef $zing;
+      untie %md;
+      undef %md;
+      @mi = ();
+      @md = ();
+      $count = 0;
+      $count1 = 1;
+      close(PARTS); 
+     } # end foreach  
+
+     # now we get to take into account deinstall:ok:config-files
+     # situations for an installed system.
+     if ($commands->{"initdb"} || $commands->{"rebuilddb"}) {
+       sb(\%$commands); ib(\%commands); my $yich;
+        foreach (values %sb) { 
+         my $zit; my ($nit,$yit) = (split(/\s/,$_))[0,3]; 
+         if ($yit eq "deinstall:ok:config-files" ||
+             $yit eq "purge:ok:config-files") { 
+          ($zit = $nit) =~ s,\+,\\\+,; 
+          if ($ib{"/."} !~ m,$zit,) {
+           if (!defined $yich) {
+             $yich = $nit;
+           } 
+           else {
+             $yich = $yich . " $nit";
+           } 
+          }
+         } 
+        }
+        $ib{"/."} = $ib{"/."} . " $yich";
+     }
+
+     # after much experimentation it turns out that a flat text file
+     # is much faster for this particular application.  This also
+     # creates the hash database reference for -db or -i.
+     my $searchindex =  $not . "searchindex";
+     open(FLATFILE, ">$place/$searchindex$arch$dist.deb");
+     print "Create the powersearch flat database\n";
+     foreach $thingy (@ppackage) {  
+      if ($thingy ne "$tmp/long.debian") {
+       open(PARTS, "$thingy");         
+          while (<PARTS>) {
+              @md = split(/ -> /,$_); 
+              if (defined($md[1])) { 
+               chomp $md[0];
+              }
+              push(@mi,$md[0]);
+         } # while        
+       }
+       print "    $thingy\n";
+       print "    wait a few seconds\n";
+       while ($count <= $#mi) {
+          print FLATFILE "$mi[$count]\n";
+          $count++;
+       }     
+      $count = 0;
+      @mi = ();
+      @md = ();
+      close(PARTS); 
+    } # end foreach  
+    close(FLATFILE);
+
+     # This creates the flatfile with the directories for --powersearch
+     # --dir, which is probably a rare match in most cases.  This doesn't
+     # create a hash reference database for --db and -i because the only
+     # package which could benifit from this is base-files, but it has
+     # configuaration files, on the other hand RedHat has at least one 
+     # package without directories or files, but this is Debian.
+     my $dirindex =  $not . "dirindex";
+     open(FLATFILE, ">$place/$dirindex$arch$dist.deb");
+     print "Create the powersearch flat directory database\n";
+       open(PARTS, "$ppackage[$#ppackage]");         
+          while (<PARTS>) {
+              @md = split(/ -> /,$_); 
+              if (defined($md[1])) { 
+               chomp $md[0];
+              }
+              push(@mi,$md[0]);
+         } # while        
+       print "    $ppackage[$#ppackage]\n";
+       while ($count <= $#mi) {
+          print FLATFILE "$mi[$count]\n";
+          $count++;
+       }     
+      $count = 0;
+      @mi = ();
+      @md = ();
+      close(PARTS); 
+    close(FLATFILE);
+
+    # compare nstatusindex*.deb to /. from nfileindex*.deb to find out if
+    # any of the packages in Packages weren't represented in the Contents
+    # file.  This is different than the earlier report which shows packages
+    # which weren't in Packages but were in Contents.  This list is kept,
+    # and used again in a future --ndb run to make the matches, if they
+    # exist.
+    if ($commands->{"initndb"} || $commands->{"rebuildndb"}) {
+       nsb(\%$commands);
+       nzing(\%commands);
+       my @fileindex = split(/\s/,$ib{"/."});
+       my @statusindex = split(/\s/,$nsb{"/."});
+       if ($#fileindex < $#statusindex) {
+         my $place = finddb(\%commands);
+         open(DIFF, ">$place/.packagesdiff$arch$dist.deb") 
+             or warn "couldn't create diff file\n";
+         my %uniques;
+         @uniques{@fileindex} = ();
+         foreach (@statusindex) {
+           # no sense putting non-US or experimental in here unless this 
+           # is what is wanted. Only need to check for group non-us/*
+           if (!$commands->{"nue"}) {
+              my $name = (split(/_/,$_))[0];
+              if (defined $nsb{$name}) {
+               next if (split(/\s/,$nsb{$name}))[1] =~ m,non-us,;
+              }
+              if ($dist eq "experimental") {
+                next;
+              }
+           }
+           elsif ($dist eq "experimental") {
+            if (!$commands->{"nue"}) {
+              my $name = (split(/_/,$_))[0];
+              if (defined $nsb{$name}) {
+               next if (split(/\s/,$nsb{$name}))[1] =~ m,non-us,;
+              }
+            }
+           }
+            print DIFF "$_\n" unless exists $uniques{$_};
+         }
+        $zing->del("/.");
+        $zing->put("/.",$nsb{"/."});
+       }
+    } # end if
+
+# Will unlink transfer.deb, big.debian, long.debian.
+  unlink(<$tmp/DEBIAN*>);
+  unlink("$tmp/transfer.deb");
+  unlink("$tmp/big.debian");
+  unlink("$tmp/long.debian");
+
+
+  #!!!
+   print "    over and out\n";
+   print scalar(localtime), "\n";
+
+} # end sub process_md
+
+
+1;

lib/NDB_File.pm

@@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
+#    Package administration and research tool for Debian
+#    Copyright (C) 1999-2000 Jonathan D. Rosenbaum
+
+#    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+#    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+#    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+#    (at your option) any later version.
+
+#    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+#    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+#    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+#    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+package SWIM::NDB_File;
+use strict;
+use SWIM::DB_Library qw(ram_on); # nzing nsb
+use SWIM::Library;
+use SWIM::Global qw($argument); # %ib $zing %nsb
+use SWIM::Conf qw($pwd $tmp);
+use SWIM::Dir;
+use SWIM::Ramdisk;
+use vars qw(@ISA @EXPORT);
+use Exporter;
+@ISA = qw(Exporter);
+@EXPORT = qw(noram ncontents_exist find_contents remove_add_nfile);
+
+# This program handles updating nfileindex-arch-dists.deb
+
+# This checks if the ramdisk is on, we will want to turn it off, if it is.
+sub noram {
+
+   my ($commands) = @_;
+   my %commands = %$commands;  
+   my $ramdisk = ram_on(\%commands);
+
+  if ($ramdisk eq "yes") {
+   my $what = "yes";
+   $commands{"ramdiskoff"} = 1; 
+   ramdisk(\%commands);
+  } # if ramdisk
+
+} # end sub nfile
+
+# This will set-up the argument for ncontents if it can be found.
+sub ncontents_exist {
+
+   my ($commands) = @_;
+   my %commands = %$commands;
+   my $contentsdb = finddb(\%commands);
+   my ($arch,$dist) = which_archdist(\%commands);
+
+
+    if (-e "$contentsdb/ncontentsindex$arch$dist.deb.gz") { 
+      if (-e "$contentsdb/ndirindex$arch$dist.deb.gz") {
+         unlink("$contentsdb/ndirindex$arch$dist.deb.gz");
+      }
+      if (-e "$contentsdb/nsearchindex$arch$dist.deb.gz") {
+         unlink("$contentsdb/nsearchindex$arch$dist.deb.gz");
+      }
+     return " $contentsdb/ncontentsindex$arch$dist.deb.gz|"; 
+    }
+   else {
+     return "no";
+   }
+
+}  # end sub ncontents_exist
+
+# Find where the new Contents is on the on the command line vs the old
+# Contents database (when the FDB argument isn't used).
+sub find_contents {
+
+   my ($commands) = @_;
+   my %commands = %$commands;
+
+       ############
+       # CONTENTS #
+       ############
+       # Figure out where Contents is
+       if ($commands->{"Contents"}) {
+        my ($Contents,$FDB);
+        for ($commands->{"Contents"}) { 
+
+          ###############
+          # SITUATION 0 #
+          ###############
+          # this doesn't work to well for anything less simple than ../../
+          if (m,^\.\./|^\.\.$,) {
+           if ($_ !~ m,/[\w-+]+/[\.\$\^\+\?\*\[\]\w-]*$,) {
+             my $dd; tr/\/// ? ($dd = tr/\///) : ($dd = 1); 
+             my @pwd =  split(m,/,,$pwd);
+             s,\.\./,,g;
+             my $tpwd = "";
+             for (1 .. $#pwd - $dd) {
+               $_ == 1  ? ($tpwd = "/$pwd[$_]") 
+                        : (x$tpwd = $tpwd . "/$pwd[$_]");
+             }
+            $_ ne ".." ? ($Contents = "$tpwd/$_") : ($Contents = "$tpwd/");
+           }
+            dir(\%commands);
+            fir(\%commands);
+          }
+
+          ###############
+          # SITUATION I #
+          ###############
+          elsif ( m,\/,) {
+            $Contents = $_;
+              if ($Contents =~ m,^\.\/.*,) {
+                  if ($pwd !~ m,^\/$,) {
+                    $Contents =~ m,^\.([^\.].*$),;
+                    $Contents = "$pwd$1";
+                  }
+                  else {
+                   $Contents =~ m,^\.([^\.].*$),;
+                   $Contents = "$1";
+                  }
+               } 
+            dir(\%commands);
+            fir(\%commands);
+          }
+
+          ################
+          # SITUATION II #
+          ################
+          elsif ($pwd =~ m,^\/$,) {
+            $Contents = "/$_";
+            dir(\%commands);
+            fir(\%commands);
+          }
+
+          #################
+          # SITUATION III #
+          #################
+          else {
+            $Contents = "$pwd/$_";
+              if ($Contents =~ m,\.$,) {
+                 $Contents =~ m,(.*)\.$,;
+                 $Contents = $1;
+               }
+            dir(\%commands);
+            fir(\%commands);
+          }
+        } 
+
+    return $Contents;
+
+   } # if Contents
+
+} # end sub find_contents
+
+# figure out --df and remove from nfileindex-arch-dists.deb 
+sub remove_add_nfile {
+
+   my ($argument,$Contents,$subject,$commands) = @_;
+   my %commands = %$commands;
+   #my $contentsdb = finddb(\%commands);
+   #my ($arch,$dist) = which_archdist(\%commands);
+   ##nzing(\%commands);
+
+   # the + solution
+   $argument =~ s,\+,\\\\+,g if $argument =~ m,\+,;
+   $Contents = "zgrep -E $argument\ $Contents"; 
+   
+   my($dirfile,$package,@dirfile,%all,%again,
+      @package_match,@more_things,@file);
+    open(CONTENTSDB, "$Contents"); 
+    while (<CONTENTSDB>) {
+    # changed for >= 0.2.9
+    #if (/^FILE\s*LOCATION$/) {                                             
+    #while (<CONTENTSDB>) {  
+      ########
+      # --DF #
+      ########
+       $argument =~ s,\\\\+,\\\+,g if $argument =~ m,\+,;                       
+       if (m,$subject/$argument,) { 
+       #if (m,\b$argument\b,) {
+
+         ######################
+         #    ENDS WITH /     #
+         ######################
+         if (m,.*/\s+\w*,) {
+           ($dirfile,$package) = split(/\s+/,$_,2);
+           if ($package !~ m,^[a-z0-9-]*/.*$|^[a-z0-9-]*/.*/.*$,) {
+           my @more_things = split(/\s+/,$package);
+           $package = $more_things[$#more_things];
+           (my $backpackage = $package) =~ s,\+,\\+,g;
+           my @dirfile = split(/\s+$backpackage/,$_);
+           $dirfile = $dirfile[0];
+           }
+           @dirfile = split(/\//,$dirfile); $dirfile =~ s,/$,,;
+         } 
+         ######################
+         # DOESN'T END WITH / #
+         ######################
+         else {
+           ($dirfile,$package) = split(/\s+/,$_,2);  
+           if ($package !~ m,^[a-z0-9-]*/.*$|^[a-z0-9-]*/.*/.*$,) {
+           my @more_things = split(/\s+/,$package);
+           $package = $more_things[$#more_things];
+           (my $backpackage = $package) =~ s,\+,\\+,g;
+           my @dirfile = split(/\s+$backpackage/,$_);
+           $dirfile = $dirfile[0];
+           }
+           @dirfile = split(/\//,$dirfile);
+         }
+         ###########################
+         # PROCESS INTO FILES/DIRS #
+         ###########################
+         my ($count,$holder);
+         for ($count = 0; $count <= $#dirfile; $count++) {
+              if ($count == 0) {
+                $holder = "/$dirfile[$count]";
+                my $again = "$dirfile[$count]";
+                $again{$again}++;
+                #my $all = "/.";
+                #$all{$all}++;
+                #if ($all{$all} == 1) {
+                  #print FILELIST "/.\n";
+                #}
+                if ($again{$again} == 1) {                 
+                  push(@file,"/$dirfile[$count]");
+                  #print FILELIST "/$dirfile[$count]\n"; 
+                }
+              }
+              else {  
+                $holder =  $holder . "/$dirfile[$count]";
+                my $again = "$holder";
+                $again{$again}++;
+                if ($again{$again} == 1) {
+                  push(@file,"$holder");
+                  #print FILELIST "$holder\n"; 
+                }
+              }
+         } # end for
+       }
+    undef @package_match;
+    #}
+    #}
+    } # while
+   close(CONTENTSDB);
+   undef @more_things; undef @dirfile; undef %again; undef %all;
+   return @file;
+
+
+} # end sub remove_nfile
+
+1;

lib/Pn_print.pm

@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+#    Package administration and research tool for Debian
+#    Copyright (C) 1999-2000 Jonathan D. Rosenbaum
+
+#    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+#    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+#    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+#    (at your option) any later version.
+
+#    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+#    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+#    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+#    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+
+package SWIM::Pn_print;
+use strict;
+use SWIM::Global qw($argument);
+use vars qw(@ISA @EXPORT);
+use Exporter;
+@ISA = qw(Exporter);
+@EXPORT = qw(singular);
+
+
+# There are times when it is good to print out the "package name_version"
+# and there are times when it is unecessary.  This sub tries to resolve
+# these situations, basically it's printme()
+sub singular {
+
+  my ($commands) = @_;
+  my %commands = %$commands;
+
+  # for files, dirs, or groups
+  if (($commands->{"f"} || $commands->{"dir"} ||  $commands->{"g"} || 
+      $commands->{"q"}) && 
+      !($commands->{"i"} || $commands->{"l"} ||
+      $commands->{"df"} || $commands->{"d"} || $commands->{"c"} ||
+      $commands->{"scripts"} || $commands->{"preinst"} || $commands->{"postinst"} || 
+      $commands->{"prerm"} || $commands->{"postrm"} || $commands->{"T"} ||
+      $commands->{"pre_depends"} || $commands->{"depends"} || 
+      $commands->{"recommends"} || $commands->{"suggests"} ||
+      $commands->{"provides"} || $commands->{"replaces"} ||
+      $commands->{"conflicts"} || $commands->{"requires"} ||
+      $commands->{"changelog"} || $commands->{"m"} || $commands->{"menu"} ||
+      $commands->{"copyright"})) {
+        print "$argument\n";
+  }
+  elsif (($commands->{"f"}  || $commands->{"dir"} ||  $commands->{"g"} ||
+      $commands->{"q"}) && 
+      $commands {"c"} && !($commands->{"i"} || 
+      $commands->{"df"} || $commands->{"d"} || $commands->{"l"} ||
+      $commands->{"scripts"} || $commands->{"preinst"} || $commands->{"postinst"} || 
+      $commands->{"prerm"} || $commands->{"postrm"} || $commands->{"T"} &&
+      $commands->{"pre_depends"} || $commands->{"depends"} || 
+      $commands->{"recommends"} || $commands->{"suggests"} ||
+      $commands->{"provides"} || $commands->{"replaces"} ||
+      $commands->{"conflicts"} || $commands->{"requires"} ||
+      $commands->{"changelog"}  || $commands->{"m"} || $commands->{"menu"} ||
+      $commands->{"copyright"})) {
+        print "$argument\n";
+  }
+  elsif (($commands->{"f"}  || $commands->{"dir"} || $commands->{"g"} ||
+      $commands->{"q"}) && 
+      $commands {"c"} && $commands->{"d"} &&
+      !($commands->{"i"} || $commands->{"df"} || $commands->{"l"} || 
+      $commands->{"scripts"} || $commands->{"preinst"} || $commands->{"postinst"} || 
+      $commands->{"prerm"} || $commands->{"postrm"} || $commands->{"T"} ||
+      $commands->{"pre_depends"} || $commands->{"depends"} || 
+      $commands->{"recommends"} || $commands->{"suggests"} ||
+      $commands->{"provides"} || $commands->{"replaces"} ||
+      $commands->{"conflicts"} || $commands->{"requires"} ||
+      $commands->{"changelog"}  || $commands->{"m"} || $commands->{"menu"} ||
+      $commands->{"copyright"})) {
+        print "$argument\n";
+  }
+  elsif (($commands->{"f"}  || $commands->{"dir"} ||  $commands->{"g"} ||
+      $commands->{"q"}) && 
+      $commands {"c"} && ($commands->{"d"} ||
+      $commands->{"l"}) && !($commands->{"i"} || $commands->{"df"} || 
+      $commands->{"scripts"} || $commands->{"preinst"} || $commands->{"postinst"} || 
+      $commands->{"prerm"} || $commands->{"postrm"} || $commands->{"T"} ||
+      $commands->{"pre_depends"} || $commands->{"depends"} || 
+      $commands->{"recommends"} || $commands->{"suggests"} ||
+      $commands->{"provides"} || $commands->{"replaces"} ||
+      $commands->{"conflicts"} || $commands->{"requires"} ||
+      $commands->{"changelog"}  || $commands->{"m"} || $commands->{"menu"} ||
+      $commands->{"copyright"})) {
+        print "$argument\n";
+  }
+
+} # end sub singular
+
+
+1;

lib/Qftp.pm

@@ -0,0 +1,951 @@
+#    Package administration and research tool for Debian
+#    Copyright (C) 1999-2000 Jonathan D. Rosenbaum
+
+#    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+#    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+#    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+#    (at your option) any later version.
+
+#    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+#    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+#    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+#    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+
+package SWIM::Qftp;
+use strict;
+use SWIM::Conf;
+use SWIM::Global qw(@PACKAGES $argument %db);
+use SWIM::DB_Library qw(:Xyz);
+use SWIM::Deb qw(md5sumo);
+use vars qw(@ISA @EXPORT);
+use Net::FTP;
+use SWIM::F;
+use Exporter;
+@ISA = qw(Exporter);
+@EXPORT = qw(qftp);
+
+
+=pod
+
+This is the ftp client when --ftp is called with -q, --search/--ps.  The
+downloaded packages are put in the Default directory (DF) in a directory
+mirroring (in a way relative to the design of swim) the dists structure
+which is standard with Debian. This is desirable if a person wants to mirror
+parts of a remote ftp site above the
+default_directory/default_root_directory/; this also makes it easy for a
+person to make their own distribution if they want, and apt can be used to
+install the packages at a later time by temporarily placing them in
+/var/cache/apt/archives using --df2apt.  Obviously, this is nicer than using
+apt just to download the packages, but the --nz option (apt) is provided
+just in case a person is too lazed to do the -T thing, then they can do the
+--apt2df thingy to move the packages from /var/cache/apt/archives to the
+appropriate place in the DF.  Ofcourse, maybe the -T thing was what the
+person didn't want to do, or maybe the person wants to do a combination of
+both (like something in the -T apt doesn't care about), this would be an
+instance where --ftp would be more useful.  The configuration file presents
+a way to set this up so that the directory particular to the local ftpd can
+be integrated into the DF.  The DF can be given any unique named
+directories, and the permisions of the directories created above can also be
+specified. Other options to control the DF will be provided, and -h will be
+available for querying the database pertaining to the packages in the DF,
+thereby allowing manipulation of the packages in the DF.  The database will
+be made from Packages databases updated whenever the DF is called.  There
+will be two types of Packages, one pertaining to the state of the local
+system, and the other pertaining to the state of the real distribution. 
+--file, and --http will also be integrated with DF when they become
+available.  
+
+IMPORTANT: Support will only be provided for not-installed databases, use a
+not-installed database which reflects the currently installed package you
+want to download in binary or source code. This is due to the fact that swim
+thinks in terms of distribution states, and your installed system may
+represent a combination of these things.  The md5sum is currently checked
+for packages, but not for source, if the md5sum data exists (not a new
+debian-revision, for instance)  the package will be checked. Whether or not
+the package is OK it will be placed in it's appropriate place if it
+downloads correctly.  If you get FAILED, examine the package and alert
+the
+community (download place, what's wrong with the package), then delete the
+package. 
+
+=cut
+sub qftp {
+
+ my ($arg,$commands) = @_;
+ my %commands = %$commands;
+
+
+    # Although the /dists/... could be found with -i, it's simpler
+    # just to use name_versionFILENAME instead.  People shouldn't
+    # edit --stdin to combine different distributions when doing --ftp,
+    # (note: ofcourse apt-cache dumpavail could be used, and 
+    # ncontentsindex could be put together from many dbs)
+    # since swim can only figure out what distribution is wanted
+    # from the default value or the one provided on the command line.  
+    # The same is true of using apt.  Whatever package is
+    # provided to --stdin is assumed to be of the specified distribution,
+    # anyways.
+    if (!$commands->{"n"}) {
+      dbi(\%commands);
+      @PACKAGES = map($db{$_},(@PACKAGES = split(/\s/,$arg)));
+    }
+    else {
+      ndb(\%commands);
+      @PACKAGES = map($db{$_},(@PACKAGES = split(/\s/,$arg))) 
+    }
+
+
+    my @LOCATION;
+    for (0 .. $#PACKAGES) {
+     if (!defined $PACKAGES[$_]) {
+       print "swim: specified package(s) not found in database\n";
+       exit;
+     } 
+    } 
+    if (defined $db{$PACKAGES[0] . "FN"}) {  
+      @LOCATION = map($db{$_ . "FN"},@PACKAGES);
+    }
+    else {
+     print "swim: incorrect database was specified\n";
+     exit;
+    }
+
+   # might as well check for a temporary directory for downloads, if it
+   # doesn't exist create it.
+   mkdir("$default_directory/partial",$permission) 
+   if !-d "$default_directory/partial";
+   
+   # Check if there is a sources.list specified
+   if (-e "$swim_conf/swimz.list") {
+     undef @FTP;
+     open(SOURCES,"$swim_conf/swimz.list")
+     or warn "swim: could not find swimz.list\n";
+       while (<SOURCES>) {
+         if ($_ !~ m,#.*|^\s+,) { 
+            chomp; push(@FTP,$_);
+         }
+       }
+      if ($#FTP == -1) { 
+        print "swim: no sites specified in swimz.list, quiting\n";
+        exit;
+      }
+   }
+
+    # let's make unique sites
+    my (%site,@sites,$site);
+    foreach $site (@FTP) {
+      my @parts  = split(' ', $site);
+      $parts[1]  =~ m,^ftp:/+( (?: (?!/). ) *)(.*),sx;
+      $site{$1}++;
+      push(@sites,"$1!$site") if $site{$1} == 1;
+    }
+
+
+   foreach $site (@sites) {
+
+       # will provide all kinds of options for ftp..like firewall
+       
+       my $uri; ($site, $uri) = split(/!/,$site);
+       my $ftp = Net::FTP->new($site,
+                            Debug => $debug,
+                            Timeout => $timeout,                        
+                            Passive => $passive,
+                            Firewall => $firewall,
+                            Port => $port
+                            );
+
+       ###########
+       # CONNECT #
+       ###########
+       if (defined $ftp) {
+        my $connected = $ftp->code();
+        if ($connected == 220) {
+         print "swim: connected to $site\n";
+        }
+       }
+       else {
+         print "swim: could not find $site\n";
+         next;
+       }
+
+
+       #########
+       # LOGIN #
+       #########
+       $ftp->login("anonymous","swim\@the.netpedia.net");
+       my $logged  = $ftp->code();
+       # we are logged, but what is the time difference.
+       if ($logged == 230 || $logged == 332) {
+         print "swim: logged in to $site\n";
+         $ftp->binary;
+       }
+       else {
+        # 530 "not logged in" will have to test this
+        $ftp->code();
+        print "swim: not logged in to $site\n";
+        next;
+       }
+
+     # find the base to the distribution 
+     my @parts  = split(' ', $uri);
+     $parts[1]  =~ m,^ftp:/+( (?: (?!/). ) *)(.*),sx;
+     my $base = $2;
+
+    # this finds the base, but it only needs to be found once, ofcourse
+    # a foreach is totally unecessary unless the site has weird symlinks.
+    my @tryme_again; my $base_count = 0;
+    foreach (@FTP) {
+      next if $base_count == 1;
+
+       ############
+       #  SETUP   #
+       ############
+        LOCUS: foreach (@LOCATION) {
+        m,(.*)/(.*)$,;
+        my $uptopackage = $1;
+        my $packagename = $2; my $packagen = $2; 
+        $packagename =~ s,\+,\\\+,g;
+        my ($source_drd,$drd);
+        # make directories with permissions if they don't already exist
+        # and also establish standardized (swimy) debian-non-US and the
+        # appropriate symlinks
+        # if a non-US file is requested.
+        if ($uptopackage !~ /non-US/) {
+         if (!-d "$default_directory/$default_root_directory/$uptopackage") {
+          my $place = "$default_directory/$default_root_directory";
+          my @DP = split(m,/,,$uptopackage);
+          my $placement = "/";
+          for (0 .. $#DP) {  
+            $_ == 0 ? ($placement = "/$DP[$_]") 
+                    : ($placement = $placement . "/" . $DP[$_]);
+            mkdir("$place$placement",$permission); 
+                 # will fix this later
+                 # or warn "swim: could not create dists directory\n";
+                 # Ofcourse there is even a better fix.
+          }
+         }
+        }
+        ####################
+        # ################ #
+        # # NON-US FILES # #
+        # ################ #
+        ####################
+        else {
+         (my $above_drd = $uptopackage) =~ s,dists,,;
+         $above_drd =~ s,non-US/,,;
+         $source_drd = (split(m,/,,$above_drd))[1];    
+         ($drd = $default_root_directory) =~ s,/debian,,;
+         if (!-e "$default_directory$drd/debian-non-US$above_drd") {
+          my $place = "$default_directory";
+          my $create = "$drd/debian-non-US$above_drd"; 
+          my @DP = split(m,/,,$create);
+          my $placement = "/";
+          for (0 .. $#DP) {  
+            $_ == 0 ? ($placement = "/$DP[$_]") 
+                    : ($placement = $placement . "/" . $DP[$_]);
+            mkdir("$place$placement",$permission) 
+                 or warn "swim: could not create debian-non-US directory\n";
+          }
+          if (!-d "$default_directory$drd/debian-non-US/$source_drd/source") {
+          my $place = "$default_directory";
+          my $create = "$drd/debian-non-US/$source_drd/source"; 
+          my @DP = split(m,/,,$create);
+          my $placement = "/";
+          for (0 .. $#DP) {  
+            $_ == 0 ? ($placement = "/$DP[$_]") 
+                    : ($placement = $placement . "/" . $DP[$_]);
+            mkdir("$place$placement",$permission) 
+                 or warn "swim: could not create debian-non-US directory\n";
+          }
+          } 
+ 
+         $place = "$default_directory$drd/debian-non-US";
+         my $disty = (split(m,/,))[1]; $create = "/dists/$disty";
+         undef @DP;
+          @DP = split(m,/,,$create);
+          for (0 .. $#DP) {  
+            $_ == 0 ? ($placement = "/$DP[$_]") 
+                    : ($placement = $placement . "/" . $DP[$_]);
+            mkdir("$place$placement",$permission) 
+                 or warn "swim: could not create debian-non-US directory\n";
+          }
+
+         # make the symlinks
+         chdir("$place$placement");
+         symlink("../../$disty","non-US");
+         symlink("../../$disty/source","source");
+
+         $place = "$default_directory$drd/debian"; $create = "/dists/$disty";
+         undef @DP;
+          @DP = split(m,/,,$create);
+          for (0 .. $#DP) {  
+            $_ == 0 ? ($placement = "/$DP[$_]") 
+                    : ($placement = $placement . "/" . $DP[$_]);
+            mkdir("$place$placement",$permission) 
+                 or warn "swim: could not create debian-non-US directory\n";
+          }
+         chdir("$place$placement");
+
+         # make more symlinks
+         symlink
+         ("../../../debian-non-US/dists/$disty/non-US","non-US");
+         } # if non-US dir !-e
+        } # end non-us
+
+ 
+        #######
+        # GET #
+        #######
+        my $file; 
+         ($packagen = $packagename) =~ s,\\\+,\+,g;
+         my $localfile =
+        "$default_directory/partial/$packagen";
+         my $home =
+        "$default_directory/$default_root_directory/$_";
+         my $size = $ftp->size("$base/$_");
+         my $rmtime = $ftp->mdtm("$base/$_");
+         my $file_exist = $ftp->code();
+         #########################
+         # CHECK DEBIAN-REVISION #
+         #########################
+         # the way this is set up, it is assumed that something exists for
+         # the -(debian-revision).
+         if ($file_exist == 550) {
+           print "swim: $packagen does not exist on the server\n"; 
+           print "swim: checking to see if the debian-revision has changed\n";
+           $packagename =~ m,^(.*)-[\dA-Za-z\.\+]+\.deb$,;
+           my $matcher = $1;
+           $_ =~ m,^(.*)/$matcher[-\da-zA-Z\.\+]+\.deb$,;
+           my $otherthing = $1;
+           my $REVISIONCHANGE = $ftp->ls("$base/$uptopackage");
+           my $singfile;
+           foreach (@{$REVISIONCHANGE}) {
+             m,^.*/($matcher[-\dA-Za-z\.\+]+\.deb)$,           
+                ? ($singfile = $1)  
+                : ($singfile = $_);
+              if ($singfile =~ /^$matcher/) {
+                  $file = $singfile;
+              }
+            }
+           my $checkfile;
+           defined $file
+            ? ($checkfile = $otherthing . "/$file")
+            : ($checkfile = "NOFILE");          
+           $size = $ftp->size("$base/$checkfile");
+           $rmtime = $ftp->mdtm("$base/$checkfile");
+           $file_exist = $ftp->code();
+           print "swim: could not find $packagen debian-revision\n"
+           if $file_exist == 550;
+           push(@tryme_again,$_) if $file_exist == 550;
+           next if $file_exist == 550;
+           $localfile =~ s,$matcher[-\dA-Za-z\.\+]*\.deb$,$file,;
+           $home = 
+           "$default_directory/$default_root_directory/$uptopackage/$file";
+           $packagename = $file; $file = $otherthing . "/$file";
+         } # END DEBIAN-REVISION
+         else {$file = $_; }
+         my ($lsize,$lmtime);
+
+
+         ########################
+         # SAME PACKAGE LOCALLY #
+         ########################
+         $packagename =~ m,(^[A-Za-z\d\+-\\+]*)_([\\+A-Za-z\d\+\.:]*)
+                             [-]?[\dA-Za-z\.\+]*\.deb$,x; 
+         my $spackage = $1; my $upstream_revision = $2;
+         $spackage =~ s,\+,\\\+,g;
+         if (-e $home) {
+           ($lsize,$lmtime) = (stat($home))[7,9];
+         } 
+         # If the upstream-revision has changed and
+         # a local package with the same name exists, we want to delete it.
+         else {
+           opendir(DF,"$default_directory/$default_root_directory/$uptopackage");
+           my $grepthing = "^" . $spackage . "_";
+           #my $grepthing = $spackage . "_" . $upstream_revision;
+           foreach (sort grep(/$grepthing/, readdir(DF))) {
+             m,(.*)_([\dA-Za-z\+\.:]+)[-]?[\dA-Za-z\+\.]*\.deb$,;
+             my $lupstream_revision = $2;
+             if ($lupstream_revision eq $upstream_revision) {               
+               print "swim: $_ with different debian-revision exists\n";
+               $_ = "";
+
+               ##########
+               # SOURCE #
+               ##########         
+               if ($commands->{"source"} || $commands->{"source_only"}) {
+                 my (@SOURCE,$upstream_change); 
+                 my ($matcher,$local_source,$remote_source,$base) =
+                 source_calc($base,$uptopackage,$packagename,$drd,$source_drd);
+                 my $REVISIONCHANGE = $ftp->ls("$base/$remote_source");
+                 my $singfile;
+                 foreach (@{$REVISIONCHANGE}) {
+                   m,^.*/($matcher.*)$,           
+                    ? ($singfile = $1)  
+                    : ($singfile = $_);
+                   if ($singfile =~ /^$matcher/) {
+                     $file = $singfile;
+                     push(@SOURCE,"$base/$remote_source/$singfile");
+                   }
+                 }
+                 if (!defined @SOURCE) {
+                  print "swim: checking for upstream-revsion change\n";
+                  ($matcher) =  (split(/_/,$matcher))[0];
+                   foreach (@{$REVISIONCHANGE}) {
+                     m,^.*/($matcher.*)$,           
+                        ? ($singfile = $1)  
+                        : ($singfile = $_);
+                      if ($singfile =~ /^$matcher/) {
+                          $file = $singfile;
+                          push(@SOURCE,"$base/$remote_source/$singfile");
+                      }
+                   }
+                  $upstream_change = "yes" if defined @SOURCE;
+                 }
+                 foreach (@SOURCE) {
+                  m,.*/(.*)$,; $packagename = $1;
+                  $lmtime = (stat("$local_source/$packagename"))[9];
+                  -e "$local_source/$packagename"
+                   ? ($lmtime = (stat("$local_source/$packagename"))[9])
+                   : ($lmtime = -1);
+                  $size = $ftp->size("$_");
+                  $rmtime = $ftp->mdtm("$_");
+                  $file_exist = $ftp->code();
+                  if ($lmtime != $rmtime) {
+                   if (!$commands->{"diff"}) {
+                      $localfile = "$default_directory/partial/$packagename";
+                      !defined $upstream_change
+                       ? print "swim: downloading $packagename ($size bytes)\n"
+                       : print "swim: downloading upstream-revision $packagename ($size bytes)\n";
+                      get($ftp,"$_",$localfile);
+                      my $complete = $ftp->code();         
+                      $lsize = (stat($localfile))[7];
+                      if ($lsize == $size && $complete == 226 && 
+                          $lmtime != $rmtime) {
+                      print "swim: successful retrieval of $packagename\n"; 
+                      rename("$localfile","$local_source/$packagename")
+                      or system "$mv","$localfile","$local_source/$packagename";
+                     }
+                     else {
+                      print "swim: unsuccessful retrieval of $packagename\n";   
+                     }
+                   } 
+                   else {
+                    if (m,diff\.gz,) {
+                     $localfile = "$default_directory/partial/$packagename";
+                     !defined $upstream_change
+                     ? print "swim: downloading $packagename ($size bytes)\n"
+                     : print "swim: downloading upstream-revision $packagename ($size bytes)\n";
+                     get($ftp,"$_",$localfile);
+                     my $complete = $ftp->code();         
+                     $lsize = (stat($localfile))[7];
+                     if ($lsize == $size && $complete == 226 && 
+                         $lmtime != $rmtime) {
+                      print "swim: successful retrieval of $packagename\n"; 
+                      rename("$localfile","$local_source/$packagename")
+                      or system "$mv","$localfile","$local_source/$packagename";
+                     }
+                     else {
+                      print "swim: unsuccessful retrieval of $packagename\n";   
+                     }
+                   }
+                  }
+                   utime(time,$rmtime,"$local_source/$packagename");
+                   $_ = "";
+                  }
+                  else {
+                    print "swim: $packagename already exists\n"
+                  }
+                 } 
+               } # source
+               next LOCUS;
+             }
+             elsif  ($lupstream_revision ne $upstream_revision) {
+              if (!$commands->{"source_only"}) {
+               print "swim: replacing $_ with a different upstream-revision\n";
+               unlink
+               ("$default_directory/$default_root_directory/$uptopackage/$_");
+              } 
+               print "swim: $_ exists with a different upstream-revision\n";
+             }
+           }
+           closedir(DF); 
+         } 
+
+         ##################
+         # EXISTS LOCALLY #
+         ################## 
+         # got here but localtime was greater.
+         if (defined $rmtime && defined $lmtime) {
+          # ofcourse if the file does exist locally and has the same name
+          # and version, and this exists, something strange is going on.
+          if ($lmtime < $rmtime) {
+           print "swim: downloading $packagen, strange.........
+same upstream version exists in the same package locally\n"; 
+           get($ftp,"$base/$file",$localfile);
+           my $complete = $ftp->code();          
+           $argument = $localfile; 
+           $commands{"md5sum"} = 1; 
+           md5sumo(\%commands) if $complete == 226;        
+           ($packagen = $packagename) =~ s,\\\+,\+,g;
+           print "swim: successful retrieval of $packagen\n"               
+           if $complete == 226;
+           $_ = "" if $complete == 226;
+           utime(time,$rmtime,$localfile);
+          }
+          elsif ($lmtime == $rmtime) {
+           $_ = "";
+           ($packagen = $packagename) =~ s,\\\+,\+,g;
+           print "swim: $packagen already exists\n";
+           ##########
+           # SOURCE #
+           ##########         
+            if ($commands->{"source"} || $commands->{"source_only"}) {
+             my (@SOURCE,$upstream_change); 
+             my ($matcher,$local_source,$remote_source,$base) =
+             source_calc($base,$uptopackage,$packagename,$drd,$source_drd);
+             my $REVISIONCHANGE = $ftp->ls("$base/$remote_source");
+             my $singfile;
+             foreach (@{$REVISIONCHANGE}) {
+               m,^.*/($matcher.*)$,           
+                  ? ($singfile = $1)  
+                  : ($singfile = $_);
+                if ($singfile =~ /^$matcher/) {
+                    $file = $singfile;
+                    push(@SOURCE,"$base/$remote_source/$singfile");
+                }
+             }
+             if (!defined @SOURCE) {
+              print "swim: checking for upstream-revsion change\n";
+              ($matcher) =  (split(/_/,$matcher))[0];
+               foreach (@{$REVISIONCHANGE}) {
+                 m,^.*/($matcher.*)$,           
+                    ? ($singfile = $1)  
+                    : ($singfile = $_);
+                  if ($singfile =~ /^$matcher/) {
+                      $file = $singfile;
+                      push(@SOURCE,"$base/$remote_source/$singfile");
+                  }
+               }
+              $upstream_change = "yes" if defined @SOURCE;
+             }
+             foreach (@SOURCE) {
+              m,.*/(.*)$,; $packagename = $1;
+              -e "$local_source/$packagename"
+               ? ($lmtime = (stat("$local_source/$packagename"))[9])
+               : ($lmtime = -1);
+              $size = $ftp->size("$_");
+              $rmtime = $ftp->mdtm("$_");
+              $file_exist = $ftp->code();
+              if ($lmtime != $rmtime) {
+               if (!$commands->{"diff"}) {
+                 $localfile = "$default_directory/partial/$packagename";
+                  !defined $upstream_change
+                   ? print "swim: downloading $packagename ($size bytes)\n"
+                   : print "swim: downloading upstream-revision $packagename ($size bytes)\n"; 
+                 get($ftp,"$_",$localfile);
+                 my $complete = $ftp->code();         
+                 $lsize = (stat($localfile))[7];
+                 if ($lsize == $size && $complete == 226 && $lmtime != $rmtime) {
+                  print "swim: successful retrieval of $packagename\n"; 
+                  rename("$localfile","$local_source/$packagename")
+                  or system "$mv","$localfile","$local_source/$packagename";
+                 }
+                 else {
+                  print "swim: unsuccessful retrieval of $packagename\n";   
+                 }
+               } 
+               else {
+                if (m,diff\.gz,) {
+                 $localfile = "$default_directory/partial/$packagename";
+                  !defined $upstream_change
+                   ? print "swim: downloading $packagename ($size bytes)\n"
+                   : print "swim: downloading upstream-revision $packagename ($size bytes)\n"; 
+                 get($ftp,"$_",$localfile);
+                 my $complete = $ftp->code();         
+                 $lsize = (stat($localfile))[7];
+                 if ($lsize == $size && $complete == 226 && $lmtime != $rmtime) {
+                  print "swim: successful retrieval of $packagename\n"; 
+                  rename("$localfile","$local_source/$packagename")
+                  or system "$mv","$localfile","$local_source/$packagename";
+                 }
+                 else {
+                  print "swim: unsuccessful retrieval of $packagename\n";   
+                 }
+                }
+               }
+               utime(time,$rmtime,"$local_source/$packagename");
+               $_ = "";
+              }
+              else {
+                print "swim: $packagename already exists\n"
+              }
+             } 
+            } # source
+          }
+         }
+         #########################################################
+         # DOESN'T EXIST LOCALLY OR DIFFERENT UPSTREAM-REVISION #
+         #########################################################
+         else {
+          ########################
+          # BINARY AND/OR SOURCE #
+          ########################
+          if (!$commands->{"source_only"}) { 
+            print "swim: downloading $packagen ($size bytes)\n"; 
+            my $upstream_change;
+            get($ftp,"$base/$file",$localfile);
+            my $complete = $ftp->code();         
+            $lsize = (stat($localfile))[7];
+            if ($lsize == $size && $complete == 226) {
+             $argument = $localfile; 
+             $commands{"md5sum"} = 1; md5sumo(\%commands);
+             ($packagen = $packagename) =~ s,\\\+,\+,g;
+             print "swim: successful retrieval of $packagen\n";               
+             rename("$localfile","$home")
+             or system "$mv", "$localfile", "$home";
+             utime(time,$rmtime,"$home");
+            }
+            else {
+             print "swim: unsuccessful retrieval of $file\n";               
+            }
+            $_ = "";
+            ##########
+            # SOURCE #
+            ##########
+            if ($commands->{"source"}) {
+             my (@SOURCE,$upstream_change); 
+             my ($matcher,$local_source,$remote_source,$base) =
+             source_calc($base,$uptopackage,$packagename,$drd,$source_drd);
+             my $REVISIONCHANGE = $ftp->ls("$base/$remote_source");
+             my $singfile;
+             foreach (@{$REVISIONCHANGE}) {
+               m,^.*/($matcher.*)$,           
+                  ? ($singfile = $1)  
+                  : ($singfile = $_);
+                if ($singfile =~ /^$matcher/) {
+                    $file = $singfile;
+                    push(@SOURCE,"$base/$remote_source/$singfile");
+                }
+             }
+             if (!defined @SOURCE) {
+              print "swim: checking for upstream-revsion change\n";
+              ($matcher) =  (split(/_/,$matcher))[0];
+               foreach (@{$REVISIONCHANGE}) {
+                 m,^.*/($matcher.*)$,           
+                    ? ($singfile = $1)  
+                    : ($singfile = $_);
+                  if ($singfile =~ /^$matcher/) {
+                      $file = $singfile;
+                      push(@SOURCE,"$base/$remote_source/$singfile");
+                  }
+               }
+              $upstream_change = "yes" if defined @SOURCE;
+             }
+             foreach (@SOURCE) {
+              m,.*/(.*)$,; $packagename = $1;
+              -e "$local_source/$packagename"
+               ? ($lmtime = (stat("$local_source/$packagename"))[9])
+               : ($lmtime = -1);
+              $size = $ftp->size("$_");
+              $rmtime = $ftp->mdtm("$_");
+              $file_exist = $ftp->code();
+              if ($lmtime != $rmtime) {
+               if (!$commands->{"diff"}) {
+                 $localfile = "$default_directory/partial/$packagename";
+                  !defined $upstream_change
+                   ? print "swim: downloading $packagename ($size bytes)\n"
+                   : print "swim: downloading upstream-revision $packagename ($size bytes)\n";
+                 get($ftp,"$_",$localfile);
+                 my $complete = $ftp->code();         
+                 $lsize = (stat($localfile))[7];
+                 if ($lsize == $size && $complete == 226 && $lmtime != $rmtime) {
+                  print "swim: successful retrieval of $packagename\n"; 
+                  rename("$localfile","$local_source/$packagename")
+                  or system "$mv","$localfile","$local_source/$packagename";
+                 }
+                 else {
+                  print "swim: unsuccessful retrieval of $packagename\n";   
+                 }
+               } 
+               else {
+                if (m,diff\.gz,) {
+                 $localfile = "$default_directory/partial/$packagename";
+                 !defined $upstream_change
+                  ? print "swim: downloading $packagename ($size bytes)\n"
+                  : print "swim: downloading upstream-revision $packagename ($size bytes)\n"; 
+                 get($ftp,"$_",$localfile);
+                 my $complete = $ftp->code();         
+                 $lsize = (stat($localfile))[7];
+                 if ($lsize == $size && $complete == 226 && $lmtime != $rmtime) {
+                  print "swim: successful retrieval of $packagename\n"; 
+                  rename("$localfile","$local_source/$packagename")
+                  or system "$mv","$localfile","$local_source/$packagename";
+                 }
+                 else {
+                  print "swim: unsuccessful retrieval of $packagename\n";   
+                 }
+                }
+               }
+               utime(time,$rmtime,"$local_source/$packagename");
+               $_ = "";
+              }
+              else {
+                print "swim: $packagename already exists\n"
+              }
+             } 
+            } # source
+          }
+          ###############
+          # SOURCE-ONLY #
+          ###############
+          else {
+             my (@SOURCE,$upstream_change); 
+             my ($matcher,$local_source,$remote_source,$base) =
+             source_calc($base,$uptopackage,$packagename,$drd,$source_drd);
+             my $REVISIONCHANGE = $ftp->ls("$base/$remote_source");
+             my $singfile;
+             foreach (@{$REVISIONCHANGE}) {
+               m,^.*/($matcher.*)$,           
+                  ? ($singfile = $1)  
+                  : ($singfile = $_);
+                if ($singfile =~ /^$matcher/) {
+                    $file = $singfile;
+                    push(@SOURCE,"$base/$remote_source/$singfile");
+                }
+             }
+             if (!defined @SOURCE) {
+              print "swim: checking for upstream-revsion change\n";
+              ($matcher) =  (split(/_/,$matcher))[0];
+               foreach (@{$REVISIONCHANGE}) {
+                 m,^.*/($matcher.*)$,           
+                    ? ($singfile = $1)  
+                    : ($singfile = $_);
+                  if ($singfile =~ /^$matcher/) {
+                      $file = $singfile;
+                      push(@SOURCE,"$base/$remote_source/$singfile");
+                  }
+               }
+              $upstream_change = "yes" if defined @SOURCE;
+             }
+             foreach (@SOURCE) {
+              m,.*/(.*)$,; $packagename = $1;
+              -e "$local_source/$packagename"
+               ? ($lmtime = (stat("$local_source/$packagename"))[9])
+               : ($lmtime = -1);
+              $size = $ftp->size("$_");
+              $rmtime = $ftp->mdtm("$_");
+              $file_exist = $ftp->code();
+              if ($lmtime != $rmtime) {
+               if (!$commands->{"diff"}) {
+                 $localfile = "$default_directory/partial/$packagename";
+                  !defined $upstream_change
+                   ? print "swim: downloading $packagename ($size bytes)\n"
+                   : print "swim: downloading upstream-revision $packagename ($size bytes)\n"; 
+                 get($ftp,"$_",$localfile);
+                 my $complete = $ftp->code();         
+                 $lsize = (stat($localfile))[7];
+                 if ($lsize == $size && $complete == 226 && $lmtime != $rmtime) {
+                  print "swim: successful retrieval of $packagename\n"; 
+                  rename("$localfile","$local_source/$packagename")
+                  or system "$mv","$localfile","$local_source/$packagename";
+                 }
+                 else {
+                  print "swim: unsuccessful retrieval of $packagename\n";   
+                 }
+               } 
+               else {
+                if (m,diff\.gz,) {
+                 $localfile = "$default_directory/partial/$packagename";
+                 !defined $upstream_change
+                  ? print "swim: downloading $packagename ($size bytes)\n"
+                  : print "swim: downloading upstream-revision $packagename ($size bytes)\n"; 
+                 get($ftp,"$_",$localfile);
+                 my $complete = $ftp->code();         
+                 $lsize = (stat($localfile))[7];
+                 if ($lsize == $size && $complete == 226 && $lmtime != $rmtime) {
+                  print "swim: successful retrieval of $packagename\n"; 
+                  rename("$localfile","$local_source/$packagename")
+                  or system "$mv","$localfile","$local_source/$packagename";
+                 }
+                 else {
+                  print "swim: unsuccessful retrieval of $packagename\n";   
+                 }
+                }
+               }
+               utime(time,$rmtime,"$local_source/$packagename");
+               $_ = "";
+              }
+              else {
+                print "swim: $packagename already exists\n"
+              }
+             } 
+          } # source-only
+         }
+       } 
+    $base_count++;
+    } # foreach FTP
+       undef @LOCATION;
+       @LOCATION = @tryme_again;        
+     $ftp->quit() if !defined @LOCATION;
+     my $good_bye = $ftp->code();
+     print "swim: logged out\n" if $good_bye == 221;
+     undef @sites if !defined @LOCATION;  
+
+   } # foreach sites
+    untie %db;
+
+} # end sub qftp
+
+
+# figure out the source stuff, make appropriate directories for sections
+# which aren't non-US
+sub source_calc {
+
+            my($base,$uptopackage,$packagename,$drd,$source_drd) = @_;
+
+
+            # if source is empty in %db we can use the package name, need
+            # to watch for experimental
+            my ($remote_source,$local_source,@SOURCE);
+             # NON-US
+             if ($uptopackage =~ /non-US/) {
+              $local_source =
+              "$default_directory$drd/debian-non-US/$source_drd/source";
+              $uptopackage =~ m,(.*)/.*$,; $remote_source = $1;
+              $remote_source = "$remote_source/source";
+              # for safety's sake and because most sites don't have
+              # /pub/debian/dists/unstable/non-US/source except for a 
+              # site made with swim, convert debian to debian-non-US and
+              # hope everything is standard.
+              if ($base !~ /debian-non-US/) {
+               $base =~ s/debian/debian-non-US/;
+              }
+             }
+             # EVERYTHING ELSE 
+             else {
+              $uptopackage =~ m,(.*)/(.*)$,; 
+              my $subject = $2; $1 =~ m,(.*)/.*$,; $local_source = $1;
+              #$remote_source =~  m,(.*)/.*$,; $remote_source = $1;
+              $remote_source = $local_source;
+              $local_source = "$remote_source/source/$subject";
+              $remote_source = $local_source;
+              $local_source = 
+              "$default_directory$default_root_directory/$local_source";
+             }             
+
+             # exciting matcher realities..if it isn't non-US than the
+             # %db needs to be searched for anything found in Source:,
+             # if it is defined, then vola, herein this section lays the
+             # source, otherwise it's probably in the section which pertains
+             # to the package being queried..we hope.  Epochs aren't used 
+             # fortunately they aren't in package_versionFN, but they can
+             # be in the Source: area so they need to be removed.
+             $packagename =~ m,(^[A-Za-z\d\+-\\+]*_[\\+A-Za-z\d\+\.:]*)
+                               [-]?[\dA-Za-z\.\+]*\.deb$,x;
+
+             # everything, but revision
+             my $matcher = $1;               
+             $matcher =~ m,^(.*)_(.*)$,; my $mat = $1;
+             if (defined $db{$mat}) {
+                $mat = $db{$mat}; $mat = $db{$mat};               
+                if ($mat =~ m,Installed-Size:\s\d+\s+Source:\s(.*),){
+                  $matcher = $1;
+                  ##########################################
+                  # DIFFERENT VERSION AND DIFFERENT SOURCE #
+                  ##########################################
+                  if ($matcher =~ m,[\(\)], ) {
+                   $matcher =~ /:/  
+                    ? $matcher =~ m,^(.*)
+                                 \s\([\d]?[:]?
+                                 ([A-Za-z0-9\+\.]+)
+                                 [-]?[\dA-Za-z\+\.]*\)$,x
+                    : $matcher =~ m,^(.*)
+                                 \s\(
+                                 ([A-Za-z0-9\+\.]+)
+                                 [-]?[\dA-Za-z\+\.]*\)$,x;
+                    
+                     my $mat2 = $1;  my $mat2_ver = $2;
+                     $matcher = $mat2 . "_" . $mat2_ver;
+                     if (defined $db{$mat2}) {               
+                       $matcher = $mat2 . "_" . $mat2_ver;
+                       # time to change the $remote_source and $local_source
+                       if ($uptopackage !~ /non-US/) {
+                         my $change = $db{$mat2};  
+                         $change = $db{$change ."FN"}; 
+                         $change =~ m,(.*)/(.*)$,;
+                         $uptopackage = $1; $uptopackage =~ m,(.*)/(.*)$,; 
+                         my $subject = $2;
+                         $1 =~ m,(.*)/.*$,; $local_source = $1;
+                         $local_source = "$local_source/source/$subject";
+                         $remote_source = $local_source;
+                         $local_source =
+                         "$default_directory$default_root_directory/$local_source";
+                       }
+                     }
+                  }
+                  #####################################
+                  # SAME VERSION AND DIFFERENT SOURCE #
+                  #####################################
+                  else {
+                      if (defined $db{$matcher}) {
+                       # time to change the
+                       # $remote_source and $local_source
+                       if ($uptopackage !~ /non-US/) {
+                         my $change = $db{$matcher};  
+                         $change = $db{$change ."FN"}; 
+                         $change =~ m,(.*)/(.*)$,;
+                         $uptopackage = $1; $uptopackage =~ m,(.*)/(.*)$,; 
+                         my $subject = $2;
+                         $1 =~ m,(.*)/.*$,; $local_source = $1;
+                         $local_source = "$local_source/source/$subject";
+                         $remote_source = $local_source;
+                         $local_source =
+                         "$default_directory$default_root_directory/$local_source";
+                       }
+                      }
+                  }
+                } # Source: found
+             } # should be defined
+
+
+             # time to make direcorties if $local_source isn't defined
+             # non-US already made, if source if already made, just the 
+             # subject above needs to be made
+             if (!-e $local_source) {
+               my $place;
+               my @LS = split(m,/,,$local_source);
+               for (1 .. $#LS - 2) {
+                 $_ == 1 ? ($place = "/$LS[$_]") 
+                         : ($place = $place . "/" . $LS[$_]);
+               } 
+               my $create = "$LS[$#LS -1]/$LS[$#LS]"; 
+               if (-d "$place/$LS[$#LS - 1]") {
+                 mkdir("$place/$create",$permission) 
+                      or warn "swim: could not create source directory\n";
+               }
+               else { 
+                my @DP = split(m,/,,$create);
+                my $placement = "/";
+                for (0 .. $#DP) {  
+                  $_ == 0 ? ($placement = "/$DP[$_]") 
+                          : ($placement = $placement . "/" . $DP[$_]);
+                  mkdir("$place$placement",$permission) 
+                       or warn "swim: could not create source directory\n";
+                }
+               }
+             }
+            
+             return($matcher,$local_source,$remote_source,$base); 
+
+} # end source_calc
+
+
+
+
+1;

lib/Ramdisk.pm

@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
+#    Package administration and research tool for Debian
+#    Copyright (C) 1999-2000 Jonathan D. Rosenbaum
+
+#    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+#    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+#    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+#    (at your option) any later version.
+
+#    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+#    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+#    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+#    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+
+package SWIM::Ramdisk;  
+use strict;
+use SWIM::Conf;
+use SWIM::Library;
+use vars qw(@ISA @EXPORT);
+
+use Exporter;
+@ISA = qw(Exporter);
+@EXPORT = qw(ramdisk);
+
+
+=pod
+
+make access a lot faster for contentsindex.deb.gz, alternatively 
+searchindex.deb & file/dirindex. Ramdisks don't work well for 
+everything like the creation of a database.  The goal is to
+automatically determine the size of the disk based on the files 
+put into it (which will all be compressed)  This also has a residual 
+effect, so when the ramdisk is umounted stuff still stays in
+the memory. 
+
+=cut
+
+sub ramdisk {
+
+
+  my ($commands) = @_;
+
+  # lot's of thing can be put into the ramdisk,  ncontentsindex being the
+  # most important, but flat search files, too.  --ramdiskon -n would be
+  # the most important application.  
+  my $size = 0;  
+  my (@storage,@files);
+  my $count = 0;
+  my %commands = %$commands; 
+  my $where = finddb(\%commands);
+  my ($arch,$dist) = which_archdist(\%commands);
+  my $not = "n" if defined $arch;
+     $not = "" if !$commands->{"n"};
+     $arch = "" if !$commands->{"n"};
+     $dist = "" if !$commands->{"n"};
+  my $contentsindex  = "contentsindex";
+  my $searchindex = "searchindex";
+  my $dirindex = "dirindex";
+
+ if ($commands->{"ramdiskon"}) {
+
+   my  $rambo =  "$cat /proc/mounts|";
+   open(RAM, "$rambo"); 
+    while (<RAM>) {
+      if (/ram/) {
+        my($device,$mount) = split(/\s/,$_,2);
+          if ($mount =~ /dramdisk/) {
+            print "swim: use --ramdiskoff\n";
+            exit;
+          }
+        $storage[$count] = $device;
+        $count++;
+      }
+    }
+    close(RAM);
+
+  if (-e "$where/$not$contentsindex$arch$dist.deb.gz" &&
+      -B "$where/$not$contentsindex$arch$dist.deb.gz") { 
+         $size = (stat("$where/$not$contentsindex$arch$dist.deb.gz"))[7];
+          push(@files,"$where/$not$contentsindex$arch$dist.deb.gz");
+  }
+  
+  if ($commands->{"searchfile"}) {
+    # stat caused some weirdisms based on the boolean logic
+    #if (-e "$where/$not$searchindex$arch$dist.deb" &&
+    #    -e "$where/$not$dirindex$arch$dist.deb") {
+        # compress the monsters 
+        if (!-e "$where/$not$dirindex$arch$dist.deb.gz") {
+          print "swim: please wait while dirindex.deb is compressed\n";
+        if (-e "$where/$not$dirindex$arch$dist.deb") {
+        system "$gzip -c9 $where/$not$dirindex$arch$dist.deb > $where/$not$dirindex$arch$dist.deb.gz";
+        }
+        }
+        if (!-e "$where/$not$searchindex$arch$dist.deb.gz") {        
+          print "swim: please wait while searchindex.deb is compressed\n";
+        if (-e "$where/$not$searchindex$arch$dist.deb") {
+        system "$gzip -c9 $where/$not$searchindex$arch$dist.deb > $where/$not$searchindex$arch$dist.deb.gz";
+        }
+        }
+        push(@files,"$where/$not$dirindex$arch$dist.deb.gz");
+        push(@files,"$where/$not$searchindex$arch$dist.deb.gz");
+        my $size1 = (stat("$where/$not$searchindex$arch$dist.deb.gz"))[7];
+        my $size2 = (stat("$where/$not$dirindex$arch$dist.deb.gz"))[7];
+        if (defined $size) {
+          $size = $size + $size1 + $size2;
+        }
+        else {
+          $size = $size1 + $size2;
+       }
+    #}
+  }
+      
+ # it will be assumed that ext2 is used, and hopefully there isn't a mount
+ # of the exact same name..hence dramdisk should be unusual
+  my $number;
+  if (defined @storage) {
+    @storage = sort {$a cmp $b} @storage;
+    $storage[$#storage] =~ s/\D//g;
+    $number = $storage[$#storage] + 1;
+  }
+  else {
+    $number = 0;
+  }
+
+    # the size will be the sizes added together/1024 + (.15 of the total)
+    if (-e "$where/dramdisk") {
+      if (!-d "$where/dramdisk") {
+        print "swim: --ramdiskon requires dir dramdisk, but a file named dramdisk already exists\n";
+        exit;
+      }
+    }
+    elsif (!-d "$where/dramdisk") {
+       mkdir("$where/dramdisk",0666);
+    }
+
+    my $increase = $size * 0.15;
+    $size = $increase + $size;
+    $size = $size/1024;
+    $size = sprintf("%.f",$size);
+    if ($size > 0) {
+     system "$mke2fs", "-m0", "/dev/ram$number", "$size";
+     system "$mount", "-t", "ext2", "/dev/ram$number", "$where/dramdisk";
+      foreach (@files) {
+       system "$copy", "$_", "$where/dramdisk";
+      } 
+    }
+  } # if on
+  else {
+
+   my  $rambo =  "$cat /proc/mounts|";
+   open(RAM, "$rambo"); 
+    while (<RAM>) {
+      if (/ram/) {
+        my($device,$mount) = split(/\s/,$_,2);
+          if ($mount =~ /dramdisk/) {
+          system "$umount", "$device";
+          exit;
+          }
+        $storage[$count] = $device;
+        $count++;
+      }
+    }
+    close(RAM);
+
+
+ } # if off
+ 
+ exit;
+
+} # end sub ramdisk
+
+
+
+
+
+1;

lib/Safex.pm

@@ -0,0 +1,470 @@
+#    Package administration and research tool for Debian
+#    Copyright (C) 1999-2000 Jonathan D. Rosenbaum
+
+#    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+#    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+#    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+#    (at your option) any later version.
+
+#    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+#    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+#    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+#    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+
+package SWIM::Safex;
+use strict;
+use Term::ReadLine;
+use SWIM::Conf qw($apt_get $dpkg $tmp $HISTORY);
+use SWIM::Global qw(@PACKAGES $argument $aptor_group %db);
+use SWIM::DB_Library qw(:Xyz);
+use SWIM::Library;  
+use vars qw(@ISA @EXPORT %EXPORT_TAGS);   
+use Exporter;
+@ISA = qw(Exporter);
+@EXPORT = qw(safex);
+
+
+# when x is called
+sub safex {
+
+ my ($commands) = @_;
+ my %commands = %$commands;
+
+ if ($commands->{"x"} || $commands->{"ftp"} || $commands->{"source"} ||
+     $commands->{"source_only"} || $commands->{"remove"} || $commands->{"r"} ||
+     $commands->{"purge"}) {
+ 
+  
+   if (!defined @PACKAGES) {
+     if ($commands->{"search"} || $commands->{"ps"} || $commands->{"research"}
+         || $commands->{"refinesearch"}) {
+       @PACKAGES = "NOPACKAGES";
+     }
+     else {
+        @PACKAGES = @ARGV;
+     }
+   }
+ 
+   #print "PACKAGES @PACKAGES $argument\n";
+
+   my ($aptor,$arg);
+   if (defined $argument) {
+    if ($argument =~ /_/) {
+     $argument =~ m,(.*)_.*,; 
+     $aptor = $1;
+    }
+    else {
+      if (($argument =~ m,/, && ($commands->{"y"} || $commands->{"z"} ||
+           $commands->{"ftp"} || $commands->{"nz"})) || defined $aptor_group ||
+           $commands->{"ftp"} || $commands->{"purge"} || $commands->{"remove"} ||
+           $commands->{"r"}) {
+       if ($PACKAGES[$#PACKAGES] =~ /_/) {
+         $PACKAGES[$#PACKAGES] =~ m,(.*)_.*,; 
+         $aptor = $1;
+       }
+       else {
+         $aptor = $PACKAGES[$#PACKAGES];
+       }
+      }
+      else { 
+       $aptor = $argument;    
+      }
+    }
+   }
+   else {
+      if ($commands->{"y"} || $commands->{"z"} || $commands->{"ftp"} ||
+          $commands->{"nz"} || $commands->{"purge"} || $commands->{"remove"} ||
+          $commands->{"r"}) {
+       if ($PACKAGES[$#PACKAGES] =~ /_/) {
+         $PACKAGES[$#PACKAGES] =~ m,(.*)_.*,; 
+         $aptor = $1;
+       }
+       else {
+         $aptor = $PACKAGES[$#PACKAGES];
+       }
+      }
+   }
+  
+   if ($PACKAGES[$#PACKAGES] =~ m,/,) {
+    $PACKAGES[$#PACKAGES] =~ m,.*/(.*)$,;
+    $arg = $1;
+    foreach (@PACKAGES) {
+      $_  =~ m,.*/(.*)$,;
+      shift @PACKAGES;
+      push(@PACKAGES,$1);
+    }
+   }
+   else {
+    if ($PACKAGES[$#PACKAGES] =~ /_/) {
+     $PACKAGES[$#PACKAGES] =~ m,(.*)_.*,; 
+     $arg = $1;
+     foreach (0 .. $#PACKAGES) {
+       if ($PACKAGES[$_] =~ /_/) {
+        $PACKAGES[$_]  =~ m,^(.*)_.*$,;
+        $PACKAGES[$_] = $1; 
+       }
+       else {
+        $PACKAGES[$_] = $PACKAGES[$_];
+       }
+     }
+    }
+    else {
+     $arg = $PACKAGES[$#PACKAGES];
+     foreach (0 .. $#PACKAGES) {
+       if ($PACKAGES[$_] =~ /_/) {
+        $PACKAGES[$_]  =~ m,^(.*)_.*$,;
+        $PACKAGES[$_] = $1; 
+       }
+       else {
+        $PACKAGES[$_] = $PACKAGES[$_];
+       }
+     }
+    }
+   }  
+
+   $aptor = "DEFINEDONE" if !defined $aptor;
+   if (($aptor eq  $arg) || ($commands->{"search"} ||
+        $commands->{"ps"} || $commands->{"research"} ||
+        $commands->{"refinesearch"} || $aptor eq "/.") && 
+        $PACKAGES[0] ne "NOPACKAGES") {
+     xyz(\%commands);
+   }
+ }
+
+
+}
+
+
+# swim provides a great interface to apt.  The trick is to not actually
+# run apt-get until all the arguments are stored in an array.  This is
+# done easily for xy and for for xyz which provides virtual installation
+# and querying completion after --db && --ndb updates.  Obviously, the
+# package virtually installed needs to be the same architecture as the
+# machine running, since this is how apt works, but the databases can be
+# in any specified directory.  This function also provides an interface for
+# ftp, as well as dpkg's --remove & --purge.
+sub xyz {
+
+  my ($commands) = @_;
+  my %commands = %$commands;
+
+  if (!$commands->{"ftp"}) {
+   if (!defined $apt_get) {
+     print "swim: configure swimrc\n";
+     exit;
+   }
+  }   
+
+  # error correcting  
+  if ($commands->{"ftp"} && ($commands->{"r"} || $commands->{"remove"} ||
+      $commands->{"purge"})) {
+    print "swim: --ftp cannot be used with ";  
+    print "-r " if defined $commands->{"r"};
+    print "--remove " if defined $commands->{"remove"};
+    print "--purge " if defined $commands->{"purge"};
+    print "\n";
+    exit;
+  }
+  if (($commands->{"r"} || $commands->{"remove"}) && $commands->{"purge"}) {
+    print "swim: ";
+    print "-r " if defined $commands->{"r"};
+    print "--remove " if defined $commands->{"remove"};
+    print "--purge " if defined $commands->{"purge"};
+    print "cannot be used together\n";
+    exit;
+  }
+  if (($commands->{"y"} || $commands->{"z"} || $commands->{"x"} ||
+       $commands->{"nz"}) && ($commands->{"ftp"} || $commands->{"purge"})) {
+    print "swim: -";
+    print "x" if $commands->{"x"};
+    print "y" if $commands->{"y"};
+    print "z" if $commands->{"z"};
+    print " --nz" if $commands->{"nz"};
+    print " cannot be used with ";
+    print "--purge " if defined $commands->{"purge"};
+    print "--ftp " if defined $commands->{"ftp"};
+    print "\n";
+    exit;
+  }
+  if (($commands->{"source"} && $commands->{"source_only"})) {
+    print "swim: --source and --source_only cannot be used together\n";
+    exit;
+  }
+  if (($commands->{"source"} || $commands->{"source_only"}) &&
+       !$commands->{"ftp"}) {
+    print "swim: --";
+    print "source" if $commands->{"source"};
+    print "source_only" if $commands->{"source_only"};
+    print " cannot be used without --ftp\n";
+    exit;
+  }  
+  if (($commands->{"y"} || $commands->{"z"} || $commands->{"nz"}) &&
+       !$commands->{"x"}) {
+    print "swim: requires -x option\n";
+    exit;
+  }
+
+  if ($commands->{"x"}) {
+   # There's no sense in doing this if the wrong architecture is called.
+   if (defined $dpkg) {
+    system "$dpkg --print-installation-architecture > $tmp/arch.deb";
+    open(ARCH, "$tmp/arch.deb") or warn "couldn't find arch\n";
+    my @arch = <ARCH>; chomp $arch[0];
+    my($arch,$dist) = which_archdist(\%commands); $arch =~ m,^-(.*),;
+    if ($1 ne $arch[0]) {
+       print "swim: apt uses the $arch[0] architecture\n";
+       exit;   
+    }
+   }
+  }
+
+
+  ###############
+  # SAFETY MODE #
+  ###############
+  if ((($commands->{"x"} || ($commands->{"x"} && $commands->{"y"})) || 
+      ($commands->{"x"} && ($commands->{"r"} || $commands->{"remove"}) ||
+      ($commands->{"x"} && $commands->{"y"} && ($commands->{"r"} ||
+      $commands->{"remove"})))) && 
+      !($commands->{"z"} || $commands->{"nz"})) {
+    my $arg;
+    my $count = 0;
+    foreach (@PACKAGES) {
+    if ($count == 0) {  
+       $arg = "$_";
+     }
+     else {
+       $arg = $arg . " " . "$_";
+     }  
+      $count++;
+    }
+    #########
+    # STDIN #
+    #########
+    if ($commands->{"stdin"}) {
+     my $term = Term::ReadLine->new("Simple Shell");
+     my @HISTORY = history(\%commands);
+     $term->addhistory(@HISTORY);
+     my @history; push(@history,"$arg");
+     print "swim: type exit to finish --stdin\n";
+     my $termcount = 0;
+     while ($termcount < 1 ) {
+       $_ = $term->readline('swim: ',"$arg");
+       push (@history,$_);
+       $termcount++;
+     } do { $_ = $term->readline('swim: '); 
+            push (@history,$_);
+           } while  $_ ne "exit";
+      $arg = $history[$#history - 1];
+      if ($arg ne $HISTORY[$#HISTORY]) {
+        if ($arg =~ m,^[^\w],) {
+          $arg =~ s,^\s+(\w+),$1,;
+        }
+         history_print($arg,\%commands);
+      }
+    } 
+    !($commands->{"r"} || $commands{"remove"}) ?
+      system "$apt_get install -qs $arg" :
+      system "$apt_get remove -qs $arg";
+  }
+  #####################
+  # INSTALLATION MODE #
+  #####################
+  # provides optional --stdin to change packages to be installed 
+  # from the command line
+  else {
+    my $arg;
+    my $count = 0;
+    foreach (@PACKAGES) {
+     if ($count == 0) {  
+       $arg = "$_";
+     }
+     else {
+       $arg = $arg . " " . "$_";
+     }  
+      $count++;
+    }
+    #########
+    # STDIN #
+    #########
+    if ($commands->{"stdin"}) {
+     my $term = Term::ReadLine->new("Simple Shell");
+     my @HISTORY = history(\%commands);
+     $term->addhistory(@HISTORY);
+     my @history; push(@history,"$arg");
+     print "swim: type exit to finish --stdin\n";
+     my $termcount = 0;
+     while ($termcount < 1 ) {
+       $_ = $term->readline('swim: ',"$arg");
+       push (@history,$_);
+       $termcount++;
+     } do { $_ = $term->readline('swim: '); 
+            push (@history,$_);
+           } while  $_ ne "exit";
+      $arg = $history[$#history - 1];
+      if ("$arg" ne "$HISTORY[$#HISTORY]") {
+        if ($arg =~ m,^[^\w],) {
+          $arg =~ s,^\s+(\w+),$1,;
+        }
+         history_print($arg,\%commands);
+      }
+    } 
+    #######
+    # XYZ #
+    #######
+    if (!($commands->{"ftp"} || $commands->{"purge"})) {
+     if (!$commands->{"y"}) {
+      if (!$commands->{"nz"}) {
+       !($commands->{"r"} || $commands{"remove"}) ?
+         system "$apt_get install $arg" :
+         system "$apt_get remove $arg";
+      }
+      else {
+       !($commands->{"r"} || $commands{"remove"}) ?
+         system "$apt_get -d install $arg" :
+         system "$apt_get  remove $arg";
+      } 
+     }
+     else {
+      if (!$commands->{"nz"}) {
+       !($commands->{"r"} || $commands{"remove"}) ?
+         system "$apt_get install -y $arg" :
+         system "$apt_get remove -y $arg";
+      }
+      else {
+       # not that the y does anything
+       !($commands->{"r"} || $commands{"remove"}) ?
+         system "$apt_get install -y -d $arg" :
+         system "$apt_get remove -y $arg";
+      }
+     }
+    }
+    #######
+    # FTP #
+    #######
+    elsif ($commands->{"ftp"}) {
+      require SWIM::Qftp;
+      SWIM::Qftp->import(qw(qftp));
+      qftp($arg,\%commands);
+    }
+  
+    ##################
+    # PURGE & REMOVE #
+    ##################
+    elsif ($commands->{"purge"} || $commands->{"remove"} || $commands->{"r"}) {        
+      purge($arg,\%commands);
+    }
+
+    # this is a good time to return the versions, too, as well as
+    # including any NEW packages from --db and --ndb.  We'll assume $arg
+    # from qftp will never be too large
+    if (!$commands->{"n"}) {
+      dbi(\%commands);
+      @PACKAGES = map($db{$_},(@PACKAGES = split(/\s/,$arg)));
+    }
+    else {
+      ndb(\%commands);
+      @PACKAGES = map($db{$_},(@PACKAGES = split(/\s/,$arg)));
+    }
+    untie %db;
+  } 
+
+} # end sub xyz
+
+
+# Remove (keep configuration files) or purge everything for each package.
+sub purge {
+
+ my ($arg,$commands) = @_;
+
+    if (!$commands->{"n"}) {
+     if ($commands->{"purge"}) {
+       system "$dpkg --purge $arg";  
+
+     }
+     elsif ($commands->{"remove"} || $commands->{"r"}) {
+        system "$dpkg -r $arg";  
+     }
+    }
+    else {
+      print "swim: ";
+      print "-r " if defined $commands->{"r"};
+      print "--remove " if defined $commands->{"remove"};
+      print "--purge " if defined $commands->{"purge"};
+      print "can only be used with installed packages\n";
+    }
+
+
+} # end sub purge
+
+
+# find the history file and return proper output
+sub history {
+
+    my($commands) = @_;
+    my %commands = %$commands;
+
+    my($arch,$dist) = which_archdist(\%commands);
+    my($place) = finddb(\%commands);
+    my $swim_history;
+    if ($commands->{"n"}) {
+     $swim_history = "$place/.nswim$arch$dist" . "_history";
+    }
+    else {
+     $swim_history = "$place/.swim" . "_history";
+    }
+    open(HISTORY,"$swim_history") or exit;
+    my (@HISTORY,$line);
+    while (<HISTORY>) {
+     chomp;
+     foreach (split(/\s/,$_)) {
+       if (!defined $line) {
+         $line =  (split(/_/,$_))[0];
+       }
+       else {
+         $line = $line . " " . (split(/_/,$_))[0];
+       }
+     }
+      push(@HISTORY,$line); undef $line;
+    }
+
+    return @HISTORY;
+ 
+} # end sub history
+
+# append history if it has changed
+sub history_print {
+
+    my($arg,$commands) = @_;
+    my %commands = %$commands;
+    my($arch,$dist) = which_archdist(\%commands);
+    my($place) = finddb(\%commands);
+    my $swim_history;
+    if ($commands->{"n"}) {
+     $swim_history = "$place/.nswim$arch$dist" . "_history";
+    }
+    else {
+     $swim_history = "$place/.swim" . "_history";
+    }
+   open(HISTORY,"$swim_history") or exit;
+   my @HISTORY = <HISTORY>;
+   close(HISTORY);
+   if ($#HISTORY < $HISTORY - 1) {
+     push(@HISTORY,"$arg\n");
+   }
+   else {
+    shift(@HISTORY);
+    push(@HISTORY,"$arg\n");
+   } 
+    open(HISTORY,">$swim_history") or exit;
+    print HISTORY @HISTORY;
+
+ 
+} # end sub history_print
+
+1;

lib/Search.pm

@@ -0,0 +1,850 @@
+#    Package administration and research tool for Debian
+#    Copyright (C) 1999-2000 Jonathan D. Rosenbaum
+
+#    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+#    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+#    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+#    (at your option) any later version.
+
+#    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+#    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+#    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+#    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+
+package SWIM::Search;
+use vars qw(@ISA @EXPORT);
+use strict;
+use SWIM::Global;
+use SWIM::Conf;
+use SWIM::DB_Library qw(:Search);
+use SWIM::Library;
+use Exporter;
+@ISA = qw(Exporter);
+@EXPORT = qw(search);
+
+
+# search() and searchdf() = mm --search, --ps --refinesearch --research
+
+=pod
+
+This searches for keyword(s) amongst the descriptions, and then
+shows the packages which match, a little more sophisticated than
+swim -qait | grep <keyword>, besides you can use perl regexping
+notation when you do your search.  By default the description is
+automatically presented, but a list of package names which match is kept
+which can then be queried using -S in the normal fashion, until the
+next search.
+
+=cut
+
+sub search {
+
+  my ($search_mem,$commands,$num,$argv) = @_;
+
+  $argument = "/.";
+  my %commands = %$commands;
+
+  my %morethanone;
+  my $keyword = $commands->{"search"};
+   if ($commands->{"search"}) {
+     $keyword = $commands->{"search"};
+   }
+   elsif ($commands->{"research"}) {
+     $keyword = $commands->{"research"};
+   }
+   elsif ($commands->{"refinesearch"}) {
+     $keyword = $commands->{"refinesearch"};
+   }
+   elsif ($commands->{"powersearch"} || $commands->{"ps"}) {
+     if ($commands->{"powersearch"}) {
+       $keyword = $commands->{"powersearch"};
+     }
+     if ($commands->{"ps"}) {
+       $keyword = $commands->{"ps"};
+     }
+   }  
+  my $count = 0;
+  
+  my ($search_file, $search_dir);
+  if (!$commands->{"n"}) {
+     ib(\%commands);
+     dbi(\%commands);
+     if ($commands->{"ps"} || $commands->{"powersearch"}) { 
+       ($search_file,$search_dir) =  searchdf(\%commands);
+       if (-B $search_file && -B $search_dir) {
+          $search_file = "$gzip -dc $search_file|";
+          $search_dir = "$gzip -dc $search_dir|";
+       }
+     } 
+  }
+  #####
+  # N #
+  #####
+  else {
+    my $return = nib(\%commands);
+     if (!defined $return) {
+        untie %ib;
+        nsb(\%commands);
+       $ib{"/."} = $nsb{"/."};
+     }
+     ndb(\%commands);
+     if ($commands->{"ps"} || $commands->{"powersearch"}) { 
+       ($search_file,$search_dir) =  searchdf(\%commands);
+       if (!-e $search_file || !-e $search_dir) {
+         delete $commands{"ps"} if defined $commands->{"ps"};
+         delete $commands{"powersearch"} if defined $commands->{"powersearch"};
+       }
+       if (-B $search_file && -B $search_dir) {
+          $search_file = "$gzip -dc $search_file|";
+          $search_dir = "$gzip -dc $search_dir|";
+       }
+     }
+  } 
+
+ ##########
+ #        #
+ # SEARCH #
+ #        #
+ ########## 
+ # Here starts --search & optionally -g
+ my ($line,@HISTORY);
+ if ($commands->{"search"}) {
+   my @stuff;
+   if ($commands->{"g"}) {
+   # check for some errors
+   if ($commands->{"a"} || $commands->{"f"} || $commands->{"dir"}) {
+     print "swim: one type of query/verify may be performed at a time\n";
+     exit;
+   }
+   # extract the packages related to the group.
+   if (!$commands->{"n"}) {
+      gb(\%commands);
+   }
+   else {
+      ngb(\%commands)
+   }
+      if ($#ARGV != -1) {
+         foreach (@ARGV) {
+           $argument = $_;
+           if (defined $gb{$argument}) {
+             @stuff = split(/\s/, $gb{$argument});
+           }
+           else {
+             print "group $argument does not contain any packages\n";
+           }
+          }
+       }
+       else {
+         print "swim: no arguments given for query\n";
+       }
+  untie %gb;
+  } # if ($commands->{"g"})
+
+  # not yet for -g
+  if ($commands->{"search"} && !$commands->{"g"}) {
+   if (defined $argument) {
+    if ($ib{"$argument"}){
+          foreach (split(/\s/, $ib{"$argument"})) {
+           if ($keyword =~ /\/i$/) {
+            $keyword =~ m,(.*)\/i$,;
+            if (defined $db{$_}) {
+             if ($db{$_} =~ /$1/i) {
+               print "$db{$_}\n" if !$commands->{"no"};
+               push(@PACKAGES,$_);
+               if (!defined $line) {
+                $line =  (split(/_/,$_))[0];
+               }
+               else {
+                $line = $line . " " . (split(/_/,$_))[0];
+               }
+               $count++;              
+             } 
+            }
+           } 
+           elsif ($keyword =~ /\/m$/) {
+            $keyword =~ m,(.*)\/m$,;
+            if (defined $db{$_}) {
+             if ($db{$_} =~ /$1/m ) {
+              print "$db{$_}\n" if !$commands->{"no"};
+              push(@PACKAGES,$_);
+              if (!defined $line) {
+               $line =  (split(/_/,$_))[0];
+              }
+              else {
+               $line = $line . " " . (split(/_/,$_))[0];
+              }
+              $count++;              
+             } 
+            }
+           }
+           elsif ($keyword =~ /\/.[im]$/) {
+            $keyword =~ m,(.*)\/.[im]$,;
+            if (defined $db{$_}) {
+             if ($db{$_} =~ /$1/im ) {
+              print "$db{$_}\n" if !$commands->{"no"};
+              push(@PACKAGES,$_);
+              if (!defined $line) {
+               $line =  (split(/_/,$_))[0];
+              }
+              else {
+               $line = $line . " " . (split(/_/,$_))[0];
+              }
+              $count++;              
+             } 
+            }
+           }
+           else {
+            if (defined $db{$_}) {
+             if ($db{$_} =~ /$keyword/) {
+               print "$db{$_}\n" if !$commands->{"no"};
+               push(@PACKAGES,$_);
+               if (!defined $line) {
+                $line =  (split(/_/,$_))[0];
+               }
+               else {
+                $line = $line . " " . (split(/_/,$_))[0];
+               }
+               $count++;
+             }
+            } 
+           }
+          }
+    print "swim: found $count package(s)\n"; 
+    #exit;
+    }
+    if (!defined $line) {
+      $line = "";
+    }
+    else {
+      $line = "$line\n";
+    }
+    history($line,$search_mem);
+   }
+  }
+
+  # ok -g
+  elsif ($commands->{"search"} && $commands->{"g"}) {
+   if (defined @stuff) {
+    #unlink("$search_mem");
+    foreach (@stuff) {
+       $argument = $_;
+       version(\%commands);
+       # if we just did a group search we don't want to append it to
+       # the .search.deb file.       
+           if ($keyword =~ /\/i$/) {
+            $keyword =~ m,(.*)\/i$,;
+            if (defined $db{$_}) {
+             if ($db{$argument} =~ /$1/i) {
+               print "$db{$argument}\n" if !$commands->{"no"};
+               push(@PACKAGES,$argument);
+               if (!defined $line) {
+                $line =  (split(/_/,$_))[0];
+               }
+               else {
+                $line = $line . " " . (split(/_/,$_))[0];
+               }
+               $count++;              
+             } 
+            }
+           } 
+           elsif ($keyword =~ /\/m$/) {
+            $keyword =~ m,(.*)\/m$,;
+            if (defined $db{$_}) {
+             if ($db{$argument} =~ /$1/m ) {
+              print "$db{$argument}\n" if !$commands->{"no"};
+              push(@PACKAGES,$argument);
+               if (!defined $line) {
+                $line =  (split(/_/,$_))[0];
+               }
+               else {
+                $line = $line . " " . (split(/_/,$_))[0];
+               }
+              $count++;              
+             } 
+            }
+           }
+           elsif ($keyword =~ /\/.[im]$/) {
+            $keyword =~ m,(.*)\/.[im]$,;
+            if (defined $db{$_}) {
+             if ($db{$argument} =~ /$1/im ) {
+              print "$db{$argument}\n" if !$commands->{"no"};
+              push(@PACKAGES,$argument);
+              if (!defined $line) {
+               $line =  (split(/_/,$_))[0];
+              }
+              else {
+               $line = $line . " " . (split(/_/,$_))[0];
+              }
+              $count++;              
+             } 
+            }
+           }
+           else {
+            if (defined $db{$_}) {
+             if ($db{$argument} =~ /$keyword/) {
+               print "$db{$argument}\n" if !$commands->{"no"};
+               push(@PACKAGES,$argument);
+               if (!defined $line) {
+                $line =  (split(/_/,$_))[0];
+               }
+               else {
+                $line = $line . " " . (split(/_/,$_))[0];
+               }
+               $count++;
+             }
+            }
+           }
+    }
+    print "swim: found $count package(s)\n"; 
+    if (!defined $line) {
+      $line = "";
+    }
+    else {
+      $line = "$line\n";
+    }
+    history($line,$search_mem);
+   }
+  }
+ exit if !($commands->{"stdin"} || $commands->{"x"} || $commands->{"y"} ||
+           $commands->{"z"} || $commands->{"ftp"});
+ }
+
+ #############################
+ #                           #
+ # RESEARCH  || REFINESEARCH #
+ #                           #
+ #############################  
+ # research time or refining time
+ if ($commands->{"research"} || $commands{"refinesearch"}) {
+    if ($commands->{"g"}) {
+      print "swim: use -g only with a new search\n";
+      exit;
+    }
+          foreach (@$argv) {
+           if ($keyword =~ /\/i$/) {
+            $keyword =~ m,(.*)\/i$,;
+            if (defined $db{$_}) {
+             if ($db{$db{$_}} =~ /$1/i) {
+               print "$db{$db{$_}}\n" if !$commands->{"no"};
+               push(@PACKAGES,$_);
+               if (!defined $line) {
+                $line =  (split(/_/,$_))[0];
+               }
+               else {
+                $line = $line . " " . (split(/_/,$_))[0];
+               }
+               $count++;              
+             } 
+            }
+           } 
+           elsif ($keyword =~ /\/m$/) {
+            $keyword =~ m,(.*)\/m$,;
+            if (defined $db{$_}) {
+             if ($db{$db{$_}} =~ /$1/m ) {
+              print "$db{$db{$_}}\n" if !$commands->{"no"};
+              push(@PACKAGES,$_);
+              if (!defined $line) {
+               $line =  (split(/_/,$_))[0];
+              }
+              else {
+               $line = $line . " " . (split(/_/,$_))[0];
+              }
+              $count++;              
+             }  
+            }
+           }
+           elsif ($keyword =~ /\/.[im]$/) {
+            $keyword =~ m,(.*)\/.[im]$,;
+            if (defined $db{$_}) {
+             if ($db{$db{$_}} =~ /$1/im ) {
+              print "$db{$db{$_}}\n" if !$commands->{"no"};
+              push(@PACKAGES,$_);
+              if (!defined $line) {
+               $line =  (split(/_/,$_))[0];
+              }
+              else {
+               $line = $line . " " . (split(/_/,$_))[0];
+              }
+              $count++;              
+             } 
+            }
+           }
+           else {
+            if (defined $db{$_}) {
+             if ($db{$db{$_}} =~ /$keyword/) {
+               print "$db{$db{$_}}\n" if !$commands->{"no"};
+               push(@PACKAGES,$_);
+              if (!defined $line) {
+               $line =  (split(/_/,$_))[0];
+              }
+              else {
+               $line = $line . " " . (split(/_/,$_))[0];
+              }
+               $count++;
+             }
+            }
+           }
+          }
+    print "swim: found $count package(s)\n"; 
+    if (!defined $line) {
+      $line = "";
+    }
+    else {
+      $line = "$line\n";
+    }
+    # refine the search
+    if ($commands->{"refinesearch"}) {
+      open(HISTORY, "$search_mem") || exit;
+      my @HISTORY = reverse <HISTORY>;
+      close(HISTORY);
+      $HISTORY[$num - 1] = $line;
+      open(HISTORY, ">$search_mem") || exit;
+      print HISTORY reverse @HISTORY;
+      close(HISTORY);
+    }  
+    exit if !($commands->{"stdin"} || $commands->{"x"} ||
+              $commands->{"y"} || $commands->{"z"} || $commands->{"ftp"});
+ }
+
+
+ ################
+ #              #
+ # POWERSEARCH  #
+ #              #
+ ################  
+ # powersearch with no -g option since this searchs all files.
+ if (($commands->{"powersearch"} || $commands->{"ps"}) && !$commands->{"g"}) {
+          open(FLATFILE, "$search_file");            
+          while (<FLATFILE>) {
+            chomp $_;
+           if ($keyword =~ /\/i$/) {
+            $keyword =~ m,(.*)\/i$,;
+            if ($_ =~ /$1/i) {
+             if (defined $ib{$_}) {
+                $morethanone{$ib{$_}}++;
+               if ($morethanone{$ib{$_}} == 1) { 
+                  print  "$db{$ib{$_}}\n" if !$commands->{"no"};
+                  push(@PACKAGES,$ib{$_});
+                  if (!defined $line) {
+                   $line =  (split(/_/,$ib{$_}))[0];
+                  }
+                  else {
+                   $line = $line . " " . (split(/_/,$ib{$_}))[0];
+                  }
+               $count++;
+               }
+             }
+            } 
+           } 
+           elsif ($keyword =~ /\/m$/) {
+            $keyword =~ m,(.*)\/m$,;
+            if ($_ =~ /$1/m ) {
+             if (defined $ib{$_}) {
+                $morethanone{$ib{$_}}++;
+               if ($morethanone{$ib{$_}} == 1) { 
+                  print  "$db{$ib{$_}}\n" if !$commands->{"no"};
+                  push(@PACKAGES,$ib{$_});
+                  if (!defined $line) {
+                   $line =  (split(/_/,$ib{$_}))[0];
+                  }
+                  else {
+                   $line = $line . " " . (split(/_/,$ib{$_}))[0];
+                  }
+               $count++;
+               }
+             }
+            } 
+           }
+           elsif ($keyword =~ /\/.[im]$/) {
+            $keyword =~ m,(.*)\/.[im]$,;
+            if ($_ =~ /$1/im ) {
+             if (defined $ib{$_}) {
+                $morethanone{$ib{$_}}++;
+               if ($morethanone{$ib{$_}} == 1) { 
+                  print  "$db{$ib{$_}}\n" if !$commands->{"no"};
+                  push(@PACKAGES,$ib{$_});
+                  if (!defined $line) {
+                   $line =  (split(/_/,$ib{$_}))[0];
+                  }
+                  else {
+                   $line = $line . " " . (split(/_/,$ib{$_}))[0];
+                  }
+               $count++;
+               }
+             }
+            } 
+           }
+           else {
+            if ($_ =~ /$keyword/) {
+             if (defined $ib{$_}) {
+                $morethanone{$ib{$_}}++;
+               if ($morethanone{$ib{$_}} == 1) { 
+                  # ofcourse this won't work if a dir filters through.
+                  # hummm.
+                  #print "HUMM  DIR $_ ", $ib{$_}, "\n"; 
+                  print  "$db{$ib{$_}}\n" if !$commands->{"no"};
+                  push(@PACKAGES,$ib{$_});
+                  if (!defined $line) {
+                   $line =  (split(/_/,$ib{$_}))[0];
+                  }
+                  else {
+                   $line = $line . " " . (split(/_/,$ib{$_}))[0];
+                  }
+               $count++;
+               }
+             }
+            }
+           }
+          } # while (<FLATFILE>)  
+    close(FLATFILE);
+
+   #######
+   # DIR #
+   #######
+   # Somebody wants to do a rare --dir search, but this is done by default
+   # for the n* because often enough more than one package shares one
+   # file.
+   if ($commands->{"dir"} || $commands{"n"}) {
+          open(FLATFILE, "$search_dir");
+          while (<FLATFILE>) {
+            chomp $_;
+           if ($keyword =~ /\/i$/) {
+            $keyword =~ m,(.*)\/i$,;
+            if ($_ =~ /$1/i) {
+             if (defined $ib{$_}) {
+                $morethanone{$ib{$_}}++;
+               if ($morethanone{$ib{$_}} == 1) { 
+                  my @dir = split(/\s/,$ib{$_});
+                  foreach (@dir) {
+                   $morethanone{$_}++;
+                   if (defined $morethanone{$_}) {
+                    if ($morethanone{$_} == 1) {
+                       print "$db{$_}\n" if !$commands->{"no"};
+                       push(@PACKAGES,$_);
+                       if (!defined $line) {
+                        $line =  (split(/_/,$_))[0];
+                       }
+                       else {
+                        $line = $line . " " . (split(/_/,$_))[0];
+                       }
+                       $count++;
+                    }
+                   } 
+                  }
+               }
+             }
+            } 
+           } 
+           elsif ($keyword =~ /\/m$/) {
+            $keyword =~ m,(.*)\/m$,;
+            if ($_ =~ /$1/m ) {
+             if (defined $ib{$_}) {
+                $morethanone{$ib{$_}}++;
+               if ($morethanone{$ib{$_}} == 1) { 
+                  my @dir = split(/\s/,$ib{$_});
+                  foreach (@dir) {
+                   $morethanone{$_}++;
+                   if (defined $morethanone{$_}) {
+                    if ($morethanone{$_} == 1) {
+                       print "$db{$_}\n" if !$commands->{"no"};
+                       push(@PACKAGES,$_);
+                       if (!defined $line) {
+                        $line =  (split(/_/,$_))[0];
+                       }
+                       else {
+                        $line = $line . " " . (split(/_/,$_))[0];
+                       }
+                       $count++;
+                    }
+                   } 
+                  }
+               }
+             }
+            } 
+           }
+           elsif ($keyword =~ /\/.[im]$/) {
+            $keyword =~ m,(.*)\/.[im]$,;
+            if ($_ =~ /$1/im ) {
+             if (defined $ib{$_}) {
+                $morethanone{$ib{$_}}++;
+               if ($morethanone{$ib{$_}} == 1) { 
+                  my @dir = split(/\s/,$ib{$_});
+                  foreach (@dir) {
+                   $morethanone{$_}++;
+                   if (defined $morethanone{$_}) {
+                    if ($morethanone{$_} == 1) {
+                       print "$db{$_}\n" if !$commands->{"no"};
+                       push(@PACKAGES,$_);
+                       if (!defined $line) {
+                        $line =  (split(/_/,$_))[0];
+                       }
+                       else {
+                        $line = $line . " " . (split(/_/,$_))[0];
+                       }
+                       $count++;
+                    }
+                   } 
+                  }
+               }
+             }
+            } 
+           }
+           else {
+            if ($_ =~ /$keyword/) {
+             if (defined $ib{$_}) {
+                  #my @dir = split(/\s/,$ib{$_});
+                  #foreach (@dir) {
+                $morethanone{$ib{$_}}++;
+               if ($morethanone{$ib{$_}} == 1) { 
+                  my @dir = split(/\s/,$ib{$_});
+                  foreach (@dir) {
+                   $morethanone{$_}++;
+                   if (defined $morethanone{$_}) {
+                    if ($morethanone{$_} == 1) {
+                       print "$db{$_}\n" if !$commands->{"no"};
+                       push(@PACKAGES,$_);
+                       if (!defined $line) {
+                        $line =  (split(/_/,$_))[0];
+                       }
+                       else {
+                        $line = $line . " " . (split(/_/,$_))[0];
+                       }
+                       $count++;
+                    }
+                   } 
+                  }
+               }
+             }
+            }
+           }
+          } # while (<FLATFILE>)  
+    close(FLATFILE);
+    }
+
+   #################
+   # NORMAL SEARCH #
+   #################
+   # now we can do a normal search for the powersearch
+   if (defined $argument) {
+    if ($ib{"$argument"}){
+          foreach (split(/\s/, $ib{$argument})) {
+           if ($keyword =~ /\/i$/) {
+            $morethanone{$_}++;
+            if ($morethanone{$_} == 1) { 
+             $keyword =~ m,(.*)\/i$,;
+             if (defined $db{$_}) {
+              if ($db{$_} =~ /$1/i) {
+                print "$db{$_}\n" if !$commands->{"no"};
+                push(@PACKAGES,$_);
+                if (!defined $line) {
+                 $line =  (split(/_/,$_))[0];
+                }
+                else {
+                 $line = $line . " " . (split(/_/,$_))[0];
+                }
+                $count++;              
+              } 
+             }
+            }
+           } 
+           elsif ($keyword =~ /\/m$/) {
+            $morethanone{$_}++;
+            if ($morethanone{$_} == 1) { 
+             $keyword =~ m,(.*)\/m$,;
+             if (defined $db{$_}) {
+              if ($db{$_} =~ /$1/m ) {
+               print "$db{$_}\n" if !$commands->{"no"};
+               push(@PACKAGES,$_);
+               if (!defined $line) {
+                $line =  (split(/_/,$_))[0];
+               }
+               else {
+                $line = $line . " " . (split(/_/,$_))[0];
+               }
+               $count++;              
+              } 
+             }
+            }
+           }
+           elsif ($keyword =~ /\/.[im]$/) {
+            $morethanone{$_}++;
+            if ($morethanone{$_} == 1) { 
+             $keyword =~ m,(.*)\/.[im]$,;
+             if (defined $db{$_}) {
+              if ($db{$_} =~ /$1/im ) {
+               print "$db{$_}\n" if !$commands->{"no"};
+               push(@PACKAGES,$_);
+               if (!defined $line) {
+                $line =  (split(/_/,$_))[0];
+               }
+               else {
+                $line = $line . " " . (split(/_/,$_))[0];
+               }
+               $count++;              
+              } 
+             }
+            }
+           }
+           else {
+             $morethanone{$_}++;
+             if ($morethanone{$_} == 1) { 
+              if (defined $db{$_}) {
+               if ($db{$_} =~ /$keyword/) {
+                 print "$db{$_}\n" if !$commands->{"no"};
+                 push(@PACKAGES,$_);
+                 if (!defined $line) {
+                  $line =  (split(/_/,$_))[0];
+                 }
+                 else {
+                  $line = $line . " " . (split(/_/,$_))[0];
+                 }
+               $count++;              
+               }
+              }
+             }
+           }
+          }
+    print "swim: found $count package(s)\n"; 
+    if (!defined $line) {
+      $line = "";
+    }
+    else {
+      $line = "$line\n";
+    }
+    history($line,$search_mem);
+    #exit if !($commands->{"stdin"} || $commands->{"x"} ||
+    #          $commands->{"y"} || $commands->{"z"} || $commands->{"ftp"});
+    }
+  }
+ }
+
+  untie %ib;
+  untie %db;
+
+
+} # end sub search
+
+# for finding the search flatfiles
+sub searchdf {
+
+ my ($commands) = @_;
+
+ my($sfile,$sdir);
+ if (!$commands->{"n"}) {
+  my ($ramdisk) = ram_on();
+  if ($ramdisk eq 1) {
+   if (($commands->{"dbpath"} && $commands->{"root"}) ||
+      ($commands->{"dbpath"} && !$commands->{"root"}) ||
+      (!$commands->{"dbpath"} && !$commands->{"root"})) {
+     $sfile = "$parent$library/searchindex.deb";
+     $sdir = "$parent$library/dirindex.deb";
+     return ($sfile,$sdir);
+   }
+   elsif  (!$commands->{"dbpath"} && $commands->{"root"}) {
+     $sfile = "$parent$base/searchindex.deb";
+     $sdir = "$parent$base/dirindex.deb";
+     return ($sfile,$sdir);
+   }
+  }
+  elsif ($ramdisk eq "yes") {
+   if (($commands->{"dbpath"} && $commands->{"root"}) ||
+      ($commands->{"dbpath"} && !$commands->{"root"}) ||
+      (!$commands->{"dbpath"} && !$commands->{"root"})) {
+     $sfile = "$parent$library/dramdisk/searchindex.deb.gz";
+     $sdir = "$parent$library/dramdisk/dirindex.deb.gz";
+     if (!-e $sdir && !-e $sfile) {
+       print "swim: found wrong database(s), use --ramdiskoff\n";
+       exit;
+     }
+     return ($sfile,$sdir);
+   }
+   elsif  (!$commands->{"dbpath"} && $commands->{"root"}) {
+     $sfile = "$parent$base/dramdisk/searchindex.deb.gz";
+     $sdir = "$parent$base/dramdisk/dirindex.deb.gz";
+     if (!-e $sdir && !-e $sfile) {
+       print "swim: found wrong database(s), use --ramdiskoff\n";
+       exit;
+     }
+     return ($sfile,$sdir);
+   }
+  }
+ }
+ else {
+  my ($ramdisk) = ram_on();
+  my($arch,$dist) = which_archdist(\%commands);
+  if ($ramdisk eq 1) {
+   if (($commands->{"dbpath"} && $commands->{"root"}) ||
+      ($commands->{"dbpath"} && !$commands->{"root"}) ||
+      (!$commands->{"dbpath"} && !$commands->{"root"})) {
+     $sfile = "$parent$library/nsearchindex$arch$dist.deb";
+     $sdir = "$parent$library/ndirindex$arch$dist.deb";
+     return ($sfile,$sdir);
+   }
+   elsif  (!$commands->{"dbpath"} && $commands->{"root"}) {
+     $sfile = "$parent$base/nsearchindex$arch$dist.deb";
+     $sdir = "$parent$base/ndirindex$arch$dist.deb";
+     return ($sfile,$sdir);
+   }
+  }
+  elsif ($ramdisk eq "yes") {
+   if (($commands->{"dbpath"} && $commands->{"root"}) ||
+      ($commands->{"dbpath"} && !$commands->{"root"}) ||
+      (!$commands->{"dbpath"} && !$commands->{"root"})) {
+     $sfile = "$parent$library/dramdisk/nsearchindex$arch$dist.deb.gz";
+     $sdir = "$parent$library/dramdisk/ndirindex$arch$dist.deb.gz";
+     if (!-e $sdir && !-e $sfile) {
+      print "swim: found wrong database(s), use --ramdiskoff\n";
+       exit;
+     }
+     return ($sfile,$sdir);
+   }
+   elsif  (!$commands->{"dbpath"} && $commands->{"root"}) {
+     $sfile = "$parent$base/dramdisk/nsearchindex$arch$dist.deb.gz";
+     $sdir = "$parent$base/dramdisk/ndirindex$arch$dist.deb.gz";
+     if (!-e $sdir && !-e $sfile) {
+       print "swim: found wrong database(s), use --ramdiskoff\n";
+       exit;
+     }
+     return ($sfile,$sdir);
+   }
+  }
+ }
+
+} # end sub searchdf
+
+# print the search out to the right spot on the HISTORY
+# this is just shift and push
+sub history {
+
+  my($line,$file) = @_;
+  my @HISTORY;
+
+  if (-e "$file") {
+   open(HISTORY,"$file");
+   @HISTORY = <HISTORY>;
+   close(HISTORY);
+   if ($#HISTORY < $HISTORY - 1) {
+     push(@HISTORY,$line);
+   }  
+   else {
+    shift(@HISTORY);
+    push(@HISTORY,$line);
+   }
+  }
+  else {
+   @HISTORY = $line;
+  }
+
+  open(HISTORY,">$file") or exit;
+    print HISTORY @HISTORY;
+  close(HISTORY);
+
+} # end sub history
+
+
+1;

swim.html/ch-aptprep.html

@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+<html><head>
+<title>swim - PREPARING YOUR INSTALLATION FOR APT
+</title>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:mttrader@access.mountain.net">
+</head><body>
+<h1>
+swim - chapter 8<br>
+PREPARING YOUR INSTALLATION FOR APT
+
+</h1>
+
+<pre>usage: swim --audit
+       swim --status
+       swim -C</pre>
+<P>
+
+If you are using <strong>apt</strong> with <strong>swim</strong>, and this
+is the first time you are using it with your installation, check your live
+installation with this major mode. This is a call to <strong>dpkg -C
+(--audit)</strong>, and will show any packages which are not properly
+configured or installed. If you get any output, make corrections. The goal
+is to get absolutely no output whatsoever because it is under these
+conditions that apt will work properly. See the <A href="ch-query.html#s-vrrm">REMOVING AN INSTALLED PACKAGE - VIRTUAL OPTIONS 
+, section 9.8</A> with 
+<strong>-q</strong> to remove the offending packages. You may have to
+remove the package by hand under unusual situations like when it is not
+just dependencies (see <code>-T</code>) between packages keeping the package
+from being removed perhaps due to a broken script (see
+<code>--scripts</code>). In an extreme case you could manually remove the
+entry for this package from the <em>/var/lib/dpkg/status</em> database,
+and hunt down and remove all the files associated with the package with
+<strong>swim's -l</strong> option. When you are done if you still want
+some of the packages you removed, use <strong>apt</strong> to reinstall
+them with <strong>swim's -xyz</strong> option. Also, <strong>apt</strong>
+provides its own built-in method to clean up your system, and will provide
+instructions, but you still may have to do some of the cleaning yourself
+as discussed above.
+
+<hr>
+swim
+- <A href="index.html#copyright">                                                      
+          Copyright © 1999 Jonathan D. Rosenbaum                           
+        </A>
+<br>
+<A href="index.html#toc">Contents</A>; <A href="ch-query.html">next</A>; <A href="ch-notinstalled.html">back</A>.
+<br>
+<address>15 June 1999<br>
+Jonathan D. Rosenbaum<A href="mailto:mttrader@access.mountain.net">mttrader@access.mountain.net</A></address>
+</body></html>

swim.html/ch-commandline.html

@@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
+<html><head>
+<title>swim - COMMAND LINE OPTION SYNTAX
+</title>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:mttrader@access.mountain.net">
+</head><body>
+<h1>
+swim - chapter 2<br>
+COMMAND LINE OPTION SYNTAX
+
+</h1>
+ When you press ``<strong>swim</strong>
+&lt;<strong>enter</strong>&gt;`` you will see a listing of command line
+options in a particular syntax.  This is to help you understand under what
+context to use the options.  When you enter the options on the command
+line, the brackets, parentheses, braces, diamonds, and question marks are
+not actually used.
+<P>
+ 
+
+<strong>Major Mode Option</strong>
+<P>
+
+All command line options for <strong>swim</strong> always start with a
+<strong>major mode option</strong>, except for ``swim &lt;enter&gt;``
+which will show the whole listing of options. A major mode option is
+surrounded in braces <strong>{ major mode option }</strong>. In the case
+of {--search} there are the alternative major mode options
+{--refinesearch} and {--research}, but because --search needs to be used
+first before either of these two options, --refinesearch and --research
+are surrounded in parentheses (). 
+<P>
+
+Note: Through the other chapters of this manual <strong>{}</strong> is
+assumed for the <strong>major modes</strong> in the
+<strong>usage:</strong> section shown at the beginning of every chapter. 
+<P>
+
+Let's take a closer look at this situation:
+
+<P>
+
+<code>{--search ? (--research || --refinesearch)&lt;pattern(s)&gt;}</code>
+<P>
+ `<strong>||</strong>' or `<strong>|</strong>' are used to indicate
+`<strong>or</strong>', `<strong>?</strong>' indicates
+`<strong>optional</strong>', &lt;diamond&gt; indicates an
+<strong>argument</strong> (a required argument - see Arguments below),
+(parenthesis) means `if used, must be used after the
+previous required option was used'. Note: for readability
+<code>--research</code> and -<code>-refinesearch</code> are not surrounded in
+<code>{}</code>. 
+<P>
+
+<strong>Normal Options</strong>
+<P>
+
+Options to the major mode options are enclosed in brackets <strong>[
+option to major mode ]</strong>.  <code>swim [-n]</code>
+&lt;<code>enter</code>&gt; (assume enter from here on out), for instance,
+will show all the command line options without using the pager. The pager
+which swim uses can be set in <em>swimrc</em> (see <em>swimrc(8)</em>).
+``<code>swim {--help} [-n]</code>'' will provide brief explanations of all of
+swim's options without using the pager. In this case the major mode option
+<strong>{--help}</strong>, and the option <strong>[-n]</strong> were used.
+<P>
+
+<strong>Dashes</strong>
+<P>
+
+Options which have a single dash can be combined with other single dashed
+options <strong>(-qaint)</strong>. Double dashed options need to be
+entered by themselves <strong>(--help --nopager)</strong>, many double
+dashed options have an alternative single dash option <strong>(-n for
+--nopager)</strong>.  The meaning of options is related to the major
+mode they are being used with. <strong>[-n]</strong> means no pager
+when called with <strong>{--help}</strong>, but it's a reference to the
+not-installed databases when used with <strong>{-q --query}</strong>,
+fortunately most options do not have double meanings.
+<P>
+
+<strong>Arguments</strong>
+<P>
+
+Many options require an argument. Arguments are enclose in diamonds &lt; 
+<strong>argument</strong> &gt;. An argument to an option may also be
+optional in which case a question mark ``<strong>?</strong>'' will be
+placed between the option and the argument.  <strong>[-l ? 
+&lt;[--df]&gt;]</strong> illustrates such a situation.
+<strong>[-l]</strong> shows a file listings, and optionally the option
+<strong>[--df]</strong> can be use with <strong>[-l]</strong> to show an
+expanded listing. 
+<P>
+
+<strong>[--dbpath</strong> &lt;<strong>dir&gt;]</strong> requires an
+argument, this time the argument would not be another option, but rather
+it is a directory. 
+<P>
+
+Rule: When an option is an argument to another option it can be written
+anywhere, but when a non-option is an argument
+&lt;<strong>dir</strong>&gt; <strong>(notice no brackets)</strong> it has
+to be placed directly after the option.  Sometimes, there may be
+alternative arguments divided with ``<strong>|</strong>''. 
+&lt;<strong>argument1|argument2</strong>&gt;  means use argument1 or
+argument2, but not both.
+<P>
+
+Based on what we now know, let's compare this situation to the
+<strong>{--search}</strong> situation shown above: 
+<P>
+
+<code>[--ftp ? --source | --source_only ? &lt;[--diff]&gt;]</code>
+<P>
+  
+
+In this case <strong>--source</strong> or alternatively
+<strong>--source_only</strong> can be optionally used along with
+<strong>--ftp</strong> because they aren't in parentheses
+<strong>()</strong> (also notice: | was used instead of ||, but means the
+same thing ``or'').  <strong>--diff</strong> can optionally be provided as
+an argument to either <strong>--source</strong> or
+<strong>--source_only</strong>. For readability --source and --source_only
+weren't enclosed in brackets.
+<P>
+
+<strong>Global Arguments</strong>
+<P>
+
+A <strong>global argument</strong> can be typed anywhere on the command
+line, and can be an option or text. If global arguments
+exist they are placed last after the list of normal
+options that can be used with a major mode
+option. 
+<P>
+
+[targets | -S] and [targets|APT|DF] are
+examples.  {-q}, {--initndb}, and
+{--rebuildndb} all use global arguments.  
+<P>
+
+<strong>Minor Mode Options</strong>
+<P>
+
+{-q --query} will generally use zero or more
+minor mode options [-afpgn --dir], with
+one exception (see <A href="ch-query.html">QUERYING THE INSTALLED AND NOT-INSTALLED DATABASES
+, chapter 9</A>). 
+<hr>
+swim
+- <A href="index.html#copyright">                                                      
+          Copyright © 1999 Jonathan D. Rosenbaum                           
+        </A>
+<br>
+<A href="index.html#toc">Contents</A>; <A href="ch-version.html">next</A>; <A href="ch-description.html">back</A>.
+<br>
+<address>15 June 1999<br>
+Jonathan D. Rosenbaum<A href="mailto:mttrader@access.mountain.net">mttrader@access.mountain.net</A></address>
+</body></html>

swim.html/ch-description.html

@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<html><head>
+<title>swim - DESCRIPTION
+</title>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:mttrader@access.mountain.net">
+</head><body>
+<h1>
+swim - chapter 1<br>
+DESCRIPTION
+
+</h1>
+ 
+
+<strong>swim</strong> is a powerful <em>package administration</em>
+and <em>research tool</em> for both an <em>installed Debian
+distribution</em>, and/or <em>not-installed virtual Debian
+distribution(s)</em> allowing querying of software packages with a variety
+of package information options, and powerful searches. Virtual options
+which include ftp, installation, and package removal capabilities can be
+seamlessly combined with querying or searches. <strong>swim</strong> can
+be used on computer systems which either have, or do not have a Debian
+distribution installed.
+<hr>
+swim
+- <A href="index.html#copyright">                                                      
+          Copyright © 1999 Jonathan D. Rosenbaum                           
+        </A>
+<br>
+<A href="index.html#toc">Contents</A>; <A href="ch-commandline.html">next</A>.
+<br>
+<address>15 June 1999<br>
+Jonathan D. Rosenbaum<A href="mailto:mttrader@access.mountain.net">mttrader@access.mountain.net</A></address>
+</body></html>

swim.html/ch-history.html

@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+<html><head>
+<title>swim - HISTORY
+</title>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:mttrader@access.mountain.net">
+</head><body>
+<h1>
+swim - chapter 4<br>
+HISTORY
+
+</h1>
+
+<pre>
+usage: swim --history
+       swim -h
+
+options: [--arch &lt;architecture&gt;] [--dists &lt;distribution&gt;]
+         [--n] [--dbpath &lt;dir&gt;] [--root &lt;dir&gt;]
+</pre>
+<P>
+
+This shows a shell-like history of searches and the most recent --stdin
+edit. History is numbered with the most recent action being 1, and the
+earlier actions being of a higher number until the maximum amount of lines
+set in the HISTORY variable in <code>swimrc(5)</code>.  A separate history is
+kept for each architecture-distribution. 
+
+<hr>
+swim
+- <A href="index.html#copyright">                                                      
+          Copyright © 1999 Jonathan D. Rosenbaum                           
+        </A>
+<br>
+<A href="index.html#toc">Contents</A>; <A href="ch-makinginst.html">next</A>; <A href="ch-version.html">back</A>.
+<br>
+<address>15 June 1999<br>
+Jonathan D. Rosenbaum<A href="mailto:mttrader@access.mountain.net">mttrader@access.mountain.net</A></address>
+</body></html>

swim.html/ch-important.html

@@ -0,0 +1,330 @@
+<html><head>
+<title>swim - IMPORTANT DEBIAN DATABASES FOR NOT-INSTALLED
+DATABASES
+</title>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:mttrader@access.mountain.net">
+</head><body>
+<h1>
+swim - chapter 6<br>
+IMPORTANT DEBIAN DATABASES FOR NOT-INSTALLED
+DATABASES
+
+</h1>
+<hr>
+<h2><A name="s-downimportant">
+6.1 A. downloading the important databases with --ftp.
+
+</A></h2>
+
+<pre>usage: swim --ftp
+
+options: --Contents &lt;DF|directory&gt;
+         --Packages &lt;DF|directory&gt; 
+         [--dists &lt;distribution&gt;] [--arch &lt;architecture&gt;]
+         [--onec] [--Release_only]</pre>
+<hr>
+<h2><A name="s6.2">
+6.2 OVERVIEW
+
+</A></h2>
+ <strong>swim</strong> provides a method so that all information about
+an existing Debian distribution is quickly accessible through databases.
+Debian already provides flat file databases for all its distributions. One
+database called ``<em>Contents-(architecture)</em>'' provides a complete
+listing of all the files associated with each package, the other much more
+important database called ``<em>Packages</em>'' provides everything from
+the Package's description, to all the dependencies for that package. The
+Packages database is a crucial database for other important Debian
+administrative tools like <strong>dpkg</strong> and <strong>apt</strong>.
+<hr>
+<h2><A name="s-dd">
+6.3 DISTRIBUTION DEFINED
+
+</A></h2>
+Debian Distributions choose a name which reflect the development state of
+that distribution. The distribution named ``<em>unstable</em>'' is where
+the majority of the development processing occurs, after <em>unstable</em>
+has reached a certain level of maturity, it's copied over to a new
+distribution called ``<em>frozen</em>'' which is tested extensively before
+becoming the new ``<em>stable</em>'' distribution. The <em>frozen
+distribution</em> retains the <em>Release version number</em> of the
+<em>unstable distribution</em>, and the <em>unstable distribution</em>
+receives a new <em>Release version number</em>. Eventually,
+<em>frozen</em> becomes <em>stable</em>, and at this point both
+<em>frozen</em>, and the older <em>stable distribution</em> are removed.
+Code names are associated with the <em>Release Version number</em> given
+for each of the distributions. This is much better for mirroring Debian
+sites.
+
+<P>
+
+<strong>swim</strong> was designed to ignore these code names, and instead
+shows the user the <em>Release version number</em> associated with the
+distribution. Swim users must always use the real distribution name, or
+swim will not work properly. This is a nice feature because it allows user
+to make decisions related to the management of their databases, and makes
+research much more easier.
+
+<P>
+
+The other Debian distribution which swim recognizes is
+<em>experimental</em>. This distribution <em>does not have any Release
+version number</em>, and contains packages which are considered risky
+because of their development level.
+
+
+<P>
+<hr>
+<h2><A name="s6.4">
+6.4 SECTIONS
+
+</A></h2>
+ Each Debian distribution has sections related to the relationship of
+each of the packages to the <em>Debian's Policy Manual</em>. In
+``<em>main</em>'' there are packages which have a correct relationship
+with these Policies. Packages in ``<em>contrib</em>'' comply with the
+<em>DFSG</em> (<em>Debian Free Software Guidelines</em> found in the
+<em>Debian Policy Manual</em>) but have various limitations like requiring
+a package which is found in non-free, or is not in the Debian archive.
+Packages in ``<em>non-free</em>'' do not comply with the <em>DFSG</em> but
+are electronically distributable across international borders. The
+``<em>non-us</em>'' section is found outside of the United States and
+exists for packages which have export restrictions. 
+
+
+<P>
+<hr>
+<h2><A name="s6.5">
+6.5 ARCHITECTURES
+
+</A></h2>
+ Distributions also have architecture specific sections since not all
+packages compiled for one architecture can run on all other
+archictectures, however, there are a large percentage of packages which do
+run on all architectures. The architectures are <em>alpha</em>,
+<em>arm</em>, <em>i386</em>, <em>m68k</em>, <em>powerpc</em>,
+<em>sparc</em>, and more recently <em>hurd-i386</em> which represents
+packages for the hurd GNU kernel for the i386 architecture.
+
+<P>
+<hr>
+<h2><A name="s6.6">
+6.6 SWIMZ.LIST
+
+</A></h2>
+ <strong>--ftp</strong> uses a file called <em>swimz.list</em> which
+has the same type of format (see format below) as the
+<em>sources.list(5)</em> which <strong>apt</strong> uses. There are some
+differences. The <strong>first difference</strong> mentioned above (see
+<A href="#s-dd">DISTRIBUTION DEFINED
+, section 6.3</A>) requires that the distribution names never should be the
+code names for the <em>Release version</em>.  <strong>Secondly</strong>,
+<strong>apt</strong> only retrieves databases specific to one
+archictecture, normally the one you are running <strong>apt</strong> on.
+With <strong>swim</strong> though you can fetch databases for any, or
+every architecture by adding the architecture to ``deb'' with a hyphen
+(deb-hurd-i386). If deb has no architecture appended it is assumed that
+the architecture you want is the same as the system you are running
+<strong>swim</strong> on.  <strong>Thirdly</strong>, at this time
+<strong>swim</strong> only supports the ftp method. 
+<strong>Fourthly</strong>, you can change <em>swimz.list</em> as often as
+you want without worrying about databases being removed so that that the
+<em>swimz.list</em> and the downloaded databases match. This would occur
+with <strong>apt's</strong> <em>sources.list(5)</em> if you removed a
+site. <strong>Fifthly</strong>, databases are kept in a compressed state. 
+<strong>Sixthly</strong> because the list is used for both Contents and
+Packages, more flexibility is provided by only allowing the default
+distribution/archictecture or distribution/architecture provided on the
+commandline to be downloaded. 
+<P>
+
+
+For <strong>apt</strong> users: If you are using <strong>apt</strong>, and
+<strong>swim</strong> together it is a good strategy to use the real
+distribution name in the <em>sources list(8)</em>, and to have an exact
+copy of the <em>sources.list(5)</em> ftp sites in the <em>swimz.list</em>. 
+Packages databases specific to the architecture <strong>apt</strong> is
+using can be retrieved using <strong>swim --apt --update</strong> (this
+also will keep track of the Release version), and then
+<strong>swim</strong> can be used to fetch the architecture specific
+<em>Contents database</em> as shown below.  It should also be of interest
+to note that Packages downloaded by either swim or apt can be used
+interchangeably by using 'cp -a' and 'gzip -d' or 'gzip -9'.
+<P>
+
+Here is a brief outline of the format required by <em>swimz.list</em>.  
+
+<P>
+
+<strong>deb uri distribution [section ...  ]</strong>
+<P>
+
+<strong>deb</strong> - represents a standard Debian distribution. And is
+simply written as deb or with the architecture appended
+(<strong>deb</strong> or <strong>deb-alpha</strong>). 
+
+<P>
+
+<strong>uri</strong> - Universal Resource Identifier is exactly how you
+would enter an address into a web browser. This address is the base of a
+Debian distribution, generally this is right before the directory called
+``<em>dists</em>''. So if <em>dists</em> is found in
+<em>/stuff/pub/debian/dists</em>, and the site is
+<strong>somewhere.com</strong> then the uri would be
+<em>ftp://somewhere.com/stuff/pub/debian</em>.
+<P>
+
+<strong>distribution</strong> - This can be <em>unstable</em>,
+<em>frozen</em>, <em>stable</em>, <em>experimental</em>. Distribution can
+also be a path which must end with a slash like
+<em>unstable/binary-i386/</em>. This is used when there is no section as
+in the experimental distribution or in sites which do not have symlinks to
+the non-us section. No section would be mentioned in this situation.
+ <P>
+<strong>section</strong> - <em>main</em>, <em>contrib</em>,
+<em>non-free</em>, <em>non-US</em> (write it this way).
+
+<P>
+<hr>
+<h2><A name="s6.7">
+6.7 SWIMZ.LIST EXAMPLES
+
+</A></h2>
+Examples (each on one line):
+
+<P>
+
+<strong>deb-alpha ftp://somewhere.com/stuff/pub/debian unstable main contrib non-US</strong>
+<P>
+
+This will fetch the alpha databases from somewhere.com for the unstable
+distribution for the main, contrib and non-US sections.
+
+<P>
+
+Note: In these next two examples you can not append any architecture to deb
+with a hyphen. 
+<P>
+
+<strong>deb ftp://somewhere.com/stuff/pub/debian project/experimental/</strong>
+
+<P>
+
+This will fetch the experimental database, but there is not a
+Contents-(architecture) database for this distribution. Notice that it ends
+with a slash.
+
+<P>
+
+<strong>deb ftp://somewhere.com/stuff/pub/debian-non-US stable/binary-i386/</strong>
+<P>
+
+This will fetch the i386 databases for the stable distribution for non-us,
+
+<hr>
+<h2><A name="s-ftp">
+6.8 FTP OR APT?
+
+</A></h2>
+ How you use major mode <strong>--ftp</strong> depends on your goals. 
+Even if you are using <strong>apt</strong>, you may be interested in
+keeping tabs on different architectures. In this case you would have to
+download the <em>Packages databases</em> specific to these architectures. 
+If you are only interested in the architecture which <strong>apt</strong>
+is interested in, then you only need to use <strong>--ftp</strong> to
+fetch the <em>Contents database(s)</em>. But, because it isn't a
+requirement to set up a virtual filesystem, you are not required to fetch
+the Contents database. The <strong>advantages</strong> of fetching the
+Contents database is determined by the method you choose to make the
+database (see <A href="ch-notinstalled.html">MAKING NOT-INSTALLED DATABASES
+, chapter 7</A>). These advantages include the
+ability to <em>view a listing of the files and directories</em> associated
+with a package, the ability to <em>query files and directories</em> to
+find out which packages relate to them, and the ability to perform a
+<em>powersearch</em> on all the files and directories to find the
+associated packages. 
+<P>
+<hr>
+<h2><A name="s6.9">
+6.9 OPTIONS
+
+</A></h2>
+<strong>Remember:</strong>  If you want to download a different
+distribution/architecture other than the default specified in your
+configuration file, you must specify this on the commandline. 
+<P>
+ <strong>--Packages</strong> determines where you want the Packages
+database as well as the Release data put when they are downloaded. The
+<strong>DF argument</strong> implies that the databases will be put in
+your default directory (see <code>swimrc(5)).</code> These databases can later
+be located by the major modes <strong>--initndb and --rebuildndb</strong>
+just by using <strong>DF</strong> as an argument. Alternatively, these
+databases can be put in any directory you choose by providing a
+<strong>directory as an argument</strong>. 
+<P>
+
+<strong>--Contents</strong> determines where you want the
+<em>Content-(architecture)</em> <code>database(s)</code> put. (see
+--Packages). 
+<P>
+
+<strong>--onec</strong> will download only one Contents-arch per 
+distribution/architecture specified on the commandline or by default.
+<P>
+
+<strong>--Release_only</strong> will download only the Release data for
+the <em>swimz.list</em> or particular <em>Package(s)</em> mentioned on the
+command line.
+<P>
+
+<strong>--dists</strong> will only find the distribution which corresponds
+to the argument provided this option.
+<P>
+
+<strong>--arch</strong> will only find the architecture which corresponds
+to the argument provided this option.  The different architecture needs to
+be specified in swimz.list with a hyphen and the architecture appended to
+deb (deb-(arch)). 
+<hr>
+<h2><A name="s6.10">
+6.10 B. downloading the important databases with apt, and maintenance
+options.
+
+</A></h2>
+usage: <strong>swim --apt</strong> 
+<P>
+
+options: <strong>[--update] [--clean] [--autoclean] [--check]</strong>
+
+<P>
+
+Please read <A href="#s-downimportant">A. downloading the important databases with --ftp.
+, section 6.1</A> for more information.
+<P>
+
+<strong>--update</strong> calls <strong>apt</strong> to download the
+Packages databases.
+<P>
+
+<strong>--clean</strong> is a call to an <strong>apt</strong> option to
+remove any packages stored in <strong>apt's</strong> storage area for
+downloaded packages. The default for this storage area is
+<em>/var/cache/apt/arhives</em>
+<P>
+
+<strong>--autoclean</strong> will only clean out packages which are not
+found in apt's cache.
+<P>
+
+<strong>--check</strong> tests and updates apt's cache.
+<hr>
+swim
+- <A href="index.html#copyright">                                                      
+          Copyright © 1999 Jonathan D. Rosenbaum                           
+        </A>
+<br>
+<A href="index.html#toc">Contents</A>; <A href="ch-notinstalled.html">next</A>; <A href="ch-makinginst.html">back</A>.
+<br>
+<address>15 June 1999<br>
+Jonathan D. Rosenbaum<A href="mailto:mttrader@access.mountain.net">mttrader@access.mountain.net</A></address>
+</body></html>

swim.html/ch-makinginst.html

@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
+<html><head>
+<title>swim - MAKING INSTALLED SYSTEM DATABASES
+</title>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:mttrader@access.mountain.net">
+</head><body>
+<h1>
+swim - chapter 5<br>
+MAKING INSTALLED SYSTEM DATABASES
+
+</h1>
+ 
+<hr>
+<h2><A name="s-initdb">
+5.1 Initial database making, and Rebuilding for an
+Installed system.
+
+</A></h2>
+
+<pre>
+usage: swim --initdb       
+       swim --rebuilddb
+
+options:  [--dbpath &lt;dir&gt;] [--root &lt;dir&gt;] [--lowmem]  
+          [--split_data &lt;lines&gt;]
+
+</pre>
+<P>
+
+An <em>installed Debian distribution</em> is one in which packages are
+installed using <strong>dpkg</strong> or some front-end to
+<strong>dpkg</strong> like <strong>apt</strong> or
+<strong>dselect</strong>;  <strong>swim</strong> supports installation
+through <strong>apt</strong>. These major modes are for a computer with an
+<em>installed Debian distribution</em> and make the databases which allow
+querying and searching capabilities for the installed distribution.
+<P>
+
+<strong>--initdb</strong> is run when the databases do not exist yet,
+<strong>--rebuilddb</strong> is run if the databases have become corrupt,
+or you want to rebuild the databases instead of updating them. 
+
+<P>
+
+<strong>--dbpath</strong> can be specified as an alternative location for
+where the databases will be made. The default location is
+``<em>/var/lib/dpkg</em>''. An argument like ``<em>/otherstuff</em>''
+could be provided, and then the databases would be made here instead. 
+
+<P>
+
+<strong>--root</strong> allows a database to be made for a Debian distribution installed on a
+different partition. If the distribution is mounted on
+<em>/New_Debian</em>, ``<em>/New_Debian</em>'' would be the argument to root. The databases would be made for the
+Debian distribution installed on the ``<em>/New_Debian</em>'' partition. 
+
+<P>
+
+<strong>--dbpath</strong> and <strong>--root</strong> can be used
+together. Given the previous two examples, the databases would be made on
+``<em>/New_Debian/otherstuff</em>'', assuming
+``<em>/New_Debian/otherstuff</em>'' actually existed. 
+
+<P>
+
+<strong>--lowmem</strong> uses a method which uses a small amount of
+memory to make the databases. By default <strong>--initdb</strong> and
+<strong>--rebuilddb</strong> use a method which fully takes advantage of
+memory, this is a good thing, because it means the databases are made in a
+quicker manner. On a computer with a K6-200 CPU, 64MB of memory, and 1500
+installed packages, the databases can be made in 4.5 minutes using the
+default method, and 11 minutes using the low memory method. The high
+memory method is the default because in general the size of a distribution
+is related to how much resources a computer has, and probably a large
+installation is unusual. If you get an ``out of memory'' when you use the
+default method, or if your system is overloaded to begin with, the
+<strong>--lowmem method</strong> is the prefered way.
+
+<P>
+
+<strong>--split_data</strong> determines the size of the files in the
+temporary directory used to contruct the database. The default is 25000
+lines per file. If you are using the <strong>--lowmem method</strong> you
+may want to provide a different argument to <strong>--split_data</strong>,
+like ``<strong>--split_data 10000</strong>''. This is a subject of
+experimentation. 
+<P>
+<hr>
+<h2><A name="s5.2">
+5.2 UPDATING
+
+</A></h2>
+usage: <strong>swim --db</strong>
+
+
+
+<P>
+
+options: <strong>[--dbpath</strong> &lt;<strong>dir</strong>&gt;<strong>]
+[--root</strong> &lt;<strong>dir</strong>&gt;<strong>] [--check]</strong>
+
+<P>
+
+<strong>--db</strong> allows you to update the databases by hand when
+packages have been removed, added, or changed. swim will automatically run
+<strong>--db</strong> under certain conditions. 
+<P>
+<strong>--check</strong> prints out the changes to STDERR, and the
+total to STDOUT without proceeding with the update.
+<P>
+
+See <A href="#s-initdb">Initial database making, and Rebuilding for an
+Installed system.
+, section 5.1</A> for options <strong>--dbpath</strong> and
+<strong>--root</strong>.
+
+<P>
+<hr>
+<h2><A name="s-searchy">
+5.3 REBUILDING THE SEARCH
+
+
+</A></h2>
+
+usage:  <strong>swim --rebuildflatdb</strong>
+
+
+
+<P>
+
+options: <strong>[--dbpath</strong> &lt;<strong>dir</strong>&gt;<strong>]
+[--root</strong> &lt;<strong>dir</strong>&gt;<strong>]</strong>
+
+<P>
+
+swim makes the flat databases <em>searchindex.deb</em> and
+<em>dirindex.deb</em> for doing <em>powersearches</em>. Instead of
+rebuilding these databases everytime <strong>--db</strong> is run, new
+information is just appended to these databases, and old information is
+kept. Generally, this is not a problem because only files and directories
+which the other databases actually know something about will be refered
+to. But in a situation where a file has changed into a directory, the
+<em>powersearch</em> may not work properly, because the old file name
+remains in <em>searchindex.deb</em>, and the new directory name is now in
+<em>dirindex.deb</em> directory. In general, it takes a lot of changes to
+the installed system before it is really becomes necessary to rebuild the
+flat databases. This process takes less than a minute on a K6-200 with
+1500 packages.
+
+<P>
+
+See <A href="#s-initdb">Initial database making, and Rebuilding for an
+Installed system.
+, section 5.1</A> for options <strong>--dbpath</strong> and
+<strong>--root</strong>.
+<hr>
+<h2><A name="s5.4">
+5.4 FILES
+
+</A></h2>
+
+Databases which are made:
+<P>
+
+<pre> packages.deb
+ fileindex.deb
+ statusindex.deb
+ groupindex.deb
+ searchindex.deb
+ dirindex.deb</pre>
+<hr>
+swim
+- <A href="index.html#copyright">                                                      
+          Copyright © 1999 Jonathan D. Rosenbaum                           
+        </A>
+<br>
+<A href="index.html#toc">Contents</A>; <A href="ch-important.html">next</A>; <A href="ch-history.html">back</A>.
+<br>
+<address>15 June 1999<br>
+Jonathan D. Rosenbaum<A href="mailto:mttrader@access.mountain.net">mttrader@access.mountain.net</A></address>
+</body></html>

swim.html/ch-notinstalled.html

@@ -0,0 +1,230 @@
+<html><head>
+<title>swim - MAKING NOT-INSTALLED DATABASES
+</title>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:mttrader@access.mountain.net">
+</head><body>
+<h1>
+swim - chapter 7<br>
+MAKING NOT-INSTALLED DATABASES
+
+</h1>
+
+<pre>
+usage:  swim --initndb
+        swim --ndb
+        swim --rebuildndb
+
+options: [--Contents &lt;target|FDBtarget|DF|FDBDF&gt;]
+         [--main] [--contrib] [--non-free] [--non-us]
+         [--arch &lt;architecture&gt;]  [--dists &lt;distribution&gt;] 
+         [--dbpath &lt;dir&gt;] [--root &lt;dir&gt;] [--alt]
+         [--split_data &lt;lines&gt;] [-v] [--cron] 
+         [targets|APT|DF]
+</pre>
+<P>
+<hr>
+<h2><A name="s7.1">
+7.1 OVERVIEW
+
+</A></h2>
+The <strong>not-installed database</strong> provides swim with many capabilities like the searching, and querying of
+packages which do not actually exist on the live filesystem, as well as the
+ability to seamlessly install packages while searching or quering, or the
+ability to fetch the packages source code. The <em>virtual filesystem</em> is optional, but it is highly recommended. These two major mode options set
+up these databases, after determining the level of interaction which you
+want. 
+<P>
+
+Whenever <strong>swim</strong> makes databases it thinks only in terms of
+one distribution and one architecture. This keeps things logical. 
+<strong>swim</strong> does have the ability to take Packages files with
+multiple architectures, and distributions, and to extract information for
+one distribution and one archictecture to make its databases. This could
+provide interesting information from dumps from <strong>apt</strong>
+(<code>apt-cache dumpavail</code>).
+<P>
+
+<strong>--initndb</strong> creates the initial not-installed databases for
+a particular architecture and distribution, and
+<strong>--rebuildndb</strong> remakes the not-installed databases for that
+same architecure and distribution. If not otherwise specified
+<strong>swim</strong> <em>will use the values</em> it finds in
+<em>swimrc</em> to determine what architecture and distribution you want
+to use to make <strong>swim's</strong> databases. Otherwise...
+
+<hr>
+<h2><A name="s7.2">
+7.2 OPTIONS
+
+</A></h2>
+ <strong>--arch</strong> allows an argument to override the
+<strong>architecture</strong> found in <em>swimrc</em>. 
+
+<P>
+
+<strong>--dists</strong> allows an argument to override the
+<strong>distribution</strong> found in <em>swimrc</em>. 
+<P>
+
+<strong>--alt</strong> is used for a distribution with a Debian archival
+structure, but which has a different name.  This allows for alternative
+distributions. 
+<P>
+
+When <strong>APT</strong> or <strong>DF</strong> are provided as arguments
+(see below), by default the <em>Packages</em> which pertain to the
+sections found in <em>swimrc</em> will be shown. If you only want certain
+sections you may specify them on the command line. If you are not using
+<strong>APT</strong> or <strong>DF</strong>, it is a good idea to make
+sure that either the sections found in <em>swimrc</em> or the sections you
+put on the command line match the <em>Packages</em> you a targetting
+because this is much more effecient.
+<P>
+
+<strong>--main</strong> will override the sections found in
+<em>swimrc</em>, and will use this section.
+<P>
+
+<strong>--contrib</strong> will override the sections found in
+<em>swimrc</em>, and will use this section
+<P>
+
+<strong>--non-free</strong> will override the sections found in
+<em>swimrc</em>, and will use this section
+<P>
+
+<strong>--non-us</strong> will override the sections found in
+<em>swimrc</em>, and will use this section
+<P>
+
+Global arguments <strong>targets|APT|DF</strong> must be used with either
+of these two major modes to find the <em>Packages</em> databases. targets
+can be a full path to one or a set of <em>Packages</em>. 
+<strong>APT</strong> will use the <em>Packages</em> found in
+<em>/var/state/apt/lists</em>, and <strong>DF</strong> will use the
+Packages found in the default directory for <strong>swim</strong> (see
+<code>--ftp</code>). If you use either <strong>APT</strong> or
+<strong>DF</strong> you will be given an <strong>interface</strong> which
+allows you to choose one <em>Packages</em> database for each section you
+would like to use from the various sites.  This <strong>interface</strong>
+shows the <strong>site</strong>, <strong>date</strong>,
+<strong>size</strong> and <strong>Release version</strong> for each
+<em>Packages</em>.
+<P>
+
+<strong>--cron</strong> allows you to override the
+<strong>interface</strong> produced when <strong>APT</strong> or
+<strong>DF</strong> is provided as an argument. This is useful if you want
+to automate the database making process.  <strong>--cron</strong> will
+choose the newest <code>database(s),</code> if cron notices that the Release
+version has changed, cron will not proceed, but will provide a warning
+instead. This allows you to make the appropriate changes and choices.
+<P>
+
+<strong>--Contents</strong> can be give one of four arguments:  
+<P>
+
+<strong>1).</strong> If you have a <em>Contents-(architecture)</em>
+database in a target location you know about you may provide a path to the
+location. The <em>Contents</em> database can be compressed.
+<P>
+
+<strong>2).</strong> If you prepend the path with the letters
+<strong>FDB</strong> (meaning flat database) when the databases for swim
+are made, instead of using the Contents database to make: 
+
+<pre> 
+ nfileindex-arch-dists.deb
+ nsearchindex-arch-dists.deb 
+ ndirindex-arch-dists.deb</pre>
+<P>
+
+Only the <em>ncontentsindex-arch-dists.deb.gz</em> database will be made
+which allows the ability to view file/dir listing for not-installed
+packages, but does not provide the virtual file system or powersearch
+capabilities which the other databases would have provided.
+<P>
+
+<strong>3).</strong> The argument <strong>DF</strong> may be used if you
+have used <strong>--ftp</strong> with the <strong>DF</strong> argument to
+the option <strong>--Contents</strong> (see <code>--ftp</code>). In this case
+it is assumed you are also using global arguments <strong>DF</strong> or
+<strong>APT</strong> for the Packages databases. This will give you an 
+<strong>interface</strong> (if --cron isn't used) allowing you to choose
+one <em>Contents</em> database for the particular distribution you want to
+make the databases for.
+<P>
+
+<strong>4).</strong> <strong>FDB</strong> does the same exact thing with
+<strong>DF</strong> as it does with the before mentioned
+<strong>FDBtarget</strong>, and provides the <strong>interface</strong>. 
+<P>
+
+<strong>-v</strong> will only work if you have dpkg installed. It allows
+swim to verify <strong>swim's</strong> own built-in version comparison
+function with <strong>dpkg's version comparison function</strong>. This is
+good for debugging purposes, and produces a report called
+<em>.version_compare</em> in the same location that
+<strong>swim's</strong> databases are made.
+<P>
+
+<strong>--split_data</strong> is only advantageous if
+<strong>--Contents</strong> is being used. See <strong>--initdb</strong>
+for more information about the <strong>--split_data</strong> option. 
+<P>
+
+See <A href="ch-makinginst.html#s-initdb">Initial database making, and Rebuilding for an
+Installed system.
+, section 5.1</A> for options <code>--dbpath</code> and <code>--root</code>.
+<hr>
+<h2><A name="s7.3">
+7.3 UPDATING
+
+</A></h2>
+
+<code>--ndb</code> has the same options as --initndb and --rebuildndb except
+for --split_data.  It also has a new option <code>--nue</code> which will
+never have to be used unless the experimental distribution or non-us
+section are found in Contents (which presently isn't the case). 
+<code>--check</code> prints out the changes to STDERR, and the total to STDOUT
+without proceeding with the update.  <code>--status_only</code> can be used
+after a new package has been installed to update the status, after which
+-qni and -qi will correlate properly.
+<hr>
+<h2><A name="s7.4">
+7.4 REBUILDING THE SEARCH
+
+</A></h2>
+<code>--rebuildflatndb</code> serves the same purpose as --rebuildflatdb.  See
+<A href="ch-makinginst.html#s-searchy">REBUILDING THE SEARCH
+
+, section 5.3</A>
+<hr>
+<h2><A name="s7.5">
+7.5 FILES
+
+</A></h2>
+Databases and reports which are made (arch = architecture dists =
+distribution): 
+<P>
+
+<pre> 
+ npackages-arch-dists.deb
+ nfileindex-arch-dists.deb requires &lt;--Contents&gt;
+ nstatusindex-arch-dists.deb
+ ngroupindex-arch-dists.deb
+ nsearchindex-arch-dists.deb
+ ndirindex-arch-dists.deb
+ .packagesdiff-arch-dists.deb requires &lt;--Contents&gt;</pre>
+<P>
+<hr>
+swim
+- <A href="index.html#copyright">                                                      
+          Copyright © 1999 Jonathan D. Rosenbaum                           
+        </A>
+<br>
+<A href="index.html#toc">Contents</A>; <A href="ch-aptprep.html">next</A>; <A href="ch-important.html">back</A>.
+<br>
+<address>15 June 1999<br>
+Jonathan D. Rosenbaum<A href="mailto:mttrader@access.mountain.net">mttrader@access.mountain.net</A></address>
+</body></html>

swim.html/ch-query.html

@@ -0,0 +1,672 @@
+<html><head>
+<title>swim - QUERYING THE INSTALLED AND NOT-INSTALLED DATABASES
+</title>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:mttrader@access.mountain.net">
+</head><body>
+<h1>
+swim - chapter 9<br>
+QUERYING THE INSTALLED AND NOT-INSTALLED DATABASES
+
+</h1>
+<pre>usage: swim -q [-fpgn --dir] [targets | -S]
+       swim --query [-fpgn --dir] [targets | -S]
+       swim -qa || swim --query -a </pre>
+<P>
+
+<pre>options: [--total -t] [-i] [-l ? &lt;[--df]&gt;] [-d] [-c]
+         [--scripts] [--preinst] [--postinst] [--prerm] 
+         [--postrm] [-v] [--dbpath &lt;dir&gt;] [--menu -m] 
+         [--shlibs] [-T] [--pre_depends] [--depends] 
+         [--recommends] [--suggests] [--conflicts] 
+         [--replaces] [--provides] [--md5sum] [--root &lt;dir&gt;] 
+         [--copyright] [--changelog] [--allgroups] 
+         [--arch &lt;architecture&gt;] [--dists &lt;distribution&gt;] 
+         [--ftp ? --source | --source_only ? &lt;[--diff]&gt;] 
+         [--stdin] [--extract] &lt;ALL|archive|PWD!archive&gt;]
+         [-xyrz --remove ? &lt;[--nz]&gt;] [--purge] [--apt2df] 
+         [--df2apt] </pre><P>
+
+global arguments: <strong>[targets | -S ? &lt;\d{1,}&gt;]</strong>
+<P>
+
+Quering almost always involves using <strong>-q or --query</strong> with
+zero or one or a combination of the <strong>minor mode options</strong>
+(package specification options), and one or more (only one for
+<code>-g</code>) targets specific to the minor mode, or the results of a
+search (<code>-S</code>).  [<code>-S</code> can be provided a numerical argument
+pertaining to the past history.]  This can be combined with one or more
+options. The one exception is ``<strong>swim -q --allgroups</strong>''. 
+
+<P>
+
+<strong>--query or -q</strong> can be used by itself or with
+<strong>-n</strong> to query known package names or package names with
+versions. ``<strong>swim -q test1 test2_0.3-1</strong>'' would produce the
+output:
+
+<P>
+
+<pre>test1_1.0-2
+test2_0.3-1</pre>
+<hr>
+<h2><A name="s-mm">
+9.1 MINOR MODES
+
+</A></h2>
+ <strong>-n</strong> is the minor mode option to access the
+<em>not-installed system</em>, it can be combined with the minor mode
+options <strong>-a</strong>, <strong>-g</strong>, <strong>-f</strong>, or
+it can be used by itself. 
+
+<P>
+
+<strong>-a</strong> allows <em>every package</em> on an installed or
+not-installed (<strong>-n</strong>) system to be queried. ``<strong>swim
+-qan</strong>'' will show all the package names with versions for the
+not-installed system
+
+<P>
+
+<strong>-f</strong> allows <em>files or directories</em> to be queried,
+when used without any options the package name with version is shown. 
+<strong>--dir</strong> will only query directories, this is useful if you
+are not sure whether what you are quering is a directory or a file. When a
+directory is queried, swim shows all packages which exist below the
+queried directory.  ``<strong>swim -qf /</strong>'' is exactly the same as
+``<strong>swim -qa</strong>''. Hint: ``<strong>swim -qf .</strong>'' and
+``<strong>swim -qf *</strong>'' are quite different, the first shows all
+packages which exist below the current directory, and the second will show
+the package which each file in the current directory comes from. 
+<P>
+ 
+<strong>-g</strong> will query a <em>group</em> (also called a section,
+see <A href="#s-section">SECTION AND PRIORITY 
+, subsection 9.5.3</A>)) of packages. Groups represent subjects which
+packages with similiar characteristics are catagorized by. To view all the
+groups found in an installed or not-installed system use ``<strong>swim -q
+--allgroups</strong>'' or ``<strong>swim -qn --allgroups</strong>''. 
+``<strong>swim -qg hamradio</strong>'' or ``<strong>swim -qng
+hamradio</strong>'' shows all the package names for the hamradio group. 
+<P>
+
+<strong>-p</strong> is used to query a <em>Debian package</em>, these
+packages are distinguished by their ``deb'' ending, but swim can
+tell whether a file is a debian package even without the ending. Called
+without any options the package name with version will be shown. 
+<hr>
+<h2><A name="s-specdata">
+9.2 SPECIFYING THE DATABASES TO USE
+
+</A></h2>
+ <strong>--dists</strong> will use the databases for the argument
+given, otherwise the databases pertaining to the value found in swimrc
+will be used. 
+
+<P>
+
+<strong>--arch</strong> will use the databases for the argument given,
+otherwise the databases pertaining to the value found in swimrc will be
+used. 
+
+<P>
+
+Example: <strong>swim -qat --arch hurd-i386 --dists unstable</strong>
+
+<P>
+
+Assuming these databases exist this will show all packages and their
+versions for the unstable distribution and architecture hurd-i386 even if
+the values in <em>swimrc</em> are i386 and stable.
+
+<P>
+
+see <A href="ch-important.html#s-downimportant">A. downloading the important databases with --ftp.
+, section 6.1</A> and <A href="ch-notinstalled.html">MAKING NOT-INSTALLED DATABASES
+, chapter 7</A> for more
+information about the databases. 
+
+<hr>
+<h2><A name="s9.3">
+9.3 OPTIONS
+
+</A></h2>
+ <strong>--total or -t</strong> are <em>used to override the output
+suppressor</em>. The output suppressor will not show output if a certain
+number of packages is exceeded, instead it will show the number of
+packages you are querying. This is useful for two reasons, first, knowing
+the number of packages you are quering can be very informative, second, it
+gives you a chance to add to the command line a pipe to a pager, ex:
+``<strong>swim -qat | less</strong>''. You can set the number that the
+output suppressor works at as high or low as you want in the
+<em>swimrc(8)</em> file. By design the <strong>-t</strong> option will
+have to be used if the <strong>-i</strong> option is used and more than
+one package is being queried. This option can also be used to alter the
+output of the various script options (--scripts, --preinst, --postinst,
+--prerm, and --postrm). 
+
+<P>
+
+<strong>-i</strong> provides <em>information</em> about each package being
+queried. The format differs slightly for the installed packages versus the
+not-installed packages. see <A href="#s-format">FORMAT
+, section 9.5</A>:
+
+<P>
+
+<strong>-l</strong> provides a listing of the files associated with a
+package. If the option <strong>--df</strong> is provided as an argument,
+all the directories associated with package will be shown. It is important
+to remember that many packages provide directories which become important
+to them after they are installed, so the option <strong>--df</strong>
+often provides necessary information which <strong>-l</strong> called by
+itself would have not.
+
+<P>
+
+<strong>-d</strong> shows the documentation which the package provides
+found in <em>/usr/doc/*</em>, <em>/usr/man/*</em>, <em>/usr/info/*</em>. 
+Other documentation which the package may provide in a non-standard
+location will not be shown. <strong>-d</strong> takes precedence over
+<strong>-l</strong>, so if <strong>-l</strong> is used on the command line
+with <strong>-d</strong>, only the output for <strong>-d</strong> will be
+shown. 
+
+<P>
+
+<strong>-v</strong> is a special option which works only with the minor
+mode <strong>-p</strong>. It can be used with <strong>-l</strong>,
+<strong>--df</strong>, <strong>-d</strong>, to show the packages files
+and/or directories in long format (<code>ls -
+l</code>). 
+
+<P>
+
+<strong>-c</strong> will show the configuration files packages use. If the
+package does not have a configuration file then nothing will be shown. The
+output will show the file and its path indented one space with the
+<strong>MD5 checksum</strong>. This will not work with
+<strong>-n</strong>.
+
+<P>
+
+<strong>--scripts</strong> shows all scripts associated with a package
+with the name of the script presented before each script in this way
+<strong>#####scriptname######</strong>. If the scripts are called
+individually by using the script options <strong>--preinst</strong>,
+<strong>--postinst</strong>, <strong>--prerm</strong>, or
+<strong>--postrm</strong> no title is shown, this is nice for writing to a
+file. If <strong>-t</strong> is used with the individual script options a
+title will be shown, this makes sense because normally only individual
+packages would be queried to write a script to a file, and
+<strong>-t</strong> wouldn't be used in this situation. Scripts are the
+soul of Debianized packages allowing packages to be installed, configured,
+and removed seamlessly and cleanly under all kinds of conditions. These
+options do no work with <strong>-n</strong>. 
+
+<P>
+
+<strong>--menu or -m</strong> is used to view menufiles which belong to
+various packages. If the package does not have a menufile nothing will be
+shown. This option can be useful in troubleshooting a menu entry which
+does not seem to work, or in finding out where the menu entry is. 
+<em>Joost Witteveen's Debian menu system</em> is a centralized program
+which interacts with all kinds of menus.  <em>Please read the
+documentation</em> ``<strong>swim -qd menu</strong>'' which comes with the
+menu package to find out more. This will not work with
+<strong>-n</strong>. 
+
+<P>
+
+<strong>--shlibs</strong> shows a list of shared libraries certain
+packages supply. The <em>Debian Packaging Manual</em> (packaging-manual)
+provides detailed information about the format of a shlibs file. This will
+not work with <strong>-n</strong>. 
+<P>
+
+<strong>--md5sum</strong> checks <strong>MD5 checksums</strong>. It can be
+used with <strong>-l</strong>, <strong>-d</strong>, <strong>-c</strong>,
+or <strong>-p</strong>. If there are checksums available the md5sum result
+will be either <strong>OK</strong>, <strong>FAILED</strong>, or
+<strong>MISSING</strong>.  <strong>MISSING</strong> means that although a
+checksum exists, the file can not be found. The result is put after the
+file and its path and the <strong>MD5 checksum</strong> or the package
+name and version and the <strong>MD5 checksum</strong>. 
+
+<P>
+
+<strong>--copyright</strong> does a case insensitive search for copy or
+license in the <em>/usr/doc/packagename</em> directory. This should show
+how the package relates to <em>Debian's Policy Manual</em>.
+
+<P>
+
+<strong>--changelog</strong> searches for any files in
+<em>/usr/doc/packagename</em> which look like changelogs. Debian packages
+always have a <em>Maintainer's</em> changelog for the package. There may
+be a separate changelog kept by the author of the program.
+<hr>
+<h2><A name="s9.4">
+9.4 PACKAGE RELATIONSHIPS
+
+</A></h2>
+
+<strong>-T</strong> shows all the package relationships of packages. 
+Individual package relationships can be viewed using
+<strong>--pre_depends</strong>, <strong>--depends</strong>,
+<strong>--recommends</strong>, <strong>--suggests</strong>,
+<strong>--replaces</strong>, <strong>--conflicts</strong> or
+<strong>--provides</strong>. Package relationships are the spirit of
+Debian packages, here is a quick overview briefly reiterating what can be
+found in the <em>Debian Packaging Manual</em>.  <em>Package
+Maintainers</em> set these relationships in control file fields of the
+same name.
+<P>
+
+<strong>Dependencies</strong>
+
+ <em>Pre-depends</em> - means that the pre-depended package or packages
+must be installed before the queried package can be installed.  Most
+packages which have pre-dependencies are usually essential and required
+packages.
+
+<P>
+
+<em>Depends</em> - declares an absolute dependency to another package or
+packages either <em>real or virtual</em>. The queried package cannot
+function without this other package.
+
+<P>
+
+<em>Recommends</em> - declares a strong, but not absolute dependency to
+another package or packages either <em>real or virtual</em>. You would
+usually find the recommended package together with the queried package in
+a normal installation.
+
+<P>
+
+<em>Suggests</em> - can be one or more packages either <em>real or
+virtual</em> which would be useful to the queried package, but are not
+necessary. 
+
+
+<strong>Alternative Packages</strong>
+<P>
+
+<em>Conflicts</em> - is a package or packages either <em>real or
+virtual</em> which would cause problems with the queried package, and
+would not be allowed to be installed while the queried package was
+installed. 
+<P>
+
+<strong>Overwriting files and Replacing Packages</strong>
+<P>
+
+<em>Replaces</em> - allows the queried package to replace another package
+or packages by overwriting their files, after which the previous package
+would be considered to have disappeared. Essentially this allows the
+queried package to take over the package or packages. In a situation where
+there was a Conflict between the queried package and these packages this
+field would help determine which packages should be removed. 
+<P>
+
+<strong>Virtual Packages</strong> 
+<P>
+
+<em>Provides</em> - declares a virtual package which may be mentioned in
+<em>Depends</em>, <em>Recommends</em>, <em>Suggests</em>, or
+<em>Conflicts</em>.  <em>Virtual packages</em> allow one or more packages
+to share the same name of another package, which means if the queried
+package has a reference to a virtual package in one of the before
+mentioned package relationship fields, then whatever packages provide the
+virtual package are also being listed. 
+ <hr>
+<h2><A name="s-format">
+9.5 FORMAT
+
+</A></h2>
+
+<strong>1). Installed system</strong>
+
+<P>
+
+<pre> Package: name                        Status: hold ok installed
+ Version: 1.1-1                       Essential: no
+ Section: namers                      Priority: extra
+ Installed-Size: 10                   Source: generatename (2.0-1)
+ Maintainer: name &lt;name@name.org&gt;
+ Description: hostname maker
+  A nice way to figure out a hostname nobody
+  else has.</pre>
+<P>
+
+<strong>2) Not-installed system</strong>
+
+
+
+<P>
+
+<pre> Package: name                        Status: r&gt; hold ok installed (1.1-1)
+ Version: 1.1-2                       Essential: no
+ Section: names                       Priority: extra
+ Installed-Size: 11                   Source: generatename (2.0-1)
+ Size: 43000                          Architecture: i386
+ Distribution: experimental
+ Maintainer: name &lt;name@name.org&gt;
+ Description: hostname maker
+  A nice way to figure out a hostname nobody
+  else has.</pre>
+<P>
+
+There are several things to point out. The difference between the two
+outputs relates to the addition of the Distribution, Size, and
+Architecture fields for the not-installed query. Installed-Size is how
+many kilobytes the package will occupy when it is unpacked, whereas Size
+is the size in bytes of the package. 
+<hr>
+<h3><A name="s9.5.1">
+9.5.1 STATUS FIELD 
+
+</A></h3>
+ 
+
+The Status field provides the installation status of the package, this
+holds true for the not-installed query as well. In a sense, the
+not-installed database isn't always not-installed. If the not-installed
+package is actually already installed, and the version numbers are exactly
+the same, then the status will be the same for either query. If the
+not-installed package is not installed then the status will be
+``not-installed''. In cases where the not-installed package is already
+installed, swim uses it's comparison function to figure out whether it is
+a newer of older package which is installed. In the above example, swim
+realizes the same package is installed, and only the debian-revision has
+changed, hence the only difference is that the revision number is greater
+``r&gt;'' for the not-installed package. When only the debian-revision has
+changed it can safely be assumed that the author (creator, programmer) of
+the same program has not made any changes to the same program, but the
+Debian maintainer has made a change to an aspect of the package like a
+change in the script the package uses to properly install. You may have
+also noticed that the status field shows the version number of the
+installed package enclosed in parenthesis.
+<hr>
+<h3><A name="s9.5.2">
+9.5.2 SOURCE FIELD
+
+</A></h3>
+
+The Source field is present in these examples, but the Source field will
+not always be present for packages. In cases where the name of the source
+package is the same as the the name found in the Package field, and the
+version number of the source package is also the same as found in the
+Version field, then there will be no Source field. In the above examples
+there is a Source field. In this case name was probably one of many
+packages generated from the source package called generatename. In this
+particular example generatename also has its own unique version number
+2.0-1 enclosed in parentheses, if no version number had been mentioned
+then the source package would have the same version number as found in the
+Version field.
+<hr>
+<h3><A name="s-section">
+9.5.3 SECTION AND PRIORITY 
+
+</A></h3>
+
+Section shows the subject which a package is categorized with (see
+<code>-g</code>). Priority shows how important the package is to have
+installed. In the case of the not-installed databases the information for
+these fields is almost always available from the Packages databases, but
+this is not always the case for Debian packages. For packages which do no
+provide this information swim will do its best to fill in the blanks from
+information found in the installed and not-installed databases. If proper
+information can not be found it will be indicated as ``unavailable'' or
+``unknown.'' Unavailable would indicate that information about the package
+exists, but it is from a different version (includes debian-revision), and
+no information exists for this version. Unknown means no similiar package
+exists, and there is absolutely no information about this package in the
+databases.
+<P>
+
+When a Debian package is queried using the <strong>-p</strong>
+option you will get output like the first example shows, the status field
+is also calculated. 
+<hr>
+<h2><A name="s-vrftp">
+9.6 FTP - VIRTUAL OPTIONS
+
+</A></h2>
+
+For ftp capabilities swim uses the <em>swimz.list</em> to determine which
+sites it will check for the requested packages. The first site which fills
+the request will be used, otherwise <strong>swim</strong> will go through
+all the sites avoiding repeats, and if no sites can fill the request,
+<strong>swim</strong> will either quit or proceed on to check for another
+request.
+<P>
+
+<strong>--ftp</strong> allows the queried package, its source package, or
+just the source package diff to be downloaded while being queried. This is
+refered to as virtual downloading because the quering and the downloading
+are seamless as though the package already exists locally. This has to be
+used with the option <strong>-n</strong> because packages which which are
+not part of the not-installed database are considered to already have been
+downloaded. Packages which are already installed can be downloaded or
+their source retrieved by setting up a database which corresponds to these
+packages; if the installed packages belong to the stable distribution,
+set-up the not-installed stable databases. 
+<P>
+
+Packages or source code are placed in an area below the default directory
+mirroring the remote directory they were downloaded from after their size
+and modification times are checked for correct values. This area is called
+the <strong>DF</strong> directory, and although this directory mirrors
+remote directories, it is not an exact mirror, but specific to the
+requirements of swim because code names for Release versions are not taken
+into account. For real mirroring capabilities there exist many excellent
+programs. If a package has a <strong>MD5 checksum</strong>,
+<strong>--md5sum</strong> will automatically be run and the value shown.
+Regardless of whether or not the md5sum check is <strong>OK</strong> or
+not, the package will still be put in the <strong>DF</strong> directory to
+allow the package to be looked at, so watch the output from
+<strong>--ftp</strong> to check for <strong>FAILED md5sums</strong>.
+
+<P>
+
+Packages or source code packages will not be downloaded again if they are
+found in the <strong>DF</strong> directory unless their
+<em>upstream-version</em> has changed in the not-installed database, if
+the packages are not in the DF directory and the remote
+<em>upstream-version</em> is different than the not-installed
+<em>upstream-version</em> then the packages will not be downloaded until
+the not-installed database is updated or rebuilt to reflect the version
+change. Changes in the package's <em>upstream-version</em> indicates that
+the <code>author(s)</code> of the program have made changes to the computer
+code for the program contained in the package or the source code package.
+On the other hand, swim will check for a <em>debian-revision</em> change
+at the remote site if the package can not immediately be found. If the
+package's <em>debian-revision</em> has changed and the package does not
+exist locally in the <strong>DF</strong> directory, it will be downloaded.
+This is a nice feature, especially for the unstable distribution, because
+it tends to extend the time needed before the not-installed database has
+to be updated or rebuilt to match the changes at remote sites.
+
+<P>
+
+<strong>--source</strong> is used with <strong>--ftp</strong> to download
+the source code package. <strong>--source_only</strong> will download the
+source code package without the deb package.  <em>Source packages consist
+of three files</em>.  The <em>source control file</em> which ends in
+``dsc'', the <em>original source archive</em> which is a compressed tar
+file, and the <em>unified context diff</em> showing the changes necessary
+to make the original source into Debian source. The diff can be downloaded
+by itself if <strong>--diff</strong> is provided as an argument to
+<strong>--source or --source_only</strong>.
+
+<P>
+
+For <strong>apt</strong> users: <strong>apt</strong> allows packages to be
+downloaded, but if more than one package is required for the package
+relationships to be proper, <strong>apt</strong> will download all these
+packages.  <strong>--ftp</strong> allows specific packages to be
+downloaded, packages from other architectures, and source packages to be
+downloaded, here lies the advantage of this option over using <strong>-xyz
+--nz</strong> (see below). If a particular package has been dowloaded into
+the <strong>DF</strong> directory and it is needed by <strong>apt</strong>
+for installation, simply copy or move the package from the
+<strong>DF</strong> directory to <em>/var/cache/apt/archives</em> before
+running <strong>apt</strong>, and the package will not be downloaded by
+<strong>apt</strong> again; future versions of <strong>swim</strong> will
+have an option to automatically accomplish this (see <code>--df2apt</code>).
+<hr>
+<h2><A name="s-vrapt">
+9.7 APT - VIRTUAL OPTIONS
+
+</A></h2>
+
+apt-get(8) is a nice package relationship checker from the
+<strong>apt</strong> package which figures out what needs to be done to
+properly install a package or packages when one or more package names are
+provided to it.  <strong>apt-get</strong> will get all packages which are
+needed using a variety of methods, and then <strong>apt-get</strong>
+interacts with <strong>dpkg</strong> in a way which allows for a
+successful installation.
+
+<P>
+
+<strong>-xyrz, --remove, and --nz</strong> can be used if
+<strong>apt-get</strong> from the <strong>apt</strong> package is
+installed. These options allow for what is refered to as virtual
+installation/removal. It is prudent to always test what will happen by
+using the <strong>-x</strong> option alone before actually proceeding with
+the installation with the <strong>-z</strong> option.  <strong>-x</strong>
+will actually simulate what would happen in an installation, showing which
+and how many packages will be changed, which and how many new packages
+will need to be installed, which and how many packages will need to be
+removed, any conflicts, and what needs to be configured.
+<strong>-y</strong> will automatically answer yes to any prompts
+<strong>apt-get</strong> may produce allowing <strong>apt-get</strong> to
+run non-interactively.  <strong>-z</strong> as mentioned before actually
+proceeds with the installation using <strong>dpkg</strong> after the
+<strong>apt-get</strong> gets the packages.  You can append a minus sign
+to a package name to cause it to be removed.  <strong>--nz</strong> when
+used as an optional argument with <strong>-xz or -xyz</strong> will only
+download the packages into <em>/var/cache/apt/archives</em> or into
+whatever directory you configured for holding archives for
+<strong>apt</strong>.
+<P>
+
+<strong>IMPORTANT</strong>:  <strong>apt</strong> makes it so easy to make
+changes to your installation that it is highly recommended to do your
+research with swim first. This can be done by checking package
+relationships, file/dir listings, comparing the not-installed package to
+an installed package if such exists, checking <strong>--md5sum</strong>
+and <strong>-c</strong> for the installed package, and checking the Source
+field by running a <strong>--search</strong> (see <A href="ch-search.html">SEARCHING
+, chapter 11</A>) to
+check to see how the source package has been split into binary packages
+for the not-installed package versus an installed package if such exists. 
+Ofcourse, there are many other things you could look at, and you can
+always do your research after the fact. Presently <strong>--db</strong> is
+run only by hand, so you can check the old state after an installation if
+you have not already run <strong>--db</strong>, yourself. 
+<hr>
+<h2><A name="s-vrrm">
+9.8 REMOVING AN INSTALLED PACKAGE - VIRTUAL OPTIONS 
+
+</A></h2>
+
+<strong>--purge</strong> uses <strong>dpkg</strong> to remove an installed
+package or packages and the configuration files as shown with
+``<strong>swim -qc packagename</strong>''.
+<P>
+
+<strong>-r or --remove</strong> removes an installed package or packages
+with <strong>apt</strong>, but not the configuration files as shown with
+``<strong>swim -qc packagename</strong>''.  You may also append a plus
+sign to a package name to cause it to be installed.  This option is used
+with -x or -x(y)z. 
+<hr>
+<h2><A name="s9.9">
+9.9 STDIN - VIRTUAL OPTIONS
+
+</A></h2>
+
+<strong>--stdin</strong> works with either <strong>--ftp</strong>,
+<strong>-x</strong>, <strong>-xyz</strong>, <strong>-xz</strong>,
+<strong>--purge</strong>, <strong>-r</strong>, or
+<strong>--remove</strong>. 
+<P>
+
+<strong>--stdin</strong> provides the <em>readline capabilities</em>
+commonly found in shells allowing you to edit what is on the command line.
+You can edit the command line, press enter and then recall the history,
+and make more changes, or <em>type in exit to process the changed or
+unchanged command line</em>. To find out more about what readline commands
+your shell supports please read the man pages which apply to your shell.
+Information for the bash shell can be found in <code>bash(1)</code> under the
+title ``<strong>Readline Command Names</strong>''.
+<P>
+
+Example: ``<strong>swim -qgnx --stdin hamradio</strong>'' will list all
+the packages from the not-installed hamradio group on the command line,
+this list can be edited then submitted to <strong>apt-get</strong> for a
+simulated installation. Another instance of <strong>swim</strong> can be
+run at the same time, perhaps ``<strong>swim -qinTg hamradio</strong>'' to
+help in making editing decisions for <strong>--stdin</strong>.
+<hr>
+<h2><A name="s9.10">
+9.10 PACKAGE MANIPULATION - VIRTUAL OPTIONS
+
+</A></h2>
+
+<strong>--extract</strong> only works with the <strong>minor mode
+-p</strong> to extract parts or all of a Debian package. If the
+<strong>argument ALL</strong> is provided then <em>everything found in the
+package will be extracted</em> below the current directory in the exact
+directories found in the package.  A particular <em>file may be extracted
+in its exact location</em> below the current directory by <em>entering the
+exact path for the file</em> as shown by ``<strong>swim -qpl</strong>'' or
+``<strong>swim -qpd</strong>'' as the argument.  Alternativily, a <em>file
+may be extracted in the current directory</em> regardless of its proper
+location by <em>prepending PWD\!  before the path</em> shown by
+``<strong>swim -qpl</strong>'' or ``<strong>swim -qpd</strong>''. Notice
+the backslash before the exclamation point, this is because shells
+consider ! a special character, so it has to be backslashed so that the
+shell knows that it is not such a special character. Example: 
+``<strong>swim -qpi --extract PWD\!usr/bin/name --scripts
+name_1.1-2.deb</strong>'' will extract the binary name in the current
+directory from the name package, show information for the name package,
+and show any scripts for the name package. 
+<hr>
+<h2><A name="s-dblocus">
+9.11 DATABASE LOCATIONS
+
+</A></h2>
+
+<strong>--dbpath</strong> can be specified as an alternative location for
+where the databases would be found. The default location is
+``<em>/var/lib/dpkg</em>''. An argument like ``<em>/otherstuff</em>'' can
+be provided, and then the databases would be found here instead. 
+
+<P>
+
+<strong>--root</strong> allows a database to be found for a Debian
+distribution installed on a different partition. If the distribution is
+mounted on <em>/New_Debian</em>, ``<em>/New_Debian</em>'' would be the
+argument to root. The databases would be found for the Debian distribution
+installed on the ``<em>/New_Debian</em>'' partition. 
+<P>
+
+<strong>--dbpath and --root</strong> can be used together. Given the
+previous two examples, the databases would be found on
+``<em>/New_Debian/otherstuff</em>'', assuming
+``<em>/New_Debian/otherstuff</em>'' actually existed. 
+<hr>
+swim
+- <A href="index.html#copyright">                                                      
+          Copyright © 1999 Jonathan D. Rosenbaum                           
+        </A>
+<br>
+<A href="index.html#toc">Contents</A>; <A href="ch10.html">next</A>; <A href="ch-aptprep.html">back</A>.
+<br>
+<address>15 June 1999<br>
+Jonathan D. Rosenbaum<A href="mailto:mttrader@access.mountain.net">mttrader@access.mountain.net</A></address>
+</body></html>

swim.html/ch-ramdisk.html

@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+<html><head>
+<title>swim - RAMDISK
+</title>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:mttrader@access.mountain.net">
+</head><body>
+<h1>
+swim - chapter 12<br>
+RAMDISK
+
+</h1>
+
+<pre>usage: swim --ramdiskon
+       swim --ramdiskoff
+
+options: [-n] [--searchfile] [--arch &lt;architecture&gt;] 
+         [--dists &lt;distribution&gt;] [--dbpath] [--root]
+ 
+         no options for --ramdiskoff
+</pre>
+<P>
+<hr>
+<h2><A name="s12.1">
+12.1 OVERVIEW
+
+</A></h2>
+
+A ramdisk can be mounted below the default path or the specified path for
+the databases in the dramdisk directory. The ramdisk is used to speed up
+powersearchs and/or file/dir listings for packages from the not-installed
+system. Also, this is useful if a computer system is heavily loaded with
+other processes using the memory, and the ramdisk tends to persist even
+after being unmounted. Modern kernels usually are built with support for
+ramdisks. If these options do not work the kernel will need to be compiled
+to support ramdisks by answering yes to RAM disk support. Perhaps the best
+<em>README</em> showing how to configure and compile a kernel comes with
+the <em>kernel sources</em> in the main directory.
+<P>
+
+<strong>--ramdiskon</strong> allows a ramdisk to be created and mounted. 
+If called with <strong>-n</strong> (not-installed databases) 
+<em>ncontents-arch-dists.deb.gz</em> will automatically be written to the
+mounted ramdisk. This provides faster file/dir listing capabilities when
+using <strong>-l</strong>, <strong>--df</strong>, or <strong>-d</strong>
+when querying the not-installed system. Faster powersearch capabilities
+are available through the option <strong>--searchfile</strong>. If the
+search databases are not already compressed, they will now be compressed,
+this usually only needs to be done once or until the databases are updated
+or rebuilt again. The search databases will then be written to the mounted
+ramdisk. An installed system only writes the search databases to the
+mounted ramdisk, so always use --searchfile when specifying installed
+system databases. 
+<P>
+
+<strong>--ramdiskoff</strong> is used to unmount the ramdisk. The
+not-installed databases and the installed databases can not be
+simultaneously provided by a mounted ramdisk, use
+<strong>--ramdiskoff</strong> first, then <strong>--ramdiskon</strong> to
+install the other databases of choice.  This also pertains to different
+distributions and/or architectures. 
+<P>
+
+
+See the section ``<A href="ch-query.html#s-specdata">SPECIFYING THE DATABASES TO USE
+, section 9.2</A>'' for
+options <strong>--arch</strong>, <strong>-dists</strong>. 
+<P>
+
+See the section ``<A href="ch-query.html#s-dblocus">DATABASE LOCATIONS
+, section 9.11</A>'' for options
+<strong>--dbpath</strong> and <strong>--root</strong>. 
+
+<hr>
+swim
+- <A href="index.html#copyright">                                                      
+          Copyright © 1999 Jonathan D. Rosenbaum                           
+        </A>
+<br>
+<A href="index.html#toc">Contents</A>; <A href="ch13.html">next</A>; <A href="ch-search.html">back</A>.
+<br>
+<address>15 June 1999<br>
+Jonathan D. Rosenbaum<A href="mailto:mttrader@access.mountain.net">mttrader@access.mountain.net</A></address>
+</body></html>

swim.html/ch-search.html

@@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
+<html><head>
+<title>swim - SEARCHING
+</title>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:mttrader@access.mountain.net">
+</head><body>
+<h1>
+swim - chapter 11<br>
+SEARCHING
+
+</h1>
+
+<pre>usage: swim --search ? (--research || --refinesearch) &lt;pattern(s)&gt;
+       swim --powersearch ? (--research || --refinesearch) &lt;pattern(s)&gt; 
+       swim --ps ? (--research || --refinesearch) &lt;pattern(s)&gt; 
+
+options: [-g] [-n] [--dbpath &lt;dir&gt;] [--root &lt;dir&gt;] [--no]
+         [--arch &lt;architecture&gt;] [--dists &lt;distribution&gt;
+         [--ftp ? --source | --source_only &lt;[--diff]&gt;] 
+         [-xyrz --remove ? &lt;[--nz]&gt;] [--stdin] [--apt2df]
+         [--no] [--df2apt] [--purge] [&lt;\d{1,}&gt;]
+ 
+         [--dir] and no [-g]for --powersearch or --ps
+</pre>
+
+<P>
+<hr>
+<h2><A name="s11.1">
+11.1 OVERVIEW
+
+</A></h2>
+ 
+
+<strong>swim</strong> provides two major types of searches. A search with
+<strong>--search</strong> <em>searches package information</em> (see <A href="ch-query.html#s-format">FORMAT
+, section 9.5</A>), and a search with <strong>--powersearch or --ps</strong>
+<em>searches package information, and all files and/or directories
+associated with each package</em>. 
+<P>
+
+The results of either of these searches can be <em>narrowed down</em> by
+running a test search with <strong>--research</strong> (this step can be
+skipped) and/or setting the results in stone with
+<strong>--refinesearch</strong>. <strong>--search</strong> can be
+<em>narrowed down</em> initially by specifying a particular
+<em>group</em>, and <strong>--powersearch</strong> can be
+<em>expanded</em> initially by specifying that <em>directories</em> be
+searched as well as files. Both searches can <em>use the same virtual
+options</em> which the major mode <strong>-q or --query</strong> use. 
+Generally, it is preferable to run a search, and then to provide the
+results of a search (<strong>using -S</strong>) as an argument to
+<strong>-q or --query</strong>; this allows the results of a search to be
+queried. Every time a search is run the results are appended to the
+history, past searches can be refined or researched by providing the
+numerical argument pertaining to the history. \d{1,} is simply Perl
+notation meaning a number with one of more digits.
+
+<P>
+
+<em>Perl regexps</em> (see <code>perlre(1p))</code> can be used to define the
+pattern (string)  provided as an argument to a search. Do not surround a
+pattern in slashes, a slash is only used after all patterns and before the
+<em>modifiers i and/or m</em> (swim supports these two modifiers). To
+search for more than one pattern, patterns are separated with <em>bars
+(|)</em>. Patterns may include <em>quatifiers, and metacharacters</em>,
+also found in <code>egrep(1).</code>
+<P>
+
+If a search finds any packages which match the search, the package
+information will be displayed as the package is found. The package will
+only be shown once regardless of how many times it is found while the
+search progresses. When the search is over the number of packages found is
+shown. 
+<P>
+
+<strong>--search</strong> provides a search of package information. This
+is similiar to grepping ``<strong>swim -qait</strong>'' or ``<strong>swim
+-qaint</strong>'', but it is significantly faster. A search can be
+performed on a particular group by using <strong>-g</strong> with a group
+as an argument
+<P>
+
+<strong>--powersearch</strong> is somewhat similiar to ``<strong>dpkg
+--search</strong>'' which searches all files and directories on an
+installed system, but it combines <strong>--search</strong> with the file
+and/or directory search, and can also be performed on a not-installed
+system. A <em>powersearch</em> is significantly faster than the search
+which <strong>dpkg</strong> provides (even more so when ``<code>swim
+--ramdiskon --searchfile</code>'' is used) and even more importantly
+provides a logical output of the search (like ``<code>swim -qi
+packagename</code>''). By default a search of all directories is not
+performed because usually this is redundant except in rare cases. To
+enable a search of all directories use the <strong>--dir</strong> option. 
+<hr>
+<h2><A name="s11.2">
+11.2 NARROWING A PREVIOUS SEARCH
+
+</A></h2>
+
+<strong>--research</strong> allows the results of a previous search to be
+researched without making the new results permanent.
+<P>
+
+<strong>--refinesearch</strong> allows the results of a previous search to
+be researched while making the
+new results permanent.
+<P>
+
+<strong>\d{1,}</strong> is a numerical argument to refine or research a
+past search from the history.
+<hr>
+<h2><A name="s11.3">
+11.3 MINOR MODES
+
+</A></h2>
+
+<strong>-n</strong> allows the not-installed databases to be searched. 
+These databases will not exist if the not-installed databases were made
+with the FDB argument (see <code>--initndb</code>). 
+<P>
+
+<strong>-g</strong> (see -g above and <A href="ch-query.html#s-mm">MINOR MODES
+, section 9.1</A>).
+<hr>
+<h2><A name="s11.4">
+11.4 OTHER OPTIONS
+
+</A></h2>
+
+<strong>--no</strong> prevents normal output from a search, but does show
+how many packages were found. 
+<P>
+
+See the section ``<A href="ch-query.html#s-specdata">SPECIFYING THE DATABASES TO USE
+, section 9.2</A>'' for options
+<strong>--arch</strong>, <strong>-dists</strong>.
+<P>
+
+See the section ``<A href="ch-query.html#s-vrftp">FTP - VIRTUAL OPTIONS
+, section 9.6</A>'' for
+<strong>--ftp</strong>, <strong>--source</strong>,
+<strong>--source_only</strong>, <strong>--diff</strong>,
+<P>
+
+See the section ``<A href="ch-query.html#s-vrapt">APT - VIRTUAL OPTIONS
+, section 9.7</A>'' for
+<strong>-xyz</strong>, <strong>--nz</strong>, <strong>--stdin</strong>,
+<P>
+
+See the section ``<A href="ch-query.html#s-vrrm">REMOVING AN INSTALLED PACKAGE - VIRTUAL OPTIONS 
+, section 9.8</A>'' for
+<strong>--purge</strong>, <strong>--remove</strong>, <strong>-r</strong>.
+
+<P>
+
+See the section ``<A href="ch-query.html#s-dblocus">DATABASE LOCATIONS
+, section 9.11</A>'' for options
+<strong>--dbpath</strong> and <strong>--root</strong>.
+
+<hr>
+<h2><A name="s11.5">
+11.5 EXAMPLES
+
+</A></h2>
+
+<strong>swim -gn hamradio --search &quot;radio network/i&quot; --dbpath
+/test --arch alpha</strong>
+<P>
+
+will search the alpha architecture not-installed system databases in the
+/test directory for all package information from the hamradio group using
+the case insensitive pattern ``radio network''.
+<P>
+
+<strong>swim --powersearch dpkg -xn</strong>
+<P>
+
+will search the not-installed system databases for all package information
+and all files using the case sensitive pattern dpkg, after which apt-get
+will run a simulation of what would happen if it got and installed these
+packages.
+<hr>
+swim
+- <A href="index.html#copyright">                                                      
+          Copyright © 1999 Jonathan D. Rosenbaum                           
+        </A>
+<br>
+<A href="index.html#toc">Contents</A>; <A href="ch-ramdisk.html">next</A>; <A href="ch10.html">back</A>.
+<br>
+<address>15 June 1999<br>
+Jonathan D. Rosenbaum<A href="mailto:mttrader@access.mountain.net">mttrader@access.mountain.net</A></address>
+</body></html>

swim.html/ch-seealso.html

@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+<html><head>
+<title>swim - SEE ALSO
+</title>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:mttrader@access.mountain.net">
+</head><body>
+<h1>
+swim - chapter 14<br>
+SEE ALSO
+
+</h1>
+
+<code>swimrc(5),</code> apt-get(8), sources.list(5), <code>dpkg(8)</code>
+<hr>
+swim
+- <A href="index.html#copyright">                                                      
+          Copyright © 1999 Jonathan D. Rosenbaum                           
+        </A>
+<br>
+<A href="index.html#toc">Contents</A>; <A href="ch15.html">next</A>; <A href="ch13.html">back</A>.
+<br>
+<address>15 June 1999<br>
+Jonathan D. Rosenbaum<A href="mailto:mttrader@access.mountain.net">mttrader@access.mountain.net</A></address>
+</body></html>

swim.html/ch-version.html

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+<html><head>
+<title>swim - VERSION
+</title>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:mttrader@access.mountain.net">
+</head><body>
+<h1>
+swim - chapter 3<br>
+VERSION
+
+</h1>
+usage: <strong>swim --version</strong>
+<P>
+
+This shows the version for the swim program.
+
+<hr>
+swim
+- <A href="index.html#copyright">                                                      
+          Copyright © 1999 Jonathan D. Rosenbaum                           
+        </A>
+<br>
+<A href="index.html#toc">Contents</A>; <A href="ch-history.html">next</A>; <A href="ch-commandline.html">back</A>.
+<br>
+<address>15 June 1999<br>
+Jonathan D. Rosenbaum<A href="mailto:mttrader@access.mountain.net">mttrader@access.mountain.net</A></address>
+</body></html>

swim.html/ch10.html

@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+<html><head>
+<title>swim - UPGRADING WITH APT
+</title>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:mttrader@access.mountain.net">
+</head><body>
+<h1>
+swim - chapter 10<br>
+UPGRADING WITH APT
+
+</h1>
+
+usage: <strong>swim --apt</strong>
+<P>
+
+options: <strong>[-xyz] [--upgrade] [--dist_upgrade]</strong>
+<P>
+
+<strong>apt-get</strong> provides powerful methods to change an
+installion. When these methods are called using <strong>--apt</strong>,
+<strong>swim</strong> will not allow you to proceed until you are
+absolutely sure this is what you want to do. Before using these methods do
+a ``<strong>swim --apt --update</strong>'' so that
+<strong>apt-get</strong> knows the newest versions of available packages.
+This major mode requires a combination of <strong>-x</strong>,
+<strong>-xz</strong> or <strong>-xyz</strong> to be used along with either
+<strong>--upgrade</strong> or <strong>--dist_upgrade</strong>. 
+<strong>-x</strong> used alone will simulate what would happen if
+<strong>-xz or -xyz</strong> were used (also see <code>-xyz</code> above).
+
+<P>
+
+<strong>--upgrade</strong> is somewhat similiar to doing ``<strong>swim
+-qatxz</strong>'' except that it is a more intelligent method because
+<strong>apt</strong> does some behind the scene calculations in regards to
+package relationships, in fact the ``<strong>swim -qatxz</strong>''
+approach will provide totally different results, or maybe these were the
+results you really wanted. ``<strong>swim --apt --upgrade -xz</strong>''
+is the prefered, proper, and built-in way provided by
+<strong>apt-get</strong> to install the newest versions for all packages
+installed on your system.  This method will not install any newer versions
+of packages which would change the install status of other packages. Note:
+It is not recommended to combine the query option <strong>-a</strong> with
+<strong>-xz or -xyz</strong>, but combining the query option
+<strong>-a</strong> just with <strong>-x</strong> can be educational. 
+
+<P>
+
+<strong>--dist_upgrade</strong> combines an <strong>--upgrade</strong>
+with the installation of packages which are not installed. This method
+carefully examines dependencies, and resolves conflicts, and given these
+factors it will upgrade the most important packages before considering the
+installation of less important packages. Less important packages will be
+installed only if there are not any conflicts.
+<hr>
+swim
+- <A href="index.html#copyright">                                                      
+          Copyright © 1999 Jonathan D. Rosenbaum                           
+        </A>
+<br>
+<A href="index.html#toc">Contents</A>; <A href="ch-search.html">next</A>; <A href="ch-query.html">back</A>.
+<br>
+<address>15 June 1999<br>
+Jonathan D. Rosenbaum<A href="mailto:mttrader@access.mountain.net">mttrader@access.mountain.net</A></address>
+</body></html>

swim.html/ch12.html

@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<html><head>
+<title>swim - FILES
+</title>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:mttrader@access.mountain.net">
+</head><body>
+<h1>
+swim - chapter 12<br>
+FILES
+
+</h1>
+
+ Configuration files: 
+<P>
+
+<pre>
+ swimz.list
+ swimrc
+</pre>
+<hr>
+swim
+- <A href="index.html#copyright">                                                      
+          Copyright © 1999 Jonathan D. Rosenbaum                           
+        </A>
+<br>
+<A href="index.html#toc">Contents</A>; <A href="ch-seealso.html">next</A>; <A href="ch-ramdisk.html">back</A>.
+<br>
+<address>12 March 1999<br>
+Jonathan D. Rosenbaum<A href="mailto:mttrader@access.mountain.net">mttrader@access.mountain.net</A></address>
+</body></html>

swim.html/ch13.html

@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<html><head>
+<title>swim - FILES
+</title>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:mttrader@access.mountain.net">
+</head><body>
+<h1>
+swim - chapter 13<br>
+FILES
+
+</h1>
+
+ Configuration files: 
+<P>
+
+<pre>
+ swimz.list
+ swimrc
+</pre>
+<hr>
+swim
+- <A href="index.html#copyright">                                                      
+          Copyright © 1999 Jonathan D. Rosenbaum                           
+        </A>
+<br>
+<A href="index.html#toc">Contents</A>; <A href="ch-seealso.html">next</A>; <A href="ch-ramdisk.html">back</A>.
+<br>
+<address>15 June 1999<br>
+Jonathan D. Rosenbaum<A href="mailto:mttrader@access.mountain.net">mttrader@access.mountain.net</A></address>
+</body></html>

swim.html/ch15.html

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<html><head>
+<title>swim - BUGS</title>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:mttrader@access.mountain.net">
+</head><body>
+<h1>
+swim - chapter 15<br>
+BUGS
+</h1>
+Send directly to mttrader@access.mountain.net.
+<hr>
+swim
+- <A href="index.html#copyright">                                                      
+          Copyright © 1999 Jonathan D. Rosenbaum                           
+        </A>
+<br>
+<A href="index.html#toc">Contents</A>; <A href="ch-seealso.html">back</A>.
+<br>
+<address>15 June 1999<br>
+Jonathan D. Rosenbaum<A href="mailto:mttrader@access.mountain.net">mttrader@access.mountain.net</A></address>
+</body></html>

swim.html/ch9.html

@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+<html><head>
+<title>swim - UPGRADING WITH APT
+</title>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:mttrader@access.mountain.net">
+</head><body>
+<h1>
+swim - chapter 9<br>
+UPGRADING WITH APT
+
+</h1>
+
+usage: <strong>swim --apt</strong>
+<P>
+
+options: <strong>[-xyz] [--upgrade] [--dist_upgrade]</strong>
+<P>
+
+<strong>apt-get</strong> provides powerful methods to change an
+installion. When these methods are called using <strong>--apt</strong>,
+<strong>swim</strong> will not allow you to proceed until you are
+absolutely sure this is what you want to do. Before using these methods do
+a ``<strong>swim --apt --update</strong>'' so that
+<strong>apt-get</strong> knows the newest versions of available packages.
+This major mode requires a combination of <strong>-x</strong>,
+<strong>-xz</strong> or <strong>-xyz</strong> to be used along with either
+<strong>--upgrade</strong> or <strong>--dist_upgrade</strong>. 
+<strong>-x</strong> used alone will simulate what would happen if
+<strong>-xz or -xyz</strong> were used (also see <code>-xyz</code> above).
+
+<P>
+
+<strong>--upgrade</strong> is somewhat similiar to doing ``<strong>swim
+-qatxz</strong>'' except that it is a more intelligent method because
+<strong>apt</strong> does some behind the scene calculations in regards to
+package relationships, in fact the ``<strong>swim -qatxz</strong>''
+approach will provide totally different results, or maybe these were the
+results you really wanted. ``<strong>swim --apt --upgrade -xz</strong>''
+is the prefered, proper, and built-in way provided by
+<strong>apt-get</strong> to install the newest versions for all packages
+installed on your system.  This method will not install any newer versions
+of packages which would change the install status of other packages. Note:
+It is not recommended to combine the query option <strong>-a</strong> with
+<strong>-xz or -xyz</strong>, but combining the query option
+<strong>-a</strong> just with <strong>-x</strong> can be educational. 
+
+<P>
+
+<strong>--dist_upgrade</strong> combines an <strong>--upgrade</strong>
+with the installation of packages which are not installed. This method
+carefully examines dependencies, and resolves conflicts, and given these
+factors it will upgrade the most important packages before considering the
+installation of less important packages. Less important packages will be
+installed only if there are not any conflicts.
+<hr>
+swim
+- <A href="index.html#copyright">                                                      
+          Copyright © 1999 Jonathan D. Rosenbaum                           
+        </A>
+<br>
+<A href="index.html#toc">Contents</A>; <A href="ch-search.html">next</A>; <A href="ch-query.html">back</A>.
+<br>
+<address>12 March 1999<br>
+Jonathan D. Rosenbaum<A href="mailto:mttrader@access.mountain.net">mttrader@access.mountain.net</A></address>
+</body></html>

swim.html/index.html

@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+<html><head>
+<title>swim</title>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:mttrader@access.mountain.net">
+</head><body>
+<h1>swim</h1>
+
+<h2><A name="toc">
+0.1 Table of contents
+</A></h2>
+<ul>
+<li><A href="ch-description.html">1 DESCRIPTION
+</A>
+<li><A href="ch-commandline.html">2 COMMAND LINE OPTION SYNTAX
+</A>
+<li><A href="ch-version.html">3 VERSION
+</A>
+<li><A href="ch-history.html">4 HISTORY
+</A>
+<li><A href="ch-makinginst.html">5 MAKING INSTALLED SYSTEM DATABASES
+</A>
+<ul>
+<li><A href="ch-makinginst.html#s-initdb">5.1</A> Initial database making, and Rebuilding for an
+Installed system.
+
+<li><A href="ch-makinginst.html#s5.2">5.2</A> UPDATING
+
+<li><A href="ch-makinginst.html#s-searchy">5.3</A> REBUILDING THE SEARCH
+
+
+<li><A href="ch-makinginst.html#s5.4">5.4</A> FILES
+
+</ul>
+<li><A href="ch-important.html">6 IMPORTANT DEBIAN DATABASES FOR NOT-INSTALLED
+DATABASES
+</A>
+<ul>
+<li><A href="ch-important.html#s-downimportant">6.1</A> A. downloading the important databases with --ftp.
+
+<li><A href="ch-important.html#s6.2">6.2</A> OVERVIEW
+
+<li><A href="ch-important.html#s-dd">6.3</A> DISTRIBUTION DEFINED
+
+<li><A href="ch-important.html#s6.4">6.4</A> SECTIONS
+
+<li><A href="ch-important.html#s6.5">6.5</A> ARCHITECTURES
+
+<li><A href="ch-important.html#s6.6">6.6</A> SWIMZ.LIST
+
+<li><A href="ch-important.html#s6.7">6.7</A> SWIMZ.LIST EXAMPLES
+
+<li><A href="ch-important.html#s-ftp">6.8</A> FTP OR APT?
+
+<li><A href="ch-important.html#s6.9">6.9</A> OPTIONS
+
+<li><A href="ch-important.html#s6.10">6.10</A> B. downloading the important databases with apt, and maintenance
+options.
+
+</ul>
+<li><A href="ch-notinstalled.html">7 MAKING NOT-INSTALLED DATABASES
+</A>
+<ul>
+<li><A href="ch-notinstalled.html#s7.1">7.1</A> OVERVIEW
+
+<li><A href="ch-notinstalled.html#s7.2">7.2</A> OPTIONS
+
+<li><A href="ch-notinstalled.html#s7.3">7.3</A> UPDATING
+
+<li><A href="ch-notinstalled.html#s7.4">7.4</A> REBUILDING THE SEARCH
+
+<li><A href="ch-notinstalled.html#s7.5">7.5</A> FILES
+
+</ul>
+<li><A href="ch-aptprep.html">8 PREPARING YOUR INSTALLATION FOR APT
+</A>
+<li><A href="ch-query.html">9 QUERYING THE INSTALLED AND NOT-INSTALLED DATABASES
+</A>
+<ul>
+<li><A href="ch-query.html#s-mm">9.1</A> MINOR MODES
+
+<li><A href="ch-query.html#s-specdata">9.2</A> SPECIFYING THE DATABASES TO USE
+
+<li><A href="ch-query.html#s9.3">9.3</A> OPTIONS
+
+<li><A href="ch-query.html#s9.4">9.4</A> PACKAGE RELATIONSHIPS
+
+<li><A href="ch-query.html#s-format">9.5</A> FORMAT
+
+<li><A href="ch-query.html#s-vrftp">9.6</A> FTP - VIRTUAL OPTIONS
+
+<li><A href="ch-query.html#s-vrapt">9.7</A> APT - VIRTUAL OPTIONS
+
+<li><A href="ch-query.html#s-vrrm">9.8</A> REMOVING AN INSTALLED PACKAGE - VIRTUAL OPTIONS 
+
+<li><A href="ch-query.html#s9.9">9.9</A> STDIN - VIRTUAL OPTIONS
+
+<li><A href="ch-query.html#s9.10">9.10</A> PACKAGE MANIPULATION - VIRTUAL OPTIONS
+
+<li><A href="ch-query.html#s-dblocus">9.11</A> DATABASE LOCATIONS
+
+</ul>
+<li><A href="ch10.html">10 UPGRADING WITH APT
+</A>
+<li><A href="ch-search.html">11 SEARCHING
+</A>
+<ul>
+<li><A href="ch-search.html#s11.1">11.1</A> OVERVIEW
+
+<li><A href="ch-search.html#s11.2">11.2</A> NARROWING A PREVIOUS SEARCH
+
+<li><A href="ch-search.html#s11.3">11.3</A> MINOR MODES
+
+<li><A href="ch-search.html#s11.4">11.4</A> OTHER OPTIONS
+
+<li><A href="ch-search.html#s11.5">11.5</A> EXAMPLES
+
+</ul>
+<li><A href="ch-ramdisk.html">12 RAMDISK
+</A>
+<ul>
+<li><A href="ch-ramdisk.html#s12.1">12.1</A> OVERVIEW
+
+</ul>
+<li><A href="ch13.html">13 FILES
+</A>
+<li><A href="ch-seealso.html">14 SEE ALSO
+</A>
+<li><A href="ch15.html">15 BUGS</A>
+</ul>
+<hr><h2><A name="copyright">0.2 Copyright</A></h2>
+                                                      
+          Copyright © 1999 Jonathan D. Rosenbaum                           
+        <P>
+                                                                     
+          SWIM, including this manual, is free software; you          
+          may redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the           
+          GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software          
+          Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later           
+          version.                                                              
+        <P>
+                                                                     
+          This is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but           
+          <em>without any warranty</em>; without even the implied               
+          warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular               
+          purpose.  See the GNU General Public License for more                 
+          details.                                                              
+        <P>
+                                                                     
+          You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public             
+          License with the <kbd>swim</kbd> source as the file                      
+          <code>COPYING</code>.  If not, write to the Free Software                 
+          Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.             
+        <hr>
+swim
+- <A href="#copyright">                                                      
+          Copyright © 1999 Jonathan D. Rosenbaum                           
+        </A>
+<br>
+<A href="#toc">Contents</A>.
+<br>
+<address>15 June 1999<br>
+Jonathan D. Rosenbaum<A href="mailto:mttrader@access.mountain.net">mttrader@access.mountain.net</A></address>
+</body></html>

swim_by_example.html

@@ -0,0 +1,755 @@
+<html>
+<head><title>swim by example</title></head>
+<body  text="#000000" bgcolor="#FFFFe0" link="#0000EF" vlink="#51188E"
+alink="#FF0000">
+</p>
+
+<br>
+<h2 align=center>The Swift, Wise, and Intuitive package Manager.</h2>
+<br>
+<p>
+We run a search for case-insensitive matches for the word "quake."
+Because we don't know how many matches the search will find, the
+descriptions of all packages found are supressed with "--no."  Note: "-n"
+pertains to the not-installed (uninstalled) distribution.  
+
+<pre>
+linuxalive:/home/swim/SWIMANIA$ swim -n --search quake/i --no
+swim: found 17 package(s)
+</pre>
+
+<p>swim keeps a history for all searches.
+
+<pre>
+linuxalive:/home/swim/SWIMANIA$ swim -hn
+    5  dpsclient-demos dgs dgs-dev freefont gs-aladdin gs-aladdin-manual
+gs-aladdin-manual-de gsfonts-other xpacman abc2ps efax ghostview gnome-gv
+gs gsfonts gsfonts-x11 gv hatman libroxen-tex pacman ppd-gs pstotext
+python-imaging svgalib1-altdev svgalibg1-dev tex4ht type1inst yorick
+    4  lsof-2.2
+    3  libwine-dev
+    2  libwine libwine-dev libwings-dev
+    1  gtkpak pak qstat quake-lib quake2 quake2-bin quake2-ctf quake2-dm
+xqf quake-3dfx quake-ggi quake-gl quake-lib-stub quake-sdl quake-server
+quake-svga quake-x11
+</pre>
+
+<p>
+We can access any part of the history which we want.  The first command looks at the
+information pertaining to the package.  The second command shows a listing of the packages
+found for "quake."  Note:  When no numbers are specified for "-S", the number 1 is assumed. 
+
+<pre>
+linuxalive:/home/swim/SWIMANIA$ swim -qnSi 3
+Package: libwine-dev                 Status: install ok installed
+Version: 0.0.20000109-1              Essential: no
+Section: otherosfs                   Priority: optional
+Installed-Size: 3680                 Source: wine
+Size: 729818                         Architecture: i386
+Distribution: unstable
+Maintainer: Andrew D. Lenharth &lt;andrewl@debian.org&gt;
+Description: Windows Emulator (Development files)
+ This is an ALPHA release of Wine, the MS-Windows emulator.  This is
+ still a developers release and many applications may still not work.
+ .
+ This package consists of the C header files.
+ .
+ Wine is often updated.
+
+linuxalive:/home/swim/SWIMANIA$ swim -qnS  
+gtkpak_0.2-1
+pak_0.2-1
+qstat_2.3e-1
+quake-lib_1.06-9
+quake2_3.20-5
+quake2-bin_3.20-1
+quake2-ctf_1.50-1
+quake2-dm_3.13-1
+xqf_0.8.99-1
+quake-3dfx_0.0.9-1
+quake-ggi_0.0.9-1
+quake-gl_0.0.9-1
+quake-lib-stub_1.9-1
+quake-sdl_0.0.9-1
+quake-server_0.0.9-1
+quake-svga_0.0.9-1
+quake-x11_0.0.9-1
+</pre>
+
+<p>
+After looking at the descriptions for the packages found through the "quake" search we decide
+to narrow down the search to "tools."  Notes:  We could have done this for any part of the
+history by specifying a number.  "--research" will not write the changes to the history,
+"--refinesearch"  will write the changes to the history.  The qstat package is installed, but 
+there is a newer version.
+
+<pre>
+linuxalive:/home/swim/SWIMANIA$ swim -n --research tool
+Package: gtkpak                      Status: not-installed
+Version: 0.2-1                       Essential: no
+Section: games                       Priority: optional
+Installed-Size: 105                  Source: pak
+Size: 32182                          Architecture: i386
+Distribution: unstable
+Maintainer: Joseph Carter &lt;knghtbrd@debian.org&gt;
+Description: GTK program for manipulating pak archives
+ gtkpak is a nifty GTK tool for manipulating the pak archives used by Quake,
+ Quake 2, and QuakeWorld.  It can view, extract, create, and append pak
+ archives.  pak contains basic command-line utilities that can do much of
+ what gtkpak does without X or GTK, but gtkpak is easier to work with by
+ far.  Installing both won't hurt anything.
+
+Package: pak                         Status: not-installed
+Version: 0.2-1                       Essential: no
+Section: games                       Priority: optional
+Installed-Size: 110
+Size: 37412                          Architecture: i386
+Distribution: unstable
+Maintainer: Joseph Carter &lt;knghtbrd@debian.org&gt;
+Description: command-line tools for pak archives
+ This package contains pakx and pakc, a couple of tools for working with the
+ pak archives used by Quake, Quake 2, and QuakeWorld.  pakc can create and
+ add files to archives, pakx can list and extract files from them.  gtkpak
+ is a bit fancier but then again it requires X and GTK.
+
+Package: qstat                       Status: > hold ok installed (2.0b-1)
+Version: 2.3e-1                      Essential: no
+Section: games                       Priority: optional
+Installed-Size: 236
+Size: 68652                          Architecture: i386
+Distribution: unstable
+Maintainer: Michael Alan Dorman &lt;mdorman@debian.org&gt;
+Description: Command-line tool for querying quake (and other) servers
+ Qstat provides a simple interface for querying servers for a number
+ of games, including but not limited to quake, quakeworld, quake2,
+ quake3arena, unreal tournament, kingpin and others.
+
+swim: found 3 package(s)
+linuxalive:/home/swim/SWIMANIA$ swim -n --refinesearch tool --no
+swim: found 3 package(s)
+</pre>
+
+<p>This is what 1 now looks like in the history:
+<pre>
+    1  gtkpak pak qstat
+</pre>
+
+<p>If apt is installed it is possible to find out how other packages will
+be installed. 
+
+<pre>
+linuxalive:/home/swim/SWIMANIA$ swim -qxnS
+gtkpak_0.2-1
+pak_0.2-1
+qstat_2.3e-1
+Reading Package Lists...
+Building Dependency Tree...
+The following packages will be REMOVED:
+  xqf 
+The following NEW packages will be installed:
+  gtkpak pak 
+The following held packages will be changed:
+  qstat xqf 
+1 packages upgraded, 2 newly installed, 1 to remove and 1065 not upgraded.
+Inst gtkpak
+Remv xqf
+Inst qstat
+Inst pak
+Conf gtkpak
+Conf qstat
+Conf pak
+</pre>
+
+<p>
+Oh no, xqf is going to be removed!  Let's make sure that this isn't a
+package we want removed, but since we noticed a newer version of this
+package is included in the unstable distribution, let's find out what's
+going on here! 
+
+<pre>
+linuxalive:/home/swim/SWIMANIA$ swim -qnxi xqf
+Package: xqf                         Status: > hold ok installed (0.5-1)
+Version: 0.8.99-1                    Essential: no
+Section: games                       Priority: optional
+Installed-Size: 182
+Size: 80426                          Architecture: i386
+Distribution: unstable
+Maintainer: Michael Alan Dorman &lt;mdorman@debian.org&gt;
+Description: X-based Quake Server Browser
+ XQF allows one to browse and choose quake servers to play on.
+Reading Package Lists...
+Building Dependency Tree...
+Some packages could not be installed. This may mean that you have
+requested an impossible situation or if you are using the unstable
+distribution that some required packages have not yet been created
+or been moved out of Incoming.
+
+Since you only requested a single operation it is extremely likely that
+the package is simply not installable and a bug report against
+that package should be filed.
+The following information may help to resolve the situation:
+
+Sorry, but the following packages have unmet dependencies:
+  xqf: Conflicts: qstat (< 2.1z-2.1a-0.1) but 2.0b-1 is to be installed
+E: Sorry, broken packages
+linuxalive:/home/swim/SWIMANIA$ swim -qnT qstat
+qstat_2.3e-1
+Depends: libc6 (>= 2.1.2)
+Conflicts: xqf (<< 0.9.2-1)
+</pre>
+
+<p> As seen above, the reason why xqf has to be removed is due to a
+dependency in qstat which the packager (Michael Alan Dorman
+&lt;mdorman@debian.org&gt;) will have to resolve by uploading a newer version of
+xqf to the distribution.  Sometimes necessary packages are still in
+Debian's Incoming directory at the ftp site, and not in the distribution,
+so we may want to check there first.  If this isn't the case we will send
+a bug report to Debian's Bug Tracking System pointing out that there needs
+to be a newer version of xqf.  In the meantime we have decided that we
+only want gtkpak and pak.  We will use swim's editing capabilities to take
+gstat off the list.  Notes:  Another possibility for the bug shown above
+is that apt's cache needs to be updated to reflect the changes in Debain's
+distribution by using "swim --apt --update."  When the history is edited
+with "--stdin"  the history makes a new entry reflecting the change.  The
+full history is accessible from "--stdin."  Anybody can send a bug to
+Debian's Bug Tracking System.
+
+<pre>
+linuxalive:/home/swim/SWIMANIA$ swim -qxznS --stdin 
+swim: type exit to finish --stdin
+swim: gtkpak pak      
+swim: exit
+Reading Package Lists... Done
+Building Dependency Tree... Done
+The following NEW packages will be installed:
+  gtkpak pak 
+0 packages upgraded, 2 newly installed, 0 to remove and 1067 not upgraded.
+Need to get 69.6kB of archives. After unpacking 220kB will be used.
+Get:1 ftp://ftp.debian.org unstable/main gtkpak 0.2-1 [32.2kB]
+Get:2 ftp://ftp.debian.org unstable/main pak 0.2-1 [37.4kB]                    
+Fetched 69.6kB in 1m15s (922B/s)                                               
+Selecting previously deselected package gtkpak.
+(Reading database ... 106015 files and directories currently installed.)
+Unpacking gtkpak (from .../archives/gtkpak_0.2-1_i386.deb) ...
+Selecting previously deselected package pak.
+Unpacking pak (from .../archives/pak_0.2-1_i386.deb) ...
+Setting up gtkpak (0.2-1) ...
+
+Setting up pak (0.2-1) ...
+gtkpak_0.2-1
+pak_0.2-1
+</pre>
+
+<p>
+If we don't have apt we can still download these packages, and their sources.  Here is another
+way to do the same thing we did above without using apt.  Notes:  This time we saved some
+typing by doing "--stdin" with "--research."  We specified "--source" with "--ftp"  to get the
+sources as well as the packages, or we could have just gotten the sources by themselves by
+specifying "--source_only" with "--ftp."  Changes made while in "--stdin" are written to the
+history. 
+
+<pre>
+linuxalive:/home/swim/SWIMANIA$ swim -n --search quake/i --no
+swim: found 17 package(s)
+linuxalive:/home/swim/SWIMANIA$ swim -n --research tool --no --stdin --ftp --source
+swim: found 3 package(s)
+swim: type exit to finish --stdin
+swim: gtkpak pak      
+swim: exit
+swim: connected to ftp.debian.org
+swim: logged in to ftp.debian.org
+swim: downloading gtkpak_0.2-1.deb (32182 bytes)
+gtkpak_0.2-1  49823b28c9599dbf94e290e28e695bc2  OK
+swim: successful retrieval of gtkpak_0.2-1.deb
+swim: downloading pak_0.2-1.diff.gz (2623 bytes)
+swim: successful retrieval of pak_0.2-1.diff.gz
+swim: downloading pak_0.2-1.dsc (825 bytes)
+swim: successful retrieval of pak_0.2-1.dsc
+swim: downloading pak_0.2.orig.tar.gz (26972 bytes)
+swim: successful retrieval of pak_0.2.orig.tar.gz
+swim: downloading pak_0.2-1.deb (37412 bytes)
+pak_0.2-1  55842f97f80c5c37415a93a7f0709171  OK
+swim: successful retrieval of pak_0.2-1.deb
+swim: pak_0.2-1.diff.gz already exists
+swim: pak_0.2-1.dsc already exists
+swim: pak_0.2.orig.tar.gz already exists
+swim: logged out
+</pre>
+
+<p>
+We notice that the sources only had to be downloaded once.  Looking at the packages'
+information we notice both packages share the same sources as indicated in the "Source" field. 
+The field is absent for the pak package because the source name is exactly the same as the
+package's name, but for the gtkpak package this isn't the case, so the "Source" field is
+present.
+
+<p>
+We can find the packages and the sources in their proper location on our local archive mirror. 
+
+<pre>
+linuxalive:/home/swim/SWIMANIA$ ls ~/.swim/pub/debian/dists/unstable/main/source/games
+pak_0.2-1.diff.gz  pak_0.2-1.dsc  pak_0.2.orig.tar.gz
+linuxalive:/home/swim/SWIMANIA$ ls ~/.swim/pub/debian/dists/unstable/main/binary-i386/games/
+gtkpak_0.2-1.deb  pak_0.2-1.deb
+</pre>
+
+<p>
+We can go examine the packages.  It is useful to check out the changelog and the copyright.
+This is the initial release for this program.  Note: "-v" will show the files in long format
+(ls -l), "--df" show the directories as well as the files.
+
+<pre>
+linuxalive:/home/swim/SWIMANIA$ cd ~/.swim/pub/debian/dists/unstable/main/binary-i386/games/
+linuxalive:~/.swim/pub/debian/dists/unstable/main/binary-i386/games$ swim -qpl --copyright --changelog gtkpak_0.2-1.deb 
+#####copyright for gtkpak_0.2-1.deb#####
+
+taken from the README:
+
+(c) Michael Vance, 1999
+    briareos@lokigames.com
+    mkv102@psu.edu
+
+0. Intro
+
+gtkpak is a PAK file viewer for Gtk+. What are PAK files? A PAK file is used
+in id software games such as Quake and Quake 2, and their spin-offs. Just
+imagine collapsing an entire directory scheme into a big wad of files, and
+there you have a PAK file.
+
+The three binaries are built around the interface provided in pakfile.h,
+which is a C++ class that allows access to the contents of a PAKFile, including
+searching and extracting from an already existing PAK file, to add files and
+then writing a new PAK file. The three binaries are then just front-ends
+to this functionality, in one way or another.
+
+While it's tempting to make the classes provided in pakfile.h into a shared
+library, it's probably unnecessary. But it does make one tingly, eh?
+
+And all this is GPL'ed, of course. See the file COPYING for license details.
+
+
+#####changelog.Debian.gz for gtkpak_0.2-1.deb#####
+
+pak (0.2-1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Initial Release.
+
+ -- Joseph Carter <knghtbrd@debian.org>  Thu,  8 Jul 1999 17:35:38 -0700
+
+Local variables:
+mode: debian-changelog
+End:
+
+usr/bin/gtkpak
+usr/share/man/man6/gtkpak.6.gz
+usr/doc/gtkpak/README
+usr/doc/gtkpak/copyright
+usr/doc/gtkpak/examples/pak0.pak
+usr/doc/gtkpak/changelog.Debian.gz
+usr/lib/menu/gtkpak
+</pre>
+
+<p>Let's see if there is a menu entry, and check the MD5 checksum. 
+
+<pre>
+linuxalive:~/.swim/pub/debian/dists/unstable/main/binary-i386/games$ swim -qpm gtkpak_0.2-1.deb --md5sum
+#####menu for gtkpak_0.2-1.deb(gtkpak)#####
+?package(gtkpak):needs=X11 section=Games/Adventure\
+  title="GtkPak" hints=Quake command="/usr/bin/gtkpak"
+
+gtkpak_0.2-1  49823b28c9599dbf94e290e28e695bc2  OK
+</pre>
+
+<p>It would be interesting to look at the man page for gtkpak.
+
+<pre>
+linuxalive:~/.swim/pub/debian/dists/unstable/main/binary-i386/games$ swim -qpd gtkpak_0.2-1.deb 
+gtkpak_0.2-1
+
+usr/share/man/man6/gtkpak.6.gz
+usr/doc/gtkpak/README
+usr/doc/gtkpak/copyright
+usr/doc/gtkpak/examples/pak0.pak
+usr/doc/gtkpak/changelog.Debian.gz
+
+linuxalive:~/.swim/pub/debian/dists/unstable/main/binary-i386/games$ swim -qp gtkpak_0.2-1.deb --extract PWD\!usr/share/man/man6/gtkpak.6.gz
+gtkpak_0.2-1
+
+
+swim: gtkpak.6.gz has been extracted
+linuxalive:~/.swim/pub/debian/dists/unstable/main/binary-i386/games$ ls
+gtkpak.6.gz  gtkpak_0.2-1.deb  pak_0.2-1.deb
+linuxalive:~/.swim/pub/debian/dists/unstable/main/binary-i386/games$ zcat gtkpak.6.gz | nroff -man | less
+"man page for gtkpak will be visible"
+</pre>
+
+<p>
+We could also extract the whole archive onto our system.  Note:  First, we checked to make
+sure we wouldn't copy over any files from other installed packages.
+
+<pre>
+linuxalive:~/.swim/pub/debian/dists/unstable/main/binary-i386/games/test$ cd /
+linuxalive:/$ swim -qp ~/.swim/pub/debian/dists/unstable/main/binary-i386/games/gtkpak_0.2-1.deb --extract ALL
+gtkpak_0.2-1
+
+
+swim: gtkpak_0.2-1.deb has been extracted
+</pre>
+
+<p>
+If we have installed the packages with apt, we can check to see what kind of changes have been
+made to our system. 
+
+<pre>
+linuxalive:/home/swim/SWIMANIA$ swim --db --check
+checking for new, changed, and removed packages
+NEW gtkpak
+NEW pak
+
+       TOTAL
+       -----
+NEW 2
+GONE 0
+CHANGED 0
+CHANGED STATUS 0
+</pre>
+
+<p>At this point the database for our installation hasn't been updated.
+
+<pre>
+linuxalive:/home/swim/SWIMANIA$ swim -q pak 
+package pak is not installed
+linuxalive:/home/swim/SWIMANIA$ 
+
+To update the database we will issue "--db" without "--check."
+
+linuxalive:/home/swim/SWIMANIA$ swim --db        
+checking for new, changed, and removed packages
+NEW gtkpak
+NEW pak
+
+       TOTAL
+       -----
+NEW 2
+GONE 0
+CHANGED 0
+CHANGED STATUS 0
+
+
+N|C|CS 2
+#2 N|C pak.list
+linuxalive:/home/swim/SWIMANIA$ swim -q pak
+pak_0.2-1
+</pre>
+
+<p>
+We can check to see if the uninstalled distribution had any changes.  Notes: The results below
+indicate the changes found in the new Package databases that have been downloaded by updating
+apt; if we don't have apt then swim's major mode "--ftp" can be used with "DF."  With "--ndb" 
+use APT to indicate apt sources, or DF to indicate Package databases gotten directly through
+swim's "--ftp".  If we originally made the uninstalled distribution with an uninstalled
+filesystem by using "--Contents DF" then to update the uninstalled distribution "--Contents
+DF" should be used again; this isn't necessary when running a check.  To rebuild
+(--rebuildndb), update (--ndb), or check a distribution other than the default one, use
+"--dists stable", "--dists frozen" or "--dists unstable."  The newest Packages can
+automatically be picked by using "--cron."
+
+<p>
+A little blurb:  Although not Debian approved or sanctioned, we find the unstable distribution
+acceptably stable in relation to certain well-known commercial distributions despite
+infrequent packaging bugs like the one shown in the xqf example above.  The Debian
+distribution adheres to a self-imposed level of quality found in no other distribution in the
+world.  Usually, unstable undergoes many changes so there isn't a time advantage over updating
+DF versus rebuilding DF, but this process is easier on system resources.  On the other hand,
+updating FDBDF (no uninstalled filesystem) is faster. 
+
+
+<pre>
+linuxalive:/home/swim/SWIMANIA$ swim --apt --update; swim --ftp --Contents DF --onec;
+"output not shown"
+linuxalive:/home/swim/SWIMANIA$ swim --ndb --check APT 2> changes-today
+###         Site                     Date              Size (bytes)  Release
+
+                                     CONTRIB
+  1     ftp.debian.org       Mon Jan 17 17:57:57 2000    112774        2.2
+
+                                     NON-FREE
+  1     ftp.debian.org       Sun Jan 16 17:26:23 2000    279821        2.2
+
+                                       MAIN
+  1     ftp.debian.org       Mon Jan 17 17:57:12 2000    3048732       2.2
+
+swim: for CONTRIB, which ### do you want?: 1
+swim: for NON-FREE, which ### do you want?: 1
+swim: for MAIN, which ### do you want?: 1
+checking for new, changed, and removed packages
+
+       TOTAL
+       -----
+NEW 12
+GONE 16
+CHANGED 54
+CHANGED REVISION 162
+</pre>
+
+<p>
+We can view all the changes because we stored them in a file.  We can use swim to look at all
+the changed packages except for the new ones which will be visible once we rebuild or update. 
+By looking at this file we are provided a view of the inner workings of Debian development. 
+
+<pre>
+linuxalive:/home/swim/SWIMANIA$ cat changed-today | less
+CHANGED-REVISION gnujsp
+CHANGED iraf
+CHANGED iraf-common
+CHANGED iraf-ibin
+CHANGED iraf-noaobin
+CHANGED-REVISION jserv
+CHANGED-REVISION mailcrypt
+CHANGED plugger
+CHANGED-REVISION sarien
+NEW webrt
+"part of output not shown"
+GONE tinytable-zope
+GONE tip
+</pre>
+
+<p> We decide to update with "--ndb" rather than to rebuild with
+"--rebuildndb." 
+
+<pre>
+linuxalive:/home/swim/SWIMANIA$ swim --ndb APT --Contents DF --cron 2> changed-today
+checking for new, changed, and removed packages
+
+       TOTAL
+       -----
+NEW 12
+GONE 16
+CHANGED 54
+CHANGED REVISION 162
+G|C|CR 232
+#232 VIRTUAL G|C|CR zicq.list                                        
+Copying new Contents
+Compressing Contents
+N|C|CR 228
+#228 VIRTUAL N|C|CR zicq.list                                         
+#22 NO-C zope-siteaccess.list                        
+Appending search databases
+Updating status
+
+Sun Jan 23 14:59:04 2000  to  Sun Jan 23 16:39:23 2000
+</pre>
+
+<p>
+We were wondering whether it was time to update gv, but we found out that there was only a
+debian-revision change "r>" which means that the source code hasn't changed.  There is no need
+to update right now. 
+
+<pre>
+linuxalive:/usr/lib/perl5/SWIM$ which gv
+/usr/X11R6/bin/gv
+linuxalive:/usr/lib/perl5/SWIM$ cd /usr/X11R6/bin
+linuxalive:/usr/X11R6/bin$ swim -qf gv
+gv_1:3.5.8-7
+linuxalive:/usr/X11R6/bin$ swim -qfni gv
+Package: gv                          Status: r> hold ok installed (1:3.5.8-7)
+Version: 1:3.5.8-15                  Essential: no
+Section: text                        Priority: optional
+Installed-Size: 477
+Size: 224778                         Architecture: i386
+Distribution: unstable
+Maintainer: Marco Pistore &lt;pistore@debian.org&gt;
+Description: A PostScript and PDF viewer for X using 3d Athena Widgets
+ `gv' is a comfortable viewer of PostScript and PDF files for the X
+ Window System.
+ .
+ It uses the `ghostscript' PostScript(tm) interpreter and is based
+ on the classic X front-end for `gs', `ghostview'. It is more
+ comfortable and more powerful than `ghostview'.
+ .
+ Some features as e.g. PDF files or anti-aliasing are only supported
+ if a recent ghostscript (4.0 or later) is installed.  With
+ anti-aliasing turned on, the text is very crisp and readable, with no
+ `stepping' on the slants at all.
+</pre>
+
+<p>
+While we were in this directory we decided to do a little research.  It is interesting to note
+that for the installed system there are 14 files which don't belong to any packages. There
+could be a variety of reasons for this (maybe we are slobs); this is good stuff to know. 
+Notes:  To see the total list just add "-t" to the existing command-line options.  There is a
+big difference in using "." and "*",  "." is the same as saying "./" but it only lists the
+same package once, whereas "*" would look at all the files in the immediate directory and if
+two files belong to the same package, that package will be shown twice for each file, it also
+reports if a file doesn't belong to a package. 
+
+<pre>
+linuxalive:/usr/X11R6/bin$ swim -qf .
+use --total or -t to see all 202 packages
+linuxalive:/usr/X11R6/bin$ swim -qfn .
+use --total or -t to see all 420 packages
+linuxalive:/usr/X11R6/bin$ swim -qft * | grep "not owned" | wc -l
+     14
+linuxalive:/usr/X11R6/bin$ swim -qfnt * | grep "not owned" | wc -l
+    162
+</pre>
+
+<p>
+We notice a file in the lib directory, and we wonder what it belongs to.
+
+<pre>
+linuxalive:/lib$ swim -qf libthread_db-1.0.so --shlibs
+libc6_2.1.2-11
+Shlibs:
+ld-linux 2 libc6 (>= 2.1.2)
+libBrokenLocale 1 libc6 (>= 2.1.2)
+.. everything not shown ..
+libthread_db 1 libc6 (>= 2.1.2)
+libutil 1 libc6 (>= 2.1.2)
+</pre>
+
+<p>
+We want to find out what dependencies apt has.
+
+<pre>
+linuxalive:/lib$ swim -qfnT /usr/bin/apt-get
+apt_0.3.16
+Depends: libc6, libc6 (>= 2.1), libc6 (>= 2.1.2), libstdc++2.10
+Suggests: dpkg-dev
+Provides: libapt-pkg2.6
+Replaces: deity, libapt-pkg-doc (<< 0.3.7), libapt-pkg-dev (<< 0.3.7)
+Conflicts: deity
+</pre>
+
+<p>
+We need a header file called w32skrnl.h.  We are in luck it's already on our system.  Notes: 
+We could have done "locate w32skrnl.h" and then done a "swim -qf", but we haven't updated our
+locatedb in months.  The package installation will be tested by apt if it exists. 
+
+<pre>
+linuxalive:/usr/include/wine$ swim -xn --ps w32skrnl\.h
+Package: libwine-dev                 Status: install ok installed
+Version: 0.0.20000109-1              Essential: no
+Section: otherosfs                   Priority: optional
+Installed-Size: 3680                 Source: wine
+Size: 729818                         Architecture: i386
+Distribution: unstable
+Maintainer: Andrew D. Lenharth &lt;andrewl@debian.org&gt;
+Description: Windows Emulator (Development files)
+ This is an ALPHA release of Wine, the MS-Windows emulator.  This is
+ still a developers release and many applications may still not work.
+ .
+ This package consists of the C header files.
+ .
+ Wine is often updated.
+
+swim: found 1 package(s)
+Reading Package Lists...
+Building Dependency Tree...
+Sorry, libwine-dev is already the newest version
+0 packages upgraded, 0 newly installed, 0 to remove and 1067 not upgraded.
+</pre>
+
+<p>
+Sometimes it is nice to know the total of what we have installed.
+
+<pre>
+linuxalive:/usr/X11R6/bin$ swim -qa
+use --total or -t to see all 1449 packages
+linuxalive:/usr/X11R6/bin$ swim -qf /
+use --total or -t to see all 1449 packages
+linuxalive:/home/swim/SWIMANIA$ swim -qan   
+use --total or -t to see all 4525 packages
+</pre>
+
+<p>
+We can check the MD5 checksum for all the configuation files on the system.  Notes:  MD5
+checksum can be performed on "-l", "-d", "-c", or "-p."   This can only be performed on the
+installed system.
+
+<pre>
+linuxalive:/home/swim/SWIMANIA$ swim -qact --md5sum
+a2ps_4.10.2-4
+ /etc/a2ps.cfg  eb909349a1bb2d1f4b4adc7ab1f75e56  OK
+
+acct_6.3.2-4
+ /etc/cron.daily/acct  d5e16c7f601c3a43d88fc8ede714c6e2  OK
+ /etc/cron.monthly/acct  9ca2c358e430f94c9ae00a1ce54e6e96  OK
+ /etc/init.d/acct  2f978d8517077c77e3262d7a6096fe2f  OK
+
+autolog_0.34-5
+ /etc/autolog.conf  b6ae10782ce13c45cbe72f9308b4caa1  OK
+ /etc/cron.d/autolog  805d268ea44c645299defc1c14495282  MISSING
+
+cfengine_1.4.9-2
+ /etc/cfengine/cfengine.conf  fd79d9462e92f88aa6c563f39e3e10d5  OK
+ /etc/cron.daily/cfengine  ac6a42f3be907b50e52834ae9d41fdbd  FAILED
+ /etc/cron.weekly/cfengine  fbdd90ecf2e68a4ced6a6abbffd32f62  OK
+"rest of output not shown"
+</pre>
+
+<p>We check to see what groups exist.
+
+<pre>
+linuxalive:/usr/lib/perl5/SWIM$ swim -q --allgroups
+"output not shown"
+linuxalive:/usr/lib/perl5/SWIM$ swim -qn --allgroups
+admin                     base                      comm
+contrib/admin             contrib/devel             contrib/doc
+contrib/games             contrib/graphics          contrib/interpreters
+contrib/libs              contrib/mail              contrib/math
+contrib/misc              contrib/net               contrib/news
+"rest of output not shown"
+</pre>
+
+<p>
+We happen to be hamradio enthusiasts.  Let's see what packages exist in the hamradio group.
+
+<pre>
+linuxalive:/usr/lib/perl5/SWIM$ swim -qng hamradio
+acfax_981011-3
+ax25-apps_0.0.4-1
+ax25-tools_0.0.5-1
+colrconv_0.99.2-4
+dgipip_0.1-2
+gc_1.07-3
+hamsoft_0.1.1-1
+"rest of the output not shown"
+</pre>
+
+<p>
+We edit the hamradio group package list with "--stdin."  Notes: "--stdin" needs to be
+called with either "--ftp", "-x", "-xyz", "-xz", "--purge", "-r", or "--remove" to work. This
+is a readline interface.  If we are in emacs mode (see man bash) here are some commands we can
+use to make the process easier. 
+
+<p>
+Note: The key bindings may be different on your system.
+<br>Ctrl-a  =   move to the beginning of the line
+<br>Ctrl-e  =   move to the end of the line
+<br>Ctrl-w  =   erase (kill) one word backward
+<br>Esc-d   =   kill one word forward
+<br>Esc-b   =   move one word backward 
+<br>Esc-f   =   move one word forward 
+<br>Ctrl-k  =   kill forward to the end of the line 
+<br>Ctrl-y  =   retrieve (yank) last item killed
+<br>Ctrl-r  =   search backward
+<br>Esc-&lt;   =   move to the beginning of the history
+<br>Esc-&gt;   =   move to the end of the history 
+
+<pre>
+linuxalive:/usr/lib/perl5/SWIM$ swim -qng hamradio --stdin --ftp  
+swim: type exit to finish --stdin
+swim: acfax ax25-apps ax25-tools colrconv dgipip gc hamsoft icom jiffy jiffy-per
+l-tk libax25 libax25-dev logconv morse nec node p10cfgd pileup predict rspfd sccw twclock twcw
+twlog unixcw wwl wxd xconvers xnecview z8530-utils z8530-utils2
+</pre> 
+
+<p>
+We are finding new ways to swim everyday;  we often solve problems in minutes which used
+to take an hour or more to solve. If you find a novel use for swim, please tell us, and we
+will add it to these examples. 
+
+</body>                       
+</html>
+

swimrc

@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+# Read QUICKSTART in /usr/doc/swim for important information and to 
+# quickly prepare the swimrc, then read the swimrc(5) manpage for more 
+# enlightenment and configuration options like "Do you want to use apt?",
+# "How about non-us?".
+
+# Which do you have on your system?  Pick dpkg if Debian, ar if non-Debian.
+#$package_tool = "/usr/bin/dpkg";
+#$package_tool = "/usr/bin/ar";
+
+# Do you have apt installed?
+#$apt = "yes";
+
+# Pick one.
+#$architecture = "alpha";
+#$architecture = "arm";
+#$architecture = "hurd-i386";
+#$architecture = "i386";
+#$architecture = "m68k";
+#$architecture = "powerpc";
+#$architecture = "sparc";
+
+# Which distribution? Pick one.
+#$distribution = "stable";
+#$distribution = "unstable";
+#$distribution = "frozen";
+
+# Remove sections after qw that you do not want. Use non-US for non-us.
+#@user_defined_section = qw(main contrib non-free);
+

swimrc.5

@@ -0,0 +1,402 @@
+.rn '' }`
+''' $RCSfile$$Revision$$Date$
+'''
+''' $Log$
+'''
+.de Sh
+.br
+.if t .Sp
+.ne 5
+.PP
+\fB\\$1\fR
+.PP
+..
+.de Sp
+.if t .sp .5v
+.if n .sp
+..
+.de Ip
+.br
+.ie \\n(.$>=3 .ne \\$3
+.el .ne 3
+.IP "\\$1" \\$2
+..
+.de Vb
+.ft CW
+.nf
+.ne \\$1
+..
+.de Ve
+.ft R
+
+.fi
+..
+'''
+'''
+'''     Set up \*(-- to give an unbreakable dash;
+'''     string Tr holds user defined translation string.
+'''     Bell System Logo is used as a dummy character.
+'''
+.tr \(*W-|\(bv\*(Tr
+.ie n \{\
+.ds -- \(*W-
+.ds PI pi
+.if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
+.if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
+.ds L" ""
+.ds R" ""
+'''   \*(M", \*(S", \*(N" and \*(T" are the equivalent of
+'''   \*(L" and \*(R", except that they are used on ".xx" lines,
+'''   such as .IP and .SH, which do another additional levels of
+'''   double-quote interpretation
+.ds M" """
+.ds S" """
+.ds N" """""
+.ds T" """""
+.ds L' '
+.ds R' '
+.ds M' '
+.ds S' '
+.ds N' '
+.ds T' '
+'br\}
+.el\{\
+.ds -- \(em\|
+.tr \*(Tr
+.ds L" ``
+.ds R" ''
+.ds M" ``
+.ds S" ''
+.ds N" ``
+.ds T" ''
+.ds L' `
+.ds R' '
+.ds M' `
+.ds S' '
+.ds N' `
+.ds T' '
+.ds PI \(*p
+'br\}
+.\"	If the F register is turned on, we'll generate
+.\"	index entries out stderr for the following things:
+.\"		TH	Title 
+.\"		SH	Header
+.\"		Sh	Subsection 
+.\"		Ip	Item
+.\"		X<>	Xref  (embedded
+.\"	Of course, you have to process the output yourself
+.\"	in some meaninful fashion.
+.if \nF \{
+.de IX
+.tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
+..
+.nr % 0
+.rr F
+.\}
+.TH swimrc 5 " " "27/May/99" " "
+.UC
+.if n .hy 0
+.if n .na
+.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
+.de CQ          \" put $1 in typewriter font
+.ft CW
+'if n "\c
+'if t \\&\\$1\c
+'if n \\&\\$1\c
+'if n \&"
+\\&\\$2 \\$3 \\$4 \\$5 \\$6 \\$7
+'.ft R
+..
+.\" @(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2
+.	\" AM - accent mark definitions
+.bd B 3
+.	\" fudge factors for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+.	ds #H 0
+.	ds #V .8m
+.	ds #F .3m
+.	ds #[ \f1
+.	ds #] \fP
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+.	ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
+.	ds #V .6m
+.	ds #F 0
+.	ds #[ \&
+.	ds #] \&
+.\}
+.	\" simple accents for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+.	ds ' \&
+.	ds ` \&
+.	ds ^ \&
+.	ds , \&
+.	ds ~ ~
+.	ds ? ?
+.	ds ! !
+.	ds /
+.	ds q
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+.	ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
+.	ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
+.	ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
+.	ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
+.	ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
+.	ds ? \s-2c\h'-\w'c'u*7/10'\u\h'\*(#H'\zi\d\s+2\h'\w'c'u*8/10'
+.	ds ! \s-2\(or\s+2\h'-\w'\(or'u'\v'-.8m'.\v'.8m'
+.	ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
+.	ds q o\h'-\w'o'u*8/10'\s-4\v'.4m'\z\(*i\v'-.4m'\s+4\h'\w'o'u*8/10'
+.\}
+.	\" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
+.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
+.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds v \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\v'-\*(#V'\*(#[\s-4v\s0\v'\*(#V'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
+.ds _ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H+(\*(#F*2/3))'\v'-.4m'\z\(hy\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
+.ds . \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)'\v'\*(#V*4/10'\z.\v'-\*(#V*4/10'\h'|\\n:u'
+.ds 3 \*(#[\v'.2m'\s-2\&3\s0\v'-.2m'\*(#]
+.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
+.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
+.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
+.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
+.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
+.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
+.ds oe o\h'-(\w'o'u*4/10)'e
+.ds Oe O\h'-(\w'O'u*4/10)'E
+.	\" corrections for vroff
+.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
+.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
+.	\" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
+.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
+\{\
+.	ds : e
+.	ds 8 ss
+.	ds v \h'-1'\o'\(aa\(ga'
+.	ds _ \h'-1'^
+.	ds . \h'-1'.
+.	ds 3 3
+.	ds o a
+.	ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
+.	ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
+.	ds th \o'bp'
+.	ds Th \o'LP'
+.	ds ae ae
+.	ds Ae AE
+.	ds oe oe
+.	ds Oe OE
+.\}
+.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
+.SH "NAME"
+swimrc \- swim configuration file
+.SH "DESCRIPTION"
+\fBswimrc\fR is the configuartion file for swim allowing many default values
+to be set so that they do not have to be mentioned on the command line. 
+Swimrc interacts directly with Perl allowing a wide variety of variables
+found in \fBSWIW::Conf\fR to be altered.
+.SH "USAGE"
+Values for variable can be altered for \fBswim\fR by assigning different
+values enclosed in quotes or quoted whitespace (\fIqw()\fR), and ended with a
+semi-colon.
+.PP
+.Vb 2
+\& $variable = "value";
+\& $variable = "qw(value1 value2 ..)";
+.Ve
+.SH "VARIABLES"
+This is a list of variables with explanations.  The default values for
+\fBswim\fR are shown.
+.Sh "\s-1OUTPUT\s0 \s-1VARIABLE\s0 "
+$my_number can be changed to how many lines you would like \*(L"swim \-qf <>\*(R" 
+to print out, before the program asks for \f(CW-t\fR or \f(CW--total\fR.  Exception: 
+If \f(CW-i\fR is used in the query and there is more than one package then the
+total will be presented. 
+.PP
+Hint:  \f(CW-t\fR can be used with all the various \f(CW--scripts\fR family members
+to view the title of the script file regardless of this variable setting,
+and if \f(CW-t\fR has to be used, the titles will be displayed, which makes
+sense. 
+.PP
+\fB$my_number = 23;\fR
+.Sh "\s-1HISTORY\s0"
+This is a shell-like history kept in relation to searches and the most
+recent edit when \f(CW--stdin\fR is used. 
+.PP
+\fB$\s-1HISTORY\s0 = 10;\fR
+.Sh "\s-1AR\s0 or \s-1DPKG\s0?"
+Debian packages are ar archives.  If you are using a Debian Distribution
+assign \*(L"dpkg\*(R" to \f(CW$package_tool\fR, otherwise assign \*(L"ar\*(R" to \f(CW$package_tool\fR.
+.PP
+\fB$package_tool = \*(L"/usr/bin/ar\*(R";\fR
+.Sh "\s-1APT\s0"
+\fBSwim\fR does not assign a value for apt.  To use \f(CW--apt\fR and \f(CW-xyz\fR
+assign \f(CW$apt\fR the value \*(L"yes\*(R". 
+.PP
+Example: \fB$apt = \*(L"yes\*(R";\fR
+.Sh "\s-1PAGER\s0"
+less is a nice pager, unless you like more!  Pager is used for \f(CW--help\fR
+and \fBswim\fR called without any options. There is an option \f(CW--nopager\fR or
+\f(CW-n\fR.  more comes from the required package util-linux, whereas less
+comes from a standard package called less.  Values: \*(L"less\*(R", \*(L"more\*(R", or
+\*(L"most\*(R" or... 
+.PP
+\fB$\s-1ENV\s0{\s-1PAGER\s0} = \*(L"less\*(R";\fR
+.Sh "\s-1NOT\s0\-\s-1INSTALLED\s0 \s-1VARIABLES\s0 "
+Assign values for \f(CW$architecture\fR and/or \f(CW$distribution\fR to avoid having to
+use \f(CW--arch\fR and \f(CW--dists\fR everytime the not-installed databases are
+accessed with \f(CW-n\fR or made or altered.
+.PP
+Architectures are always being added so check with Debian to find a list. 
+There is \fIalpha, arm, hurd-i386 (alternative kernel to linux), i386,
+m68k, powerpc, sparc\fR.  Just use the arch found after the hyphen in the
+Contents-(arch) file.
+.PP
+\fB$architecture = \*(L"i386\*(R";\fR
+.PP
+The distribution can be either \fIstable, unstable, frozen, or experimental
+(rare)\fR.  These represent the state of development that the packages are
+under.  The unstable distribution can have lot's of changes within a very
+short time period, and frozen may or may not be available.
+.PP
+\fB$distribution = \*(L"unstable\*(R";\fR
+.PP
+Distributions are divided into sections.  These sections were called
+distributions in the version 2.4.1.0 packaging manual, because they were
+at one time separate distributions, but this has since changed.  
+.PP
+You can determine which of the sections \fImain, non-free, contrib or
+non-\s-1US\s0\fR to pull out of the Contents file if you don't want to use
+\f(CW--main\fR, \f(CW--contrib\fR, \f(CW--non-free\fR, and \f(CW--non-us\fR to selectively
+pick the sections. 
+.PP
+For efficiency, you should choose the sections which you will be pulling
+out of the Packages \fIfile\fR\|(s) being targetted.  
+.PP
+Rule: Use \*(L"non-\s-1US\s0\*(R" not \*(L"non-us\*(R".
+.PP
+\fB@user_defined_section = qw(main contrib non-free non-\s-1US\s0);\fR
+.Sh "\s-1DF\s0 \s-1LOCATION\s0"
+A little philosophy:  \fBswim\fR was developed for maximum versatility, so
+whether you are just interested in researching, and keeping tabs on the
+newest packages, or maintaining a Debian virtual distribution on a
+non-Debian distribution, or you are a using \fBswim\fR for distribution
+development, \fBswim\fR provides a way.  
+.PP
+The next two variables determine the location of the \s-1DF\s0 (default
+directory/file system)
+.PP
+The default directory keeps track of Contents and/or Packages databases
+retrieved with --ftp.  The Contents and Packages databases and Release
+file are give names specific to the distribution and architectures they
+represent using the naming convention found in apt's sources directory. 
+You also have the freedom not to use the default directory, in which case
+swim will still do the renaming and keeping track of the mtime, but you
+will have to remember where you put the files.
+.PP
+\fB$default_directory = \*(L'/root/.swim\*(R';\fR
+.PP
+The default root directory (\s-1DRD\s0) is the key to easy management of binary
+packages, source, dsc, and diff files received from --ftp, and provides an
+easy way to put together a personalized distribution. This directory can
+be a real ftp site on your computer, or put wherever else you are
+allowed to have directories.  The \s-1DRD\s0 is always placed below the value
+assigned to \f(CW$default_directory\fR.  According to the previous assignment to 
+\f(CW$default_directory\fR, if the \s-1DRD\s0 is \*(L"/pub/a/debian\*(R" then the full path
+would be \*(L"/root/.swim/pub/a/debian\*(R". 
+.PP
+Example: When a package is downloaded it will be placed in
+dists/distribution/section/architecture/subject below the \s-1DRD\s0. 
+.PP
+Rule: debian must be the final directory before dists, this is because
+other distributions are placed alongside debian, like debian-non-\s-1US\s0 or
+personal (specialized distribution).
+.PP
+\fB$default_root_directory = \*(L'/pub/debian\*(R';\fR
+.PP
+Because you may be using a real ftp site, this variable allows you to
+determine what permissions \fBswim\fR will assign for directories it creates
+below the \s-1DRD\s0. 
+.PP
+\fB$permission = \*(L'0755\*(R';\fR
+.Sh "\s-1TEMPORARY\s0 \s-1DIRECTORY\s0"
+If you want to set an alternative directory for the temporary files
+created when the databases are made, change here.  You may want to make
+\f(CW$tmp\fR a \s-1RAM\s0 disk.  See package loadlin for initrd documentation and an
+explanation for making such a disk.  There is also documentation in
+/usr/src/kernel-source.version/Documentation.  Whether this will speed
+things up is a subject of experimentation. 
+.PP
+\fB$tmp = \*(L"/tmp\*(R";\fR
+.Sh "\s-1FTP\s0"
+You can alter the Firewall, Port, Timeout, Debug and Passive
+characteristics of the ftp client as defined in \fINet::\s-1FTP\s0\fR\|(3pm) by providing
+arguments to these variables. All variables but \f(CW$timeout\fR are set to untrue
+by default.  
+.PP
+.Vb 5
+\& $firewall = 0; (FTP firewall machine name)
+\& $port = 0;  (defaults to 23)
+\& $timeout = 120;  (120 seconds)
+\& $debug = 0;  (1 will turn on STDERR)
+\& $passive = 0; (1 will enable)
+.Ve
+.SH "OTHER VARIABLES"
+see SWIM::Conf
+.SH "FILES"
+.PP
+.Vb 2
+\& /etc/swim/swimrc
+\& ~/.swim/swimrc
+.Ve
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+\fIswim\fR\|(8), \fINet::FTP\fR\|(3pm)
+.SH "BUGS"
+Send directly to mttrader@access.mountain.net.
+.SH "AUTHOR"
+Jonathan D. Rosenbaum <mttrader@access.mountain.net> 
+.SH "COPYRIGHT"
+Copyright (c) 1999 Jonathan Rosenbaum. All rights reserved. This program
+is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the GPL. 
+
+.rn }` ''
+.IX Title "swimrc 5"
+.IX Name "swimrc - swim configuration file"
+
+.IX Header "NAME"
+
+.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
+
+.IX Header "USAGE"
+
+.IX Header "VARIABLES"
+
+.IX Subsection "\s-1OUTPUT\s0 \s-1VARIABLE\s0 "
+
+.IX Subsection "\s-1HISTORY\s0"
+
+.IX Subsection "\s-1AR\s0 or \s-1DPKG\s0?"
+
+.IX Subsection "\s-1APT\s0"
+
+.IX Subsection "\s-1PAGER\s0"
+
+.IX Subsection "\s-1NOT\s0\-\s-1INSTALLED\s0 \s-1VARIABLES\s0 "
+
+.IX Subsection "\s-1DF\s0 \s-1LOCATION\s0"
+
+.IX Subsection "\s-1TEMPORARY\s0 \s-1DIRECTORY\s0"
+
+.IX Subsection "\s-1FTP\s0"
+
+.IX Header "OTHER VARIABLES"
+
+.IX Header "FILES"
+
+.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
+
+.IX Header "BUGS"
+
+.IX Header "AUTHOR"
+
+.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
+

swimrc.html/ch-description.html

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+<html><head>
+<title>swimrc - swim configuration file - DESCRIPTION
+</title>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:mttrader@access.mountain.net">
+</head><body>
+<h1>
+swimrc - swim configuration file - chapter 1<br>
+DESCRIPTION
+
+</h1>
+
+<kbd>swimrc</kbd> is the configuartion file for swim allowing many
+default values to be set so that they do not have to be mentioned on the
+command line. Swimrc interacts directly with Perl allowing a wide variety
+of variables found in <kbd>SWIW::Conf</kbd> to be altered. 
+<hr>
+swimrc - swim configuration file
+- <A href="index.html#copyright">                                                      
+          Copyright © 1999 Jonathan D. Rosenbaum                           
+        </A>
+<br>
+<A href="index.html#toc">Contents</A>; <A href="ch-usage.html">next</A>.
+<br>
+<address>27 May 1999<br>
+Jonathan D. Rosenbaum<A href="mailto:mttrader@access.mountain.net">mttrader@access.mountain.net</A></address>
+</body></html>

swimrc.html/ch-files.html

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+<html><head>
+<title>swimrc - swim configuration file - FILES                                                        
+                </title>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:mttrader@access.mountain.net">
+</head><body>
+<h1>
+swimrc - swim configuration file - chapter 5<br>
+FILES                                                        
+                
+</h1>
+                                                                
+<code> /etc/swim/swimrc</code><P>
+                                                           
+<code>~/.swim/swimrc</code>
+
+<hr>
+swimrc - swim configuration file
+- <A href="index.html#copyright">                                                      
+          Copyright © 1999 Jonathan D. Rosenbaum                           
+        </A>
+<br>
+<A href="index.html#toc">Contents</A>; <A href="ch6.html">next</A>; <A href="ch-othervars.html">back</A>.
+<br>
+<address>27 May 1999<br>
+Jonathan D. Rosenbaum<A href="mailto:mttrader@access.mountain.net">mttrader@access.mountain.net</A></address>
+</body></html>

swimrc.html/ch-othervars.html

@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+<html><head>
+<title>swimrc - swim configuration file - OTHER VARIABLES                                              
+</title>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:mttrader@access.mountain.net">
+</head><body>
+<h1>
+swimrc - swim configuration file - chapter 4<br>
+OTHER VARIABLES                                              
+
+</h1>
+                                                                                
+see SWIM::Conf   
+<hr>
+swimrc - swim configuration file
+- <A href="index.html#copyright">                                                      
+          Copyright © 1999 Jonathan D. Rosenbaum                           
+        </A>
+<br>
+<A href="index.html#toc">Contents</A>; <A href="ch-files.html">next</A>; <A href="ch-variables.html">back</A>.
+<br>
+<address>27 May 1999<br>
+Jonathan D. Rosenbaum<A href="mailto:mttrader@access.mountain.net">mttrader@access.mountain.net</A></address>
+</body></html>

swimrc.html/ch-restrictions.html

@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+<html><head>
+<title>swimrc - swim configuration file - RESTRICTIONS                                                 
+                       </title>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:mttrader@access.mountain.net">
+</head><body>
+<h1>
+swimrc - swim configuration file - chapter 6<br>
+RESTRICTIONS                                                 
+                       
+</h1>
+                                                         
+Strange Situations: If the same package happens to exist in two different
+sections, <em>main and non-us</em> for example, and you make the
+databases, you will still be able to find this package in the non-us
+group, but its section and locations will be the one which main recognizes
+assuming that you use the order in the example below. 
+                                                                                
+                                                                                <P>
+                                                                             
+                                                                                
+Example: You just want to pull out main and contrib every time you run          
+<code>--initndb</code>, <code>--rebuildndb</code>, or <code>--ndb</code>.                   
+<P>
+<code>@user_defined_section</code> = <code>``qw(main contrib non-US)'';</code>              
+<hr>
+swimrc - swim configuration file
+- <A href="index.html#copyright">                                                      
+          Copyright © 1999 Jonathan D. Rosenbaum                           
+        </A>
+<br>
+<A href="index.html#toc">Contents</A>; <A href="ch-files.html">back</A>.
+<br>
+<address>14 May 1999<br>
+Jonathan D. Rosenbaum<A href="mailto:mttrader@access.mountain.net">mttrader@access.mountain.net</A></address>
+</body></html>

swimrc.html/ch-usage.html

@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<html><head>
+<title>swimrc - swim configuration file - USAGE
+</title>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:mttrader@access.mountain.net">
+</head><body>
+<h1>
+swimrc - swim configuration file - chapter 2<br>
+USAGE
+
+</h1>
+Values for variable can be altered for <strong>swim</strong> by assigning
+different values enclosed in quotes or quoted whitespace (qw()), and ending
+with a semi-colon. <P>
+
+<code> $variable = ``value'';</code><P>
+<code>$variable = ``(value1 value2 ..)'';</code>
+<P>
+<P>
+<hr>
+swimrc - swim configuration file
+- <A href="index.html#copyright">                                                      
+          Copyright © 1999 Jonathan D. Rosenbaum                           
+        </A>
+<br>
+<A href="index.html#toc">Contents</A>; <A href="ch-variables.html">next</A>; <A href="ch-description.html">back</A>.
+<br>
+<address>27 May 1999<br>
+Jonathan D. Rosenbaum<A href="mailto:mttrader@access.mountain.net">mttrader@access.mountain.net</A></address>
+</body></html>

swimrc.html/ch-variables.html

@@ -0,0 +1,284 @@
+<html><head>
+<title>swimrc - swim configuration file - VARIABLES
+</title>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:mttrader@access.mountain.net">
+</head><body>
+<h1>
+swimrc - swim configuration file - chapter 3<br>
+VARIABLES
+
+</h1>
+This is a list of variables with explanations. The default values for
+<strong>swim</strong> are shown.
+
+
+<hr>
+<h2><A name="s3.1">
+3.1 OUTPUT VARIABLE 
+
+</A></h2>
+<code>$my_number</code> can be changed to how many lines you would like
+``swim -qf &lt;&gt;'' to print out, before the program asks for
+<code>-t</code> or <code>--total</code>. Exception: If <code>-i</code> is
+used in the query and there is more than one package then the total will
+be presented.
+
+<P>
+
+Hint:  <code>-t</code> can be used with all the various
+<code>--scripts</code> family members to view the title of the script file
+regardless of this variable setting, and if <code>-t</code> has to be
+used, the titles will be displayed, which makes sense.
+
+<P>
+
+<strong>$my_number = 23;</strong>
+
+<hr>
+<h2><A name="s3.2">
+3.2 HISTORY
+
+</A></h2>
+
+This is a shell-like history kept in relation to searches and the most
+recent edit when <code>--stdin</code> is used.
+<P>
+
+<strong>$HISTORY = 10;</strong>
+
+<hr>
+<h2><A name="s3.3">
+3.3 AR or DPKG?                                                  
+      
+</A></h2>
+                                                                          
+Debian packages are ar archives. If you are using a Debian Distribution         
+assign ``dpkg'' to $package_tool, otherwise assign ``ar'' to                    
+$package_tool.                                                                  
+                                                                          <P>
+                                                                                
+<strong>$package_tool = &quot;/usr/bin/ar&quot;;</strong>   
+<hr>
+<h2><A name="s3.4">
+3.4 APT                                                          
+
+</A></h2>
+                                                                                
+<strong>Swim</strong> does not assign a value for apt. To use                   
+<code>--apt</code> and <code>-xyz</code> assign <code>$apt</code> the                       
+value ``yes''.                                                                  
+                                                                                
+                                                                                <P>
+                                                                             
+                                                                                
+Example: <strong>$apt = &quot;yes&quot;;</strong>
+<hr>
+<h2><A name="s3.5">
+3.5 PAGER                                                        
+     
+</A></h2>
+                                                                           
+
+<strong>less</strong> is a nice pager, unless you like
+<strong>more</strong>! Pager is used for <code>--help</code> and
+<strong>swim</strong> called without any options. There is an option
+<code>--nopager</code> or <code>-n</code>. <strong>more</strong> comes from the
+required package util-linux, whereas <strong>less</strong> comes from a
+standard package called less.  Values: ``less'', ``more'', or ``most''
+or... 
+                                                                                
+                                                                                <P>
+                                                                             
+                                                                                
+<strong>$ENV{PAGER} = &quot;less&quot;;</strong>
+<hr>
+<h2><A name="s3.6">
+3.6 NOT-INSTALLED VARIABLES                                      
+   
+</A></h2>
+                                                                             
+Assign values for <code>$architecture</code> and/or                                 
+<code>$distribution</code> to avoid having to use <code>--arch</code> and               
+<code>--dists</code> everytime the not-installed databases are accessed             
+with <code>-n</code> or made or altered.                                            
+                                                                                
+                                                                                <P>
+                                                                             
+                                                                                
+Architectures are always being added so check with Debian to find a list.       
+There is <em>alpha, arm, hurd-i386 (alternative kernel to linux), i386,         
+m68k, powerpc, sparc</em>. Just use the arch found after the hyphen in the      
+Contents-(arch) file.                                                           
+                                                                                
+                                                                                <P>
+                                                                             
+                                                                                
+<strong>$architecture = &quot;i386&quot;;</strong> 
+<P>
+                                                                             
+                                                                                
+The distribution can be either <em>stable, unstable, frozen, or
+experimental (rare)</em>. These represent the state of development that
+the packages are under. The unstable distribution can have lot's of
+changes within a very short time period, and frozen may or may not be
+available. 
+                                                                                
+                                                                                <P>
+                                                                             
+                                                                                
+<strong>$distribution = &quot;unstable&quot;;</strong>    
+<P>
+                                                                             
+                                                                                
+Distributions are divided into sections. These sections were called             
+distributions in the version 2.4.1.0 packaging manual, because they were
+at     
+one time separate distributions, but this has since changed.                    
+                                                                                
+                                                                                <P>
+                                                                             
+                                                                                
+You can determine which of the sections <em>main, non-free, contrib or          
+non-US</em> to pull out of the Contents file if you don't want to use           
+<code>--main</code>, <code>--contrib</code>, <code>--non-free</code>, and                   
+<code>--non-us</code> to selectively pick the sections.                             
+                                                                                
+                                                                                <P>
+                                                                             
+                                                                                
+For efficiency, you should choose the sections which you will be pulling        
+out of the Packages <code>file(s)</code> being targetted.                           
+                                                                                
+                                                                                <P>
+
+
+Rule: Use ``non-US'' not ``non-us''.                                            
+                                                                                
+                                                                                <P>
+                                                                             
+                                                                                
+<strong>@user_defined_section = qw(main contrib non-free non-US);</strong>      
+   
+<hr>
+<h2><A name="s3.7">
+3.7 DF LOCATION                                                  
+
+</A></h2>
+                                                                                
+A little philosophy:  <strong>swim</strong> was developed for maximum           
+versatility, so whether you are just interested in researching, and             
+keeping tabs on the newest packages, or maintaining a Debian virtual            
+distribution on a non-Debian distribution, or you are a using                   
+<strong>swim</strong> for distribution development, <strong>swim</strong>       
+provides a way.                                                                 
+                                                                                
+                                                                                <P>
+                                                                             
+                                                                                
+The next two variables determine the location of the DF (default                
+directory/file system)                                                          
+                                                                                
+                                                                                <P>
+                                                                             
+                                                                                
+The default directory keeps track of Contents and/or Packages databases
+retrieved with --ftp. The Contents and Packages databases and Release file
+are give names specific to the distribution and architectures they
+represent using the naming convention found in apt's sources directory. 
+You also have the freedom not to use the default directory, in which case
+swim
+
+will still do the renaming and keeping track of the mtime, but you will         
+have to remember where you put the files.                                       
+                                                                                
+                                                                                <P>
+                                                                             
+                                                                                
+<strong>$default_directory = '/root/.swim';</strong>                            
+                                                                                
+                                                                                
+                                                                                
+                                                                                <P>
+                                                                             
+                                                                                
+The default root directory (DRD) is the key to easy management of binary        
+packages, source, dsc, and diff files received from --ftp, and provides an      
+easy way to put together a personalized distribution. This directory can
+be     
+a real ftp site on your computer, or put wherever else you are allowed to       
+have directories. The DRD is always placed below the value assigned to          
+$default_directory. According to the previous assignment to                     
+$default_directory, if the DRD is ``/pub/a/debian'' then the full path          
+would be ``/root/.swim/pub/a/debian''.   
+<P>
+                                                                             
+                                                                                
+Example: When a package is downloaded it will be placed in                      
+dists/distribution/section/architecture/subject below the DRD.                  
+                                                                                
+                                                                                <P>
+                                                                             
+                                                                                
+Rule: debian must be the final directory before dists, this is because          
+other distributions are placed alongside debian, like debian-non-US or          
+personal (specialized distribution).                                            
+                                                                                
+                                                                                <P>
+                                                                             
+                                                                                
+<strong>$default_root_directory = '/pub/debian';</strong>                       
+                                                                                <P>
+                                                                             
+                                                                                
+Because you may be using a real ftp site, this variable allows you to           
+determine what permissions <strong>swim</strong> will assign for
+directories it 
+creates below the DRD.                                                          
+                                                                                
+                                                                                <P>
+                                                                             
+                                                                                
+<strong>$permission = '0755';</strong>                                                                                                
+                                                                                
+     <hr>
+<h2><A name="s3.8">
+3.8 TEMPORARY DIRECTORY                                          
+                                                                                
+</A></h2>
+If you want to set an alternative directory for the temporary files
+created when the databases are made, change here. You may want to make
+<code>$tmp</code> a RAM disk. See package loadlin for initrd documentation and
+an explanation for making such a disk. There is also documentation in
+/usr/src/kernel-source.version/Documentation. Whether this will speed
+things up is a subject of experimentation. 
+                                                                                                                                                                <P>
+                                                                             
+                                                                                
+<strong>$tmp = &quot;/tmp&quot;;</strong>                                                                             
+<hr>
+<h2><A name="s3.9">
+3.9 FTP
+
+</A></h2>
+
+You can alter the Firewall, Port, Timeout, Debug and Passive
+characteristics of the ftp client as defined in Net::FTP(3pm) by providing
+arguments to these variables. All variables but $timeout are set to untrue
+by default. 
+ 
+<pre> $firewall = 0; (FTP firewall machine name)
+ $port = 0;  (defaults to 23)   
+ $timeout = 120;  (120 seconds)
+ $debug = 0;  (1 will turn on STDERR)
+ $passive = 0; (1 will enable)</pre>
+<hr>
+swimrc - swim configuration file
+- <A href="index.html#copyright">                                                      
+          Copyright © 1999 Jonathan D. Rosenbaum                           
+        </A>
+<br>
+<A href="index.html#toc">Contents</A>; <A href="ch-othervars.html">next</A>; <A href="ch-usage.html">back</A>.
+<br>
+<address>27 May 1999<br>
+Jonathan D. Rosenbaum<A href="mailto:mttrader@access.mountain.net">mttrader@access.mountain.net</A></address>
+</body></html>

swimrc.html/ch6.html

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<html><head>
+<title>swimrc - swim configuration file - BUGS</title>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:mttrader@access.mountain.net">
+</head><body>
+<h1>
+swimrc - swim configuration file - chapter 6<br>
+BUGS
+</h1>
+Send directly to mttrader@access.mountain.net.
+<hr>
+swimrc - swim configuration file
+- <A href="index.html#copyright">                                                      
+          Copyright © 1999 Jonathan D. Rosenbaum                           
+        </A>
+<br>
+<A href="index.html#toc">Contents</A>; <A href="ch-files.html">back</A>.
+<br>
+<address>27 May 1999<br>
+Jonathan D. Rosenbaum<A href="mailto:mttrader@access.mountain.net">mttrader@access.mountain.net</A></address>
+</body></html>

swimrc.html/index.html

@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+<html><head>
+<title>swimrc - swim configuration file</title>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:mttrader@access.mountain.net">
+</head><body>
+<h1>swimrc - swim configuration file</h1>
+
+<h2><A name="toc">
+0.1 Table of contents
+</A></h2>
+<ul>
+<li><A href="ch-description.html">1 DESCRIPTION
+</A>
+<li><A href="ch-usage.html">2 USAGE
+</A>
+<li><A href="ch-variables.html">3 VARIABLES
+</A>
+<ul>
+<li><A href="ch-variables.html#s3.1">3.1</A> OUTPUT VARIABLE 
+
+<li><A href="ch-variables.html#s3.2">3.2</A> HISTORY
+
+<li><A href="ch-variables.html#s3.3">3.3</A> AR or DPKG?                                                  
+      
+<li><A href="ch-variables.html#s3.4">3.4</A> APT                                                          
+
+<li><A href="ch-variables.html#s3.5">3.5</A> PAGER                                                        
+     
+<li><A href="ch-variables.html#s3.6">3.6</A> NOT-INSTALLED VARIABLES                                      
+   
+<li><A href="ch-variables.html#s3.7">3.7</A> DF LOCATION                                                  
+
+<li><A href="ch-variables.html#s3.8">3.8</A> TEMPORARY DIRECTORY                                          
+                                                                                
+<li><A href="ch-variables.html#s3.9">3.9</A> FTP
+
+</ul>
+<li><A href="ch-othervars.html">4 OTHER VARIABLES                                              
+</A>
+<li><A href="ch-files.html">5 FILES                                                        
+                </A>
+<li><A href="ch6.html">6 BUGS</A>
+</ul>
+<hr><h2><A name="copyright">0.2 Copyright</A></h2>
+                                                      
+          Copyright © 1999 Jonathan D. Rosenbaum                           
+        <P>
+                                                                     
+          SWIM, including this manual, is free software; you          
+          may redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the           
+          GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software          
+          Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later           
+          version.                                                              
+        <P>
+                                                                     
+          This is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but           
+          <em>without any warranty</em>; without even the implied               
+          warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular               
+          purpose.  See the GNU General Public License for more                 
+          details.                                                              
+        <P>
+                                                                     
+          You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public             
+          License with the <kbd>swim</kbd> source as the file                      
+          <code>COPYING</code>.  If not, write to the Free Software                 
+          Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.             
+        <hr>
+swimrc - swim configuration file
+- <A href="#copyright">                                                      
+          Copyright © 1999 Jonathan D. Rosenbaum                           
+        </A>
+<br>
+<A href="#toc">Contents</A>.
+<br>
+<address>27 May 1999<br>
+Jonathan D. Rosenbaum<A href="mailto:mttrader@access.mountain.net">mttrader@access.mountain.net</A></address>
+</body></html>

swimrc.sgml

@@ -0,0 +1,354 @@
+<!doctype debiandoc system>
+                                                                                
+<debiandoc>
+                                                                                
+  <book>
+                                                                                
+    <titlepag>
+                                                                                
+      <title>swimrc - swim configuration file</title>
+                                                                                
+      <author>
+        <name>Jonathan D. Rosenbaum</name>
+        <email>mttrader@access.mountain.net</email>
+      </author>
+                                                                                
+      <version><date></version>                                                 
+                                                                                
+      <copyright>                   
+
+        <copyrightsummary>                                                      
+          Copyright &copy; 1999 Jonathan D. Rosenbaum                           
+        </copyrightsummary>                                                     
+                                                                                
+        <p>                                                                     
+          SWIM, including this manual, is free software; you          
+          may redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the           
+          GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software          
+          Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later           
+          version.                                                              
+        </p>          
+
+        <p>                                                                     
+          This is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but           
+          <em>without any warranty</em>; without even the implied               
+          warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular               
+          purpose.  See the GNU General Public License for more                 
+          details.                                                              
+        </p>
+
+        <p>                                                                     
+          You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public             
+          License with the <prgn>swim</prgn> source as the file                      
+          <tt>COPYING</tt>.  If not, write to the Free Software                 
+          Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.             
+        </p>                                                                    
+                                                                                
+      </copyright>                                                              
+                                                                                
+    </titlepag>       
+
+    <toc sect>
+
+    <chapt id="description">DESCRIPTION
+
+<p>
+
+<prgn>swimrc</prgn> is the configuartion file for swim allowing many
+default values to be set so that they do not have to be mentioned on the
+command line. Swimrc interacts directly with Perl allowing a wide variety
+of variables found in <prgn>SWIW::Conf</prgn> to be altered. 
+
+<chapt id="usage">USAGE
+
+<p>
+Values for variable can be altered for <STRONG>swim</STRONG> by assigning
+different values enclosed in quotes or quoted whitespace (qw()), and ending
+with a semi-colon. 
+<P>
+
+<tt> $variable = ``value'';</tt>
+<p>
+<tt>$variable = ``(value1 value2 ..)'';</tt>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<chapt id="variables">VARIABLES
+
+<p>
+This is a list of variables with explanations. The default values for
+<STRONG>swim</STRONG> are shown.
+
+
+
+<sect>OUTPUT VARIABLE 
+
+<p>
+<tt>$my_number</tt> can be changed to how many lines you would like
+``swim -qf &lt;&gt;'' to print out, before the program asks for
+<tt>-t</tt> or <tt>--total</tt>. Exception: If <tt>-i</tt> is
+used in the query and there is more than one package then the total will
+be presented.
+
+
+<P>
+
+Hint:  <tt>-t</tt> can be used with all the various
+<tt>--scripts</tt> family members to view the title of the script file
+regardless of this variable setting, and if <tt>-t</tt> has to be
+used, the titles will be displayed, which makes sense.
+
+
+<P>
+
+<strong>$my_number = 23;</strong>
+
+
+<sect>HISTORY
+
+<p>
+
+This is a shell-like history kept in relation to searches and the most
+recent edit when <tt>--stdin</tt> is used.
+
+<P>
+
+<strong>$HISTORY = 10;</strong>
+
+
+<sect>AR or DPKG?                                                  
+      
+<p>                                                                          
+Debian packages are ar archives. If you are using a Debian Distribution         
+assign ``dpkg'' to $package_tool, otherwise assign ``ar'' to                    
+$package_tool.                                                                  
+                                                                          
+<p>                                                                                
+<STRONG>$package_tool = "/usr/bin/ar";</STRONG>   
+
+<sect>APT                                                          
+
+<p>                                                                                
+<STRONG>Swim</STRONG> does not assign a value for apt. To use                   
+<tt>--apt</tt> and <tt>-xyz</tt> assign <tt>$apt</tt> the                       
+value ``yes''.                                                                  
+                                                                                
+                                                                                
+<P>                                                                             
+                                                                                
+Example: <STRONG>$apt = "yes";</STRONG>
+
+<sect>PAGER                                                        
+     
+<p>                                                                           
+
+<strong>less</strong> is a nice pager, unless you like
+<strong>more</strong>! Pager is used for <tt>--help</tt> and
+<STRONG>swim</STRONG> called without any options. There is an option
+<tt>--nopager</tt> or <tt>-n</tt>. <strong>more</strong> comes from the
+required package util-linux, whereas <strong>less</strong> comes from a
+standard package called less.  Values: ``less'', ``more'', or ``most''
+or... 
+                                                                                
+                                                                                
+<P>                                                                             
+                                                                                
+<STRONG>$ENV{PAGER} = "less";</STRONG>
+
+<sect>NOT-INSTALLED VARIABLES                                      
+   
+<p>                                                                             
+Assign values for <tt>$architecture</tt> and/or                                 
+<tt>$distribution</tt> to avoid having to use <tt>--arch</tt> and               
+<tt>--dists</tt> everytime the not-installed databases are accessed             
+with <tt>-n</tt> or made or altered.                                            
+                                                                                
+                                                                                
+<P>                                                                             
+                                                                                
+Architectures are always being added so check with Debian to find a list.       
+There is <EM>alpha, arm, hurd-i386 (alternative kernel to linux), i386,         
+m68k, powerpc, sparc</EM>. Just use the arch found after the hyphen in the      
+Contents-(arch) file.                                                           
+                                                                                
+                                                                                
+<P>                                                                             
+                                                                                
+<STRONG>$architecture = "i386";</STRONG> 
+
+<P>                                                                             
+                                                                                
+The distribution can be either <EM>stable, unstable, frozen, or
+experimental (rare)</EM>. These represent the state of development that
+the packages are under. The unstable distribution can have lot's of
+changes within a very short time period, and frozen may or may not be
+available. 
+                                                                                
+                                                                                
+<P>                                                                             
+                                                                                
+<STRONG>$distribution = "unstable";</STRONG>    
+
+<P>                                                                             
+                                                                                
+Distributions are divided into sections. These sections were called             
+distributions in the version 2.4.1.0 packaging manual, because they were
+at     
+one time separate distributions, but this has since changed.                    
+                                                                                
+                                                                                
+<P>                                                                             
+                                                                                
+You can determine which of the sections <EM>main, non-free, contrib or          
+non-US</EM> to pull out of the Contents file if you don't want to use           
+<tt>--main</tt>, <tt>--contrib</tt>, <tt>--non-free</tt>, and                   
+<tt>--non-us</tt> to selectively pick the sections.                             
+                                                                                
+                                                                                
+<P>                                                                             
+                                                                                
+For efficiency, you should choose the sections which you will be pulling        
+out of the Packages <tt>file(s)</tt> being targetted.                           
+                                                                                
+                                                                                
+<P>
+
+
+Rule: Use ``non-US'' not ``non-us''.                                            
+                                                                                
+                                                                                
+<p>                                                                             
+                                                                                
+<STRONG>@user_defined_section = qw(main contrib non-free non-US);</STRONG>      
+   
+
+<sect>DF LOCATION                                                  
+
+<p>                                                                                
+A little philosophy:  <STRONG>swim</STRONG> was developed for maximum           
+versatility, so whether you are just interested in researching, and             
+keeping tabs on the newest packages, or maintaining a Debian virtual            
+distribution on a non-Debian distribution, or you are a using                   
+<STRONG>swim</STRONG> for distribution development, <STRONG>swim</STRONG>       
+provides a way.                                                                 
+                                                                                
+                                                                                
+<P>                                                                             
+                                                                                
+The next two variables determine the location of the DF (default                
+directory/file system)                                                          
+                                                                                
+                                                                                
+<P>                                                                             
+                                                                                
+The default directory keeps track of Contents and/or Packages databases
+retrieved with --ftp. The Contents and Packages databases and Release file
+are give names specific to the distribution and architectures they
+represent using the naming convention found in apt's sources directory. 
+You also have the freedom not to use the default directory, in which case
+swim
+
+will still do the renaming and keeping track of the mtime, but you will         
+have to remember where you put the files.                                       
+                                                                                
+                                                                                
+<P>                                                                             
+                                                                                
+<STRONG>$default_directory = '/root/.swim';</STRONG>                            
+                                                                                
+                                                                                
+                                                                                
+                                                                                
+<P>                                                                             
+                                                                                
+The default root directory (DRD) is the key to easy management of binary        
+packages, source, dsc, and diff files received from --ftp, and provides an      
+easy way to put together a personalized distribution. This directory can
+be     
+a real ftp site on your computer, or put wherever else you are allowed to       
+have directories. The DRD is always placed below the value assigned to          
+$default_directory. According to the previous assignment to                     
+$default_directory, if the DRD is ``/pub/a/debian'' then the full path          
+would be ``/root/.swim/pub/a/debian''.   
+
+<P>                                                                             
+                                                                                
+Example: When a package is downloaded it will be placed in                      
+dists/distribution/section/architecture/subject below the DRD.                  
+                                                                                
+                                                                                
+<P>                                                                             
+                                                                                
+Rule: debian must be the final directory before dists, this is because          
+other distributions are placed alongside debian, like debian-non-US or          
+personal (specialized distribution).                                            
+                                                                                
+                                                                                
+<P>                                                                             
+                                                                                
+<STRONG>$default_root_directory = '/pub/debian';</STRONG>                       
+                                                                                
+<P>                                                                             
+                                                                                
+Because you may be using a real ftp site, this variable allows you to           
+determine what permissions <STRONG>swim</STRONG> will assign for
+directories it 
+creates below the DRD.                                                          
+                                                                                
+                                                                                
+<P>                                                                             
+                                                                                
+<STRONG>$permission = '0755';</STRONG>                                                                                                
+                                                                                
+     
+<sect>TEMPORARY DIRECTORY                                          
+                                                                                
+<p>
+If you want to set an alternative directory for the temporary files
+created when the databases are made, change here. You may want to make
+<tt>$tmp</tt> a RAM disk. See package loadlin for initrd documentation and
+an explanation for making such a disk. There is also documentation in
+/usr/src/kernel-source.version/Documentation. Whether this will speed
+things up is a subject of experimentation. 
+                                                                                                                                                                
+<p>                                                                             
+                                                                                
+<STRONG>$tmp = "/tmp";</STRONG>                                                                             
+
+<sect>FTP
+
+<p>
+
+You can alter the Firewall, Port, Timeout, Debug and Passive
+characteristics of the ftp client as defined in Net::FTP(3pm) by providing
+arguments to these variables. All variables but $timeout are set to untrue
+by default. 
+ 
+<example>
+ $firewall = 0; (FTP firewall machine name)
+ $port = 0;  (defaults to 23)   
+ $timeout = 120;  (120 seconds)
+ $debug = 0;  (1 will turn on STDERR)
+ $passive = 0; (1 will enable)
+</example>
+
+<chapt id="othervars">OTHER VARIABLES                                              
+
+<p>                                                                                
+see SWIM::Conf   
+
+<chapt id="files">FILES                                                        
+                
+<p>                                                                
+<tt> /etc/swim/swimrc</tt>
+<p>                                                           
+<tt>~/.swim/swimrc</tt>
+
+
+<chapt>BUGS
+<p>Send directly to mttrader@access.mountain.net.
+
+</book>
+                                                                                
+</debiandoc>

swimrc.text

@@ -0,0 +1,294 @@
+
+                     swimrc - swim configuration file
+                     --------------------------------
+            Jonathan D. Rosenbaum<mttrader@access.mountain.net>
+                                27 May 1999
+
+0.1 Contents
+------------
+
+     1.        DESCRIPTION 
+
+     2.        USAGE 
+
+     3.        VARIABLES 
+     3.1.      OUTPUT VARIABLE 
+     3.2.      HISTORY 
+     3.3.      AR or DPKG? 
+     3.4.      APT 
+     3.5.      PAGER 
+     3.6.      NOT-INSTALLED VARIABLES 
+     3.7.      DF LOCATION 
+     3.8.      TEMPORARY DIRECTORY 
+     3.9.      FTP 
+
+     4.        OTHER VARIABLES 
+
+     5.        FILES 
+
+     6.        BUGS
+
+0.2 Copyright Notice
+--------------------
+
+     Copyright © 1999 Jonathan D. Rosenbaum 
+
+     SWIM, including this manual, is free software; you may redistribute it
+     and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+     published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at
+     your option) any later version. 
+
+     This is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but *without
+     any warranty*; without even the implied warranty of merchantability or
+     fitness for a particular purpose. See the GNU General Public License
+     for more details. 
+
+     You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License with
+     the swim source as the file `COPYING'. If not, write to the Free
+     Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. 
+
+
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+1. DESCRIPTION 
+---------------
+
+     swimrc is the configuartion file for swim allowing many default values
+     to be set so that they do not have to be mentioned on the command
+     line. Swimrc interacts directly with Perl allowing a wide variety of
+     variables found in SWIW::Conf to be altered. 
+
+
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+2. USAGE 
+---------
+
+     Values for variable can be altered for *swim* by assigning different
+     values enclosed in quotes or quoted whitespace (qw()), and ending with
+     a semi-colon. 
+
+     ` $variable = ``value'';'
+
+     `$variable = ``(value1 value2 ..)'';' 
+
+
+
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+3. VARIABLES 
+-------------
+
+     This is a list of variables with explanations. The default values for
+     *swim* are shown. 
+
+
+3.1. OUTPUT VARIABLE 
+---------------------
+
+     `$my_number' can be changed to how many lines you would like ``swim
+     -qf <>'' to print out, before the program asks for `-t' or `--total'.
+     Exception: If `-i' is used in the query and there is more than one
+     package then the total will be presented. 
+
+     Hint: `-t' can be used with all the various `--scripts' family members
+     to view the title of the script file regardless of this variable
+     setting, and if `-t' has to be used, the titles will be displayed,
+     which makes sense. 
+
+     *$my_number = 23;* 
+
+
+3.2. HISTORY 
+-------------
+
+     This is a shell-like history kept in relation to searches and the most
+     recent edit when `--stdin' is used. 
+
+     *$HISTORY = 10;* 
+
+
+3.3. AR or DPKG? 
+-----------------
+
+     Debian packages are ar archives. If you are using a Debian
+     Distribution assign ``dpkg'' to $package_tool, otherwise assign ``ar''
+     to $package_tool. 
+
+     *$package_tool = "/usr/bin/ar";* 
+
+
+3.4. APT 
+---------
+
+     *Swim* does not assign a value for apt. To use `--apt' and `-xyz'
+     assign `$apt' the value ``yes''. 
+
+     Example: *$apt = "yes";* 
+
+
+3.5. PAGER 
+-----------
+
+     *less* is a nice pager, unless you like *more*! Pager is used for
+     `--help' and *swim* called without any options. There is an option
+     `--nopager' or `-n'. *more* comes from the required package
+     util-linux, whereas *less* comes from a standard package called less.
+     Values: ``less'', ``more'', or ``most'' or... 
+
+     *$ENV{PAGER} = "less";* 
+
+
+3.6. NOT-INSTALLED VARIABLES 
+-----------------------------
+
+     Assign values for `$architecture' and/or `$distribution' to avoid
+     having to use `--arch' and `--dists' everytime the not-installed
+     databases are accessed with `-n' or made or altered. 
+
+     Architectures are always being added so check with Debian to find a
+     list. There is *alpha, arm, hurd-i386 (alternative kernel to linux),
+     i386, m68k, powerpc, sparc*. Just use the arch found after the hyphen
+     in the Contents-(arch) file. 
+
+     *$architecture = "i386";* 
+
+     The distribution can be either *stable, unstable, frozen, or
+     experimental (rare)*. These represent the state of development that
+     the packages are under. The unstable distribution can have lot's of
+     changes within a very short time period, and frozen may or may not be
+     available. 
+
+     *$distribution = "unstable";* 
+
+     Distributions are divided into sections. These sections were called
+     distributions in the version 2.4.1.0 packaging manual, because they
+     were at one time separate distributions, but this has since changed. 
+
+     You can determine which of the sections *main, non-free, contrib or
+     non-US* to pull out of the Contents file if you don't want to use
+     `--main', `--contrib', `--non-free', and `--non-us' to selectively
+     pick the sections. 
+
+     For efficiency, you should choose the sections which you will be
+     pulling out of the Packages `file(s)' being targetted. 
+
+     Rule: Use ``non-US'' not ``non-us''. 
+
+     *@user_defined_section = qw(main contrib non-free non-US);* 
+
+
+3.7. DF LOCATION 
+-----------------
+
+     A little philosophy: *swim* was developed for maximum versatility, so
+     whether you are just interested in researching, and keeping tabs on
+     the newest packages, or maintaining a Debian virtual distribution on a
+     non-Debian distribution, or you are a using *swim* for distribution
+     development, *swim* provides a way. 
+
+     The next two variables determine the location of the DF (default
+     directory/file system) 
+
+     The default directory keeps track of Contents and/or Packages
+     databases retrieved with --ftp. The Contents and Packages databases
+     and Release file are give names specific to the distribution and
+     architectures they represent using the naming convention found in
+     apt's sources directory. You also have the freedom not to use the
+     default directory, in which case swim will still do the renaming and
+     keeping track of the mtime, but you will have to remember where you
+     put the files. 
+
+     *$default_directory = '/root/.swim';* 
+
+     The default root directory (DRD) is the key to easy management of
+     binary packages, source, dsc, and diff files received from --ftp, and
+     provides an easy way to put together a personalized distribution. This
+     directory can be a real ftp site on your computer, or put wherever
+     else you are allowed to have directories. The DRD is always placed
+     below the value assigned to $default_directory. According to the
+     previous assignment to $default_directory, if the DRD is
+     ``/pub/a/debian'' then the full path would be
+     ``/root/.swim/pub/a/debian''. 
+
+     Example: When a package is downloaded it will be placed in
+     dists/distribution/section/architecture/subject below the DRD. 
+
+     Rule: debian must be the final directory before dists, this is because
+     other distributions are placed alongside debian, like debian-non-US or
+     personal (specialized distribution). 
+
+     *$default_root_directory = '/pub/debian';* 
+
+     Because you may be using a real ftp site, this variable allows you to
+     determine what permissions *swim* will assign for directories it
+     creates below the DRD. 
+
+     *$permission = '0755';* 
+
+
+3.8. TEMPORARY DIRECTORY 
+-------------------------
+
+     If you want to set an alternative directory for the temporary files
+     created when the databases are made, change here. You may want to make
+     `$tmp' a RAM disk. See package loadlin for initrd documentation and an
+     explanation for making such a disk. There is also documentation in
+     /usr/src/kernel-source.version/Documentation. Whether this will speed
+     things up is a subject of experimentation. 
+
+     *$tmp = "/tmp";* 
+
+
+3.9. FTP 
+---------
+
+     You can alter the Firewall, Port, Timeout, Debug and Passive
+     characteristics of the ftp client as defined in Net::FTP(3pm) by
+     providing arguments to these variables. All variables but $timeout are
+     set to untrue by default. 
+           $firewall = 0; (FTP firewall machine name)
+           $port = 0;  (defaults to 23)
+           $timeout = 120;  (120 seconds)
+           $debug = 0;  (1 will turn on STDERR)
+           $passive = 0; (1 will enable)
+
+
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+4. OTHER VARIABLES 
+-------------------
+
+     see SWIM::Conf 
+
+
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+5. FILES 
+---------
+
+     ` /etc/swim/swimrc'
+
+     `~/.swim/swimrc' 
+
+
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+6. BUGS
+-------
+
+     Send directly to mttrader@access.mountain.net. 
+
+
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+     swimrc - swim configuration file
+     Jonathan D. Rosenbaum<mttrader@access.mountain.net>        27 May 1999
+

swimz.list

@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+# Read QUICKSTART for a quick start, and check out the SWIMZ.LIST 
+# section in swim(8) for much more information.  This list is read 
+# sequentially, so earlier entries are read before later entries 
+# 
+# Debian users: Unlike apt which only downloads Packages, swim reads this
+# list based on the specified or default distribution/architecture to
+# make handling the downloading of both the Contents and Packages files
+# easier.  Look at the Cron example in /usr/doc/swim/examples. 
+# 
+# deb ftp://ftp.debian.org/pub/debian unstable contrib non-free main
+# deb ftp://ftp.debian.org/pub/debian stable contrib non-free main